s: 8-. 06
from f ^e feifirari? of
(ptofeBBor ^amuef (Qtiffet
in (glemori? of
3ubge ^amuef (gXiffer (jBrecftinribge
(Jjteeenfeb fit?
^amuef (Jtliffer QSrecftinrtbge &ong
to t^e feifirati? of
(prtncefon ^^eofogicaf ^eminarj
y, 3
LECTURES
IN
DIVINITY.
BY THE lATE
GEORGE HILL, D. D.
PRINCIPAL OF ST. MARy's COLLEGE, ST. ANDREWS.
EDITED FROM HIS MANUSCRIPT,
BY HIS SON,
THE REV. ALEXANDER HILL,
MINISTER OF DAILLY.
SECOND EDITION.
VOL. IIL
EDINBURGH:
PRINTED FOR WAUGH & INNES;
M. OGLE, GLASGOW; R. M. TIMS, DUBLIN; AND JAMES DUNCAN, LONDON.
M.DCCC.XXV.
PlllNTED BY A. BALFOUll AND CO.
CONTENTS OF VOL. III.
BOOK IV.
OPINIONS CONCERNING THE NATURE, THE EXTENT, AND THE
APPLICATION OP THE REMEDY BROUGHT BY THE GOSPEL.
Page
1
CHAP. VI.
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION,
Arguments for Universal and Particular Redemption stated and
compared.
CHAP. VII.
PREDESTINATION, . . 1^
Sect. 1. Socinians — Contingent events not subjects of infallible
foreknowledge — No predestination of individuals.
2. Arminians — Predestination of individuals dependent on
the foreknowledge of their faith and good works, or of
their unbelief and impenitence.
3. Calvinists — Entire dependence of the creature on the
Creator — Extent of the Divine knowledge — One de-
cree embracing all that is to be, means and end — Su-
pralapsarians — Sublapsarians — Decree of Election ab-
solute — Good pleasure of God — Covenant of Redemp-
tion — Merits of Christ a part of the Decree of Elec-
tion — Decree of Reprobation — Extent of the Remedy
determined by the Divine decree.
CHAP. VIII.
APPLICATION OF THE REMEDY, . . 56
Production of the character required for enjoying the blessings
of the Gospel — Opinions of the Socinians, Arminians, and
Calvinists — Grace — Its nature and efficacy.
IV CONTENTS,
CHAP. IX.
Page
ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC SYSTEMS COMPARED, . 72
Sif T. I. Arminian system satisfying upon a general view — Three
difficulties, under which it labours, stated.
2. Objections to the Calvinistic System reducible to two.
3. Calvinistic System not inconsistent with the nature of
man as a free moral agent^ — Definition of liberty-
Efficient and final causes — Both embraced by the plan
of Providence — Whence the uncertainty in the ope-
ration of motives arises — How removed — Gratia con,'
grua — Renovation of the mind — Exhibition of such
moral inducements as are fitted to call forth its
powers.
4. Calvinistic System not inconsistent with the attributes
of God — The nltima ratio of the inequality in the
dispensation of the gifts, both of Nature and of
Grace — Decree of reprobation exerts no influence up-
on men leading them to sin — Objection resolvable
into the question concerning the Origin of Evil — Phi-
losophical Answer —Arminians recur to the same
Answer — The Glory of God — Moral Evil the object
©f his abhorrence.
CHAP. X.
SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES TO THE CALVINISTIC
SYSTEM, ..... 132
Sect. 1. All the actions of men represented as comprehended in
the great plan of Divine Providence.
2. Predestination ascribed in Scripture to the good plea-
sure of God — System of those who consider the ex-
pressions employed, as respecting only the calling of
large societies to the knowledge of the Gospel.
3. Representations given in Scripture of the change of cha-
racter produced by Divine Grace.
4. Objections arising from the commands, the counsels, and
the exhortations of Scripture.
CHAP. XI.
history of CALVINISM, . . 161
CONTENTS.
BOOK V.
INDEX OF PARTICULAR QUESTIONS, ARISING OUT OP OPINIONS
CONCERNING THE GOSPEL REMEDY, AND OF MANY OF THE
TECHNICAL TERMS OP THEOLOGY.
CHAP. I.
Page
REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH, , 192
External and Effectual Call — Synergistic System — Fanaticism
— Calvinistic View of Conversion — Faith — Different Kinds —
Saving Faith.
CHAP. II.
JUSTIFICATION, . . 209
A Forensic act — Its Nature — Church of Rome — First Reform-
ers — Socinians and Arminians — Calvinists — First and second
Justification — Justification one act of God — Saints under the
Old Testament — Other individuals not outwardly called —
Perseverance of Saints — Assurance of Grace and Salvation —
Reflex act of Faith — Witness of the Spirit.
CHAP. III.
CONNEXION BETWEEN JUSTIFICATION AND SANCTIFICATION, 22i
Good works, fruits of Faith — Apparent contradiction between
Paul and James — Solifidians — Antinomians — Fratres liberi
spiritus — Practical Preaching.
CHAP. IV.
SANCTIFICATION, . . . 23»
Sect. 1. First part of Sanctification, Repentance — Its Nature —
Popish doctrine — Late Repentance — Precise time of
Conversion.
2. Second part of Sanctification, a new life — Habit of
Righteousness — Immutability of the Moral Law —
Christian Casuistry^ — Counsels of Perfection — Merit
of good works — Works of Supererogation.
3. Imperfection of Sanctification — Anabaptists — Mortal
and venial sins — Distinction unwarranted — Romans
vii. — Christian Morality.
VI CONTENTS.
CHAP. V.
Page
COVENANT OF GRACE, . . 268
Scriptural terms — Kingdom of Christ — Union of Christ and
his disciples — Adoption — Covenant of Grace.
Sect. 1. Meaning of hahx» — Covenant of Works — Sinaitic Co-
venant — Abrahamic Covenant — New Covenant.
2. Mediator of the New Covenant — Offices of Christ — Me-
diatores Secundarii of the Church of Rome.
3. Prayer — Encouragements to it in the Covenant of Grace
— Nature of Christ's intercession.
4. Sacraments — Explanation of the term — Signs and Seals
of the Covenant of Grace — Seven Sacraments of the
Church of Rome.
CHAP. VI,
QUESTIONS CONCERNING BAPTISM, . . 299
Sect. 1. Prevalence of Washings in the religious ceremonies of
all nations — How Baptism is a distinguishing rite of
Christianity — Opinions of the Socinians and Quakers
— Immersion and sprinkling — Giving a Name.
2. Baptism more than an initiatory rite — Opinions of the
Church of Rome, and of the Reformed Churches.
3. Infant Baptism — View of arguments for it — Godfathers
and Godmothers — Confirmation — Admission for the
first time to the Lord's Supper.
CHAP. VII.
QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE LORD'S SUPPER, . 321
Institution — Correspondence between the Passover and the
Lord's Supper — Origin of different opinions respecting it —
System of the Church of Rome — Transubstantiation — Of
Luther — Consubstantiation — Ubiquity — Of Zuinglius — A
Commemoration — Of Calvin — Spiritual presence of Christ —
Time of observing the ordinance.
CHAP. VIII.
CONDITION OF MEN AFTER DEATH, . • 345
Happiness of Heaven — Intermediate state — Purgatory — Dura-
tion of hell torments.
CONTENTS. VU
BOOK VI.
OPINIONS CONCERNING CHURCH GOVERNMENT.
CHAP. I.
Page
FOUNDATION OF CHURCH GOVERNMENT, . 349
Obligation to observe Ordinances.
CHAP. II.
OPINIONS RESPECTING THE PERSONS IN WHOM CHURCH
GOVERNMENT IS VESTED, . . . 354
Sect. 1. Quakers — Deny necessity and lawfulness of a standing
Ministry — Consequent disunion and disorder — Their
principles repugnant to reason and Scripture.
2. Independents, or Congregational Brethren — Leading
principle — Unauthorized by the examples of the New-
Testament, and contrary to the spirit of its directions
— Implies disunion of the Christian Society.
3. Church of Rome — Papists and Roman Catholics — Gal-
ilean Church — Catholics of Great Britain — Unity of
the Church— Grounds on which the primacy of the
Pope is maintained — Matthew xvi. 16. — Scriptural
and historical view of the Church of Rome — 2 Thess.
ii. — Daniel vii. — Rev. xvii.
4. Episcopacy and Presbytery — Principles of the Episco-
pal form of Government — Of the Presbyterian — Points
of agreement and difference — Timothy and Titus —
Bishop and Presbyter — Right of Ordination — Succes-
sion of Bishops — Presbyterian form of government
not a novel invention — Imparity among Bishops, of
human institution — Opinions of ancient writers upon
the equality of Bishops and Presbyters — First Re-
formers — Presbyterian parity.
2
Vlll CONTENTS.
CHAP. III.
Page
NATURE AND EXTENT OF POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH
GOVERNMENT, .... 449
Not created by the State — Erastianism — A spiritual power —
Conduct of our Lord and his apostles — Anabaptists — Church
of Rome — Excommunication — The Lord Jesus Christ the
Head of the Church — Purpose for which he gives power to
his Ministers — Its limits.
CHAP. IV.
POTESTAS AoyfAuriKyi, . . . 4-85
Scripture the only rule of faith — Articles of faith — Reasons for
framing them — History of Confessions of Faith — Subscrip-
tions to them.
CHAP. V.
POTESTAS Atarcucrtxyij .... ,511
Conditions of Salvation declared in Scripture — What enact-
ments the Church has power to make — Liberty of Conscience
— Rule of Peace and Order — Puritans.
CHAP. VI.
POTESTAS Aiax^iTiXy,, .... 536
Judicial power of the Church warranted — System of the Church
of Rome — of Protestants.
LECTURES IN DIVINITY
BOOK IV.
OPINIONS CONCERNING THE NATURE, THE EXTENT, AND THE
APPLICATION OF THE REMEDY BROUGHT BY THE GOSPEL.
CHAP. VL
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
By the Calvinistic tenets is meant that system of
doctrine with regard to the extent of the remedy,
which distinguishes those who embrace all the opi-
nions of Calvin, from those Christians who agree
with him only as to the divinity of Christ and the
atonement. I shall not attempt to open the whole
system at once ; but I shall go step by step through
the points of difference between it and other systems,
in the order which appears to me the most natural.
In this way we shall not reach all the parts of the
Calvinistic system, till we have gone through the
third great division of the subjects of theological con-
troversy, I mean the application of the remedy ; and
we shall then be able, by a short retrospective view
of the ground over which we have travelled, to form
a precise connected idea of the whole. According
VOL. III. B
2 PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
to this manner of exhibiting the Calvinistic system,
I begin with stating the question concerning univer-
sal and particular redemption ; in other words, whe-
ther Christ died for all men, or only for those who
shall finally be saved by him.
The two sides of this question do not imply any
difference of opinion with regard to the sufficiency
of the death of Christ, or with regard to the num-
ber and character of those who shall eventually be
saved. They who hold the one and the other side
of the question agree, that although the sufferings
of Christ have a value sufficient to atone for the sins
of all the children of Adam, from the beginning to
the end of time, yet those only shall be saved by this
atonement who repent and believe in him. But they
differ as to the destination of the death of Christ ;
whether in the purpose of the Father and the will
of the Son it respected all mankind, or only those
persons to whom the benefit of it is at length to be
applied.
The doctrine of universal redemption is mention-
ed as one of the distinguishing tenets of the Pela-
gians. It forms the subject of one of the five points
which comprehend the Arminian system. It is held
by all the Lutheran churches. It seems to be taught
in one of the articles of the church of England, and
several parts of the Liturgy ; and it is avowed by
the great body of English divines as the doctrine of
Scripture and of their church. This doctrine w^ill
be understood from the second of the five Arminian
points, which is thus expressed : "Jesus Christ, the
Saviour of the world, died for all men, and for every
individual, so as to obtain for all, by his death, re-
conciliation and remission of sins; upon this condi-
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION. O
Hon, however, that none in reality enjoys the bene-
fit of this remission but the man who believes." Dr.
Whitby, in his discourse on the five points, thus ex-
plains the doctrine : " When we say Christ died for
all, we do not mean that he hath purchased actual
pardon or reconciliation or life for all ; this being in
effect to say that he procured an actual remission of
sins to unbelievers, and actually reconciled God to
the impenitent and disobedient, which is impossible.
He only, by his death, hath put all men in a capacity
of being justified and pardoned, and so of being re-
conciled to, and having peace with God, upon their
turning to God, and having faith in our Lord Jesus
Christ ; the death of Christ having rendered it con-
sistent with the justice and wisdom of God, with the
honour of his Majesty, and with the ends of govern-
ment, to^pardon the penitent believer."
According to this doctrine, the death of Christ is
an universal remedy for that condition in which the
posterity of Adam are involved by sin — a remedy
equally intended for the benefit of all. It removes
the obstacles which the justice of God opposed to
their deliverance. It puts all into a condition in
which they may be saved, and it leaves their actual
salvation to depend upon their faith. The remedy
may in this way be much more extensive than the
application of it. But even although the offer of
pardon were rejected by all, it would not follow that
the atonement made by the death of Christ was un-
necessary, for the offer could not have been given
without it ; and whatever reception the Gospel may
meet with, the love of God is equally conspicuous in
having provided a method by which he may enter
into a new covenant with all who had sinned.
4i PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
This doctrine appears to represent the Father of
all in a light most suitable to that character, as re-
garding his children with an equal eye, providing,
without respect of persons, a remedy for their dis-
ease, and extending his compassion as far as their
misery reaches. And it appears to represent the
satisfaction which Christ offered to Divine justice,
as opening a Avay for the love of God to the whole
human race being made manifest by the most en-
larged exercise of mercy. These views are support-
ed by the general strain of Scripture, and by many
very significant expressions which occur in the New
Testament.* It is said that Jesus Christ is the
Saviour of the world ; that he died for all ; that he
gave himself a ransom for all ; that he tasted death
for every man.f The extent of the grace of God in
our justification seems to be compared with the ex-
tent of the effects of Adam's sin in our condemna-
tion. ^ Large societies of persons professing Christ-
ianity, all of whom we cannot suppose to be of the
number of those who shall be finally saved, are ad-
dressed in the Epistles as those for whom Christ gave
himself ; and there are expressions in some of the
Epistles which seem to intimate that he died even
for those who perish.^ False teachers, who brought
in damnable heresies, are said, 2 Pet. ii. 1, to have
been bought by the Lord. All to whom the Gospel
is revealed are commanded to believe in Christ for
the remission of sins, which seems to imply that he
has made atonement for their sins; and to give
thanks for Christ, which seems to imply that he
* John i. 29; iii. l6. 1 Tim. ii. 4; iv. 10. 2 Pet. iii. 9.
t John vi. 51. 1 Tim. ii. 6. Heb. ii. 9- I John ii. 2.
JRom.v. 18. § 1 Cor. viii. 11. Rom. xiv. 15.
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION. O
is an universal Saviour. Jesus marvelled at the un-
belief of those among whom he lived ; he upbraided
them because they repented not ; he besought men to
come to him ; and he bewailed the folly of the Jews,
saying, as he wept over their city, " if thou hadst
known in this thy day the things which belong to
thy peace."* Even the Almighty, both in the Old
and in the New Testament, condescends to use en-
treaties and expostulations, as well as commands.
" What could have been done more to my vineyard
that I have not done in it ? O that my people had
hearkened unto me !"f " God hath given unto us,"
says the Apostle, " the ministry of reconciliation,
to wit, that God was in Christ reconciling the world
unto himself. Now then we are ambassadors for
Christ as though God did beseech you by us, we pray
you in Christ's stead, be ye reconciled to God.":|:
The establishment of a Gospel ministry continues
this ambassadorship in every Christian country, and
may be regarded as a standing witness of the uni-
versality of redemption, because these expostulations,
which the servants of Christ are commissioned to
use in the name of God, appear to be without mean-
ing, unless we suppose that God hath done every
thing on his part, and that it rests only with us to
embrace the remedy which is offered.
In giving this general view of the arguments by
which the advocates for the doctrine of universal re-
demption support their opinion, I have separated
them as much as possible from tlM>se more intricate
questions of theology which will meet us as we ad-
* Mark vi. 6. Matth. xi. 20, 28. Luke xix. 41, 42.
t Isa. V. 4. Psal. Ixxxi. 13. J 2 Cor. v. 18, 19, 20.
b PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
vance. But even from the simple manner in which
I have stated them, it is plain that they admit of
much amplification. Some of them are susceptible
of rhetorical embellishment; others lead into a large
field of Scripture criticism ; and there are others,
the force of which cannot be estimated till after a
review of the whole Calvinistic system. These
arguments are spread out at length, not only by
professed Arminian writers, but by many English
divines, particularly in Barrow's Sermons upon the
doctrine of universal redemption, and in the second
of Whitby's discourses upon the five points, entitled
the Extent of Christ's Redemption. These two
writers have given a collection of all the texts of
Scripture which appear to establish this doctrine,
and a very favourable specimen of the mode of rea-
soning by which it is commonly supported.
Any person who examines with candour the
arguments now stated, will acknowledge that they
have considerable weight. I mention this, because
I do not know any lesson more becoming students
of divinity, than this — not to despise the reasonings
of those with whose opinions they do not entirely
agree. The longer they study theological contro-
versy with that sobriety and fairness of mind which
is essential to the character of every inquirer after
truth, they will perceive the more clearly how little
acquainted with the weakness of the human under-
standing, and with the intricacy of many of the
points that have filivided the Christian world, are
those who state their opinions in the petulant dog-
matical manner often assumed by smatterers in
knowledge, as if there were not a shadow of reason
but upon their own side. In the question which
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION. 7
we are now treating, it requires a thorough ac-
quaintance with the Calvinistic system, and much
compass of thought, to apprehend the full force of
the answers that may be given to the arguments
for universal redemption ; and I warn you rather
to wait for the conviction which will arise from a
view of all the parts of that system, than to expect
that arguments equally plausible, in favour of par-
ticular redemption, are immediately to be stated.
The following observations, however, will, upon
reflection, open the sources of these arguments.
1. Those, who hold that the destination and in-
tention of the death of Christ respected only such
as shall finally be saved by him, appear to be war-
ranted by many expressions which occur in the
New Testament; such as the following: John x. 11,
15, " I lay down my life for the sheep ;" that is, as
the expression is explained in the context, for those
who " hear and follow me ;" John xi. 52 ; xv. 12, 13,
14; Eph. V. 25.
2. As the persons, to whom the intention of
Chi'ist's death appears in such expressions to be
restrained, are found in all places of the world,
there is a propriety and significancy in the general
phrases employed elsewhere to denote them : and
when some of the texts commonly urged in proof of
universal redemption are examined particularly,
there will be discovered, in the context, circum-
stances which indicate that the general expressions
there used were intended to mar^ the indiscriminate
extension of the blessings of the Gospel to men of
all nations. Thus, because the benefit of the Jewish
sacrifices was confined to that nation, John the
Baptist, when he saw Jesus coming to him, marked
8 PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
him out to the people as " the Lamb of God, which
taketh away the sin of the world ;" * that is, of all
those in every place who are forgiven. — So John, in
his first epistle, speaking as a Jew, says of Jesus,
" he is the propitiation for our sins ; and not for
ours only," that is, not for the sins of us Jews only,
" but also for the sins of the whole world." f — So
the apostle Paul says of Jesus, he " gave himself a
ransom for all, to be testified in due time." :|: But
if we attend to the scope of the discourse, of which
these words make a part, which is an exhortation
to pray for all men, and a command to all men in
every place to pray, it will be perceived that the
apostle's argument does not necessarily require any
farther meaning to be affixed to these words than
this, — that Christ gave himself a ransom not merely
for that peculiar people, who are sometimes called
in the Old Testament the " ransomed of the Lord."
but for all in every place who shall obtain redemp-
tion.
3. Although deliverance from the evils of sin,
the great blessing purchased by the death of Christ,
is peculiar to those who shall finally be saved by
him, yet there are blessings which the publication
of the Gospel has imparted to others ; and there is
strict propriety in saying that the love of God to
mankind which appears in creation and providence,
and by which God is good to all, has produced the
manifestation and the death of Christ, although
the benefits intended by that event for those who
shall finally be saved are very much superior to the
benefits, which it may be the instrument of convey-
* John i. 29. t 1 John ii. 2. t 1 Tim. ii. 6.
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION. 9
ing to the whole human race. To a great part of
the world the Gospel has communicated the most
valuable knowledge : it has delivered many nations
from gross superstition and idolatry ; it has ex-
plained the duties of men more clearly than any
other method of instruction : it furnishes restraints
upon vice and incentives to virtuous exertion, that
are unknown to civil legislation ; and by all these
methods it contributes to the prosperity of society,
and to the welfare of the individual. These com-
mon benefits of Christianity are sufficient to ex-
plain many expressions in the epistles addressed to
Christian societies, without our being obliged to
suppose that all the members of these societies were
in the end to inherit eternal life. In respect of
these common benefits, we understand the following
passages, Heb. vi. 4, Heb. x. 29, and 2 Peter ii. 1.
For all who had an opportunity of hearing the
Gospel, had tasted the good word of God, and the
powers of the world to come ; they were sanctified
through the blood of the covenant ; and, in the
language of Peter in his first epistle, they were
" redeemed with the blood of Christ, from their
vain conversation which they had received by tra-
dition from their fathers." Amongst the number
thus redeemed, were the false teachers of whom he
speaks in his second epistle. They had relinquished
the errors in which they were educated : they had
professed themselves the servants of Jesus, and
were bound to him as their Lord ; but by bringing
in damnable heresies, they denied the Lord that
bought them. The apostle Paul seems to refer to
this distinction between the common benefits which
all professing Christians derive from the death of
10 ^ PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
Christ, and the complete salvation of those who are
called his sheep and his friends, when he says,
1 Tim. iv. 10, " God is the Saviour of all men ;"
not only in respect of his preserving providence,
but in respect of that xH^^ co/rj^g/og which, through
the kindness and love of God our Saviour, hath
appeared to all men ; — " specially of them that be-
lieve," that is, he is in a much more eminent sense
the Saviour of them that believe, than of other men.
4. It should be considered, that although the ad-
vocates for universal redemption do not allow that
there is any weight in the two preceding observa-
tions, yet they are obliged, upon their own princi-
ples, to admit that many of those expressions, from
which they infer that Christ died intentionally for
all men, require a limitation. For if faith in Christ
be the condition upon which men become partakers
of the propitiation which he offered to God, it seems
to follow that all who have not the means of attain-
ing this faith are excluded from the benefit of the
propitiation. But it is certain that the ancient
heathen world did not know the nature of that dis-
pensation, the promise of which was confined to the
Jews ; and it is manifest that a great part of the
world at this day have never heard of the Gospel.
Were the offer of pardon that is contained in the
Gospel actually made to all the children of Adam,
there would be an appearance of truth in saying
that all men were thereby put into a condition in
which they might be saved, and that it depended
upon themselves whether or not they embraced the
offer. But if the efficacy of the remedy is insepa-
rably connected with its being accepted, it cannot
be, in the intention of the Almighty, an universal
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION. 11
remedy, since he has withheld the means of accept-
ing it from many of those for whom it is said to
have been provided. The words of the apostle,
then, " God will have all men to be saved, and to
come to the knowledge of the truth," must receive
from the event an interpretation different from that
which is the most obvious ; and all the other texts
urged in favour of universal redemption are in like
manner limited by the imperfect publication of the
Gospel. The Arminians themselves acknowledge
that there is a secret which they cannot penetrate,
— a deep and unsearchable counsel, in leaving so
many nations without the possibility of attaining to
the truth ; and all their attempts to reconcile an
intention in God to save the inhabitants of these
nations, with the grossness of the superstition in
which they are involved, and the insuperable ob-
stacles which education, example, habit, and situa-
tion oppose to their believing in Christ, are unsa-
tisfying and defective ; because they either proceed
upon the principles of the Socinian doctrine, that
men may everywhere be saved by acting up to the
light of nature, or they approach to some parts of
the Calvinistic system, respecting the effectual and
irresistible operation of the grace of God upon the
soul ; which the Arminians profess to renounce.
5. To those who hold the doctrine of particular
redemption it appears that the event, in those coun-
tries where the Gospel has been jjublished, clearly
indicates that there was not, in the Almighty, an
intention of saving all men by the death of Christ.
For it is plain that many of those who have every
opportunity of believing in Christ either reject his
religion, or show by their conduct that they do not
12 PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
possess that faith which entitles them to partake in
the benefits of his death. With regard to them,
therefore, his death is in vain ; and if God intended
that they should be saved, his intention fails of its
effect. But it seems when we hold such a language,
that we speak in a manner unbecoming our circum-
stances, and inconsistent with those views of the
Almighty which are suggested by reason, and are
clearly taught in Scripture. " Known to God are
all his works from the beginning." The whole
scheme of the universe, which derived its existence
from his pleasure, was present to the Creator at the
instant when he said, " Let there be light." The
actions of his creatures, which form a most impor-
tant part of that scheme, were to him the object of
a foreknowledge infinitely more clear and certain
than our knowledge of that which is before our
eyes. The perfections of his nature exclude the
possibility of any change in the divine mind ; and
those events which to us appear the most unex-
pected and irregular, fulfil " the purpose of Him
who worketh all things after the counsel of his
will."
If these views of the Almighty are just, and if our
minds are able to follow out the consequences which
necessarily result from them, we cannot conceive him
susceptible of that disappointment, regret, and alter-
ation of measures which we often experience by the
failure of our schemes ; but we must admit that the
original intention of the Creator and Ruler of the uni-
verse always coincides with the event which takes
place under his administration. Since many, there-
fore, to whom the Gospel is published, appear, as far
as we can judge from our own observation, and from
PARTICULAR REDEMPTION. 13
the complaints of Scripture, to remain under the
wrath of God, we do not seem to draw an unwarrant-
able conclusion, when we infer from the event, that it
was not a part of the intention of the Almighty to
deliver them from wrath by the death of his Son.
In the same manner as many who have the means
of improvement do not attain knowledge or skill, and
some who have talents and opportunities for rising
to wealth and honour pass their days in obscurity
and indigence ; so many to whom the offer of eter-
nal life is made through Jesus Christ put it far from
them. In both cases the blessings of God are a-
bused, and men do not reap the temporal and spiri-
tual benefits, which, had it not been for their own
fault, they might have reaped ; but in neither case
is the intention of God disappointed. For he fore-
saw the use which they would make of his blessings,
and all the consequences of their conduct entered
into the plan of his government.
These views of the Almighty seem to correct that
desire of magnifying the love of God to mankind,
which has led many to ascribe to him an intention
of saving all men, although he knew that a great
part of the human race were not to be saved. They
seem to suggest, in place of this defective intention,
a destination more worthy of the sovereignty of the
Creator, — a destination of saving those who shall in
the end be saved ; and there are many places of
Scripture in which the destination, that we are led
in this manner to deduce from the perfection of the
divine nature, seems to be intimated. I refer at
present only to John vi. where our Lord says re-
peatedly, that he gave his life for the world, and
where he speaks also of those whom the Father hath
14 PARTICULAR REDEMPTION.
given him. " The bread of God is he who cometh
down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world.
The bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will
give for the life of the world. All that the Father
giveth me shall come to me. This is the Father's
will, that of all which he hath given me I should lose
nothing, but should raise it up again at the last day."
Here are the doctrines of particular and of universal
redemption seemingly taught in the same discourse.
The expressions of the one kind must be employed
to qualify the expressions of the other kind ; and it
cannot be said that we pervert Scripture, when, ad-
hering to the particular destination of saving those
who shall be saved, which reason teaches and Jesus
Christ declares, we give the other expressions such
an interpretation as renders them consistent with
that destination.
This fifth observation has conducted us to the
threshold of those intricate questions in theology,
which arise out of the different conceptions formed
by Christians of the nature and the manner of the
divine foreknowledge. To the views entertained of
this attribute, we may trace the different opinions
concerning the doctrine of predestination ; and there-
fore from this point I shall begin, under a deep sense
of the difficulty of the subject, and of the reverence
and humility with which it becomes us to speak
of the counsels of the Almighty, to state these opi-
nions.
Barrow's Sermons.
Whitby on the Arminian Points.
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
CHAP. VII.
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION
SECTION I.
The opinion which is to be stated first, because
it appears to be the most simple, may be called the
Socinian. It is the system of those who attempt to
get rid of all the difficulties in which the divine
foreknowledge seems to involve the subject, by
denying that this attribute belongs to the Almighty
to the extent in which it is usually understood.
Socinus and his immediate followers admitted that
God knows all things which are knowable. But
they abridged the objects of divine knowledge, by
withdrawing from that number those events whose
future existence they considered as uncertain. Their
manner of reasoning was this. Every thing that
now is, has a real existence, which is the subject of
knowledge. Every thing that is past had at some
former time a real existence, which is also the sub-
ject of knowledge. Every thing that is necessarily
to happen at some future time may be known by a
1
1() OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
mind capable of tracing the nature of the connex-
ion, by which it proceeds out of that which now is.
Thus all the changes in the material world arise,
according to certain general laws, out of its present
condition. If any being, therefore, is perfectly ac-
quainted with that condition, and with the opera-
tion of those laws, he sees the future in the present ;
and, in general, every event, the futurition of which
is certain, may be the subject of infallible know-
ledge. But there are events which appeared to
Socinus contingent, in this sense of the word, that
they do not arise from any thing preceding, as their
cause. They may be, or they may not be ; and as
he thought that they were not certainly future, he
thought also that it was impossible for any being to
know certainly beforehand that they were to hap-
pen. Amongst this number he ranked the determi-
nations of free agents, all those actions which pro-
ceed from the will of man. For as the actions of
men follow the choice which they have made, and
as he who chose one thing might have chosen an-
other, it appears that there is no previous circum-
stance necessarily and unavoidably producing this
or that action ; and from hence Socinus inferred
that every thing done by men acting freely is, by
its nature, incapable of being the subject of that
infallible foreknowledge commonly ascribed to the
Almighty.
According to this system, there cannot be any
such decree with regard to the salvation of parti-
cular persons as is meant by the word predestina-
tion. For as the remission of sins is connected in
Scripture with faith and repentance, and as the
determinations of free agents are supposed to be
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 17
unknown to God, he must be ignorant whether any
persons will attain that character, without which
they cannot be saved. The only decree respecting
the salvation of men, which Socinus admits to have
been made from the beginning, and to be unchange-
able, is this general conditional decree, that whoso-
ever repents and believes in Jesus shall have eternal
life. This decree is applied to particular persons,
when they appear to possess the character which it
describes ; and by this application, what in its ori-
ginal form was merely the declaration of a condition
becomes an absolute peremptory decree, giving eter-
nal life to those who have been faithful unto death.
But it is unknown to God what number of such
persons there may be, or whether there may be any.
Although he has provided means for the recovery
of mankind, he is as ignorant of the efficacy or the
result of these means as any of the children of men;
and all the expressions in Scripture, which we are
accustomed to consider as spoken after the manner
of men, are understood by Socinus to be the literal
descriptions of the state of a being, who waits with
anxiety for what men will do, who is grieved at
their obstinacy, who repents that he has done so
much for them, and who is liable to meet with total
disappointment in the end which he proposed to
himself.
If this system appears to remove some of the dif-
ficulties which attend other systems, it purchases
this advantage by bj-inging the character of the
Deity so far down to a level with human weakness,
as to sap the foundations of religion. If God does
not foresee the determinations of free agents, he
cannot foresee the consequences of their determina-
YOI. III. c
18 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
tioiis. But if it be considered how very much the
state of the moral world depends upon actions that
proceed from choice, how far the history of the
human race has, from the beginning, been affected
by the conduct of creatures who might have acted
otherwise, we must be sensible that a being who
had not the foreknowledge of that conduct was,
from the beginning, ignorant of by much the great-
est part of the transactions that were to take place
in the world which he made. The whole train of
prosperous and calamitous events that were to befal
families and nations was hidden from his eyes. In-
stead of appearing in the exalted light of the author
of a plan by which the affairs of the universe are
ordained and arranged for the good of his creatures,
he becomes a spectator of unlooked-for occurrences,
and his power and wisdom are employed merely in
directing events as they arise to his view. His
measures are perpetually traversed by evils which
he had not foreseen ; and while he is occupied from
day to day in applying remedies to the disorders
which he discovers in different parts of his works,
new emergencies show that some other remedy
might have been better suited to the case.
From the following expressions of Socinus, it
will appear that I have not exaggerated, in painting
that degradation of the Deity which necessarily
results from abridging his foreknowledge. — " No
absurdity," says Socinus, " will follow from suppos-
ing that God does not know all things before they
happen. For of what use is this knowledge ? Is
it not enough that God perpetually governs all
things, and that nothing can be done against his
will ; that he is always so present by his wisdom
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 19
and power, that he can both discern the attempts of
men, and hinder them if he pleases ; that he can
turn all that man can do to his own glory ; and
that he may, when he sees proper, appoint before-
hand in what manner he shall accommodate his
actions to the attempts which man may make ?" ^^
The answer to all such questions is this, that it is
irreverent, and contrary to the idea of an infinitely
perfect Being, to ask ; is it not enough for him, that
even we are able to form the notion of a much
higher degree of perfection than is stated in the
questions ; that the characters of Creator and Ruler
of the universe imply much more ; and that the
Scriptures uniformly ascribe to God the foreknow-
ledge of the determinations of free agents ? The
moral conduct of many individuals was foretold
before they were born ; the behaviour of the people
of Israel for a succession of ages, the treatment
which they were to receive from the Egyptians, the
Babylonians, and other nations ; the peculiar kinds
of wickedness which were to prevail in the neigh-
bouring kingdoms ; the obstinacy of the Jews in
rejecting the Messiah ; the circumstances of his
sufferings ; the destruction of Jerusalem, and the
corruptions of Christianity, — all these are the sub-
jects of predictions so particular, as to show the
most intimate knowledge of the future sentiments
and actions of men ; for the events which I have
enumerated, and many others which occur in read-
ing the prophetical parts of Scripture, are of such a
kind that they derive their complexion and charac-
ter, not from any circumstances in the material
* Socini Prselect. cap. 8,
so OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
world, but from the volitions and determinations of
the free agents, who were concerned in bringing
them about.
It cannot be said that the predictions of Scrip-
ture declare only what is probable. For, besides
the apparent improbability of many of the events
foretold, and the immense extent of time, and space,
and operation, to which the predictions reach, it is
obvious that all of them are delivered, not in the
language of conjecture, but with the most solemn
asseveration, in the name of the God of truth ; and
it is hard to form any conception more unworthy
of the Supreme Being, than that he should conduct
his government by declaring as certain, future
events, concerning which he himself, at the time of
the declaration, was doubtful.
Socinus, and some later writers who tread in his
steps, sensible that the probability of the events
foretold does not afford a satisfying account of the
predictions that are found in Scripture, have re-
course to a system, with regard to the exertion of
the divine foreknowledge in particular cases, of
which I shall endeavour to give a fair exposition.
They hold that God is able to foresee future events
whensoever he pleases, because he can make a par-
ticular ordination with respect to them ; by which
means, events in their own nature contingent be-
come certainly future, and so are the subject of
infallible foreknowledge. Thus many blessings fore-
told in Scripture are good things which God had
resolved to send by the actions of men : many evils
foretold are punishments which he had resolved to
inflict by the same means : many sins foretold are
jbhe consequence of his punishing former sin, by
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 21
withdrawing that grace which would have re-
strained from future transgression ; and the whole
series of predictions, that respect the Messiah, re-
sults from the ordination of the Almighty concern-
ing the deliverance of mankind. But we must not
infer, it is said, from those extraordinary cases in
which God chooses to foreordain, and consequently
to foresee what is future, that his foreknowledge of
future events is universal. The greater part of the
determinations of free agents he leaves in their
natural state of uncertainty ; they may choose one
course, or they may choose another ; and the course
which they are to follow is unknown to him till
they have made their choice.
It is admitted by the framers of this new system,
that the ordination of God gives events that cer-
tainty which renders them capable of being fore-
known ; and this principle is borrowed from that
system of theology which it was their object to
overturn. What is peculiar to them is, that they
confine this ordination to particular extraordinary
cases, and suppose all others exempted from it.
But a foreknowledge, exerted at some times and not
at others, constitutes a most imperfect kind of go-
vernment. For the occasion of its being exerted at
any particular season can be nothing else but the
state of the world at that season : but as this state
arises out of that which went before, and as the
propriety of the measures taken in reference to it is
very much affected by that which is to come after,
a Being, who is supposed ignorant of the great
series of events in the universe, is unqualified for
making any extraordinary interposition. The fram-
ers of the new system were obliged to account for
^"Z OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
the multitude of predictions respecting the Messiah,
by ascribing the whole scheme of his appearance to
the ordination of the Almighty, But that scheme,
according to the account given of it in Scripture,
embraces the introduction, the propagation, and the
removal of sin, i. e. the whole history of the deter-
minations of the human race, or of their moral con-
duct from the beginning to the end of time. The
ordination of this scheme, therefore, necessarily in-
cludes the foreknowledge of the moral conduct of
men ; and we cannot withdraw that moral conduct
from the number of the objects foreknown by God,
without supposing that he was unacquainted with
the reasons of that scheme which we allow that he
ordained.
It appears, then, that the partial admission of the
divine foreknowledge, to which necessity has driven
the Socinians, does not answer the purpose for which
it was resorted to ; and that this system carries with
it its own confutation, in presuming to restrict the
operations of the Supreme Mind. Reason and Scrip-
ture concur in teaching that no bounds can be set to
the Almighty. Our faculties may be unable to rise
to the exalted conception of a Supreme Mind, to
whom all things that have been, that now are, and
that shall be, are equally present. But the plain de-
clarations of Scripture supersede our speculations.
There we read that all his works are known to him
from the beginning ;* that all things are naked and
open in his sight ;f that the purposes of his heart
endure throughout all generations. \ The power of
foretelling future events, which reason teaches to be
* Acts XV. 18. t Hcb. iv. 13. % Ps. xxxiii. 11.
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. '23
essential to his nature, is there claimed by him as
his prerogative ; * it is often occasionally exerted in
uttering predictions : and as well from the nature of
these predictions, as from the manner in which the
power is elsewhere spoken of, we are led to conclude
that it implies a perception of all the actions of his
creatures, which is not subject to mistake, which is
incapable of receiving any accession, and which ex-
tends with equal clearness and facility through every
portion of space, and every point of duration.
That abridgment of the objects of the divine fore-
knowledge, which was first introduced by Socinus,
and is peculiar to those who follow him, has not been
adopted by all who are called Socinians. Dr. Priest-
ley writes thus, in the first part of his Institutes of
Natural and Revealed Religion, which treats of the
being and attributes of God. " God having made
all things, and exerting his influence over all things,
must know all things, and consequently be omnisci-
ent. Also, since he not only ordained, but con-
stantly supports all the laws of nature, he must be
able to foresee what will be the result of them, at any
distance of time ; just as a man who makes a clock
can tell when it will strike. All future events, there-
fore, must be as perfectly known to the Divine Mind
as those that are present ; and as we cannot conceive
that he should be liable to forgetfulness, we may con-
clude that all things, past, present, and to come, are
equally known to him ; so that his knowledge is in-
finite." Dr. Priestley takes no notice of the distinc-
tion which Socinus made between those events which,
arising from necessary causes, are certainly to be,
* Isa. xlvi. 9, 10.
24 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
and those which Socinus called contingent, such as
the determinations of free agents. The reason is,
that Dr. Priestley, being a professed materialist, con-
sidered the operations of mind as taking place accord-
ing to the same laws of nature with the motions of
body.
There does not appear to him any more uncertain-
ty in the one than in the other, and therefore both
are, in his opinion, equally the objects of divine fore-
knowledge. If the doctrine of the universal prescience
of God unavoidably involves the principles of ma-
terialism, it must be renounced by all who hold that
the soul is essentially distinct from the body. But
if the doctrine can be defended without having re-
course to these principles, it is not a sound argument
against the truth of the doctrine, whatever discredit
it may thereby suffer in the opinion of the ignorant
or careless, that a materialist finds it perfectly recon*
cileable with his system.
SECTION II.
Arminius, who lived in the beginning of the
seventeenth century, may be regarded as the foun-
der of the system of opinions generally held by those,
who, while they admit the dignity of our Saviour's
person, and the doctrine of atonement, do not hold
the other doctrines of Calvinism. He and his fol-
lowers renounced the peculiar tenets of Socinus with
regard to the divine prescience. They considered
OnXIOXS COXCEKNIXG PREDESTIXATIOX. Q.5
the most contingent future events as known to God ;
but the power, bj^ which such events are foreknown*
appears to them essentially different from the fore-
sight of those events, which arise by a continued
chain of causes. It is a power of which they do not
pretend to form any distinct conception, which they
are content to resolve into the supereminent excel-
lence of the divine nature, and the existence of which
they do not attempt to establish by reasoning, but
simply deduce from experience. The Scriptures,
we have seen, abound with predictions of a series of
contingent events, involving numberless determina-
tions of free agents. But if contingent events were
certainly foretold, it is manifest that they were cer-
tainly foreknown by that Being from whom the
prediction proceeded ; and if the fact be once es-
tablished, that God foreknows contingent events, it
is admitted by the Arminians, that all the difficulty,
which we feel in accounting for the manner of the
fact, does not constitute any argument against the
truth of the fact. Socinus proceeded upon a maxim
which has been repeated after Aristotle in many a
system of logic, — De J'utiwis contingetitibus non
datur determinata Veritas. Entertaining no doubt
of the truth of this maxim, he apprehended that
the certain foreknowledge of events destroyed their
contingency, and therefore he concluded it to be
impossible, or a contradiction in terms, for contin-
gent events to be certainly foreknown. But Armi-
nius and his followers learned to correct the maxim
of Aristotle ; and it is now universally understood
amongst philosophers, that future events, which are
in their own nature contingent, may be certain, and
consequently may be foreknown. This will be un-
£6 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
derstood from a familiar example. Whether I am
to write a letter to-morrow or not is a matter purely
contingent. If no foreign cause interpose to take
from me the power which I now possess, I may-
write, or I may refrain from writing. Both events
are equally possible ; but one of the events will
certainly happen ; and of the two propositions, I
will write to-morrow, I will not write to-morrow,
one, although I do not know which, is at this mo-
ment true. The truth which now exists, whether
it be perceived by any being or not, will be known
at the end of to-morrow to me, and to any person
who attends to my employments through the day :
and if there is any being who possesses the faculty
of knowing the truth beforehand, the determination
of my mind is not in the least affected by his know-
ledge. Although it is certain when the day begins
what I am to do, and although the event which is
then certain may be known to some being whose
understanding is more enlarged than mine, I feel
no restraint through the course of the day ; but I
write or I do not write, I read or I do not read, I
go abroad or I remain at home, according to cir-
cumstances.
We say, then, that contingency is inconsistent
with that necessary determination to one event
which excludes the possibility of another : but we
say that it is not inconsistent with the certainty,
that of two events, either of which might happen,
one is to happen ; and therefore we hold there is
no contradiction in saying that a contingent event
may be certainly foreknown. For as Dr. Clarke
writes, ** Foreknowledge has no influence at all
upon the things foreknown ; and it has therefore
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 2?
no influence upon them, because things would be
just as they were, and no otherwise, though there
were no foreknowledge. It does not cause things
to be. — The futurity of free actions is exactly the
same, and in the nature of the things themselves, of
the like certainty in event, whether they can, or
whether they could not, be foreknown." *
It is this possibility of foreseeing future contin-
gencies, such as are the determinations of free
agents, which distinguishes the Arminian system
of predestination from the Socinian. Both systems
proceed upon the general declaratory decree, that
" whosoever believeth in Jesus Christ shall be
saved," as the first in order, and as becoming per-
emptory with regard to every individual after he
has persevered in faith. But whereas the Socinian
scheme supposes the number and the names of the
individuals that shall be saved, to have been from
the beginning unknown to God, and consequently
the decrees respecting them to be made at such
times as their faith appears to him, the Arminians
do not conceive so unworthily of God as to think
that any thing new and unexpected can present
itself to his mind, and that his decrees are succes-
sively made according to emergencies ; but they
consider all the grounds upon which the conditional
decree is at length to become peremptory with re-
gard to individuals, as from the beginning known
to God. The amount of their tenets may be thus
shortly stated : God, who wills all men to be saved,
and who gave his Son to be the Saviour of the
world, that whosoever believeth in him should not
* Sermon on Omniscience of God.
S8 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
perish, foresaw, before the foundation of the world,
the use which men would make of the means of
salvation provided for them in Christ. Upon the
foresight of the faith and good works of some, he
determined, from all eternity, to give them, upon
account of Christ, and through Christ, eternal life ;
and upon the foresight of the unbelief and impeni-
tence of others, he determined, from all eternity, to
leave them in sin and subject to condemnation.
According to this system, predestination, or the
decree that some persons shall be saved, and others
condemned, rests upon the prescience gf God, by
which, says Arminius, in the declaration of his opi-
nion, God knew, from eternity, what persons, under
the administration of the means necessary for pro-
ducing faith and repentance, were to believe, and
what persons were not to believe. By all who hold
this system, such a decree is represented as exhibit-
ing at once the goodness and the justice of God : his
goodness, in providing a Saviour, and offering the
means of salvation ; his justice, in rewarding men
according to their works, giving eternal life to those
who make a proper use of the means, and condemn-
ing only those who abuse them. There is, in the
language of the Arminians, an antecedent will in
God to save all men ; that is, a will previous to the
consideration of the circumstances of individuals,
that all men may be saved : a will which does not
rest in bare desire, what the schoolmen call velleitas,
but appears carried forth into action in the means
which he has provided to accomplish the end. There
is in God a consequent will to save only some per-
sons, and to condemn others ; that is, a will conse-
quent upon the consideration of the conduct of indi-
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. SQ
vJduals, and correspoiiding to that conduct. The
difference, say the Arminians, between the anteced-
ent and the consequent will of God, is owing entire-
ly to the sins of men ; every thing has been done
by him that is necessary for their salvation ; and, if
they did their part, the antecedent and the conse-
quent will of God would coincide, and all men would
be saved.
And thus, by admitting that the actions of moral
agents may be free, although they are foreknown,
and by building upon the divine foreknowledge of
these free actions, the decree respecting the final
condition of mankind, the honour of the divine per-
fections appears to be maintained ; the limitation
of the extent of the remedy in the Gospel is seen to
arise from no other cause but the fault of those to
whom it is offered, and the strongest motives are
held forth to engage us to " give all diligence in
making our election sure." But plausible and un-
exceptionable as this system at first sight appears,
there are difficulties under which it labours, and im-
perfections that adhere to it, which will open upon
us by degrees as we proceed in the exposition of the
Calvinistic system of predestination.
SECTION III.
The characteristical feature of the Calvinistic sys-
tem is, that entire dependence of the creature up-
on the Creator, which it uniformly asserts, by con-
sidering the will of the Supreme Being as the cause
30 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
of every thing that now exists, or that is to exist at
any future time. This principle is fruitful of conse-
quences which, when they are followed out and ap-
plied, give to the doctrines of Christianity^ that pe-
culiar comj)lexion known hy the name of Calvinism ;
and from this principle results that view of the di-
vine prescience which is the ground-work of the doc-
trine of predestination that I am now to delineate.
Of things impossible there can be no knowledge.
The same character, by which they must remain for
ever in the class of nonentities, so that not even om-
nipotence can bring them into existence, withdraws
them from the number of those subjects of which
any mind can form a distinct conception. But all
things that are possible may be conceived ; and the
more perfect any understanding is, the more com-
plete is the representation of things possible in that
understanding. To the Supreme Mind, therefore,
there are distinctly represented, not only all the sin-
gle objects which may be brought into existence, but
also all the possible combinations of single objects,
their relations, and their mutual influences on the
systems of which they may compose a part. Out of
this representation of possibilities which is implied
in the perfection of the divine understanding, the
Supreme Being selects those single objects, and those
combinations of objects, which he chooses to bring
into existence ; and every circumstance in the man-
ner of the existence of that which is to be, thus de-
pending entirely on his will, is known to him, be-
cause he has decreed that it shall be.
The representation of all things possible in the
divine understanding has been called by theologians
Scientia sbnplicis inteU'igentice : and the knowledge
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 31
which God, from eternity, had of all that he was to
produce has been called scientla msionis. Amongst
the objects of the former knowledge are to be rank-
ed all those things, the reality of which would have
been the same, although no creature had ever been
produced, such as the existence of God, his attributes,
and all those abstract propositions w^iich are eter-
nally and immutably true. We attain the know-
ledge of abstract propositions by rising to them from
the contemplation of particular objects : but this is
a tedious method, suited to the imperfection of our
natures. The truth of the propositions is totally
independent of the existence of the particular objects
by which they are suggested to us. That three an-
gles of a triangle are equal to two right angles would
be true, although no triangle had ever been drawn.
By a perfect mind the truth of such general propo-
sitions is recognised before the objects are produced ;
and the knowledge, which the Supreme Being has
of the possibilities of things, necessarily involves a
knowledge of these abstract propositions ; because
the very circumstance which renders the existence
of many things impossible is, that they cannot exist
without a contradiction to some of those abstract
propositions which are always true. In defining
scientia visionis, I called it the knowledge which
God, from eternity, had of all that he was to pro-
duce. The reason, why the words ' from eternity*
were inserted in the definition, requires particular
attention upon this subject. Since the infinite per-
fection of the nature of God excludes the idea of
change in his purposes, of increase to his knowledge,
or of succession in his perception of objects, it fol-
lows, that the choice, out of things possible, of those
3*2 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
which he determined to bring into existence, was
not made in time, at the successive periods at which
his creatures appeared ; but that the whole plan of
what was to be produced was for ever present to his
mind. There was a time when all the objects of
the scientia visionis were future. At that time their
futurition, that is, their being to pass in succession
from the state of possibility to the state of existence,
was known to God, merely as being the result of his
own determination. After the execution of this de-
termination commenced, some of the objects of the
scientia visionis became past ; others became pre-
sent, and others continued future. But all are
equally in the view of the divine mind. There is
to him no more fatigue or imperfection in the re-
membrance of what is past, or the foresight of what
is future, than in the perception of what now is.
Indeed, there is an impropriety in using the words
remembrance or foresight, when we speak of the
knowledge of God ; and it is only the narrowness
of our conceptions, and the poverty of our language,
which compel us to apply such terms to his clear,
unvarying intuition of the whole series of objects
which derive their existence from his pleasure.
The two kinds of knowledge which have now been
explained, are understood, in the Calvinistic system,
to comprehend all that can be known. There are
no conceivable objects but those of which it can be
affirmed, either that they may be, or that they may
not be. Of things which may not be, this only can
be distinctly known, that they are impossible ; and
a being, who knows all the things that may be,
knows also what are the things which may not be ;
for every thing that does not enter into the com-
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 33
plete representation of things possible, which is pre-
sent to his mind, is known, by that circumstance,
to be impossible. Scientia simplicis intelligentice,
then, exhausts the subjects of knowledge, in respect
of the possibility or impossibility of their existence ;
but it does not imply any knowledge of the actual
existence of those things which are possible ; for
from this proposition, a thing may be, this other
proposition, it shall be, does by no means follow.
Hence scientia simplicis intelligentice was called by
the schoolmen scientia indejinita, as not determining
the existence or the non-existence of any object out
of the Deity. But scientia visionis, on the other
hand, was called scientia dejinita, because the exist-
ence of all the objects of this knowledge, whether
they be past, present, or future, is determinate ; in
other words, it is not more certain that what is past
has had an existence, and that what is present now
exists, than that what God foresees as future shall
exist hereafter. If, therefore, scientia visionis be
joined to scientia simplicis intelligenticB, every thing
that can be known is comprehended ; in other words,
if nothing can exist without the willof the First Cause,
and if the First Cause, who knows all things that are
possible, knows also what things he wills to produce,
then he knows every thing. There is nothing that
does not fall under one or other of these kinds of
knowledge. We have already seen that all which
can be known of things that may not be belongs to
the scientia simplicis intelUgeiiticB ; and of the things
that may be, either a thing is possible, but not fu-
ture, and then it belongs to this kind of knowledge
also ; or it both may be, and shall be, and then it
belongs to the scientia visiofiis. To state the thing
VOL. nr. D
M OPINIONS CONCFJtNING PREDESTINATION.
still more plainly, ail things which maj^ exist are
either things which shall be, or things which shall
not be : the latter remain amongst things possible,
the objects of scientia simplicis intelligenticB ; the
former pass from the number of things barely possi-
ble into the number of the objects of scientia vi-
sio7iis.
Those, who consider all the objects of knowledge
as comprehended under one or other of the kinds
that have been explained, are naturally conducted
to that enlarged conception of the extent of the di-
vine decree, from which the Calvinistic doctrine of
predestination unavoidably follows. The divine de-
cree is the determination of the divine will to pro-
duce the universe, that is, the whole series of beings
and events that were then future. The parts of
this series arise in succession; but all were, from
eternity, present to the divine mind ; and no cause
that was at any time to operate, or no effect that
was at any time to be produced in the universe, can
be excluded from the original decree, without sup-
posing that the decree was at first imperfect, and af-
terwards received accessions. The determination
to produce this world, understanding by that word
the whole combination of beings, and causes, and
effects, that were to come into existence, arose out
of the view of all possible worlds, and proceeded up-
on reasons to us unsearchable, by which this world
that now exists appeared to the divine wisdom the
fittest to be produced. I say, the determination to
produce this world proceeded upon reasons ; because
we must sui^pose that, in forming the decree, a choice
was exerted, that the Supreme Being was at liberty
to resolve either that he would create, or that he
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 35
would not create ; that he would give his work this
form or that form, as he chose ; otherwise we with-
draw the universe from the direction of a Supreme
Intelligence, and subject all things to blind fatality.
But if a choice was exerted in forming the decree,
the choice must have proceeded upon reasons ; for
a choice made by a wise being, without any ground
of choice, is a contradiction in terms. At the same
time it is to be remembered, that as nothing then
existed but the Supreme Being, the only reason which
could determine him in choosing what he was to pro-
duce, was its appearing to him fitter for accomplish-
ing the end which he proposed to himself, than any
thing else which he might have produced. Hence
scientla visionis is called by theologians scientia li-
bera. To sciejifia simpUcis intelligentice they gave
the epithet naturalise because the knowledge of all
things possible arises necessarily from the nature of
the Supreme Mind ; but to scientia visionis they
gave the epithet Uhera, because the qualities and ex-
tent of its objects are determined, not by any neces-
sity of nature, but by the will of the Deity. Al-
though, in forming the divine decree, there was a
choice of this world, proceeding upon a representa-
tion of all possible worlds, it is not to be conceived
that there was any interval between the choice and
the representation, or any succession in the parts of
the choice. In the divine mind, there was an in-
tuitive view of that immense subject, which it is not
only impossible for our minds to comprehend at
once, but in travelling through the parts of which
we are instantly bewildered ; and one decree, em-
bracing at once the end and the means, ordained,
with perfect wisdom, all that was to be.
36 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
The condition of the human race entered into
this decree. It is not, perhaps, the most important
part of it when we speak of the formation of the
universe, but it is a part which, even were it more
insignificant than it is, could not be overlooked by
the Almighty whose attention extends to all his
works, and which appears, by those dispensations of
his providence that have been made known to us,
to be interesting in his eyes. A decree respecting
the condition of the human race includes the history
of every individual : the time of his appearing upon
the earth ; the manner of his existence while he is
an inhabitant of the earth, as it is diversified by the
actions which he performs, and by the events, whe-
ther prosperous or calamitous, which befall him ; and
the manner of his existence after he leaves the earth,
that is, his future happiness or misery. A decree
respecting the condition of the human race also in-
cludes the relations of the individuals to one ano-
ther : it fixes their connexions in society, which
have a great influence upon their happiness and their
improvement ; and it must be conceived as extend-
ing to the important events recorded in Scripture,
in which the whole species have a concern. Of this
kind is the sin of our first parents, the consequence
of that sin reaching to all their posterity, the media-
tion of Jesus Christ appointed by God as a remedy
for these consequences, the final salvation, through
this Mediator, of one part of the descendants of
Adam, and the final condemnation of another part,
notwithstanding the remedy. These events arise at
long intervals of time, by a gradual preparation of
circumstances, and the operation of various means.
But by the Creator, to whose mind the end and the
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREUESTINATION. 3J
means were at once present, these events were be-
held in intimate connexion with one another, and in
conjunction with many other events to us unknown;
and consequently all of them, however far removed
from one another as to the time of their actual ex-
istence, were comprehended in that one decree by
which he determined to produce the world.
Hence it may be observed how idly they are em-
ployed, who presvime to settle the order of the di-
vine decrees, and how insignificant are the contro-
versies upon this subject, which in the days of our
fathers divided those who were agreed as to the ge-
neral principles of Calvinism. One side were called
Supralapsarians, because in their conceptions of the
order of the divine decrees respecting the human
race, they ascended above the fall, and considered
God as regarding men before they were created, and
as resolving to manifest his attributes by the whole
series of events which he ordained concerning the
race, from the creation of Adam till the consumma-
tion of all things. The other side were called Sub-
lapsarians, because they rose no higher than the fall,
but considered God as regarding men in the wretch-
ed situation to which that event had reduced them,
as providing means for their recovery, and as con-
ducting some to eternal life by these means, while
he left others in misery. The distinction was al-
lowed, even at the time when it engrossed the atten-
tion of theologians, not to be essential : but the good
sense of modern times has almost effaced the remem-
brance of it ; because it is now understood that we
may employ such illustrations and arrangements of
the subject as we find most useful to assist our con-
ceptions, and that we may differ from one another
38 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
ill these illustrations and arrangements, without for-
saking the general principles which I have been de-
lineating ; provided we remember that, although the
narrowness of our faculties obliges us to conceive of
the divine decree in parts, these parts were in the
divine mind without sepa^'ation and without priori-
ty ; and that, whether we ascend higher or lower in
our statement of that part of the divine decree which
we call the doctrine of predestination, that doctrine
is intimately connected with a series of events, the
beginning and the end of which our minds are inca-
pable of following.
Having thus unfolded that view of the divine
foreknowledge upon which the doctrine of predes-
tination rests in the Calvinistic system, I shall next
exj)lain some of the terms commonly used by those
who hold this doctrine, that the true meaning of the
Calvinists may be fully understood, before we pro-
ceed to compare their system with those formerly
stated, or to examine the difficulties with which it is
attended. For this purpose, I quote the following
words of our Confession of Faith, chapter iii.
" 3. By the decree of God, for the manifestation
of his glory, some men and angels are predestinated
unto everlasting life, and others foreordained to ever-
lasting death.
" 4. These angels and men, thus predestinated
and foreordained, are particularly and unchangeably
designed ; and their number is so certain and de-
finite, that it cannot be either increased or diminish-
ed.
" 5. Those of mankind that are predestinated un-
to life, God, before the foundation of the world was
laid, according to his eternal and immutable pur-
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. '^9
pose, and the secret counsel and good pleasure of his
will, hath chosen in Christ, unto everlasting glory,
out of his mere free grace and love, without any
foresight of faith or good works, or perseverance in
either of them, or any other thing in the creature,
as conditions or causes moving him thereunto ; and
all to the praise of his glorious grace.
" 6. As God hath appointed the elect unto glory,
so hath he, by the eternal and most free purpose of
his will, foreordained all the means thereunto.
Wherefore they who are elected, being fallen in
Adam, are redeemed by Christ, are effectually called
unto faith in Christ, by his Spirit working in due
season ; are justified, adopted, sanctified, and kept
by his power through faith unto salvation. Neither
are any other redeemed by Christ, effectually called,
justified, adopted, sanctified, and saved, but the elect
only.
" 7. The rest of mankind, God was pleased, ac-
cording to the unsearchable counsel of his own will,
whereby he extendetli or withlioldeth mercy as he
pleaseth, for the glory of his sovereign power over
his creatures, to pass by, and to ordain them to dis-
honour and wrath for their sin, to the praise of his
glorious justice."
I quote also the seventeenth article of the Church
of England, in the meaning and even in the expres-
sion of which, there is a striking agreement with
part of the preceding paragraphs from the Confes-
sion of Faith.
" Predestination to life is the everlasting purpose
of God, whereby (before the foundations of the world
were laid) he hath constantly decreed by his counsel,
secret to us, to deliver from curse and damnation
40 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
those whom he hath chosen in Christ out of man-
kind, and to bring them by Christ to everlasting sal-
vation, as vessels made to honour. Wherefore they
which be endued with so excellent a benefit of God,
be called according to God's purpose, by his Spirit
working in due season : they, through grace, obey
the calling : they be justified freely : they be made
sons of God by adoption : they be made like the im-
age of his only-begotten Son Jesus Christ : they
walk religiously in good works ; and at length, by
God's mercy, they attain to everlasting felicity."
These quotations suggest the following proposi-
tions, which may be considered as constituting the
Calvinistic doctrine of predestination, and in which
there is an explication of most of the terms.
1. God chose out of the whole body of mankind,
whom he viewed in his eternal decree as involved
in guilt and misery, certain persons who are called
the elect, whose names are known to him, and
whose number, being unchangeably fixed by his
decree, can neither be increased nor diminished ; so
that the whole extent of the remedy offered in the
Gt)spel is conceived to have been determined before-
hand by the divine decree.
2. As all the children of Adam were involved in
the same guilt and misery, the persons thus chosen
had nothing in themselves to render them more
worthy of being elected than any others ; and
therefore the decree of election is called in the Cal-
vinistic system absolute, by which word is meant,
that it arises entirely from the good pleasure of
God, because all the circumstances which distin-
guish the elect from others are the fruit of their
election.
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 41
3. For the persons thus chosen, God, from the
beginning, appointed the means of their being deli-
vered from corruption and guilt ; and by these
means, effectually applied in due season, he con-
ducts them at length to everlasting life.
4. Jesus Christ was ordained by God to be the
Saviour of these persons, and God gave them to
him to be redeemed by his blood, to be called by
his Spirit, and finally to be glorified with him. All
that Christ did in the character of Mediator, was
in consequence of this original appointment of the
Father, which has received from many divines the
name of the Covenant of Redemption ; a phrase,
which suggests the idea of a mutual stipulation
between Christ and the Father, in which Christ
undertook all that work which he executed in his
human nature, and which he continues to execute
in heaven, in order to save the elect ; and the Fa-
ther promised that the persons for whom Christ
died should be saved by his death. According to
the tenor of this covenant of redemption, the merits
of Christ are not considered as the cause of the
decree of election, but as a part of that decree ; in
other words, God was not moved by the mediation
of Christ to choose certain persons out of the great
body of mankind to be saved ; but having chosen
them, he conveys all the means of salvation through
the channel of this mediation.
5. From the election of certain persons, it neces-
sarily follows that all the rest of the race of Adam
are left in guilt and misery. The exercise of the
divine sovereignty, in regard to those who are not
elected, is called Reprobation ; and the condition of
all having been originally the same, reprobation is
i^ OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
called absolute in the same sense with election. In
reprobation, there are two acts, v/hich the Calvinists
are careful to distinguish. The one is called Prete-
ntion, the passing by those who are not elected,
and withholding from them those means of grace
which are provided for the elect. The other is
called Condemnation, the act of condemning those
who have been passed by, for the sins which they
commit. In the former act, God exercises his good
pleasure, dispensing his benefits as he will : in the
latter act, he appears as a Judge, inflicting upon
men that sentence which their sins deserve. If he
had bestowed upon them the same assistance which
he prepared for others, they would have been pre-
served from that sentence : but as their sins pro-
ceeded from their own corruption, they are thereby
rendered worthy of punishment ; and the justice of
the Supreme Ruler is manifested in condemning
them, as his mercy is manifested in saving the elect.
SECTION IV
I shall in this section advert to the points of dif-
fei'ence in the three systems which have been men-
tioned, and to the difficulties in which the peculi-
arities of the two systems, that admit of being com-
pared, are supposed to involve those by whom they
are defended.
The Socinian and Calvinistic systems are so dia-
metrically opposite, that they do not admit of being
compared. For the Socinian, withdrawing future
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 4$
contingent events from the foreknowledge of the
Supreme Being, either proceeds upon the principles
of materialism, according to which the actions of
men are events of the same order, arising unavoid-
ably by the same laws of nature, with the pheno-
mena of the heavens and the earth ; or it excludes
the possibility of an eternal decree respecting the
future condition of men. The first of these alter-
natives is adopted by Dr. Priestley: the second was
adopted by Socinus and his followers. But neither
the one nor the other presents what can appear, to
those who hold the received principles of natural
religion, a system of predestination. Accordingly
Socinus says, * that all those places of Scripture,
which treat of the divine decree of saving certain
men, are to be so explained, Ui non certi quidam
homines nominatim intelUgantiir, sed genus quod-
dam hominum. And one of his followers, speaking
in the name of the Socinians, says, that they reject,
as hurtful to pie-ty and contrary to Scripture, both
the predestination and reprobation of individuals,
and also the foreknowledge that some are to make
a right use of their liberty, and others to abuse it ;
and that they assert nothing more than this, that
God has predestinated to eternal life all whosoever
shall, to the utmost of their power, continue to the
end in obedience to his precepts, and that he has
reprobated all whosoever shall not obey. Itaque
electio et reprohatio in genere prorsus est certa et
immutahilis, in individuo autem mutabilis est f
The Arminian system agrees with the Calvinistic
in admitting that contingent events, such as the
* Socin. Praelect. cap. 13. t Stapfer. iii. 415.
44 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION*
determinations and actions of men, are foreseen by
God ; and this fundamental principle, without which
there can be no predestination, being common to
both, it is possible to compare the manner of its
being applied in the two systems. Both agree in
admitting that there is a peremptory decree by
which the Supreme Being, from all eternity, unal-
terably fixed the everlasting condition of man ; but
the precise difference between them is this. The
Arminians hold that God made this peremptory
decree upon the foresight of the faith and good
works of some, of the infidelity and impenitence of
others ; i. e. God, foreseeing from all eternity that
some would repent and believe, elected them to
everlasting life ; and foreseeing that others would
continue in sin and unbelief, left them to perish.
The Calvinists, on the other hand, say, that the
faith and good works of the elect are the conse-
quences of their election, and are foreseen by God,
because he determined to produce them ; that, being
the fruits of his determination, they cannot be re-
garded as the cause of it ; and therefore that the
election of some, and the reprobation of others, are
to be resolved into the good pleasure of God, acting
indeed upon the wisest reasons, but not originally
moved by the foresight of any circumstance in the
former rendering them more worthy of being elected
than the latter.
The first thing to be attended to, in comparing
these two systems, is the manner of that foresight
upon which the Arminian system rests, and from
which result all the points of difference between it
and the Calvinistic. It is a foresight of the faith
and good works of some, in consequence of which
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 45
they are elected ; of the infidelity and impenitence
of others, in consequence of which they are repro-
bated. But this is a foresight which the Armi-
nians do not class either under scientia smplicis in-
telligentKE, or under scientia visionis : — not under
the first, which is conversant about things possible,
or those abstract relations which are independent of
actual existence ; whereas this foresight is conver-
sant about objects which are certainly to exist, and
whose future existence, as foreseen by God, has
power to produce a decree : — not under the second,
which is the knowledge of all things that God has
determined to produce ; whereas this foresight is
conceived to be antecedent to the determination of
God, being the cause of his decree respecting the
condition of those persons whose conduct is fore-
seen.
To this kind of foresight, thus distinguished
from scientia simplicis intelligentice, and from scien-
tia visionis^ they gave the name of scientia media,
considering it as in the middle between the two.
The term was first invented by Molina, a Spanish
Jesuit, and a professor of divinity in Portugal. It
was the leading principle of a book which he pub-
lished in 1588, entitled, " Liberi arbitrii concordia
cum gratiae donis, divina prsescientia, providentia,
predestinatione, et reprobatione :" and it has been
adopted by all who hold the system of Arminius.
Scientia media is the knowledge, neither of events
that are barely possible, nor of events that are ab-
solutely decreed by God, but of events that are to
happen upon certain conditions. When it is ap-
plied to the doctrine of predestination, there arises
out of it the following system. God from eternity
4fd OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
took into his view the natural dispositions of men,
the circumstances in which they were to be placed,
and the objects which were to be presented to them.
From this view, he foresaw the conduct which they
were to pursue, and he made their conduct, thus
foreseen, the measure according to which he deter-
mined to administer the means of grace, and to fix
their everlasting happiness or misery. To state the
matter more shortly : God foresees what the con-
duct of men will be in certain situations ; upon this
foresight he determines their situations ; and thus
by scientia media the free agency of man is recon-
ciled with that prescience, which is implied in the
conception of a perfect Mind, who rules the uni-
verse.
The Calvinists do not admit that the kind of
knowledge, called by this new name, is really dif-
ferent from the two species formerly stated, under
which it appears to them that all the objects which
can be known are comprehended : and the reason-
ing which they employ is to this purpose. If it is
meant by scientia media that God knows every
supposable case ; that all the combinations which
can arise in every situation were present to his
mind ; and that he is as well acquainted with what
might have happened in any given circumstances
as with what will happen : this is scientia simplicis
intelligenticE, If by scientia media^ or, as it is
sometimes called, conditionate foreknowledge, be
meant that God sees what is to be, not singly, but
as depending upon something going before it, this
is scientia visionis. For nothing stands alone and
unrelated in the universe : every event arises out
of something antecedent, and is fruitful of conse-
OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 4?
quences. What is called hypothetical necessity, by
which no more is ixieant than this, if one thing is,
another shall be, pervades the whole system of
creation, and is the very thing which constitutes a
system. Events, therefore, are not to be considered
as the less ordained by God, because they are de-
pendent upon conditions, since the conditions are of
his appointment, and the manner in which the
event depends upon the conditions is known to
him ; so that if the conduct of men be considered
as arising out of their circumstances, their temper,
and the objects presented to them, it is as much a
branch of the scientia visionis as the circumstances,
the temper, and the objects out of which it arises.
But if by scientia media we mean not merely the
knowledge of all that is possible, not merely the
knowledge of all future events in connexion with
all present circumstances, but the knowledge of an
event that is to be, although it did not enter into
the decree of God, it follows, from the principles
stated in the preceding section, that there can be no
such knowledge. For, 1. every future event de-
rives its futurition from the decree of God. To
say, therefore, that God foresees an event before he
has decreed that it shall be, is to say that he views
as future, an event which is merely possible ; in
other w^ords, that he views an 'event not as it is.
But, 2. could we suppose that some events were
future, which God had not decreed, his knowledge
of these events would be reduced to that kind of
conjecture which we form with regard to what
shall be, from attending to all the previous circum-
stances out of which it may be conceived to arise,
instead of being that clear, infallible, intuitive pre-
48 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
science of the whole series of causes and effects,
which seems essential to the perfection of the divine
understanding. And still farther, 3. supposing
that, in some inconceivable manner, future events,
not decreed by him, were as certainly foreknown as
those which he had decreed, here would be a part
of the imi verse withdrawn from the government of
the Supreme Ruler ; something that is to come into
existence independently of him, the futurition of
which, being antecedent to his will, becomes the
rule of his determination.
Upon these principles the Calvinists, maintaining
the sovereignty of the Deity, reject the third sense
of scientia media, which is the only sense that is of
any use in the Arminian system. They conceive it
impossible that any thing, which is to be in the
creation, can be the foundation of the divine decree
concerning the creature, because every circumstance
respecting the existence of the creature is dependent
upon the divine will ; and they adhere to their own
division of the divine knowledge as complete, be-
cavise the things which may be, and the things
which God hath willed to be, comprehend all the
objects that can be known.
There are several passages of Scripture which
the Arminians adduce in proof of scientia media.
Of this kind is the following. 1 Sam. xxiii. 10 —
13. " David said, O Lord God of Israel, thy ser-
vant hath certainly heard that Saul seeketh to come
to Keilah, to destroy the city for my sake. Will
the men of Keilah deliver me up into his hands?
Will Saul come down, as thy servant hath heard ?
And the Lord said. He will come down : they will
deliver thee up. Then David arose and departed
OPINION'S CONCERNING PREDESTINATION. 49
out of Keilah : and it was told Saul that David was
escaped from Keilah, and he forebore to go forth."
Saul's coming down, and the people's delivering up
David, depended upon the condition of David's re-
maining in the city. As the condition did not take
place, the event did not happen: and therefore here,
it is said, is an instance of an event not decreed by
God, for then it must have happened, yet foretold
by him ; in other words, here, it is said, is an in-
stance of scientia media, the foreknowledge of an
event depending upon a condition. But the Cal-
vinists consider this as an instance of scientia sim-
plicis intelligent icB. Amidst the possible combina-
tions of objects which are present to the divine
mind, this was one, that if David remained in
Keilah, Saul would come down, and the people of
the city would deliver him up. The connexion
between his remaining, Saul's coming down, and
the conduct of the people, was what God saw ; and
at the request of David he declared that connexion.
But we must entertain as low an opinion of the
divine foreknowledge as the Socinians do, if we
suppose that he foresaw the actual existence of any
of the events thus connected. To the scientia sim-
plicis intelligentice there appeared a chain, of which
David's remaining in Keilah was one link ; to the
scientia visionis there appeared another chain, of
which it was not a link. God knew what would
have happened in the one case ; he knew what was
to happen in the other : but it is a sophism to say
that he foresaw what would have happened, when
he knew it was not to happen ; and this sophism is
at the bottom of all the reasonings adduced to prove
TOL. III. E
^0 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
that there is in God the certain foreknowledge of
any events but those which he has decreed to be.
In the same manner the Calvinists explain that
expression of our Lord, Mat. xi. 21, which appears
to be a still clearer instance of scientia media,
** Woe unto thee, Chorazin, woe unto thee, Beth-
saidah ; for if the mighty works which were done
in you had been done in Tyre and Sidon, they
would have repented long ago in sackcloth and
ashes." Here is a declaration, consequently a know-
ledge, of the event which would have happened,
had the constitution of the universe admitted of the
works of our Lord being done in Tyre and Sidon.
This event was possible, before the Creator adopted
that constitution of the universe which now is : it
would have taken place had a particular constitu-
tion been adopted ; but its existence being excluded
by the decree which, adopting the present constitu-
tion, includes the objects about which scientia
visionis is conversant, it remains amongst the ob-
jects of scientia simplicis intelUgentice. So all the
promises of happiness which men shall realize if
they prove obedient, all the expressions of regret at
their missing the happiness which they might have
attained if they had been obedient, and all the
threatenings of misery which they shall incur if they
disobey, — all conditional propositions of this kind,
with which the Scriptures abound, are to be consi-
dered not as intimations of the knowledge which
God has of the futurition of any of these events,
but merely as enunciations of one branch of that
h)''pothetical necessity which pervades the system of
the universe — the branch by which happiness \\^
connected with virtue, and misery with vice.
OPINIONS COSCF.nSlNG PllEDESTINATIOy. 51
Such is the different manner in which the Armin*
ians and the Cal vinists conceive of the foreknowledge
of God. The Arniinians, admitting that all events,
of whatever kind, are foreknown hy the Supreme
Being, but desirous to exempt the actions of men
from the influence of his decree, have adopted the
term scientla mediae m order to express a species of
knowledge in the divine mind different from scientia
s'lmpUcis iiiteUigentice, and from scientia visioiiis.
But to the Calvinists, this new term, invented by-
Molina, appears to be rn attempt to establish a dis-
tinction where there is not a difference : for accord-
ing to them, every thing that is to exist is decreed
by God ; it derives its futurition from his decree,
and it is foreseen because it is decreed.
This difference in the manner of conceiving of the
divine foreknowledge is the foundation of the dif-
ference between the Arminian and the Calvinistic
systems, all the distinguishing features of which are
instantly perceived, when the different conceptions
of the divine foreknowledge, that have been explain-
ed, are applied to tlie great subject about which the
systems are conversant. The plan of the Arminian
system is this. God, having decreed to give his Son
to be the Saviour of all men, having determined to
save by Jesus Christ them that repent and believe,
and having fixed a certain administration of the
means of grace sufficient to bring all men to salva-
tion, foresaw what persons would, under this ad-
ministration, repent and believe, and them he elect-
ed to everlasting life. The plan of the Calvinistic
system is this. God having, from all eternity, cho-
sen a certain number of persons, did, in time, give
his Son to be their Saviour ; he bestows upon them,
5^2 OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
through him, that grace which effectually determines
them to repent and believe, and so effectually con-
ducts them, by faith and good works, to everlasting
life. In the Arminian system, the faith and good
works of some persons are viewed as independent
of the decree by which they are elected. In the
Calvinistic system, they are considered as the fruit
of election ; and they were, from eternity, known to
God, because they were, in time, to be produced by
the execution of his decree. In the Arminian sys-
tem, it is conceived that, although there are many
who do not repent and believe, yet means sufficient
to bring men to salvation are administered to all ;
from which it follows, that, antecedently to the de-
cree of election, these elected persons must have been
considered as distinguished from others, by some
predisposition in respect to faith and good works ;
so that the doctrine of original sin can be admitted
into this system only under such limitations as ren-
der it consistent with such predisposition. In the
Calvinistic system, predestination being an appoint-
ment to the means as well as to the end, and all the
conditions of salvation being given with Christ, by
the decree of election, to those who are elected, every
conception of any original superiority, or any ground
of boasting, by nature, is excluded ; and the doctrine
of original sin is admitted to the extent of represent-
ing all men as involved in the same guilt and misery,
as equally unable to extricate themselves, and as
discriminated from one another by the mere good
pleasure of God. In the Arminian system, Christ
being conceived as given by God to be the Saviour
of all the children of Adam, and as having purchased
for all men a sufficient administration of the means
OPINIONS CONCERNING rREDESTINATION. .55
of grace, what is called impetratio salutis may be
of much wider extent than what is called applicatio
salutis, God wills all men to be saved, upon con-
dition that they repent and believe ; but the fulfil-
ment of the condition is conceived, in this system,
to depend upon man ; and, therefore, the purpose
which, in the eternal counsel of divine love, extend-
ed to all, is attained with regard to many, or to few,
according to the use which they make of the means
of grace afforded them. In the Calvinistic system,
what is called applicatio salutis is conceived to be
of equal extent with impeti'atio salutis. To all
those whom God from the beginning decreed to
save, he affords the means which infallibly conduct
them to salvation : it is not in the power of man to
increase or diminish their number ; and the divine
purpose is effectual to the very extent to which it
was originally formed.
This view of the points of difference between the
Arminian and Calvinistic systems, suggests the
principal difficulties that are peculiar to each, which
I shall in this place barely mention. The difficul-
ties under which the Arminian system labours, are
three.
1. It is not easy to reconcile the infinite diversity
of situations, and the very unfavourable circum-
stances in which many nations, and some indivi-
duals of all nations are placed, with one funda-
mental position of the Arminian system, that to all
men there are administered means sufficient to
bring them to salvation.
2. It is not easy to reconcile those views of the
degeneracy of human nature, and those lessons of
humility and self-abasement in the sight of God
Oi' OPINIONS CONCERNING PREDESTINATION.
which both Scripture and reason inculcate, with
another fundamental position of that system, that
the faith and good works of those who are elected,
did not flow from their election, but were foreseen
by God as the grounds of it.
3. It is not easy to reconcile the immutability
and efficacy of the divine counsel, which enter into
our conceptions of the First Cause, with a purpose
to save all, suspended upon a condition which is
not fulfilled with regard to many.
The difficulties attending the Calvinistic system,
however much they may have the appearance of
being multiplied by a variety of expressions, are
reducible to two,
1. It appears to be inconsistent with the nature
of man, to destroy his liberty, and to supersede his
exertions, that they who are elected should be effec-
tually determined to repent and believe.
2. It appears inconsistent with the goodness and
justice of God, that when all were involved in the
same guilt and misery, he should ordain the effec-
tual means of being delivered out of that condition
only to a part of the human race, leaving the rest
infallibly to perish. And if this be a true account
of the divine dispensation, it seems to be a necessary
consequence, that all the moral evil which is in the
world, and all the misery arising from that moral
evil, either here or hereafter, are to be ascribed to
God.
I have mentioned the difficulties peculiar to the
two systems in this place, because they are sug-
gested by the general view already given of the
points of difference between them. But, in order
to discern the force of the difficulties, and to judg^
OPINIONS CONCERNING rilEDESTlNATION. 56
of the attempts that have been made to remove
them, it is necessary to attend more particularly to
the account that is given, in each system, of the
application of the remedy. I shall proceed, there-
fore, now to this third subject of discussion, re-
specting the Gospel remedy ; and, from the com-
plete view which we shall thus attain, of the char-
acteristical features of the two systems, we shall be
qualified to estimate the difficulties that adhere to
each, and prepared to weigh the amount of the evi-
dence which each professes to derive from Scripture.
56 OPINIONS CONCERNING THF:
CHAP. VIII.
OPINIONS CONCERNING THE APPLICATION OF THE
REMEDY.
As it is unquestionably the doctrine of Scripture,
that none partake of the salvation which the Gospel
was given to afford, but those who repent and be-
lieve, we are entitled to say that the remedy offered
in the Gospel is connected with a certain character of
mind. The extent of the remedy being thus limited
in so far that it reaches only to persons of that cha^.
racter, I employ the phrase, The Application of the
Remedy, in order to express the production of that
character ; and I consider systems as differing from
one another in respect of the application of the re-
medy, when they differ as to the manner in which
the character is produced.
From the distinguishing features of the Socinian
system, it will be perceived that, as it denies several
of those fundamental principles on which the Armi-
nians and Calvinists agree, it cannot be compared
with them in respect to the application of the reme-
dy. The Socinians adopt that doctrine which was
introduced by Pelagius about the beginning of the
APPLICATION OF THE REMEDY. 5^
fifth eeiitiuy, that the moral powers of hiiinan na-
ture are not in the least injured by the sin of our
first parents, but that all the children of Adam are
as able to yield a perfect obedience to the commands
of God as he was at his creation. They admit that
men may be led, by the strength of passion, by un-
favourable circumstances, and by imitation, into such
sins as separate them from the favour of God, and
render it difficult for them to return to the obedience
of his laws ; but they hold that this difficulty never
amounts to a moral impossibility ; and that at what
time soever a sinner forsakes his transgressions, he
is forgiven, not upon account of what Christ did,
but from the essential goodness of the divine nature.
They acknowledge that the Gospel gives to a sinful
world more gracious and more effectual assistance in
returning to their duty, than ever was afforded be-
fore ; but they consider this assistance as arising
solely from the clear revelation there given of the
nature and the will of God, from the example there
proposed, and from the hope of eternal life, that gift
of God which is peculiar to this religion. By its
doctrines and its promises, it presents to the human
mind the strongest motives to obedience. All, there-
fore, who live in a Christian country, enjoy an out-
ward assistance in the discharge of their duty, of
very great value ; and those, who receive the Gospel
as the word of God, feel the power of it in their
hearts. This inward power, the influence of the
doctrine of Christ upon the mind, the Socinians un-
derstand to be, in many places of the ^^yjv Testa-
ment, the whole import of these expressions, ** the
Spirit of God," the " Spirit of life," the ^' Spirit of
,58 OPINIONS CONCERNING THE
the Lord." For as they deny that the Spirit is a
person distinct from the Father and the Son, they
are obliged to consider all the expressions from which
the Trinitarians infer the personality of the Spirit,
as figures, or circumlocutions ; and when it is said,
** we walk after the Spirit — the Spirit of life makes
us free — where the Spirit of the Lord is, there is li-
berty — ye are washed and sanctified by the Spirit of
our God," they find it easy to evade the argument
which these and numberless phrases of the same kind
are supposed to contain, by understanding the mean-
ing of the sacred writers to be no more than this,
that the influence of the doctrine and promises of
the Gospel upon the mind, when they are firmly
believed and cordially embraced, produces such ef-
fects.
From these fundamental princij)les of the Socinian
system it follows, that the application of the remedy
is conceived in that system to be purely the work of
man; that, as even without the advantages which
the Gospel affords, he may, in every situation, by the
mere use of his natural powers, do what is of itself
sufficient to deliver him from the evils of sin, so his
improving the assistance communicated by the Christ-
ian revelation, in such a manner as to attain the
cliaracter connected with the enjoyment of its bless-
ings, arises not in any degree from the agency of a
sujierior being upon his mind, but is an exercise of
his own power depending wholly upon himself.* It
is one of those future contingencies which the Soci-
* A Deo habemus quod homines sumus^ a nobis ipsis quod
j u sti . — Pelagius.
AlTLl CATION Ol' THE REMEDY. .59
niaiis sii^jpose to be withdrawn from the divine fore-
sight ; and predestination according- to them is no-
thing more than the purpose of calling both Jews
and Gentiles to the knowledge of the truth, and the
hope of eternal life by Jesus Christ — a purpose which
God from the beginning formed, without knowing
whether the execution of this purpose would have
the effect of bringing any individual to heaven. Nei-
ther the extent nor the application of the remedy
entered into his decree ; but God did all that he pro-
posed to do by giving the revelation, leaving to men
to make use of it as they thought fit, and to receive
such reward and such punishment as they shall ap-
pear to him to deserve.
This system, which as I said before attempts to
get rid of difficulties by degrading the character of
the Supreme Being, and excluding some of the first
l^rinciples of religion, does not fall Avithin a compa-
rative view of the different systems of predestina-
tion ; and there remain to be considered only two
opinions concerning what I call the application of
the remedy, which we distinguish by the names of
Arminian and Calvinistic. Of each of these opinions
I shall give a fair statement ; by which I mean, that
I shall endeavour to show in yvlmt manner the Ar-
minian opinion is separated from Socinian principles
by those who hold it, and in what light the Calvin-
istic opinion is represented by those who appear to
understand best the grounds upon which it may be
defended ; and from this fair statement I shall pro-
ceed to canvass the difficulties, formerly mentioned,
which adhere to these two systems of predestina-
tion.
7'he Arminians and Calvinists differ as to the
60 OPINIONS CONCERNING THE
measure of that injury which the moral powers of
human nature received from the transgression of
our first parents : but they agree in acknowledging
that man has fallen from his original rectitude ; that
there is an universal corruption of the whole race,
the influence of which extends to the understanding,
the will, and the affections ; that in this state no
man is of himself capable of giving any uniform
and effectual resistance to temptation, of extricating
himself from the dominion of sin, or of attaining, by
the exercise of his own powers, that character which
is connected with a full participation of the blessings
of the Gospel. They agree that the Father of spi-
rits can act upon the minds of men so as to admi-
nister a remedy to this corruption, and to recover
them to the practice of virtue ; and they think it
probable, even from the light of nature, that he will
exert his divine power, and employ that various ac-
cess which his continual presence with his creatures
gives him, in accomplishing this gracious purpose.
They find the hope of this expressed, as a dictate of
reason, in many passages of heathen writers ; they
find it inspiring all the prayers for divine assistance
which occur both in the Old and in the New Testa-
ment ; and they find it confirmed by many promises,
which good men under the dispensation of the law
embraced, but the complete fulfilment of which was
looked for as one of the peculiar characters of that
better dispensation which the law announced. When
they read these words of Jeremiah, quoted in the
Epistle to the Hebrews, x. 16, 17, " This is the co-
venant that I will make with them after those days,
saith the Lord, I will put my laws into their hearts,
and in their minds will I write them : and their sins
APPLICATIOX OF THE REMEDY. §1
and iniquities will I remember no more," — they con-
ceive the prophet and the apostle to have understood,
that with the pardon of sin — that blessing which
was typified by the sacrifices of the law, but is truly
obtained by the sacrifice of the cross, — there is con-
joined under the Gospel an influence exerted by the
Almighty upon the hearts and the minds of Christ-
ians ; and that these two taken together make up the
character and the excellency of that better covenant
which came in place of the first. The Arminians
and Calvinists agree farther, that the Holy Ghost is
a person distinct from the Father and the Son ; that
he is a divine person ; and that he bears a part in
accomplishing the salvation of mankind ; that he in-
spired the prophets, who from the beginning of the
world spake of this salvation, and cherished the ex-
pectation of it in the breasts of pious men ; that hav-
ing been given without measure to the man Christ
Jesus, he descended, in fulfilment of his promise at
the day of Pentecost, upon his apostles, and endow-
ed them with those extraordinary powers which
were necessary for the successful publication of the
Gospel ; that he continues to be the fountain of all
spiritual influence — the distributor of those gifts to
men which Jesus Christ received ; and that the Fa-
ther in all ages, upon account of the intercession of
the Son, gives the Holy Spirit to his children. The
Arminians and the Calvinists agree, that by the dis-
tribution of these gifts, the Holy Ghost exercises the
office of the Sanctifier and Comforter of Christians ;
that he opens their understandings ; that he renews
them in the spirit of their minds ; that he inclines
their hearts to obey the truth ; that he helps their
infirmities ; that all the graces in which they abound
t>2 OPINIONS CONCERNING THE
are the fruits of the Spirit ; and that as many as are
the children of God are led by the Spirit of God.
They agree farther in expressing these influences of
the Spirit ])y the word Grace. The Socinians con-
tend that this use of the Avord is not warranted
by Scripture ; that the word in general signifies fa-
vour ; that it is applied in a variety of meanings ;
but that as there is no unequivocal instance of the
sacred v/riters employing this word to express an
influence exerted by God upon the mind, all that is
said in systems of theology about grace is founded
upon a perversion of Scripture. To the Arminians
and Calvinists, on the other hand, it appears that
there are passages in the New Testament, where the
sense requires that the v/ord be understood with the
meaning which they affix to it. Of this kind are
Heb. iv. 16, 1 Cor. xv. 10. The controversy about
the Scripture meaning of the word grace is not of
much importance. Although in this, as in many
other instances, the Scriptures may have been quot-
ed and applied more from a regard to the sound
than to the sense, and although the word grace may
have been often understood to mean an influence
upon the mind, when the sacred writers were speak-
ing of the favour of God in general, or of the dis-
pensation of the Gospel, which, being the brightest
display of his favour to man, is often called the
grace of God, yet this does not afford any kind of
argument against the reality of what is termed in
theological lan.guage, grace, or even against the pro-
priety of that use of the word. For it matters little
what words are employed upon any subject, provid-
ed the sense affixed to them be clearly defined ; and
if there is various evidence in Scripture, as the Ar-
APPLICATION OF THE REMEDY. G3
minians and Calviiiists agree in believing, that the
Spirit of God does act immediately upon the mind
of man, there is no word by which an influence so
fraught with blessings can be more fitly marked
than by the general word %a^/c, grace ; even although
the passages, where the sacred writers have applied
the word in that sense, were more equivocal than
they really are.
With all these points of agreement, the differ-
ence between the Arminian and Calvinistic systems,
as to the application of the remedy, is most material,
because it respects the nature and the efhcacy of that
influence upon the mind, which in both systems is
called by the name of grace. The Arminians, who
believe that the death of Christ was an atonement for
the sins of the whole world, which by redeeming all
men from the curse put them into a situation in which
they may be saved, believe, in conformity to this fun-
damental principle, that the death of Christ also pur-
chased for all men means sufficient to bring them to
salvation. And therefore, as they acknowledge that
the corruption of human nature opposes obstacles to
faith and repentance, which our natural powers are
unable of themselves to surmount, they believe that
the grace purchased by Christ restores all men to a si-
tuation, in which they may do those works which are
well pleasing to God. This grace is called common, be-
cause it is given indifferently to all ; preventing, be-
cause it comes before our own endeavours ; exciting,
because it stirs up our powers, naturally sluggish
and averse from God. Of some measure of thin
grace, no man in any situation is supposed to be des-
titute. It accompanies the light of nature in heatlien
countries, as well as the preaching of the Gospel in
6 •
04
OPINIONS CONCERNING THE
those which are Christian ; and every one who im-
proves the measure given him is thereby prepared
for more. From the smallest degrees of this grace,
and the most unfavourable circumstances in which
it can be given, those who are not wanting to them-
selves are certainly conducted to such degrees as pro-
duce faith and repentance ; and all, whose minds
have been regenerated by this exciting grace, receive
what the Arminians call subsequent and co-operating
grace; — subsequent, because it follows after conver-
sion ; — co-operating, because it concurs with human
exertions in producing those moral virtues, which,
having originated in that grace which is preventing,
and being carried on to perfection by that which is
subsequent, are fitly called the fruits of the Spirit.
As higher degrees of grace are supposed to be
given in consequence of the improvement of those
which were previous, the Arminians consider the
efficacy of all grace as depending upon the 'reception
which it meets with. They cannot say that it is of
the nature of grace to be effectual ; for although,
according to their system, it be given to all with such
impartiality, that he who believes had not originally
a larger portion of grace than he who does not be-
lieve, yet there are many in whom it does not pro-
duce faith and repentance. It is purely, therefore,
from the event that grace is to be distinguished as
effectual or ineffectual ; and the same grace being
given to all, there is no other cause to which the dif-
ference in the event can be ascribed, than the differ-
ence in the character of those by whom it is received.
As the event of the grace of God is conceived to de-
pend upon men, it follows, according to this system,
that the grace of God may be resisted, i. e, the ob-
APPLICATION OF THE UE:.1EDY. 0^
stacles opposed by the perverseness of the human
will may be such as finally to prevent the effect of
this grace. Accordingly, the Arminians find them-
selves obliged to give such an account of the nature
of grace as admits of its being resistible. It was
thus described by the first Arminians : — Lenis sua-
sio ; nohiUssimus agendi modus in converslGne homi-
mnn, qucefiat suasionihus, viorall ratione consensum
f)oluntatis iwoducens. The English phrase answer-
ing to this description is Moral Suasion ; and the
meaning of the phrase is thus explained by the best
Arminian writers. They conceive that all that im-
possibility of keeping the commandments of God,
which arises from the corruption of human nature,
is removed by the grace of God ; and that, while the
word of God proposes exhortations, warnings, and in-
ducements, to man thus restored to the capacity of
doing what is required of him, the Spirit of God
opens his understanding to discern the force of these
things, and is continually present with him, suggest-
ing good thoughts, inspiring good desires, and, by
the most seasonable, friendly, and gentle counsel, in-
clining his mind to his duty. This seasonable,
friendly, and gentle counsel is called moral suasion ;
but this counsel may be rejected ; for herein, say
the Arminians, consists the liberty of man, that with
every possible reason before him to choose one course
he may choose another, and the influence of any
other being cannot be of such a kind as certainly and
effectually to determine his choice, without destroy-
ing his nature. After all the assistance and direc-
tion, therefore, which he can derive from the grace
of God, he may believe or he may not believe ; he
may return to the habitual practice of sin after he
VOL. III. F
(J6 OPINIONS CONCERNING THE
has been converted; and, by abusing those means
of grace which he had formerly improved, he may in
the end fail of attaining salvation.
The account, which I have now given of the Ar-
minian doctrine with regard to the nature and effi-
cacy of the grace of God, is agreeable to the three
last of the five articles in which the early Arminians
stated their system. In these articles they discover
an anxiety to vindicate themselves from the charge
of Pelagianism, or from the appearance of ascribing
so much to the natural powers of man, as to render
the grace of God unnecessary.
3. Man has not saving faith from himself, and,
being in a state of depravity and sin, he cannot by
the exercise of his own free will, think or do any
thing that is truly good ; but it is necessary that he
be regenerated and renewed by God in Christ through
his Holy Spirit, in his mind, his affections, or his
will, and all his faculties, that he may understand,
think, will, and perform any good thing ; according
to that saying of Christ, " Without me ye can do
nothing."
4. The fourth article, after saying that this grace
of God is the beginning, the progress, and the perfec-
tion of all good, so that all our good works are to
be ascribed to the grace of God in Christ, adds these
words : But as to the manner of the operation of
this grace, it is not irresistible ; for it is said in
Scripture of many, that they resisted the Holy
Spirit.
5. The fifth article, after mentioning the strength
and assistance furnished to those who are united to
Christ by a true faith, expresses a doubt whether
they may not by their own negligence make ship-
APPLICATION OF THE REMEDY. Oj
wreck of a good conscience, and forfeit their interest
in Christ. The later Arminians laid aside the lan-
guage of doubt upon this subject, and said without
hesitation, that those who, being united to Christ by-
faith, had been partakers of his grace, might through
their own fault fall from a state of grace.
The Calvinistic system gives a ver}^ different view
of the application of the remedy ; and the difference
may be traced back to its fundamental principle, that
Christ did not die for all men, but for those of every
nation who are in the end to be saved. Them only
he delivers from the curse, and for them only he
purchases those influences of the Spirit by which
faith and repentance are produced. Others enjoy in
common with them, the gifts of nature, the bounties
of providence, the light of conscience ; and all who
live in a Christian country, by the motives proposed
in the Gospel, and by the ordinances of religion may
be restrained from many open sins, and excited to
many good actions. But that grace, which forms in
the mind of man the character connected with sal-
vation, is confined to those whom God hath chosen.
Being conferred in execution of an unchangeable de-
cree, it cannot fail of attaining its effect ; and, being
the action of the Creator upon the mind of the crea-
ture, it is able to surmount all that opposition and
resistance which arises from the corruption of human
nature. It is distinguished by the Calvinists from
that continual influence which the Supreme Cause
exerts throughout his creation, and by which he up-
holds his creatures in being, preserves the faculties
which he gave them, and may, in some sense, be said
to concur with all their actions. And it is conceiv-
6S
OPINIONS CONCERNING THE
ed to be an extraordinary supernatural influence of
the Creator, by which the disorders which sin had
introduced into the faculties of human nature are
corrected, and the mind is transformed and renewed,
and created again unto good works. There have not
been wanting some who have attempted to explain
the manner of this supernatural influence. But the
wiser Calvinists, without entangling themselves in
an inextricable labyrinth of expressions which after
every attempt to affix clear ideas to them must remain
unintelligible, rest in that caution which our Lord
gave, when he spoke to Nicodemus upon this sub-
ject. John iii. 7, 8. " Marvel not that I said unto
thee, Ye must be born again. The wind bloweth
where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof,
but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it
goeth : so is every one that is born of the Spirit."
Although we cannot give a satisfying account of the
causes why the wind blows at a particular season
from one quarter, or why it ceases just when it does,
we do not doubt of the fact, because we see and feel
its effects. So, although the manner of the opera-
tion of the Spirit is not an object of sense, and can-
not be explained by words, we may be assured of
the reality of the operation from its effects. When
we see such a change upon the disposition and the
life of the regenerate, as cannot be accounted for by
any natural means, we are led to acknowledge the
power of the Divine Agent by whom the change was
produced ; and we perceive the propriety with which
the Scriptures, in speaking of this change, make use
of such expressions as being born again, creation,
resurrection. For the figure used in these expres-
APPLICATION OF THE REMEDY. ^ t>9
sions tends to mislead, unless the action marked by
them implies an exertion of i^ower, the effect of which
is independent of any co-operation or any resistance
in the subject of the action ; and therefore they may
be considered as indicating such an operation of the
Spirit, as effectually removes that corruption of the
powers of human nature which nothing less can re-
medy.
This supernatural influence is seldom exerted with-
out the use of means ; in other words, although the
means of removing the corruption of human nature
derive their efficacy entirely from the Spirit of God,
yet, in accomplishing this object, the Spirit of God
ordinarily employs the exhortations, the promises, and
the threatenings of the word of God, the counsel and
example of good men, and all those instruments which
have a tendency to improve the human mind. Hence
that change which is the work of the Spirit, is not
instantaneous, but consists of many previous steps,
of many preparatory dispositions and affections, and
of a gradual progress in goodness ; — by all which a
man is conducted from that state of degeneracy which
is natural to the posterity of Adam, to the posses-
sion of that character without which none can be
saved. His understanding is enlightened with the
knowledge of the truth; his will is inclined to follow
the dictates of his understanding ; he pursues a cer-
tain line of conduct, because it is his choice ; and he
has the feeling of the most perfect liberty, because he
becomes walling to do that from which formerly he
w^as averse. Augustine expressed the efiect of this
influence by the significant phrase, victrix delectatio ;
a delight in the commandments of God, w^hich over-
comes every inferior appetite ; and all the Calvinists,
70 OPINIONS CONCERNING THE
when they speak of the efficacy of divine grace, would
be understood to mean that the grace of God acts
upon man, not as a machine but as a reasonable be-
ing.
As the grace of God, which is conceived to derive
its efficacy from his power of fulfilling his purpose
in those for v/hom it is destined, overcomes all the
opposition with which it is at first received, so it
continues to be exerted amidst all the frailty and
corruption which adhere to human nature in a pre-
sent state. It is not exerted to such a degree as to
preserve any man from every kind of sin. For God
is pleased to teach Christians humility, by keeping
up the remembrance of that state out of which they
were delivered, and to quicken their aspirations after
higher degrees of goodness, by leaving them to strug-
gle with temptation, and to feel manifold infirmities.
But although no man is enabled in this life to attain
to perfection, the grace of God preserves those to
whom it is given, from drawing back to perdition.
The doctrine of the perseverance of the saints flows
necessarily from that decree, by which they were
from eternity chosen to salvation, and from the man-
ner in which according to the Caivinistic system the
decree was executed ; and all the principles of the
system must be renounced before we can believe that
any of those for whom Christ died, and who conse-
quently become partakers of his grace, can fall from
that grace either finally — by which is meant that
they shall not in the end be saved, — or totally, by
which is meant that they shall at any period of their
lives commit sins so heinous and so presumptuous,
and persist in them so obstinately, as at that period
to forfeit entirely the divine favour.
APPLICATION OF THE REMEDY. 71
All the parts of that delineation which I have now
given, are found in Chapters IX. X. XVII. of the
Confession of Faith. The whole doctrine is not ex-
pressed in the tenth Article of the Church of Eng-
land ; but we consider it to be implied in the seven-
teenth.
j'Z ARMINIAN AND CALVIN ISTIC
CHAP. IX.
ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC SYSTEMS COM-
PARED.
After the view wnich I have given of the two
great systems of opinion concerning the extent and
the application of that remedy which the Gospel
brings, we are prepared to estimate the difficulties
that adhere to them. As every system, w^hich,
with our limited information, we can hold upon
subjects so extensive and so magnificent, must be
attended with difficulties, it is not incumbent upon
us to answer all the questions which our system
may suggest; and we have given a sufficient answer
to many of them, when we show that the same
questions, or others not more easily solved, are sug-
gested by the opposite system. But as difficulties
are of real weight when they imply a contradiction
to some received truth, we are called to defend the
system of opinion which we hold, by showing that
it is not subversive of the nature of man or incon-
sistent with the nature of God.
SYSTEMS COMPARED. JS
SECTION I.
The Arminian system appears upon a general
view, most satisfying to a pious and benevolent
mind. Pardon procured by the death of Christ for
all that repent and believe, when conjoined with an
administration of the means of grace sufficient to
bring all men to faith and repentance, forms a
remedy suited to the extent of the disease ; a
remedy from which none are excluded by any cir-
cumstance foreign to themselves, and which, if it
does not in the end deliver all from the evils of sin,
fails, not through any defect in its own nature or
any partiality in the Being from whom it proceed-
ed, but purely through the obstinacy and perverse-
ness of those to whom it is offered. But while this
account of the Gospel appears to derive, from its
correspondence with our notions of the goodness
and justice of God, the strongest internal recom-
mendation, it is found to labour under these three
difficulties. 1. The supposition of an administra-
tion of the means of grace sufficient to bring all
men to faith and repentance, upon which this
system proceeds, appears to be contradicted by fact.
2. This system, while in words it ascribes all to the
grace of God, does in effect resolve our salvation
into something independent of that grace. 3. This
system seems to imply a failure in the purpose of
the Almighty, which is not easily reconciled with
our notions of his sovereignty.
1. It does not appear agreeable to fact, that there
is an administration of the means of grace sufficieuc
74 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
to bring all men to faith and repentance. For al-
though there is nothing in the nature of the Gospel
to prevent it from becoming an universal religion,
yet the fact is that by much the greatest part of the
world does not enjoy the benefit of its instructions. *
And although the imperfect propagation of the
Gospel may be owing to the corruption and indiffe-
rence of Christians, yet with regard to the inhabi-
tants of those nations to whom the most distant
intimation of its existence never extended, it cannot
surely be said that there has been any want of in-
quiry on their part. The Arminians are obliged to
resolve this manifest inequality in dispensing the
advantages for attaining faith and repentance into
the sovereignty of God,' who imparts his free gifts
to whom he will. Still however they do not aban-
don their principle ; for they contend that the grace
of God accompanies the light of nature, and that all
who improve this universal revelation are conducted
by that grace to higher degrees of knowledge. But
here also the fact does not appear to accord with
their system. For the light of nature, although
universal, is most unequal. In many countries
superstition is rendered so inveterate by education,
custom, and example, and the state of society is so
unfavourable to the improvement of the mind, that
none of the inhabitants has the means of extricat-
ing himself from error ; and even in those more
enlightened parts of the world, where, by the culti-
vation of the powers of reason or the advantages of
foreign instruction, men have risen to more honour-
able conceptions of the Deity, there does not appear
any possibility of their attaining to the faith of
* Book I. Ch. ix. 4.
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 75
Christ. For, as the apostle speaks, Rom. x. 17,
" Faith Cometh hy hearing, and hearing by the
word of God. How shall they believe in him of
whom they have not heard? and how shall they
hear without a preacher ?" The vSocinians, indeed,
say, that all in every situation who act up to the
light afforded them, may be saved, without regard
being had to the merits of Christ. But this opinion
the Arminians strongly disclaim, and choose rather
to say, that those who improve the measure of
knowledge derived from the works of nature, and
the grace of God which accompanies it, are, in some
extraordinary manner, made acquainted with the
doctrine of Christ, so as to attain before they die
that faith in him which the means afforded them
could not produce. And thus the Arminians are
obliged, with regard to the greatest part of man-
kind, to give up their fundamental position, that
sufficient means of grace are administered to all, and
to have recourse to the production of faith by an im-
mediate impression of the Spirit of God upon the
mind. The Arminians, feeling the force of this
difficulty, leave — piously and wisely leave — the fate
of that great part of mankind who do not enjoy the
Gospel, to the mercy of God in Christ ; and, in their
confessions of faith, they confine their doctrine con-
cerning the universal application of the remedy, to
those who are called by the word. To this call
they give the name of an election to grace and to
the means of salvation, which they distinguish from
an election to glory. Election to glory is the desti-
nation of eternal happiness to those who persevere
in faith and good works. Election to grace is un-
derstood to be common to all who live in a Christian
76 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
country, and to imply the giving to eveiy one, by
the preaching of the word and the power of the
Spirit accompanying it, that grace which is sufficient
to produce faith and to promote repentance unto
life.
But even after the Arminians have thus corrected
and limited their doctrine with regard to the suffi-
ciency of the means of grace, there remain two ob-
jections to it in point of fact. The first arises from
the very unequal circumstances in which the in-
habitants of different Christian countries are placed.
In some countries the Scriptures are given to the
people, that they may search them ; in others, they
are withheld. In some countries the Gospel is ex-
hibited in a corrupt form, which tends to degrade
the understanding and pervert the moral conduct ;
in others, it is presented in its native simplicity, as
cherishing every exalted affection and forming the
mind to virtue. In the same countries there are
infinite diversities amongst individuals as to their
intellectual powers, the measure of their informa-
tion, their employments, their pursuits, their edu-
cation, their society, the inducements to act pro-
perly, or the temptations to sin which arise from
their manner of life. All these circumstances, hav-
ing an effect upon the moral character, must be re-
garded in the Arminian system as a branch of the
administration of the means of grace, because they
are instruments which the Spirit of God may em-
ploy in that moral influence which he is considered
as exerting over the mind of man. By means of
these circumstances, some are placed in a more
favourable situation for attaining faith than others ;
the same moral suasion, by which some are pre-
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 77
served from almost any approach to iniquity, be-
comes insufficient to restrain others from gross
transgression ; and the Sovereign of the universe,
who has ordained all these circumstances, thus ap-
pears to discriminate, in respect of the means of
salvation, those very persons who in this system
are said to be equally elected to grace. It may be
said, indeed, that the secret operation of divine
grace counterbalances the diversity of outward cir-
cumstances ; so that, taking the internal assistance
and the external means together, all who live in a
Christian country are upon a footing. This is the
method of answering the objection adopted by
Grotius, and other able defenders of Arminianism.
But it is a departure from the principles of that
system ; for it is substituting, in place of an admi-
nistration of the means of grace sufficient for all, an
administration, in many instances defective ; and,
in place of an internal grace common and equal to
all, a grace imparted differently to different persons,
according to circumstances.
The second objection, in point of fact, to the sup-
position that in every Christian country there is
such an administration of the means of grace as is
sufficient to bring all men to faith, arises from this
undeniable truth, that, amongst those to whom the
Gospel is preached, and in whose circumstances there
is not that kind of diversity which can account for
the difference, some believe and some do not believe.
Some, with all the outward advantages which the
publication of the Gospel affords, continue the ser-
vants of sin ; whilst others attain, by the same ad-
vantages, that measure of perfection which is con-
sistent with the present state of humanity. From
78 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
this fact the Calvinists infer the reality of an in-
ward discriminating grace, which appears to them
the only satisfying account of the different fruits
that proceed from the same external advantages, and
which, although it is not, like the diversity of out-
ward circumstances, an object of sense, may be cer-
tainly known by its effects. But the Arminians,
instead of admitting this inference, readily answer
the objection which seems to arise from this fact, by
saying, that the grace which is sufficient to all,
proves ineffectual with regard to many, because it is
opposed. It is their own fault — the voluntary re-
sistance which they might not have made, that pre-
vents the grace of God from producing in them the
effect which it was intended to produce in all, and
which it actually does produce in others. To those
who repent and believe the same sufficient grace is
imparted ; by them also it might be resisted ; but
because they do not resist, it proves effectual. Now,
this is an answer to the objection ; that is, it gives
a reason why that grace, which the Arminians say
is sufficient to all who hear the Gospel, proves inef-
fectual with regard to many. But it remains to be
inquired, whether the reason is such as ought to en-
ter into a theological system, or whether the admit-
ting of this reason is not pregnant with objections
no less formidable to their system, than the fact
which it was brought to explain. For,
2. The second difficulty under which the Armi-
nian system labours is this, that, while in words it
ascribes all to the grace of God, it does in effect re-
solve our salvation into something independent of
that grace.
It was the principle of the Pelagians tliat thr
6
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 79
grace of God respects only the remission of sins, and
that it is not given in adjiUoreum^ ne in posterum
peccata committantur. Another of their aphorisms
was, ad scientiam nos habere gratiam Christiy iion
ad charitatem, Arminius and his followers were
most anxious to guard their system from the ap-
pearance of approaching to these principles. They
acknowledged that man in his present state is not
able to think or to do any thing truly good of him-
self; that he must be renewed in all his faculties
by the Spirit of God ; and that all our good works
are to be ascribed to the grace of God in Christ.
They renounce, by the terms in which the articles
of their faith are expressed, even that modification
of the Pelagian principles which was introduced
soon after they were first published, and which is
known by the name of Semi-Pelagianism. It was
held by the Semi-Pelagians, that, although man is
unable to bring any good work to perfection, yet the
first motions towards a good life, sorrow for sin, de-
sire of pardon, purposes of obedience, and the first
acts of faith in Christ, are the natural exercise of
human powers, proceeding from the constitution and
circumstances of man, without any supernatural
grace ; that to all in whom God observes these
preparatory dispositions he gives, for the sake of
Christ, his Holy Spirit ; and that, by the influence
of this Spirit continually assisting their powers, they
are enabled to make progress, and to persevere in
the life of faith and obedience which they had be-
gun. But the Arminians wish to discriminate them-
selves from the Semi-Pelagians, by mentioning, in
their confessions of faith, a preventing grace, gra-
tia pra!vemens sen prceccdanea; -which comes be-
80 ARMIXIAN AND CALVINISTIC
fore, not only our works, but our purposes and de-
sires of doing good ; — by saying that the grace of
God is the beginning as well as the progress and
perfection of all good ; — and by acknowledging
that, without this grace, man cannot understand,
or think, or will any thing that is good. All those
words, however, which they multiply in speak-
ing of the grace of God, are accompanied with a
clause which very much enervates their significancy.
For the conclusion of the fourth article runs thus :
** With regard to the manner of the operation of that
grace, it is not irresistible ; for it is said, in the se-
venth chapter of the book of Acts, and in many other
places of Scripture, that they resisted the Holy Spi-
rit." And, in place of the doubt expressed in the
fifth article, whether those who have been united to
Christ by true faith m^ay not, by their own negli-
gence, fall from grace, the Arminians, in the subse-
quent confessions of their faith, speak without hesi-
tation of Christians who fall, through their own
fault, from the faith which had been produced in
them by the Spirit of God, and with regard to whom
all the actions of the Spirit of God cease, because
they do not fulfil the conditions required on their
part. It is to be observed, that by the grace which
may be resisted, the Arminians do not mean merely
that grace which calls men to the knowledge of the
Gospel, and furnishes them with the outward means
of salvation, but that influence exerted by the Spirit
of God upon the mind, which they are accustomed
to describe by a multitude of words ; and what they
mean by calling this grace irresistible, is not merely
that opposition is made to it ; for those, who hold
the corruption of human nature in the highest de-
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 81
gree, are the most ready to admit t'iis opi^osition.
It is matter of experience ; and none can deny that
it is often mentioned in Scripture. But the Armi-
nians, by calling the grace of God resistible, mean
that it may be defeated ; in other words, that the
resistance, given by a person whom the Spirit of
God calls to faith and obedience, may be such as to
render him unfit for believing and for obeying the
divine will ; so that he either remains unconverted
after all the operations of grace upon his soul, or he
returns after a temporary conversion to the state in
which he was before. Here, then, is the grace of
God supposed to be unable to attain its effect of it-
self, and that effect supposed to depend upon the
concurrence of man. It is allowed by the Armini-
ans, that none can be saved without the grace of
God ; but it is not allowed that the reason why some
are saved and not others, is to be found in that grace.
For while the grace of God and the will of man are
conceived to be partial causes, concurring in the pro-
duction of the same effect, the grace of God is only
a remote cause of salvation — a cause operating in-
differently upon all, sufficient indeed but often inef-
fectual. The proximate, specific cause of salva-
tion, by which the effects of the universal cause are
discriminated, is to be found in the qvialities of the
subject which receives the grace of God, since upon
these qualities it depends whether this grace shall
overcome or shall be counteracted.
The Arminians attempt to remove this objection
to their system, by reasoning in the following man-
ner. Although God is omnipotent, he cannot put
forth his irresistible power in communicating his
grace to the mind of man, because he must govern
VOL. III. G
S^ ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
his creatures according to their natures. But a grace
which cannot be resisted would destroy the morality
of human actions ; and, instead of improving the
character of a reasonable agent, would leave no room
for any thing that deserves the name of virtue. It
follows, therefore, from the nature of man, and the
purpose for which grace is bestowed upon him, that
it must be left in his power and in his choice, whe-
ther he will comply with it or not ; in other words,
the grace of God must be resistible in this sense and
to this amount, that its efficacy must depend upon
the concurrence of the being on whom it is exerted.
This reasoning of the Arminians constitutes one
of their chief objections to the Calvinistic system,
which represents the mind of man as effectually de-
termined by the grace of God ; and if the objection
has all the weight which the reasoning seems to
imply, that system cannot be true ; for it is impossi-
ble that that can be a just account of the grace of
God, which is inconsistent with the character of
man, and subversive of morality. The objection
will be discussed, when we advance to the difficul-
ties that belong to the Calvinistic system. In the
mean time, it is to be remembered that the Armini-
ans, in their zeal to steer clear of this difficulty, have
adopted such an account of the grace of God, as im-
plies that, antecedently to its operations, the minds
of some men are disposed to comply viath it, and the
minds of others to reject it ; and that, in whatever
words they choose to magnify the grace of God, they
cannot regard it as the cause of this difierence. For
if the grace which is given indifferently to two
persons, John and Judas, v,^hich is sufficient for
both, and whieh may be resisted by both, is not
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 83
resisted by John, and in consequence of that non-re-
sistance conducts him to salvation, but is resisted by-
Judas, and in consequence of that resistance proves
ineffectual with regard to him, the true cause of the
efficacy and inefficacy of the grace lies in the minds
of these two persons. " Thou didst give to my
neighbour," may the former say, " as to me : but my
will has improved what thou gavest, while the will
of my neighbour has resisted all thine operations."
This language, which the Arminians must suppose
every one that is saved entitled to hold to the Al^
mighty, by implying that man has something inde-
pendent of the grace of God whereof he may boast, and
whereby he may distinguish himself from other men
in the sight of God, not only contradicts the doctrine
of original sin, and those lessons of humility which
the Gospel uniformly teaches, but seems also to in-
volve the Arminians themselves in contradiction.
For while they say that no man is able of himself
to understand, to think, or to will what is good, they
suppose that only some men retain that carnal mind
which the Scriptures call enmity to God, and by
which the grace of God is defeated ; but that others
are at all times ready of themselves to yield that
compliance with the influences of the Spirit, by which
they are rendered effectual. And thus, while in
words they ascribe all good works to the grace of
God, they suspend the beginning, the progress, and
the continuance of these good works upon the will
of man.
3. The last difficulty which adheres to the Armi-
nian system is, that it proceeds upon the supposition
of a failure of the purpose of the Almighty, which
S4 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
4t is not easy to reconcile with our notions of his
sovereignty.
In this system, the Ahnighty is conceived to have
a purpose of bringing all men to salvation by Christ,
and, in execution of this purpose, to furnish all men
with sufficient means of salvation : yet notwithstand-
ing this purpose, and the execution of it by the grace
of God, many continue in sin. Dr. Clarke has stated
the difficulty, and has given the Arminian solutiou
of it in one of his sermons upon the grace of God ;
and as it is manifest from all his writings that he is
there speaking his own sentiments, it will not be
thought that I do any injustice to the Arminian sys-
tem, by stating the solution of this third difficulty,
in the words of an author so distinguished for the
clearness of his conceptions, and the accuracy of his
expressions, as Dr. Clarke. " The design of God
in the gracious declarations of the Gospel is to bring
all men, by the promise of pardon, to repentance
and amendment here, and thereby to eternal salva-
tion hereafter. The only difficulty here is, that
which arises and indeed very obviously, from com-
paring the actual event of things, with the declara-
^tions of God's gracious intention and design. If
God designed by the gracious terms of the Gospel
to bring all men to salvation, how comes the extent
of it to be confined within so narrow a compass, and
the effect of it to be in experience so inconsiderable,
even where in profession it seems to have univer-
sally prevailed ? The answer to this is, that in all
moral matters, the intention or design of God never
signifies (as it does always in natural things) an in-
tention of the event actually and necessarily to be
^.accomplished ; but (which alone is consistent with
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 85
the nature of moral things) an intention of all the
means necessary on his part to the putting that
event into the power of the proper and immedi-j^
ate agents." *
According to this solution, that determination of;
the actions of men, which forms part of the Calvin-»;
istic system, is inconsistent with the nature of man,
because the intention of God in moral matters never
can go on to the event without destroying the cha-
racter of moral agents. This objection to the Cal-
vinistic system is the same in substance with that
which I stated under the former head, and will be
considered afterwards. In the mean time, it is to be
remembered that the Arminians are obliged either to
deny that there is in God an intention to bring all
men to salvation, or to admit that a great part of
what is done in his creation is independent of his
will. For although all the actions of wicked men in
this world, and their everlasting condition hereafter,
are, according to the Arminian system, foreseen by
God, and being foreseen may be connected in the
great plan of his providence with other events which
are under his power, yet they are foreseen as arising^
from a cause over which he has no control, — from
the will of man, which, after all his operations, de-
termined itself in many cases to choose the very op-
posite of that which he intended, and endeavoured
to make it choose. If it shall appear that this eman-
cipation of the actions of the creature from the di-
rection of the Creator is an unavoidable consequence
of the character of reasonable beings, we must ac-
quiesce in what appears to us an imperfection in the
* Serm. XII. Vol. II.
gg ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
divine government. But until the inconsistency be-
tween the providence of God, I mean not merely his
foresight but his determination, and the freedom of
his reasonable creatures be clearly established, we
should be led, by all the views of the sovereignty of
the Creator which reason and Scripture give us, to
suppose that no part of the universe is withdrawn
from his control : and the harmony of the great
plan of Providence must appear to us inconsistent
with the motley combination of natural events ap-
pointed by God, and actions of his creatures contra-
ry to his purposB.
The amount of the three difficulties which have
now been stated, may be thus shortly summed up.
The Arminian system lays down as a fundamental
position, an administration of the means of grace
sufficient to bring all men to faith and repentance ;
a position which it is not possible to reconcile with
what appears to be the fact : it resolves the salva-
tion of those who are saved into the character of
their mind antecedently to the operations of divine
grace ; and it resolves the final reprobation of others
into actions performed by the creatures of God, op-
posite to those which he furnished them with all the
means necessary for performing, and conducting to
an end different from that which he intended.
SECTION It.
The Arminian system was an attempt made by
those who disclaimed Socinian principles, to get rid
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 87
of the difficulties which belong to the Calvinistic sys-
tem. The embarrassment and inconsistency with
which we have seen that attempt to be attended, and
from which very able men have not found it possi-
ble to disentangle themselves, is a proof that it is not
an easy matter to devise a middle system between
Socinianism and Calvinism. But if Calvinism be
really involved in those insuperable difficulties which
are perpetually in the mouths of its adversaries ; if
it subverts the nature of man, and presents the most
imvvorthy conceptions of the Father of all, it cannot
be true. The attempts to get rid of these difficulties
may have been hitherto unsuccessful : but it is im-
possible to adopt any system to which such difficul-
ties adhere ; and it were better, it may be thought,
to acquiesce under a consciousness of our own igno-
rance in the embarrassment of the Arminians, or
even to advance to the simple unencumbered scheme
of Socinus, than by following what we account truth
far beyond the measure of our understandings, to
confound all our notions both of God and of man.
Before we come, however, to this desperate reso-
lution, it is proper to bestow a very careful examin-
ation upon the difficulties which belong to the Cal-
vinistic system. They may be magnified by the mis-
representations of its enemies : they may have arisen
from some weakness in the reasoning or some nar-
rowness in the views of its friends : they may be no
other difficulties than such as our minds must always
expect to feel in every effi^rt to form a conception of
the obscure and magnificent subjects about which
the two systems are conversant : and they may be-
long to the Arminian, in as far as it keeps clear of
Socinianism, no less than to the Calvinistic. I enter
88 ARMINIAxV AXD CALVINISTIC
upon the examination of these difficulties with a
thorough conviction of its being possible to state
them in such a manner, that they shall not afford
any reasonable man a just ground for rejecting the
system : and my examination of them will have the
appearance, which in my situation is decent, of an
apology for Calvinism. I certainly desire that every
one of my students should think as favourably of
that system as I do, because, if they become licen-
tiates or mhiisters of this church, they have to sub-
scribe a solemn declaration, that they believe it to be
true. But their conviction ought to arise from their
own study — not from my teaching. They bring with
them, from their previous studies, an acquaintance
with the leading principles upon which my apology
turns, sufficient to enable them to judge how far it is
a fair one : and even had I that attachment to a sys-
tem which I am conscious I have not, which would
lead me to defend it by misrepresentation, I must be
sensible that this would be the certain method of
giving them an unfavourable impression of the sys-
tem which I wish to recommend.
The objections to the Calvinistic system, however
multiplied in words or in divisions, may be reduced
to two. It is conceived to be inconsistent with the
nature of man as a free moral agent ; and it is con-
ceived to represent the Almighty in a light repug-
nant to our notions of his moral attributes.
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 89
SECTION III.
The Calviriistic system is conceived to be inconsist-
ent with the nature of man as a free moral agent.
It is acknowledged by all that liberty is essential
to the character of a moral agent ; that we are not
accountable for those actions which we are com-
pelled to perform ; that in every part of our conduct,
in which external force does not operate upon the
motions of our bodies, v/e have a feeling that what-
ever we do we might have done otherwise ; that we
deserve praise for our good actions, because we might
have acted wrong ; and that we deserve blame for
our bad actions, because we might have acted well.
In these points all are agreed. But it is said by
those who do not hold the Calvinistic system, that
the effectual irresistible grace, which, according to
that system, is communicated to the elect, and by
which they are infallibly determined to a certain line
of conduct, degrades them from the character of
agents to that of patients, — machines acted upon by
another being, and thus destroys the morality of those
very actions which they are determined to perform.
As it is impossible that a religion proceeding from
the Author of human nature can so directly subvert
the principles of that nature, the manner of applying
the Gospel remedy, which is essential to the Calvin-
istic system, is considered as of itself a demonstra-
tive proof that tliis system exhibits a false view of
Christianity. ;p
The whole force of this objection turns upon the
ideas that are formed of the libertv of a moral ao-ent.
90 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
To those who form one idea of liberty, the objection
constitutes an insurmountable difficulty. To those
who form another idea, it admits of a satisfying an-
swer.
There is one idea of liberty, adopted and strenu-
ously defended by Dr. Reid, in his Essays on the
Active Powers, which I shall give in his words. " By
the libert}^ of a moral agent, I understand a power
over the determinations of his own will. If, in any
action, he had power to will what he did, or not to
will it, in that action he is free. But if, in every
voluntary action, the determination of his will be the
necessary consequence of something involuntary in
the state of his mind, or of something in his external
circumstances, he is not free ; he has not what I call
the liberty of a moral agent, but is subject to neces-
sity."* The liberty here defined is sometimes call-
ed liberty of indifference, because it is supposed that,
after all the circumstances which can lead to the
choice of one thing are presented, the mind remains
in equilihiio^ till she proceeds to exert her own sove-
reign power in making the choice. The exertions
of this power are conceived to be independent of
every thing external : the mind alone determines ;
and there is no fixed infallible connexion between
her determinations and any foreign object.
The definition of liberty given by Dr. Reid is that
which Arminian writers adopt. Some of them speak
with more accuracy than others ; but all of them
agree that the liberty of a moral agent consists in the
self-determining power; that although he is fre-
quently determined in his actions and resolutions by
* Essay IV. ch. i.
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 91
some cause foreign to the mind, he is not constantly
and invariably so determined ; and that as the mind
has a power of choosing without any reason, it is in
every case uncertain how far she will exert this pow-
er, and consequently it is uncertain what the choice
of the mind will prove, until it be made. Upon this
foundation the Arminians build the impossibility of
an absolute decree electing particular persons to
eternal life, and giving them the means of attaining
it. They say that faith and repentance, being the
exercise of a self-determining power, originate pure-
ly in the mind ; that the Almighty cannot give an
efficacious determining grace without destroying this
self-determining power ; and therefore that all the
decrees of God, in relation to moral agents, were
either from eternity suspended upon their own de-
terminations, or become peremptory only by his fore-
seeing what these determinations are to be.
Although this account of the liberty of moral
agents be adopted by the Arminians, it is not easily
reconciled with the opinion which they profess to
hold, with regard to the extent and the infallibility
of the divine foreknowledge. For as the determi-
nations of free agents are the exertions of a power
which is conceived to be unconnected and uncon-
trolled in its operations, there does not appear to
us any method by which they can be certainly fore-
known. When a future event is connected with
any thing present, that connexion is a principle of
knowledge with regard to it : the more intimate
the connexion is, the future event may be the more
certainly known ; and if the connexion be indisso-
luble, a being to whom it is known is as certain
that the future event will exist, as that any present
gf ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
object now is. But if a future event has no con-
nexion with any thing present, it cannot be seen in
its cause ; and the Socinian conclusion seems to be
the natural one, that it cannot be foreseen at all.
The Arminians, indeed, distinguish their system
from Socinianism by rejecting this conclusion. For
although they consider the actions of moral agents
to be contingent in this sense of the word, that they
are not connected with any preceding event as their
cause, and although they do not pretend to explain
the manner in which such events can be certainly
foreknown, yet they admit their being foreknown
by God, and upon his infallible foreknowledge of
them they build what they call the decree of elec-
tion.
The difficulty of reconciling what has been called
liberty of indifference with the infallible foreknow-
ledge of God, is not the only objection to this ac-
count of liberty. Liberty belongs to an agent, not
to a faculty. A power in the mind to determine
its own determinations is either unmeaning, or sup-
poses, contrary to the first principles of philosophy,
something to arise without a cause ; and it lands
those by whom it is defended in various inconsis-
tencies. These points it is not my business to state
more particularly. They are unfolded in the chap-
ter of Mr. Locke's Essay, entitled, On Power ; and
they are elucidated with much metaphysical acute-
ness, and with great fulness of illustration, in Ed-
wards's Essay on Free-will. On the other hand.
Dr. Clarke has stated the Arminian account of
liberty in a close and guarded manner, — in a form
the most accurate, and the least objectionable, that
the subject will admit of. This statement occurfe
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 93
in different parts of Dr. Clarke's works ; particu-
larly in his Demonstration of the Being and Attri-
butes of God, and in some of his replies to papers
of Leibnitz. One of Dr. Whitby's discourses on
the Five Points is an essay on the freedom of the
will of man. The Arminian account of liberty is
fully stated by King in his Essay on the Origin of
Evil ; and there is a defence of it, loose, but copious
and plausible, in the Essay already referred to, by
Dr. Reid, On the Liberty of moral agents.
Without pursuing the investigation how far
liberty of indifference is rational and consistent, I
proceed to state the grounds of that other idea of
the liberty of moral agents, which is essential and
fundamental in the Calvinistic system.
The liberty of a moral agent consists in the
power of acting according to his choice ; and those
actions are free, which are performed without any
external compulsion or restraint, in consequence of
the determinations of his own mind. The determi-
nations of the mind are formed agreeably to the
laws of its nature, by the exercise of its powers in
attention, deliberation, and choice : they are its own
determinations, because they proceed upon the views
which it entertains of the subject in reference to
which it determines ; and the manner in which the
determinations are formed implies that essential
distinction between mind and matter, in conse-
quence of which mind is by its constitution suscep-
tible of a moral character. Matter is acted upon by
other objects, and receives from this impulse a par-
ticular figure or motion; but it has no consciousness
of the change induced upon its state, no powers to
put forth in accomplishing the change, no choice of
94 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
the effect which is to follow. There is a physical
impossibility that the effect can be any other than
that which may be calculated from taking into ac-
covmt the quantity and direction of the impulse, in
conjunction with the size, the quality, and the situ-
ation of the body which receives it. But this indif-
ference to every kind of impression, which enters
into our conception of body, and in consequence of
which we give it the epithets passive and inert, is
repugnant to our idea of mind. We conceive that
the actions of a man originate in the exertions of
his mind ; that powers are there put forth ; that
the mind makes a selection out of many objects, any
one of which it w^as not physically impossible to
choose ; that in the preference given to those means
w^hich are employed to bring about an end, there is
a choice — a will discovered, which renders the mind
v/orthy of praise or blame, and gives to the conduct
that direction by which it is denominated either
good or bad.
This exertion of the innate powers of action, by
which mind is distinguished from matter, may be
called the self-determining power of the mind ; and
if this were all that the Arminians meant by that
phrase, the Calvinists would readily join in the use
of it, But it is to be observed, that a general prin-
ciple of activity, and a determination to a particular
mode of action, are totally different : and after we
have admitted that the actions of a man originate
in the exertions of his mind, it remains to be in-
quired what determines the mind to one kind of
exertion rather than another. The Arminians say
the mind determines itself ; which to the Calvinists
•appears to bo no answer to the question, because in
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 95
their opinion it means no more than that the mind
has a power of determining itself. They hold that
no event happens, either in the natural or in the
moral world, without a cause. They hold that God,
who exists necessarily, is the only Being who has
the reason of his existence in himself. Because he
now is, he always was, and he always will be.
But every other being is contingent, i. e. it may be
or it may not be : the reason of its existence, there-
fore, cannot be in itself, but must be in something
else. The whole universe is contingent, deriving
the reason of its existence from the will of the
Creator ; and every particular being and event in
the universe has that connexion with something
going before it, by v/hich it forms part of the plan
of Providence, and, although known to us only
when it comes into existence, was certain from the
beginning, and w^as known as certain to Hiui in
whose mind the Avhole plan originated.
These general principles, which constitute the
foundation of the Calvinistic system, are equally ap-
plicable to the events of the natural and the moral
w^orld. The various changes upon matter, which
are the events of the natural world, arise from a suc-
cession of operations, every one of which, being the
effect of something previous, becomes in its turn the
cause of something that follows. The particular
determinations of mind, which may be considered as
events arising in the moral world, have their causes
also which we are accustomed to call motives, that
is, inducements to act in a particular manner, which
arise from the objects presented to the mind, and
the views of those objects which the mind enter-
tains. The causes of the events in the natural world
96 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
are efficient causes, which act upon matter ; the
causes of events in the moral world are final causes,
with reference to which the mind, in which the ac-
tion originates, proceeds, voluntarily and deliberate-
ly, to put forth its own powers. But the direction
of the action towards its final cause is not less cer-
tain than the direction of the motion produced in an
inert passive substance, by the force impressed upon
it, which is the efficient cause of the motion. While
I continue to view an object in a particular light,
its influence upon my conduct continues. While I
propose to myself a certain end, and perceive that
certain means are necessary to attain that end, I em-
ploy those means. If I propose other ends, or change
my opinion as to the means, there will be a conse-
quent change in my conduct.
Although the determinations of mind thus admit
of certainty, by means of their connexion with final
causes, this certainty is essentially different from ab-
solute necessity. A thing is said to be necessary,
when its opposite implies a contradiction. The
three angles of a triangle must be equal to two right
angles. Absolute necessity, therefore, excludes the
possibility of choice, because, when of two things
one must be, and the other cannot be, there is no
room for preferring the one to the other. But two
opposite determinations of mind are equally possi-
ble ; both being contingent, either the one or the
other may be ; and the certainty that one of them
shall be, is only what is called moral necessity,
which is in truth no necessity at all ; because it
arises not from the impossibility of the other deter-
mination, but merely from the sufficiency of the
causes that are employed to produce the effect. The
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 97
word effect implies, in every case, the previous exist-
ence of causes sufficient for its production. It appears,
because they are sufficient ; so that their sufficiency
involves the certainty of its appearing. In every
determination that is finally taken, there was this
sufficiency of causes ; and, consequently, before it
was taken, there was a certainty that it would be
such as it is. Yet, in all its determinations, the
mind acts according to its nature, deliberates, judges,
chooses, without any feeling of restraint, but with a
full impression that it is exerting its own powers.
If the determinations of moral agents are thus
certainly directed by motives, it is plain that the
Almighty, whose will gave existence to the universe,
and by whose pleasure every cause operates and
every effect is produced, gives their origin to these
determinations, by the execution of the great plan of
his providence. For as there entered into his plan
all those efficient causes whose successive operation
produces the motions and changes of the material
world, so there are brought forward, in succession,
by the execution of this plan, all those objects which
present themselves to the mind as final causes.
Could we suppose a being, who, without any influ-
ence in ordering the connexion of things, foresaw,
from the beginning, what that connexion would be,
and had a mind capable of comprehending the whole
series, he would, at the same time, foresee all the ex-
ertions of mind in reference to final causes. And if
the being who possesses this foresight is no other
than the Almighty, upon whose will the whole dis-
position of the events that are connected together,
depends, it is plain that, by altering this disposition,
he would alter those exertions of mind which it calls
VOL. 11 r. H
98 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
forth, and, therefore, that all the exertions which are
actually made constitute a part of his plan. But
this does not, in the smallest degree, diminish what
we call the liberty of moral agents. For final causes
operate upon them according to their nature, in the
same manner as if there were no such foresight and
pre-ordination : they shun what is evil ; they desire
what is good ; they are directed in their determina-
tions by the light in which objects appear to them,
without inquiring — without being impressed at the
time of the direction with any desire to know — whe-
ther the good and evil came from the appointment
of a wise being, or whether it arose fortuitously. It
is present, and it operates because it is present, not
because it was foreseen. The mind feels its influ-
ence ; and this feeling is totally distinct from the
calm judgment which the mind may, upon reflec-
tion, form with regard to the origin of that influ-
ence.
It seems to result from the simple view we have
taken of the subject, that the operation of motives
will be uniform ; that, as the strength of the motive
may in every case be estimated, the effect will ap-
pear to correspond to its cause ; and that there will
be as little variety in the determinations of different
minds, to whom the same final cause is presented, as
in the motions of bodies which receive the same fo-
reign impulse. Yet the fact is, that motives are
very far from operating according to their apparent
strength ; that men are daily acting in contradiction
to those moral inducements which, in all reason,
ought to determine their conduct ; and that the same
motives, by which the determinations of one man
are guided, have not an abiding influence, and often
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 99
hardly any perceptible influence upon another man
to whom they appear to be equally present. In
some men, the understanding does not separate
readily between truth and falsehood, or possesses in
so slender a degree the faculty of comprehending
the parts of a complex object, and of tracing conse-
quences, that, in most cases, neither the end nor the
means appear to them such as they really are. In
other men, whose understanding is not defective,
there are particular affections and inferior appetites,
which either insensibly bias the will, and even per-
vert the understanding, or whose violence dictates a
choice opposite to that which should result from the
calm judgment of the understanding. And in many
men there is an indecision — a want of vigour — an
apprehension of difficulties, by which the final de-
terminations of their minds, and the conduct which
they pursue in life, are very different from what
they themselves approve.
However plausible, then, the theory may be, which
represents motives as final causes calling forth the
exertions of mind, yet, when we come to apply this
theory to fact, the real influence of these causes be-
comes a matter of very complicated calculation. We
have to consider the strength of the motives not ab-
stractedly, but in conjunction with the particular
views formed by the mind to which they are pre-
sented ; and there enters into the formation of these
views such a variety of circumstances respecting the
state of the mind, generally unknown to observers,
or inexplicable by them, and often unperceived by
the mind itself, that the final determination appears
in many cases nearly as wayward and capricious as
if it was not connected with any thing previous, but
100 AllMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
the mind did really exert that uncontrolled sove-
reignty over its own determinations, to which the
Arminians give the name of the self-determining
power.
Notwithstanding this complication of circumstan-
ces that require to be considered in estimating the
influence of motives, it is a matter of frequent expe-
rience, that we may be so well acquainted with the
character of a person's mind, with all the springs of
action by which he is moved, and with the situation
in which he is placed, as to judge, Avith very little
danger of mistake, what line of conduct he will pur-
sue. And it is possible, by the information and sug-
gestions that are conveyed to his understanding, and
by a skilful and continued application of the objects
best fitted for rousing his passions, and interesting
his affections, to obtain an entire ascendency over
his mind, and to command his sentiments and pur-
poses. Many persons find it for their interest or
their pleasure to study the art of leading the minds
of others, and to devote themselves to the practice of
this art ; and the history of the world is full of in-
stances in which the art has been successful. The
success has som.etimes proved hurtful to the civil
and political liberties of mankind ; but it has never
been considered as impairing that liberty of which
we are now speaking — the liberty which is neces-
sary to constitute the persons thus led, moral agents.
Their determinations, although foreseen by their sa-
gacious neighbours before they were formed, — al-
though formed upon the view of objects not sought
after by themselves, but put in their way by those
neighbours, were still their own determinations ; the
spontaneous result of their own active powers, in
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 101
which they had all the feeling of choice, and liberty,
and mental exertion ; of self-approbation if they
chose right ; of self-reproach if they chose wrong.
Although the investigation of the character of
others be to ns laborious, and full of mistake ; al-
though our efforts to direct the minds of others be
often rendered abortive by some oversight and ne-
gligence on our part, by some change upon theirs,
or by some unlooked-for event, we can easily ac-
count for this imperfection by the present state of
human nature ; and we do not find it difficult to rise,
from what we ourselves experience, to the concep-
tion of that intuitive knowledge, and that entire di-
rection of the determinations of mind, which belono*
to the Supreme Being. He who formed the human
heart knows what is in man ; he knows our thouo-hts
afar off, long before they arise in our breasts — lono*
before the objects by which they are to be excited
have been presented to us. He, who is intimately
present through his whole creation, marks, without
fatigue, or the possibility of misapprehension, every
the minutest shade that distinguishes the character
of one man from that of another ; every difference
in their situation, every variety in the views which
they form of the same objects. And all these things
are known to him not merely as they arise. They
originated in that plan which, from the beginning,
was formed in the Divine Mind, and which was ex-
ecuted in time by his pleasure ; so that their being
future, or present, or past, does not make the small-
est difference in the clearness, the facility, and the
certainty, with which he knows them.
If ail the circumstances presented to the minds of
his creatures, and constituting moral inducements to
102 A KM INI AN AND CALVINISTIC
a certain line of conduct, are a part of the plan of the
Almighty, it is in his power to accommodate these
circumstances to the varieties which he perceives in
the characters of mankind, so as to lead them cer-
tainly in the path which he chooses for them. We
observe, in the history of the human race, what we
call a national character, formed by that concurrence
of natural and moral causes, which every sound theist
ascribes to the providence of Him who is the Gover-
nor among the nations. We observe, in private life,
how much the characters of those with whom we
have intercourse depend upon their education, their
society, their employments, and the events which
befal them ; and we can conceive these and other
circumstances combined in the lot of an individual
by the disposition of Heaven, so as to have a most
commanding influence in eradicating from his breast
the vices which were natural to him, and in calling
forth the continued and vigorous exercise of every
virtuous principle. This influence is the meaning of
an expression in theological books, gratia co?igriia,
that is, grace exercised in congruity to the disposi-
tion of him who is the subject of it, accommodating
circumstances to his character in that manner which
the Almighty foresees will prove effectual for the pur-
pose of leading him to faith and repentance. This
is the account which some writers of the Church of
Rome, of great eminence in their day, chose to give
of the efficacy of divine grace : it was probably in-
cluded in the expression used by Arminius, that the
means of grace are administered juxta sapientiam ;
and it seems to have been adopted by the earliest
followers of Arminius. The account of the efficacy
of divine grace, which may be shortly expressed by
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 103
the phrase gratia congrua^ proceeds upon the view
that has been given of the influence of motives ;
and to all who admit that the influence of motives
upon the mind may certainly direct the conduct, this
account cannot appear inconsistent with the princi-
ples of human nature. But it was rejected by the
successors of Arminius, in their confessions of faith,
as inconsistent with an intention to save all men, and
as implying a precise and absolute intention of sav-
ing some, effectually carried into execution by the
congruity of the grace which is administered unto
them. It is rejected by the modern Arminians as
inconsistent with what they call the self-determining
power of the mind : and it is considered by the Cal-
vinists as liable to objections, and as insufficient of
itself to produce the effects ascribed to it. Gratia
congrua appears to the Calvinists to imply an exer-
cise of scieiitia media ; because it implies that the
minds of those who are to be saved, are considered
as having an existence, and as possessing a determin-
ate character, independently of the divine decree, and
that the administration of the means of grace is di-
rected by a reference to that character. It appears
to the Calvinists to be contradicted, as far as we can
judge, by fact. For as the most favourable circum-
stances did not conduct the Jews, among whom our
Saviour lived, to faith in the true Messiah, or pre-
serve Judas, a member of his family, from the black-
est guilt, while many among the heathen, without
any preparation, were turned, at the first sound of
the Gospel, from idols, to serve the living God ; so,
in every age, the concurrence of all the advantages,
which education and opportunities can afford, proves
ineffectual in regard to some ; while others, with the
scantiest means of improvement, attain the character
10 i ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
of those who shall be saved. Gratia congriia ap-
pears further to the Calvin ists not to come up to the
import of those expressions, by which the Scripture
describes the operation of the grace of God upon the
soul, nor to imply a remedy suited to that degree of
corruption in human nature, which they think may
be fairly inferred both from experience and from
Scripture.
For all these reasons, the Calvinists consider the
efficacy of divine grace as consisting in an immediate
action of the Spirit of God upon the soul. This
part of their doctrine may be easily represented in
such a light, as if it were subversive of the nature
of a moral agent ; and much occasion has been given
for such representations by the unguarded expres-
sions of those who wish to magnify the divine power
displayed in this action. But as it is of more im-
portance to know how the doctrine may be stated in
consistency with those fundamental principles wliich
cannot be renounced, than how it has been mis-
stated, I shall not dilate on the exaggerations either
of its friends or of its adversaries, but simply pre-
sent such a view of it as appears to me perfectly
agreeable both to the words of our Confession of
Faith, and to the account which has been given of
the liberty of a moral agent.
It is manifest that the uncertainty in the opera-
tion of motives, which w^as formerly mentioned,
arises from the corruption of human nature ; in
other words, from the defects of the understanding
and the disorders of the heart. If the understand-
ing always perceived things as they are, and if the
affections were so balanced in the soul, as never to
dictate any choice in opposition to that which ap-
pears to be best, there would be an uniformity in the
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 105
purposes and the conduct of all to whom the same
motives are presented. But if, according to the de-
scriptions which the Calvinists find in Scripture,
and which they adopt as the foundation of their sys-
tem, the corruption of human nature be such as to
blind the understanding, and to give inferior appe-
tites that dominion in the soul which was originally
assigned to reason and conscience, all the multiplici-
ty of error, and all the caprice of ungoverned desire,
come in to give variety and uncertainty to the choice
of the mind. The only method of removing this un-
certainty of choice is by removing the corruption
from which it proceeds. And this is allowed, by all
who hold that there is such a corruption, to be the
work, not of the creature who is corrupt, but of the
Creator. This work is expressed in Scripture by
such phrases as the following : " A new heart will
I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you."*
— " Ye must be born again ;" f — " renewed in know-
ledge after the image of him that created you ;" ^ —
" renewed in the spirit of your minds — created unto
good works." ^ While the Calvinists infer from
these expressions, that there is an immediate action
of God upon the souls of those who are saved, they
observe, that all these expressions are so very far
from implying any action subversive of the nature
of man, that they distinctly mark the restoration of
the understanding, the affections, and all the prin-
ciples of the human mind, to the state in which they
were, before they were corrupted. Although the
Calvinists do not attempt to explain the manner of
this action, they say it cannot appear strange to any
* Ezek. Mxxvi. 26. f John iii. 7- t Col. iii. 10.
§ Eph. iv. 23; ii. 10.
106 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
sound theist, — to any one who believes in God as
the Father of spirits, that he has it in his power to
restore to their original integrity those faculties
which he at first bestowed, and which are continu-
ally preserved in exercise by his visitation : and they
place that efficacy of divine grace which is charac-
teristical of their system in this renovation of the
mind, conjoined with the exhibition of such moral
inducements, as are fitted to call forth the exertions
of a mind acting according to reason. It appears
to them indispensably necessary that these two, the
renovation of the mind and the exhibition of moral
inducements, should go together. For although it is
of the nature of mind to be called forth to action by
motives, yet the strongest motives may be presented
in vain to a mind which is vitiated, and moral sua-
sion may be insufficient to correct its heedlessness
and to overcome its depravity ; so that if the grace
of God consisted merely in the exhibition of motives,
or in a counsel of the same kind with that which a
friend administers, it might be exerted without ef-
fect, and those whom God intended to lead to salva-
tion might remain under the power of sin. But
when, to the exhibition of the strongest motives, is
joined that influence which, by renewing the facul-
ties of the mind, disposes it to attend to them, the
effigct, according to the laws by which mind operates,
is infallible : and the Being who is capable of exerting
that influence, and who, in the decree which embra-
ces the whole system of the universe, arranged all
the moral inducements that are to be exhibited in
succession to his reasonable creatures, has entire do-
minion over their wills, and conducts them, agreea-
bly to the laws of their nature, freely, i. e. with their
consent and choice, and without the feeling of con-
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 107
straint, yet certainly, to the end which he proposes.
This grace is irresistible, because all the principles
which oppose its operation are subdued, and the will
is inclined to follow the judgment of the understand-
ing. What before was arhitrium servum^ according
to a language formerly used upon this subject, be-
comes arhitrium liherum ; for the soul is rescued
from a condition in which it was hurried on by ap-
petite to act without due deliberation upon false views
of objects, and it recovers the faculty of discerning,
and the faculty of obeying the truth. But in the ex-
ercise of these faculties consists what the Scriptures
call " the glorious liberty of the children of God,"
the liberty of a moral agent. He is a slave, the
servant of sin, led captive by his lusts, when the
derangement of his nature prevents him from see-
ing things as they are, from pursuing what deserves
his choice, from avoiding what he ought to shun.
He is free, when he deliberates, and judges, and acts
according to the laws of his nature. By this freedom
he is assimilated to higher orders of being, who uni-
formly choose what is good. God acts always ac-
cording to the highest reason ; he cannot but be just
and good : yet in this moral necessity, which is in-
separable from the idea of a perfect being, there is
freedom of choice. The man Christ Jesus was uni-
formly and infallibly determined to do those things
which pleased his Father ; yet he acted with the most
entire freedom. " The spirits of just men made per-
fect" are unalterably disposed to fulfil the command-
ments of the Most High; yet none will suppose
that, when they are advanced to the perfection of
their nature, they have lost what is essential to the
108 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
character of a moral agent. So to man in a state of
trial, according to the degree in which his will is
determined by the grace of God to the choice of
what is good, to the same degree is the freedom of
his nature restored. If the corruption of his nature,
which indisposes him for that choice, were complete-
ly removed, he would always will and do what is
good. If some remainders of that corruption are
allowed to continue, there will be a proportional
danger of his deviating from the right path. But
the degree may be so small, that he shall be effectu-
ally preserved from being at any time under the
bondage of sin, and in the general course of his life,
shall be determined by those motives which the
Gospel exhibits.
These are the principles upon which the Cal-
vinists are best able to defend their system against
the objection, that it is subversive of the nature of
man. They hold, that in the exercise of that faith
and repentance which are indispensably necessary
to salvation, the determination to act arises from
the influence of God upon the soul ; but that it is a
determination to act according to the nature of the
soul, and therefore, that although the effect of the
determination is certain, the action continues to be
free. The Arminians themselves allow that con-
tingent events, such as the volitions and exertions
of free agents, are certain beforehand ; for they ad-
mit that the foreknowledge of God extends to them.
It is not, therefore, the bare certainty of the event
which can appear to them inconsistent with liberty ;
and if the cause to which the Calvinists ascribe this
certainty gives to the mind the full possession and
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 109
exercise of its faculties, there is implied in the cer-
tainty of the event, not the destruction, but the im-
provement of the liberty of man.
SECTION IV.
The second head, to which all the difficulties that
have been supposed to adhere to the Calvinistic
system may be reduced, is this : It is conceived to
be dishonourable to God, and inconsistent with
those attributes of his nature, of which we are able
to form the clearest notions. The amount of the
difficulties which belong to this second head, may
be thus shortly stated.
Allowing that the determining grace of God may,
without destroying the nature of man, effisctually
lead to eternal life those to whom it is given, yet
the bestowing such a favour upon some and not
upon others, when all stood equally in need of it,
constitutes a distinction amongst the creatures of
God, which it appears impossible to reconcile with
the impartiality of their common Father. It is
true that many of his children receive a smaller
portion in this life than others : but the unequal
distribution of earthly comforts is subservient to
the welfare of society, and calls forth the exercise
of many virtues ; for while those who receive much,
have opportunities of doing good, those who receive
little, are placed in a situation which is often very
favourable to their moral character ; and all are
encouraged to look forward to a time, when. the
110 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
present inequalities shall be removed. But the
withholding from some that grace, which is sup-
posed to be essential to the formation of their moral
character, can never be compensated. It leaves
them sinful and wretched here, and consigns them
to the abodes of misery hereafter ; whilst others,
not originally superior to them, are conducted, by
the grace with which they are distinguished,
through the practice of virtue upon earth, to its
highest rewards in heaven. The Almighty ap-
pears, according to this system, not only partial,
but also chargeable with all the sin that remains in
the world, by withholding the grace which would
have removed it ; he appears unjust in punishing
those transgressions which he does not furnish men
with effectual means of avoiding ; and there seems
to be a want of sincerity in the various expressions
of his earnest desire that men should abstain from
sin, in the reproaches for their not abstaining from
it, and in the expostulations upon account of their
obstinacy, with which the Scriptures abound, when
he had determined beforehand to withhold from
many that grace which he might have bestowed
upon all, and without which he knows that every
man must continue in sin.
The picture which I have drawn easily admits
of very high colouring, such as may be found in
Whitby's Discourses on the Five Points. Even in
the simple exhibition of it now given, it appears to
contain objections and difficulties of a very serious
nature : and if these objections and difficulties fair-
ly result from the Calvinistic system, if they are
peculiar to that system, and if they do not admit of
an answer, they are a clear proof that it does not
S
SYSTEMS COMPARED. Ill
contain a true representation of the extent and the
application of the remedy. For it is impossible
that any doctrine, inconsistent with the attributes
of God, is contained in a divine revelation. But
we may find, upon an attentive examination of the
picture now drawn, that for the solution of some of
the difficulties nothing more is necessary than a fair
statement of the case ; that some belong to the Ar-
minian system no less than to the Calvinistic ; and
that others are to be placed to the account of the
narrowness of our understandings, which, in follow-
ing out principles that appear unquestionably true,
meet upon all subjects with points which they are
unable to explain.
When the Calvinists are accused of charging God
with partiality, because they say that the effectual
determining grace, which is imparted to some and
not to others, proceeds from the mere good pleasure
of God, they pretend to give no other answer than
this ; that the Almighty is not accountable to any
for the manner in which he dispenses his favours ;
and that, although the favour conferred upon the
elect is infinitely superior to all the bounties of
Providence, a favour which fixes their moral cha-
racter and their everlasting condition, still it is a
favour which originates entirely in the good plea-
sure of Him by whom it is bestowed, and in the
communication of which there is no room for the
rules of distributive justice, but it is lawful for the
Creator to do what he will with his own. Justice
is exercised, after men have acted their parts, in
giving to every one according to his deserts ; and
then all respect of persons, any kind of preference,
which is not founded upon the superior worthiness
^vii
112 ARMINIAN AND CALVIXISTIC
of the objects preferred, is repugiirait to our moral
feelings, and inconsistent with our conceptions of
the Supreme Ruler. But the case is widely diffe-
rent with regard to the communication of that
effectual grace, which is the fruit of election. For
according to the view of the divine foreknowledge,
which is essential to the Calvinistic system, all
things are brought into being by the execution of
the divine decree, so that no circumstance in the
manner of the existence of any individual can de-
pend upon the conduct of that individual, but all
that distinguishes him from others must originate
in the mind which formed the decree : and accord-
ing to the view of the moral condition of the poste-
rity of Adam, upon which the Calvinistic system
proceeds, all deserved to suffer, so that the grace,
by which any are saved from suffering, is to be
ascribed to the compassion of the Almighty, /. e. to
an exercise of goodness, which it is impossible for
any to claim as a right.
But the Arminians do not rest in accusing the
Calvinists of charging God with partiality : they re-
present absolute reprobation as imposing upon men
a necessity of sinning, from whence it follows that
there is not only an unequal distribution of favours
according to the Calvinistic system, but that there is
also gross injustice in punishing any sins which are
committed. All Arminian books are filled with re-
ferences to human life, with similes, and with repe-
titions of the same argument in various forms, by
which it is intended to impress upon the minds of
their readers this idea, that as we cannot, without
glaring iniquity, first take away from man the power
of obeying a command, and then punish his dis-
^SYSTEMS COMPARED. 11?
-obedience, so if we adhere to those clear notions of
the moral character of the Deity, which reason and
Scrii^ture teach, we must renounce a system, which
implies that men suffer everlasting misery for those
sins, which God made it impossible for them to
avoid. To this kind of reasoning the Calvinists an-
swer, that, under all the amplification which it has
often received, there is concealed a fallacy in the
statement which totally enervates the objection ; and
the alleged fallacy is thus explained by them. If
the decree of reprobation implied any influence ex-
•erted by God upon the mind leading men to sin, the
consequences charged upon it would clearly follow.
But that decree is nothing more than the withhold-
ing from some the grace which is imparted to others ;
^nd God concurs in the sins committed by those
from whom the grace is withheld, only by that ge-
neral concurrence which is necessary to the preser-
vation of his creatures. He, in whom they " live
and move and have their being," continues with
them the exercise of their powers : but the particu-
lar direction of that exercise, which renders their ac-
tions sinful, arises from the perverseness of their
own will, and is the frmt of their own deliberation.
They feel that they might have acted otherwise :
they blame themselves, because when it was in their
power to have avoided sin they did not avoid it ;
and thus they carry about with them, in the senti-
ments and the reproaches of their own minds, a de-
cisive proof, which sophistry can never overpower,
that there was no external cause compelling them to
sin. It is admitted by the Calvinists that all, from
whom the special grace of God is withheld, shall in-
fallibly continue under the dominion of sin, because
VOL. 111. 1
114 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
their doctrine with regard to the grace of God pro-
ceeds upon that corruption of human nature, which
this grace alone is able to remove. But they hold
that, although of two events one is certainly future,
both may be equally possible in this sense, that nei-
ther implies a contradiction : and this is all that ap-
pears to them necessary to vindicate their doctrine
from the charge of implying that men are compelled
to sin. The Arminians are not entitled to require
more, because by admitting that the sins of men are
foreknown by God, they admit that they are certain,
and yet they do not consider this certainty of the
event as infringing the liberty of those, by whose
agency the event is accomplished. When it is said,
then, that man by the decree of reprobation is put
under a necessity of sinning, there is an equivoca-
tion in the expression. Those who wish to fix a re-
proach upon the Calvinistic system, mean by a ne-
cessity of sinning, that co-action, that foreign im-
pulse, which destroys liberty : those who defend
this system admit of a necessity of sinning in no
other sense, than as that expression may be employ-
ed to denote merely the certainty of sinning which
arises from the state of the mind ; and they have
recourse to a distinction, formerly explained, be-
tween that physical necessity of sinning, which frees
from all blame, and that moral necessity of sinning,
which implies the highest degree of blame. This
distinction is supported by the sentiments of hum.an
nature ; it is the foundation of judgments, which we
are accustomed daily to pronounce, with regard to
the conduct of our neighbours ; and, when rightly
understood and applied, it removes from the Calvi-
nistic doctrine the odious imputation of representing
SYSTiiM^ COMPARED. 1 L5
men as punished by God for what he compels them
to do.
Still, however, a cloud hangs over the subject ;
and there is a difficulty in reconciling the mind to
a system, which, after laying this foundation, that
special grace is necessary to the production of hu-
man virtue, adopts as its distinguishing tenet this
position, that that grace is denied to many. The
objection may be inaccurately stated by the adversa-
ries of the system : there may be exaggeration and
much false colouring in what they say : it may be
true that God is not the promoter or instigator of
sin ; that the evil propensities of our nature, with
which we ourselves are chargeable, lead us astray,
and that every person who follows these propensi-
ties, in opposition to the dictates of reason and con-
science, deserves to suffer. But, after all, it must
be admitted, upon the Calvinistic system, that God
might have prevented this deviation and this suffer-
ing ; that as no dire necessity restrains the Almighty
from comm.unicating any measure of grace to any
number of his creatures, the unmerited favour which
is shown to some might have been shown to others
also ; and therefore that all the variety of trans-
gression, and the consequent misery of his creatures
may be traced back to his unequal distribution of
that grace, which he was not bound to impart to
any, but which, although he might have imparted
it to all, he chose to give only to some.
This appears to me the fair amount of the objec-
tion against the Calvinistic system, drawn from its
apparent inconsistency with some of the moral at-
tributes of the Deity. The objection is stated in
terms more moderate than are cominonlv to be found
116 ARMlNIAN AND CALVINISTIC
in Arminian books ; but it is in reality the stronger
for not being exaggerated.
When this objection is calmly examined, Avithout
a predilection for any particular system of theology,
it will be found resolvable into that question, which
has exercised the mind of man ever since he began
to speculate, how was moral evil introduced, and
how is it permitted to exist under the government
of a Being, whose wisdom, and power, and goodness
are without bounds ? The existence of moral evil is
a fact independent of all the systems of philosophy
or theology which are employed to account for it.
It has been the complaint of all ages, that many of
the rational creatures of God abuse the freedom
which is essential to their character as moral and ac-
countable agents, debase their nature, and pursue a
line of conduct which is destructive of their own hap-
piness and hurtful to their neighbour. And it is
agreeable to both reason and Scripture to believe,
that the depravity and misery which are beheld up-
on earth are the introduction to a state of more com-
plete degradation and more unabated wretchedness
hereafter. And thus, as it is no objection to the
truth of the Gospel, that there is moral evil in the
world, because it existed before the Gospel was
given, so the difficulty of accounting for its exist-
ence is not to be charged to the account of any
particular system of theology, because its exist-
ence is the great problem, to the solution of which
the faculties of man have ever been unequal. Al-
though, notwithstanding that difficulty, the proofs
of the being, the perfections, and the govern-
ment of God appear to those who understand the
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 117
principles of natural religion sufficient to remove
every reasonable doubt, the difficulty still remains ;
and a sound theist believes that God is good, with-
out being able to explain why there is evil in a world
which he created.
A short review of the attempts that were made in
ancient times to solve this problem, may prepare
you for understanding the force of the answer given
by the Calvinists to that objection against their sys-
tem which we are now considering.
Some philosophers, who held the pre-existence
of souls, said that man in this state expiates by
suffering, the sins which he committed in a former
state, and recovers by a gradual purification the per-
fection of his nature which he had lost. But, besides
that this was assuming as true, a position of which
there is no evidence, that man existed in a previous
state, the position, supposing it to be true, is of none
avail, because it merely shifts the difficulty from the
state which we behold, to a previous state which
was equally under the government of God. It was
the fundamental doctrine of the oriental philosophy,
that there are two opposite principles in nature, the
one good, the other evil. The good principle is li-
mited and counteracted in his desire to communicate
happiness by the evil principle ; and, from the op-
position between the two, there arises not such a
world as the good would have produced, but a world
in which virtue and vice, happiness and misery, are
blended together. But as the good principle is more
powerful than the evil, he will at length prevail ; so
that the final result of the present strife will be the
defeat of the evil principle, and the undisturbed fe-
licity of those that have been virtuous.
118 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
All the sects of Gnostics, which distracted the
early ages of the Christian church, adopted some
modification of this doctrine, and were distinguished
from one another only by the rank which they as-
signed to the evil spirit, by the manner in which
they traced his generation, or the period which they
assigned to his fall. * The fame of Manes eclipsed
all the other founders of the Gnostic sects ; and his
doctrine, which was once diffused over a great part
of the Christian world, is still familiar to every scho-
lar under the name of Manicheism. Manes made
the evil principle, which he called biri, jjiatter, co-
eternal with the Supreme Being. To the power of
this principle, independent of God, and acting in op-
position to him, Manes ascribed all the evil that now
is, and that will for ever continue to exist in the
world. He considered the sins of men as proceed-
ing from the suggestions and impulse of this spirit ;
and the corruption of human nature as consisting
in this, that besides the rational soul, which is an
emanation from the Supreme Being who is light, the
body is inhabited and actuated by a depraved mind
which originates from the evil principle and retains
the character of its author. This was the system
by which Manes, treading in the steps of many who
w^ent before him, and stvidying to improve upon their
* Mosheim's Church History^ vol. i. The learned author has
with much erudition^ discriminated the different sects. But he
has entered more minutely into this discrimination than is consis-
tent with the patience of his readers^ or than can serve any good
purpose. For it is a matter of very little importance in what
manner writers, whose names are deservedly forgotten, arranged
the rank and the subordination of those beings, to whom their
imagination gave existence.
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 119
defects, attempted to account for the existence of mo-
ral evil. But as this system, in order to preserve
the honour of the moral attributes of the Deity, ad-
mits such limitations of his power as are inconsis-
tent with the independence and sovereignty of the
Lord of nature, it must be renounced by all who en-
tertain those exalted conceptions of the divine ma-
jesty which are agreeable to reason, and illustrated
by Scripture, or who pay due attention to the reve-
lation given in Scripture, of those evil spirits who
oppose the purposes of divine grace. We believe
that the Almighty was before all things ; that every
thing which is, derived its existence, its form, and
its powers from his will ; that his counsels are inde-
pendent of every other being ; that the strength of
his creatures, all of whom are his servants, cannot
for a moment counteract the working of his arm,
and that the world is what he willed it to be. We
learn from Scripture that there are higher orders of
being, not the objects of our senses, who are the
creatures of God, and of whom an innumerable com-
pany run to fulfil his pleasure. We learn that some
of these beings, by disobeying their Creator, forfeit-
ed the state in which he first placed them ; that their
depravity is accompanied with a desire to corrupt
others ; that one of them was the tempter of our
first parents, and that he still continues to exert an
influence over the minds of their posterity, by enti-
cing them to sin. But the Scriptures guard us against
supposing that this evil spirit is rendered by his
apostacy independent of the Supreme Being. For
by many striking expressions in the ancient books,
and by the whole series of facts and declarations in
the New Testament, we are led to consider him as
ICH) ARMINIAN AND CALVJNISTIC
entirely under the command and control of the
Creator, permitted to exert a certain degree of influ-
ence for a season, but restrained and counteracted
during that season, by a power infinitely superior to
his own, till the time arrive when he is to be bound
in everlasting chains, and his works destroyed.
It appears, then, that the account of the origin of
evil, which is characteristical of the Manichean sys-
tem, does not receive any degree of countenance from
that revelation of the invisible world which the Scrip-
tures give. There is indeed mentioned in various
parts of Scripture, incidentally and with much ob-
scurity, a connexion between us and other parts of
the universe, — an influence exerted over the human
race by beings far removed from our observation,
who are the creatures and the subjects of Him who
made us. The spirits who stand before the Almigh-
ty are sent forth to minister to the heirs of salva-
tion ; and the spirits who rebelled against him seek
to involve us in the guilt and the misery of their re-
bellion. This incidental opening suggests to our
minds a conception of the unity of the great moral
system, of the mutual subserviency of its parts, and
of the multiplicity of those relations by which the
parts are bound together; a conception somewhat
analogous to those ideas of reciprocal a<;tion in the
immense bodies of the natural system, upon which
the received principles of astronomy proceed, and
which the progress of modern discoveries has very
much confirmed. Our faculties are not adequate to
the full comprehension of such connexions, either
in the natural or in the moral world. But the hints
which are given may teach us humility, by showing-
how much remains to be known : they may enlarge
SYSTEMS COM PAREtr. 1^1
and elevate our ideas of the magnificence and order
of the work of God ; and they conspire in imprint-
ing on our minds this first lesson of religion, that
every part of that work is his, that the superintend-
ence and control of the Supreme Mind extends
throughout the whole, and that we give a false ac-
count of every phenomenon either in the natural
or in the moral world, when we withdraw it from the
all-ruling providence of Him, without whose per-
mission nothing can be, and whose energy pervades
all the exertions of his creatures.
If we say that moral evil exists in the world, be-
cause, by the constitution under which we live, the
effects of the disobedience of our first parents are
transmitted to their posterity, we explain, agreeably
to the information afforded in Scripture, the manner
in which sin was introduced, but we do not account
for its introduction ; for that constitution, to which
we ascribe its continuance in the world, was esta-
blished by God ; and after we have been made to
ascend this step, we are left just where we were, to
inquire why the Almighty not only permitted moral
evil to enter, but established a constitution by which
it is propagated. If we attempt, as has often been
done, to account for moral evil by the necessary li-
mitation in the capacities of all created beings, we
are in danger of returning to the principles of the
Gnostics, who ascribed an essential pravity to mat-
ter, which not even the power of the Almighty can
subdue. If we say that moral evil is subservient to
the good of the universe, we seem to be warranted
by many analogies in the structure and operations
of our own frame, where pain is a preparative for
pleasure, — in the appearances of the earth, and the
6
122 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
vicissitudes to which it is subject, where irregularity
and deformity contribute to the beauty and preser-
vation of the whole, — in society, where permanent
and universal good often arises out of partial and
temporary evil. Such analogies have often been ob-
served, and they constitute both a delightful and an
useful part of natural history :* but when we attempt
to apply them to the system of the universe, as an
account of that evil which has been, and which al-
ways will be, which affects the character as well as
the happiness of rational agents, and excludes them
from the hope of recovering that rank which they
had lost, we find that we have got beyond our depth.
The idea may be just, but we are bewildered in the
inferences which we presume to draw from it : al-
though we perceive numberless instances in which
partial good arises out of partial evil, yet we are un-
able to explain what is the subserviency to good in
the whole system of that evil which is permanent ;
and after being pressed with difficulties on every side,
we are obliged to confess our ignorance of the extent
and the relations of the great subject, concerning
which we speculate.
Having seen the insufficiency of the various at-
tempts made in ancient and modern times, to solve
the great problem of natural religion, it only remains
for us to rest in those fundamental principles of
which we have sufficient evidence. We know that
God is wise and good, and that as nothing in the
universe has power to defeat or counteract his pur-
poses, all things that are, entered into the great plan
which he formed from the beginning. Hence we
* Paley's Natural Theologr. Goodness of the Deity.
SYSTEMS COMPARED. 1^
infer that the universe, understanding by that word
the whole series of causes and effects, and the whole
succession of created beings, is, such as we behold it,
the work of God. Why it is not more perfect we
know not. But from the single fact that it is, we
infer that it answers the purposes of the Creator.
He did not choose it on account of its imperfections :
but these imperfections were not hidden from his
view, nor are they independent of his will ; and he
chose it out of all the possible worlds which he might
have made, because, with all its imperfections, it
promotes the end for which it was made. That end^
being such as God proposed, must be good ; and the
world, being the fittest to promote that end, must,
notwithstanding its imperfections, be such as it was
worthy of God to produce.
It does not appear to me that human reason can
go farther upon this subject. I am sensible that this
is a method of accounting for the existence of eviU
not very flattering to the pride of our understand-
ings, and not much fitted to afford a solution of those
difficulties which exercise our curiosity. It is de-
ducing a vindication of what is done, not from our
reasonings and views, but from the fact that it is
done. But to this kind of vindication we are oblig-
ed perpetually to have recourse in all parts both of
natural and of revealed religion ; and to those who
consider it unsatisfying I can give no better counsel
than to read and ponder Bishop Butler's Analogy,
which, of all the books that ever were written by
men, is the best calculated to check the extravagance
of our shallow speculations concerning the govern-
ment of God.
W^en I state<l the objection to the Calvinistie
1^4 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
system, that it is inconsistent with the goodness of
God, the objection appeared to be resolvable into the
question concerning the origin of evil ; and now that
we have attained the philosophical answer to that
question, we find ourselves brought back to the prin-
ciples of Calvinism. It was objected to the Calvin-
istic system that if God withholds from some, the
special grace which would have led them to repent-
ance, their sin and misery may be traced back to
him. But we have seen that all the moral evil in
the world may in like manner be traced back to
God, because the great plan, of which that moral
evil is a part, originated from his counsel ; so that
the answer to this objection against Calvinism is
precisely the same with the philosophical answer to
the question concerning moral evil. It is seen that
some do not repent and believe : but their conduct,
like every other event in the universe, was compre-
hended in the divine plan ; in other words, because
God has not conferred upon them that grace which
would have led them to pursue a different conduct,
we infer that it was not his original purpose to con-
fer that grace, and we believe that the purpose is
good because it is his.
The Arminians are compelled to have recourse to
the very same answer, although they attempt, by
their system, to shift it for a little. They say that
men do not repent and believe, because they resist
that grace which might have led them to repentance
and faith. But why do they resist this grace?
The Arminians answer, that the resistance arises
from the self-determining power of the mind. But
why does one mind determine itself to submit to
this grace and another to resist it? If tho Ar-
SYSTEMS COMPARED. IQS
miniaiis exclude the infallible operation of e very-
foreign cause, they must answer this question by
ascribing the difference to the different character
of the minds ; and then one question more brings
them to God, the Father of spirits. For if these
different characters of mind be supposed to have
existed independently of the divine will, a suffi-
cient account is indeed given why some are pre-
destinated and others are reprobated ; but it is an
account which withdraws the everlasting condition
of his reasonable offspring from the disposal of the
Supreme Being : whereas if it be admitted that he
who made them gave to their minds the qualities
by which they are distinguished, and ordained all
the circumstances of their lot which conspire in
forming their moral character, the resistance given
by some is referred to his appointment. It appears
to be an incontrovertible truth, a truth the evidence
of which is implied in the terms in which it is
enunciated, that the gifts of nature and the gifts of
grace proceed equall}^ from the good jileasure of
him who bestows them : and if this fundamental
proposition be granted, then the Calvinistic and
Arminian systems lead ultimately to the same con-
clusion. The Arminians ascribe the faith and good
works of some to a predisposition in their own
minds for receiving the means which God has pro-
vided for all, and to the favourable circumstances
which cherish this disposition ; and the impenitence
and unbelief of others to the obstinacy of their
hearts, and to a concurrence of circumstances by
which that obstinacy is prevented from yielding to
the means of improvement. The Calvinists ascribe
the faith and good works of some to an immediate
126 ARMINIAN AND CAJLVINISTIC
and supernatural operation of the Spirit of God
upon their souls, by which the means of improve-
ment are rendered effectual ; and the impenitence
and unbelief of others to that withholding of the
grace of God, by which the most favourable situa-
tion becomes ineffectual for leading them to eternal
life. In either case that God, who forms the heart
and who orders the lot of all his creatures, executes
his purpose ; and although the steps be somewhat
different in the two systems, yet, according to both,
the ultima ratio, the true reason why some are
saved and others are not, is the good pleasure of
Him who, by a different dispensation of the gifts of
nature and of grace, might have saved all.
What the ends are which God proposed to him-
self, by saving some instead of saving all, we are
totally unqualified to explain. Agreeably to the
expression used in our Confession of Faith, * the
Calvinists are accustomed to say that the great end
of the whole system is the glory of God, or the
illustration of his attributes ; that as he displayed
his mercy by saving some from that guilt and mi-
sery in which all were involved, so he displays his
justice by punishing others for that sin, in which,
according to his sovereign pleasure, he chose to
leave them. Arminian writers are accustomed to
reprobate, with much indignation, an expression
which appears to them to represent the glory of
God as a separate end, pursued by him for his own
pleasure, without any consideration of the happiness
of his creatures, or any attention to their ideas of
justice. But, bearing in mind the whole character
* Confession of Faith, iii. o.
SYSTEMS COMPARED. i^J
of the Deity, considering that He, who may da
what he will, being infinitely wise and good, can do
nothing but what is right, it is obvious that his
glory is inseparably connected with the happiness
of his creatures. What the weakness of our under-
standing leads us to call different parts of a cha-
racter, are united with the most indissoluble har-
mony in the divine mind ; and his works, which
illustrate his attributes, do not display any one of
them in such a manner as to obscure the rest.
From this perfect harmony between the wisdom
and goodness of God, his creatures may rest assured
that every circumstance which concerns their wel-
fare is effectually provided for in that system which
he chose to produce ; and the whole universe of
created intelligence could have chosen nothing for
themselves so good, as that which is ordained to be,
because it illustrates the glory of the Creator. At
the same time, it must be acknowledged, that we do
not make any advances in our acquaintance with
the ends of the system by adopting this expression.
The expression implies that there is a balance or
proportion among the different attributes, that the
display of one is bovmded by the display of another,
and that there are certain limits of every particular
attribute implied in the perfection of the divine
mind. But it leaves us completely ignorant of the
nature of those limits, and it does not presume to-
explain why the justice of God required the con-
demnation of that precise nvimber who are left to
perish, and how his mercy was fully displayed in
the salvation of that precise number who are called
the elect. We are still left to resolve the discrimi-
nation w^hich was made, and the extent of that dis-
128 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIC
crimination, into the good pleasure of God ; by
which phrase is meant, not the will of a being act-
ing capriciously for his own gratification, but a will
determined by the best reasons, although these rea-
sons are beyond our comprehension : and all doubts
and objections, which the narrowness of our views
might suggest, are lost in that entire confidence,
with which the magnificence of his works and the
principles of our nature teach us to look up to a
Being, of whom, and by whom, and to whom are
all things.
It may be thought, upon a superficial view, that
the account which has been given of the origin of
evil represents sin as not less agreeable to the Al-
mighty than virtue, since both enter into the plan
which he ordained, and both are considered as the
fulfilment of his purpose. This specious and popu-
lar objection has often been urged with an air of tri-
umph against the Calvinistic system. But the prin-
ciples which have been stated furnish an answer to
the objection. The evil that is in the universe was
not chosen by God upon its own account, but was
permitted upon account of its connexion with that
good which he chooses. The precise notion of God's
permitting evil is this, that his power is not exert-
ed in hindering that from coming into existence,
which could not have existed independently of his
will, and which is allowed to exist, because, al-
though not in itself an object of his approbation, it
results from something else. According to this no-
tion of the permission of evil, we say that although
this world, notwithstanding the evil that is in it,
promotes the end which the Creator proposed, and
carries into effect the j)urpose Avhich he had in creat-
SYSTEMS COMPARED, 129
ing it, yet he beholds the good that is in the world
with approbation, and the evil with abhorrence. We
gather from all the conceptions which we are led to
form of the Supreme Being that he cannot love evil :
we feel that he has so constituted our minds that we
always behold moral evil with indignation in others,
with self-reproach in ourselves : we often observe,
we sometimes experience the fatal effects which it
produces ; and we find all the parts of that revela-
tion which the Scriptures contain, conspiring to dis-
suade us from the practice of it. In this entire co-
incidence between the deductions of reason, the sen-
timents of human nature, the influence of conduct
upon happiness, and the declarations of the divine
word, there is laid such a foundation of morality as
no speculations can shake. This coincidence gives
that direct and authoritative intimation of the will
of our Creator, which was plainly intended to be the
rule of our actions : and the assurance of the moral
character of his government, which we derive from
these sources, is so forcibly conveyed to our under^
standings and our hearts, that if our reasonings up-
on theological subjects should ever appear to give
the colour of truth to any views that are opposite to
this assurance, we may, without hesitation, conclude
that these views are false. They have derived their
colour of truth from our presuming to carry our re-
searches farther than the limited range of our facul-
ties admits, and from our mistaking those difficul-
ties which are unaccountable to an intelligence so
finite as ours, for those contradictions which indicate
to every intelligent being the falsehood of the pro-
position to which they adhere.
A^OI., III. K
130 ARMINIAN AND CALVINISTIG
These are the general principles, upon which the
ablest defenders of the Calvinistic system attempt
to vindicate that system from the charge of being
inconsistent with the nature of man and the nature
of God. As they furnish the answer to philosophi-
cal objections, I have stated them, as much as possi-
ble, in a philosophical form, with very little refer-
ence to the authority of Scripture, and without the
use of those technical terms which occur in books of
-Theology. But it is not proper for us to rest in
this form. To afford a complete view of the evir
dence and of the application of these principles, I
mean first to present a comprehensive account of
that support which the Calvinistic system derives
from Scripture : — secondly, to give a general history
of Calvinism, of the reception which at different pe-
riods it has met with in the Christian church, and of
what may be called its present state : — and then to
conclude the subject by applying the principles which
have been stated as an answer to the two objections,
in a concise discussion of various questions that have
agitated the Christian church, and in an explication
of various phrases that have been currently used in
treating of these questions. The questions turn
upon general principles, so that although they have
been spread out in great detail, and although they
seem to belong to different subjects, all that is ne-
cessary in discussing them is to show the manner
in which the general principles apply to the parti-
cular questions. The general principles will be elu-
cidated by this various application ; and we shall be
able, after having travelled quickly over much de-
batable matter, to mark the consistency with which
SYSTEMS C03I TARED. 131
all the parts of the Calvinistic system arise out of a
few leading ideas.
Reid on the Active Powers.
King on the Origin of Evil.
Clarke's Demonstration of the Being and Attributcii of God,
Whitby on the Five Points,
Locke.
Edwards on Free Will.
Butler's Analogy.
132 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
CHAP. X.
GENERAL VIEW OF THE SUPPORT WHICH SCRIP-
TURE GIVES TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM,
The passages adduced from Scripture by the
friends and the adversaries of this system are so nu-
merous, and have received interpretations so widely
different, that I should engage in an endless field of
controversy, if I attempted to notice particular texts,
and to contrast in every instance the Arminian and
the Calvinistic exposition of them. But a labour so
tedious and fatiguing is really unnecessary, for the
same principles, upon which the Calvinistic exposi-
tion of one passage proceeds, apply to every other.
Instead, therefore, of repeating the same leading-
ideas with a small variation of form, I shall simply
mention that an index of particular texts may be
found in the proofs annexed to several chapters of
the Confession of Faith, in the quotations that are
made in every ordinary system under the several
heads which belong to the doctrine of predestina-
tion, and in those books which should be read upon
the subject. And I shall endeavour to arrange this
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 133
multifarious matter under the three following heads,
which appear to me to constitute the support which
Scripture gives to the Calvinistic system. 1. All
the actions of men, even those which the Scripture
holds forth to our abhorrence, are represented as
being comprehended in the great plan of divine pro-
vidence. 2. The predestination of which the Scrip-
ture speaks is ascribed to the good pleasure of God.
3. And the various descriptions of that change of
character, by which men are prepared for eternal
life, seem intended to magnify the power, and to de-
clare the efficacy of that grace by which it is pro-
duced. I shall then state the answers given by the
Calvinists to that objection against their system
which has been drawn fron the commands, the coun-
sels, and the expostulations of Scripture.
SECTION t
All the actions of men, even those which the Scrip-
ture holds forth to our abhorrence, are represented
as being comprehended in the great plan of divine
providence. I do not mean merely that all the ac-
tions of men are foreseen by God. Of this the pre-
dictions in Scripture afford evidence which even the
Arminians admit to be incontrovertible. But I mean
that the actions of men are foreseen by God not as
events independent of his will, but as originating in
his determination, and as fulfilling his purpose. 3y
many sublime expressions the Scriptures impress
134 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
our minds with an idea of the universal sovereignty
of God, of the extent and efficacy of his counsel, and
of the uncontrolled operation of his power through-
out all his dominions. Even those beings and events,
that appear to counteract his designs, are represent-
ed as subject to his will, as not only at length to be
subdued by him, but as promoting, while they ope-
rate, the end for which he ordained them. — Psal.
Ixxvi. 10. — Prov. xvi. 4. — Is. xlv. 7. — Lam, iii. 37,
38. Such expressions receive a striking illustration
from many of the histories recorded in Scripture.
The barbarity of the brethren of Joseph, which fill-
ed their minds with deep remorse, was intended by
God as an instrument of providing a settlement for
the posterity of Abraham. " As for you," said Jo-
seph to his brethren. Gen. 1. 20, " ye thought evil
against me ; but God meant it unto good, to bring
to pass, as it is this day, to save much people alive."
God did not merely turn it to good after it happen-
ed, but he " meant it unto good." The obstinacy
of Pharaoh, in refusing to let the people go out of
that country to which the wickedness of the sons of
Jacob had led them, was, in like manner, a part of
the plan of divine providence ; for, as God said unto
Moses, Exod. x. 1, 2, " I have hardened his heart,
and the heart of his servants, that I might show
these my signs before him ; and that thou may est
tell in the ears of thy son, and of thy son's son, what
things I have wrought in Egypt." " I have hard-
ened his heart," not by exerting any immediate in-
fluence leading him to sin, but by disposing matters
in such a manner that he shall not consent ; he
shall suffer for his obstinacy ; but that obstinacy is
appointed by me to give an opportunity of exhibit-
TO THE CALVIXISTIC SYSTEM. 13^
mg those signs, which shall transmit the Law of
Moses to future ages with unquestionable proofs of
its divine original. The folly of the princes, whose
territories adjoined to the wilderness, in refusing
the children of Israel a free passage when they went
out of Egypt, the combination of the kings of Ca-
naan, which brought destruction upon themselves,
and the oppression and ravages of those who carri-
ed Israel into captivity, are all held forth in the his-
torical and prophetical books of Scripture, as pro-
ceeding from the ordination of God. Of Cyrus the
good prince, whose edict recalled the Jews from
captivity, the Almighty says, Is. xliv. xlv. " He is
my shepherd, and shall perform all my pleasure,
even saying to Jerusalem, thou shalt be built ; mine
anointed, whose right hand I have holden ; whom,
for Jacob my servant's sake, I have called by his
name." But of Nebuchadnezzar also, the destroyer
of nations, whose pride is painted in the strongest
colours, and whose punishment corresponded to the
enormity of his crimes, thus saith the Almighty, Jer.
xxvii. 4 — 8, " I have made the earth, and have given
it unto whom it seemed meet unto me : and now have
I given all these lands into the hand of Nebuchad-
nezzar the king of Babylon my servant." And again,
Ezek. XXX. 24, 25, " I will strengthen the arms
of the king of Babylon, and put my sword in his
hand, — and he shall stretch it out upon the land
of Egypt."
The infidelity of the Jews who lived in our Sa-
viour's time, the envy and malice of their rulers,
and the injustice and violence with which an inno-
cent man was condemned to die, were crimes in
themselves most atrocious, and are declared in Scrip-
136 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
ture to have been the cause of that unexampled mi-
sery which the Jewish nation suffered. Yet all this
is also declared. Acts ii. 23, to have happened, " by
the determinate counsel and foreknowledge of God."
And Acts iv. 27, " Both Herod and Pontius Pilate,
with the Gentiles and the people of Israel, were ga-
thered together to do whatsoever thy hand and thy
counsel determined before to be done." And Peter,
after relating the manner in which our Lord was
put to death, adds the following words. Acts iii. 18 :
" Those things which God before had showed by the
mouth of all his prophets that Christ should suffer,
he hath so fulfilled ;" i. e, the purpose of God in de-
livering the world embraced all the wicked actions
of the persecutors of his Son, and could not have
been accomplished in the manner which he had fore-
told without these actions. Hence it came to be ne-
cessary that these actions should be performed : and
this necessity is intimated as in many other places
of Scripture, so particularly Matth. xvi. 21. " Jesus
began to show imto his disciples how that he must
go unto Jerusalem, and suffer many things of the
elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed and
be raised again the third day." In the original, the
same verb hsi governs the infinitives airOMiv^ -Trakiv, a'lrc-
xra^^nva', syg^^j^va/ ; i. 6. the form of the expression re-
presents his going to Jerusalem, which was an action
depending upon his own will, and his suffering many
things of the chief priests, which depended upon
their will, as being as unalterably fixed, and as hav-
ing the same necessity of event as his resurrection
from the dead, which was accomplished by an ex-
ertion of divine power without the intervention of
man.
TO THE CALVIN ISTIC SYSTEM. 137
This last exainj3le is more particular and more
interesting to us than any of the former : but it is
exactly of the same order with the rest ; and all of
them conspire in establishing the following posi-
tions :-^that actions, contrary to the law of God,
and to the principles of morality, may form part of
that plan originally fixed and determined in the
divine mind ; — that these actions do not lose any of
their moral turpitude by being so determined, but
continue to be the actions of the moral agents by
whom they are performed, for which they deserve
blame and suffer punishment ; — and that actions
thus wicked and punishable are made the instru-
ment of great good. When we find these positions
true in many particular instances, and also agreeing
with general expressions in Scripture, we conclude
by fair induction that they may hold true in the
great system of the universe ; and we seem to be
warranted to say, not merely that the providence of
God brings good out of evil when the evil happens ;
— that is allowed by the Socinians who deny the
divine foreknowledge ; — not merely that God, fore-
seeing wicked actions which were to be performed,
connected them in the plan of his providence with
the events which he had determined to produce ; —
this is what the Arminians say ; — but that the Su-
preme Being, to whom the series of events, of good
and of bad actions that constitute the character of
this world, was from the beginning present, deter-
mined to produce this world ; that the bad, no less
than the good actions result from his determination,
and contribute to the prosperity of the whole ; and
yet that the liberty of moral agents not being in the
least affected by this determination, they deserve
138 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
praise or blame in the same manner as if their ac-
tions had not been predetermined. But these are
some of the fundamental principles of Calvinism ;
and if the Scripture, both by general expressions,
and by instances illustrating and exemplifying such
expressions, gives its sanction to these principles,
we have found a considerable support which the
Calvinistic system derives from Scripture.
SECTION II.
The predestination, of which the Scripture speaks,
is ascribed to the good pleasure of God.
There does not occur in the Greek Testament
any svibstantive word equivalent to predestination.
But the verb 'rc^oo^fy, 'prcBdestlno, is used in different
places ; Tr^o^gff/g, mXoyri^ iTikiXToiy also occur ;* and there
does not appear to be any unwarrantable departure
from the style of the New Testament in the lan-
guage commonly used upon this subject. But it is
not agreed, and it is not incontrovertibly clear,
whether the sacred writers employed the words
upon which this language has been framed, in the
sense affixed to it by the Calvinists. There are
two systems upon this point ; and as these systems
extend their influence to the interpretation of a
great part of Scripture, it is proper to state dis-
tinctly the grounds upon which they rest.
The system by which all those, who do not hold
* Ephes. i. Rom. ix. xi. 1 Pet. i. 1.
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 139
the Calvinistic tenets, expound that predestination
of which the Scripture speaks, is of the following
kind. It appears from Scripture that God was
pleased very early to make a discrimination amongst
the children of Adam, as to the measure in which
he imparted to them religious knowledge. The
family of Abraham were selected amidst abounding
idolatry to be the depositaries of faith in one God,
and of the hope of a Messiah : and they are pre-
sented to us in Scripture under the characters of
the church, the peculiar people, the children of God.
But the Old Testament contains many hints, which
are fully unfolded in the New, of a purpose to ex-
tend the bounds of the church, and to admit men of
all nations into that relation with the Supreme
Being, which for many ages was the portion of the
posterity of Abraham. This purpose, formed in
the divine mind from the beginning, began to be
executed when the apostles of Jesus went forth
preaching the Gospel to every creature. It was a
purpose so different from the prejudices in which
they had been educated, and it appeared to their
own minds so magnificent, so interesting and de-
lightful, (after they were enabled to comprehend
it,) that it occupies a considerable place in all their
discourses and writings. It made a blessed change
upon the moral and religious condition of the per-
sons to whom these discourses and writings w^ere
generally addressed. For all former commimica-
ions from heaven had been confined to the land of
Judea ; and the other nations of the earth, having
been educated in idolatry, had no hereditary title to
the privileges of the people of God. But the exe-
cution of that purpose declared in the Gospel placed
5
140 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
tliem upon a level with the chosen race. Accord-^
ingly Paul, the apostle of the Gentiles, in many of
his epistles, addresses the whole body of professing
Christians to whom he writes, as elect, saints, pre-
destinated to the adoption of children ; and magni^
fies the purpose, or as he often calls it, the mystery,
which in other ages was not made known, but had
been revealed to him, and was published to all, that
ra zdvn, the Gentiles, who were aliens from the com-
monwealth of Israel, were called to be fellow-citizens
with the saints, and of the household of faith. Eph.
iii. 3 — 7. By contrasting the enormity of the vices
which had been habitual to them while they lived
in idolatry, with the spiritual blessings, or the ad^
vantages for improving in virtue and attaining
eternal life, which they enjoyed through the Gospel,
he cherishes their thankfulness to God for his un-
merited grace in pardoning their past transgessions,
and he excites them to the practice of those virtues
which became their new faith. When we employ
this leading idea of all the epistles of Paul as a key
to the meaning of particular passages which are
much quoted in support of the Calvinistic system,
the predestination of which he speaks, appears to
be nothing more, than the purpose of placing the
inhabitants of all countries where the Gospel is
preached in the same favourable circumstances with
respect to religion as the Jews w^ere of old : the
elect are the persons chosen out of the world, and
called to the knowledge of the Gospel ; and the spi-
ritual blessings, which the apostle represents as
common to all the members of the Christian socie-
ties whom he addresses, are the advantages flow^ing
from that knowledge.
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 141
It is allowed that predestination, even in this sense,
originates in the good pleasure of God. As he chose
the posterity of Abraham, not because they were
more mighty or more virtuous than other nations,
but because he loved their fathers, so he dispenses to
whomsoever he will, the inestimable blessings con-
nected with the publication of the Gospel. To na-
tions who had been the most corrupt this saving
light was sent ; to individuals whose attainments did
not seem to prepare them for this heavenly know-
ledge the Spirit revealed those " things that are
freely given to us of God ;" and our Lord has taught
us, that instead of presuming to complain of that
revelation, which the Almighty was not bound to
give to any, having been sent to some parts of the
world and not to others, it is our wisdom and our
duty to acquiesce in the sovereignty of the divine
administration, and to say y/ith him, Matth. xi. 25,
26, '' Even so, Father, for so it seemed good in thy
sight."
But although those, who admit of predestination
only in this sense, acknowledge that it originates in
the good pleasure of God, yet they do not consider
this acknowledgment as giving any countenance to
the Calvinistic system. They say that we are not
warranted to record expressions, which originally
marked a purpose of sending the blessings of the
Gospel to all countries, as implying a purpose of con-
fming eternal life to some individuals in all coun-
tries ; and that although the Sovereign of the uni-
verse is accountable to none in dispensing the know-
ledge of the Gospel, any more than in dispensing the
measures of skill, sagacity, or bodily strength, by
which individuals are distinguished, because in the
142 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
end he will render to all men according to their im-
provement of the advantages which they enjoy, yet
it does not follow that it is consistent with the im-
partiality and miiversal beneficence of our Father in
heaven to make such a distinction in conferring in-
wavd grace, as shall certainly conduct some of his
creatures to everlasting happiness, whilst others are
left without remedy to perish in their sins.
The system of interpretation which I have now
explained has been adopted and defended by very
able men ; by Whitby, the author of the commen-
tary upon the New Testament ; by Dr. Clarke, whose
sermons discover more knowledge of Scripture than
any other sermons that have been printed ; and by
Taylor of Norwich, author of a Key to the Epistle to
the Romans, who, in a long introductory essay, has
unfolded the ideas now stated, and made various use
of them. The system is extremely plausible. It
draws an interpretation of epistles, letters to differ-
ent churches, from the known situation of these
churches, and from the known ideas of the writer ;
and by considering particular passages in connex-
ion with the scope of the epistle, it gives an explica-
tion of them, which, in general, is most rational and
satisfying. The light, which every one who has
lectured upon an epistle can communicate to the
people by the application of this system, is so pleas-
ing to himself, and so instructive to them, that he is
apt to be confirmed in thinking it the full interpre-
tation of the writer's meaning. And I have no dif-
ficulty in saying, that if the Calvinistic doctrine de-
rived no other support from Scripture than that
which can fairly be drawn from our finding the words
predestination, elect, and other similar words fre-
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 143
qiieritly recurring in the epistles, it might seem to
an intelligent inquirer and a sound critic, that that
doctrine had arisen rather hy detaching particular
texts from the contexts, and applying them in a
sense which did not enter into the mind of the sa-
cred writers, than by forming an enlarged compre-
hension of their views.
But after paying this just tribute to the system
which I have explained, and after admitting that
more stress is laid upon some particular texts, which
are commonly quoted as Scripture authority for the
Calvinistic doctrine, than they can well bear, I pro-
ceed to state fully the grounds of the other system
of interpretation, according to which there is men-
tion made in Scripture of a predestination of indi-
viduals arising from the mere good pleasure of God :
and I entertain no doubt that the observations now
to be made will appear sufficient to warrant the
Calvinists in saying, that they do not pervert Scrip-
ture, when they pretend to find a general language
pervading many parts of it which evidently favours
their doctrine.
1. The former interpretation proceeded upon this
ground, that the epistles are addressed to Christian
societies, all the members of which enjoyed in com-
mon the advantages of the preaching of the Gospel,
but all the members of which cannot be supposed to
have been in the number of those who shall finally
be saved ; and hence it is inferred, that such expres-
sions, as occur in the beginning of the Epistle to the
Ephesians, mean nothing more than that change
upon their condition, that external advantage com-
mon to the whole society, which God, in execution of
the purpose formed by him from the beginning, had,
144 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
through the publication of the Gospel, conferred upon
all. Admitting that many of the persons addressed as
saints and elect shall not finally be saved, still these
words imply something more than a change upon
the outward condition ; and there is no necessity for
our departing so far from their natural and obvious
meaning, as to bring it down to mere external ad-
vantage, because the apostle was not warranted to
make a distinction between those who are predesti-
nated to life, and those who are left to perish in
their sins. This distinction is one of those secret
things which belong to the Lord, and which he has
not intrusted to his ministers. They are bound in
charity to believe, that all to whom the external
blessings are imparted, and who appear to improve
them with thankfulness, receive also that inward
grace by which these blessings are made effectual to
salvation ; and they have no title to separate any
persons from the society of the faithful, but those
who have been guilty of open and flagrant trans-
gressions. Such persons the apostle frequently marks
out in his epistles ; and he warns the Christians
against holding intercourse with them ; but to all w^ho
remained in the society, he sends his benediction,
and of all of them he hoped things that accompany
salvation.
2. Although many passages in the epistles, which
speak of predestination and of the elect, might seem
to receive their full interpretation from the purpose
of God to call other nations besides the Jews to the
knowledge of the Gospel, jx^t there are places in the
epistles of Paul, which intimate that he had a fur-
ther mtaiiiiig. Of this kind is the ninth chapter
to the Komans, and a part of the eleventh ; tv.o
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 145
passages of Scripture which give the greatest
trouble to those who deny the truth of the Calviii-
istic doctrine, which have received a long commen-
tary from Arminius himself, and from many Armi-
nian writers, but which, after all the attempts that
have been made to accommodate them to their
system, are fitted, in my opinion, to leave upon the
mind of every candid reader, an indelible impres-
sion that this system does not come up to the mind
of the apostle. The ninth chapter to the Romans
is one of the most difficult passages in Scripture ;
and I am far from saying that the Calvinistic
system makes it plain. There is an obscurity and
extent in the subject which is beyond the reach of
our faculties, and which represses our presumptuous
attempts to penetrate the counsels of the Almighty.
But after reading that chapter, and the eleventh,
with due care in the original, the amount of them,
it will probably be thought, may be thus stated.
God chose the posterity of Abraham out of all the
families of the earth. He made a distinction in the
posterity of the patriarch, by confining to the seed
of Isaac the blessings which he had promised ; of
the twin sons of Isaac, Esau and Jacob, he declared
before they were born, that he preferred the younger
to the elder, and rejecting Esau he transmitted the
blessing through the children of Jacob. In all
these limitations God exercised his sovereignty, and
executed his own purpose according to the election
of grace ; and he made still a further limitation
with regard to the children of Jacob. For all they
who are descended from the patriarch, according to
the flesh, are not the children of promise ; all who
are of Israel are not truly Israel, or the people of
TOL. III. L
146 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
God. The calling of the nation of Israel is, indeed,
without repentance ; and, therefore, Israel as a
nation, shall yet be gathered ; but many individuals
who belong to that nation shall perish. " Israel,"
as the apostle speaks, understanding by that v/ord
all the descendants of Jacob, " hath not obtained
that which he seeketh for ; but the election hath
obtained it," i. e. those who are elected have ob-
tained it ; a remnant is saved, while the rest were
blinded ; and in place of that great body of Israelites,
who thus appear by the event not to have been
elected, God hath called a people which before were
not his people ; he is made manifest by the Gospel
to them that asked not after him, and through the
fall of a great part of Israel, salvation is come to
the Gentiles.
To all the objections which human reason can
suggest against this dispensation, the answer made
by the apostle is conveyed in this question, " who
art thou that repliest against God ?" He repre-
sents, by a striking similitude, the condition of the
creatures as entirely at the disposal of him who
made them ; and he concludes all his reasoning in
these words, Rom. xi. 33 — 36, " O the depth of
the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of
God ! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his
ways past finding out ! For who hath known the
mind of the Lord, or who hath been his counsellor ?
Or who hath first given to him, and it shall be
recompensed unto him again ? For of him, and
through him, and to him, are all things ; to whom
be glory for ever, Amen." In these verses, the
very principles which are the foundation of Cal-
vinism are laid down by an inspired apostle, and
TO THE CALVTNISTIC SYSTEM. 1 1'7
applied by him to account for this fact, that of a
nation, who are chosen by God, many individuals
perish ; and the account which they furnish is this,
that under the declared purpose of calling the whole
nation to the knowledge of the truth, there was a
secret purpose respecting individuals, which secret
pvirpose stands in the salvation of some and the
destruction of others ; while the declared purpose
stands also respecting the whole nation. If these
principles apply to the peculiar people of God under
the Mosaic dispensation, they may be applied also
to Christians, who, by enjoying the Gospel, come in
place of that peculiar people, and are so designed in
Scripture : and the apostle seems to teach us by his
reasoning with regard to Israel, that we have not
attained his full meaning, when we interpret what
he says concerning the predestination of Christians
merely of those outward privileges, which being
common to all are abused by many ; but that with
regard to them, as with regard to Israel, there is a
purpose of election according to grace which shall
stand, because they who are elected shall obtain the
end which all profess to seek, while the rest are
blinded. According to this method of interpreting
these two chapters, we learn from the apostle that
there is the same sovereignty, — the same exercise
of the good pleasure of God in the election of indi-
viduals as in the illumination of nations, that both
are accounted for upon the same principles, and
that with respect to both, God silences all who say
that there is unrighteousness in him by that decla-
ration, which he employed when he conferred a
signal mark of his favour upon Moses, " I will have
mercy upon whom I will have mercy, and I will
148 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
have compassion upon whom I will have compas-
sion."
3. There are passages both in the Epistles and in
other parts of Scripture, which appear to declare
the election of some individuals and the reprobation
of others, without any regard to the nations to
which they belong. I do not mean that there are
passages of this kind, the application of which in
support of the Calvinistic system has not been con-
troverted ; for upon a subject which the Scriptures
have left involved in much obscurity, and upon
which they have chosen rather to furnish incidental
hints than a complete delineation, it is easy for in-
genious men to give a plausible exposition of parti-
cular texts, so as to accommodate them to their
own system. I do not consider that all the texts
w^hich are quoted in support of the Calvinistic
system admit, according to the rules of sound and
fair criticism, of that interpretation which is adopted
by those who quote them : nor do I mean to hold
forth as insignificant the objections made to the
Calvinistic interpretation of the texts which I am
now to mention. But I arrange them under this
third head, because it appears to me that the inter-
pretation connected with that arrangement is the
most natural, and that when taken in conjunction
with the other support which the Calvinistic system
derives from Scripture, they contain an argument
of real w^eight.
1. Our Lord calls the Christians sxXsxro/, Matth,
xxiv. 22, 24, and Luke xviii. 7, when this name
does not seem to have any reference to the purpose
of calling the Gentiles, or to the election of his
apostles to their office. The name is given to those
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 149
Jews who had embraced the Gospel before the de-
struction of Jerusalem. They were distmguished
from their countrymen by their faith in Christ ; and
on account of this distinction were permitted to es-
cape that destruction which overtook all the rest of
their nation. Now the faith of these Christian Jews
is represented by the name i%ki%roi, a word which here
can have no reference to the distinction between
Jews and Gentiles, but seems employed on purpose
to remind them that their faith flowed, not from any
exertion of their own, but from the good pleasure
and appointment of God, who chose them out from
amongst their countrymen.
2. Our Lord comprehends his true disciples, all
who are to be saved by him, under this general ex-
pression, John vi. 37, 39, tr%^ 6 M'^^^i or hl'ji^^i [jm 6
'TTuryi^. He applies, indeed, in John xvii. the phrase
o'jg diduzag fxo/ to all the twelve apostles, not exclud-
ing Judas ; so that their being given him by God
means nothing more in that place than the phrase
used John XV. 16, ov^, vfi^/g ^s sJsXsgacr^s, a?.X' gyw v'Mug i^s-
Xs^ufinv; — their designation and election to the office
of Apostles, without any respect to their personal
character or to their own salvation. But when the
tw^o chapters are compared, it is instantly perceived
that the same phrase is used in different senses ; be-
cause it is said, John vi. 39, " this is the Father's
will, that of all which he hath given me I should
lose nothing ;" whereas it is said, John xvii. 12,
" those that thou gavest me I have kept, and none
of them is lost, but the son of perdition." Our
Lord's expression in chap. vi. being thus clearly dis-
criminated from the similar expression in chap. xvii.
150 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
seems to imply that the infallible salvation of all true
Christians arises from the destination of God.
3. Acts xiii. 48. Ka/ i-TriSTzvaav b(ioi Yi(iccv riTwyixivoi s/g ^wtji'
at^vim. All who oppose the Calvinistic system un-
derstand rzrayiJAm to mean nothing more than the
English word disposed, L e. persons who had pre-
pared themselves, w^ho were qualified by the dispo-
sition of their minds for eternal life. But this use
of the word is neither agreeable to its primary mean-
ing, nor siipported by any authority. The word
properly means set in order for eternal life ; and the
ordering is marked, by the passive voice, as proceed-
ing from some other being. So the powders that are,
Rom. xiii. 1, by which the apostle means civil au-
thority, biro Tou Qioj nray/xsvai uct. 'Offor is manifestly a parti-
tive of the Gentiles, all of whom had heard the
same discourse preached by Paul and Barnabas in
the synagogue of Antioch, and all of whom had re-
joiced in hearing it ; and the clause appears intend-
ed to account for its producing an effect upon some,
of more permanent and substantial value than the
gladness which it had produced in all. The account
given is the destination of God, who, having meant
to bring some of them to eternal life, set them in or-
der for that end, by giving them faith.
4. There is one passage in the epistle to the Ro-
mans, Vv^here the apostle uses the w^ords cr^oo^/^w,
sr.Xsxro/, T^okdig^ without seeming to have in his eye the
difference between Jews and Gentiles. Rom. viii.
28 — 33. Although the twenty-ninth verse be un-
derstood to mean nothing more than this, that God
ordained that those who are the called according to
his purpose should endure suffering like Jesus Christ,
it requires a manifest perversion of the following
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM.
151
verses to deprive the Calvinistic system of the sup-
port, which it obviously derives both from the par-
ticular phrases and from the train of the apostle's
reasoning. It would seem, indeed, that the first
part of the twenty-ninth verse favours the Arminian
system, by making foreknowledge previous to pre-
destination. To this the Calvinists are accustomed
to give one or other of the following answers. They
either understand t^os/i^&j to mean not foreknowledge,
but that peculiar discriminating affection of which
the elect are the objects ; or, answering in a manner
which has a less captious and evasive appearance,
they admit that a perfect foreknowledge of all that
the elect are to do enters into the decree of predes-
tination, but they deny that it is the cause of their
election, because all that is done by the elect is in
consequence of the strength communicated to them
by the grace of God. This answer to the Arminian
interpretation of Rom. viii. 29. leads m.e to the third
head, under which I arranged that support which
the Calvinistic system derives from Scripture.
SECTION III.
The various descriptions of that change of charac-
ter, by which men are prepared for eternal life, seem
intended to magnify the power and to declare the
efficacy of that grace by which it is produced.
All the passages usually quoted under this head
furnish clear evidence of what is called in theologi-
1.5'2 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
cal language grace, an influence of God upon the
mind of man, and in their proper and literal mean-
ing seem to denote that kind of influence which en-
ters into the Calvinistic system. Yet many of them
are not decisive of the controversy between the Cal-
vinists and the Arminians, because the Arminians
find it possible to give them an interpretation not
inconsistent with their account of the nature of that
influence. Thus they are accustomed to quote that
saying of our Lord, " without me ye can do no-
thing," as a proof that preventing grace is necessary
to all men. They interpret that saying of the apos-
tle, " faith is the gift of God," as only a proof that
without an administration of the means of grace,
and a moral suasion accompanying them, none can
attain faith ; and they consider this expression of
our Lord, " No man can come to me except the Fa-
ther draw him," as marking in the most significant
manner that kind of moral suasion, of which the
Almighty speaks by the prophet Hosea, " I drew
them with cords of a man, with bands of love."
This specimen shows that upon a subject so far re-
moved from observation and experience, it is not
difficult for ingenious men to elude, in a very plausi-
ble manner, the argument drawn from those texts,
which a person educated with Calvinistic ideas con-
siders as unequivocal proofs of his system. Yet
there are three kinds of passages in Scripture, which,
when taken together, it appears to me almost impos-
sible to reconcile with the Arminian account of
grace.
The first are those which represent the natural
powers of the human mind, attainments in know-
ledge, and the most distinguished advantages in re-
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 153
vspect of religion, as of none avail in producing faith
without the action of the Spirit of God ; while his
teaching is represented as infallibly producing that
effect. Of this kind are the following : 1 Cor. ii.
14 ; i. 22, 23, 24 ; iii. 5, 6, 7. John vi. 45.
The second are those which derive the account of
this inefficacy of all the other means that seem fitted
to produce faith, from the corruption of human na-
ture. This corruption is chiefly described in epis^
ties addressed to Christian churches, composed of
those who had formerly been heathens ; and the de-
scriptions have a particular reference to the vices
which abounded amongst them before they were con-
verted to the Christian faith. But the history of
the Avorld and the experience of all ages may satisfy
us that these descriptions, with some allowance for
local manners, for the progress of civilization, and
for the influence of Christianity, are applicable to
the general state of mankind. The apostle begins
his epistle to the Romans with a formal proof that
all men, both Jews and Gentiles, are under sin ; and
this universal corruption of the posterity of Adam,
although the foundation of the Gospel, is by no
means a peculiar doctrine of revelation, but, inde-
pendently of that authority, is established by various
incontrovertible evidence. Now all the Scripture
statements of this corruption imply a moral inability
to attain that character which is necessary to salva-
tion. Of this kind are the following : Eph. ii. 1.
Eph. iv. 18, 19. Rom. viii. 7, 8.
The third are those which represent the action of
the Spirit of God in removing this inability, by
phrases exactly corresponding to these descriptions
of the corruption. Of this kind are the following :
154 SUPPORT WHICPI SCRIPTURE GIVES
Ezek. xxxvi. 26. John iii. 5. 2 Cor. v. 17. Eph.
ii. 10. Eph. i. 19 ; where the power exerted in
quickening those who are dead in sins is compared
to the power which was exerted in raising Christ
from the dead. Phil. ii. 13.
The Arminians, considering the literal sense of
these passages as subversive of moral agency, at-
tempt to give such an explication of them as is con-
sistent with the Arminian account of grace. But if
the Calvinists are able to show that a renovation of
the powers of human nature leaves a man as much
a moral agent as he was at the beginning — that his
liberty is not destroyed by the action of God upon
his mind, then there is no occasion for having re-
course to that Arminian commentary, which takes
away the propriety and significancy of the 'figures
used in these phrases ; but we may preserve the con-
sistency of Scripture and the analogy of faith, by ad-
mitting that kind of influence which corresponds to
the corruption of human nature, which, although
resisted at first in consequence of that corruption, is
in the end efficacious, and which owes its efficacy not
to any quality that the recipient possesses independ-
ently of divine grace, but to the good pleasure and
the pov/er of that Being, who is as able to quicken
a soul dead in sin, as to raise a body from the dust,
and who declares in Scripture the sovereignty of his
grace, by teaching us that all other means are insig-
nificant, till he is pleased to renew the soul which
he made.
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 155
SECTION IV.
In order to complete the view of that support which
the Calvinistic system derives from Scripture, it only-
remains to state the answer which the Calvinists
give to that objection against their system, which
has been drawn from the commands, the counsels,
and the expostulations of Scripture. This objection,
with which all Arminian books are filled, I shall
present in the words of Dr. Whitby, taken from dif-
ferent parts of his discourses on the Five Points.
" If conversion be wrought only by the unfrus-
trable operation of God, then vain are all the com-
mands and exhortations addressed to wicked men to
turn from their evil ways ; for it is no more in their
power to do this than to create a world. Vain are
all the threatenings denounced in Scripture against
those who go on without amendment, because such
threatenings can only move the elect by the fear of
their perishing, which is a false and an impossible
supposition ; and can only move those who are not
elected by suggesting the possibility of their avoid-
ing the death and ruin threatened, although it is to
them inevitable. Vain are all the promises of par-
don to those who repent, because these are promises
made upon a condition which to the non-elect is im-
possible." — " All the commands and exhortations di-
rected by God to the faithful to persevere in well-
doing, all cautions to take heed lest they fall away,
all expressions which suspend our future happiness
on this condition, that we continue steadfast to the
end, are plain indications that God hath made no
156 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
absolute decree that good men shall not fall away.
For as when motives are used to induce men to em-
brace Christianity, or to perform any Christian du-
ty, these motives contain an evidence that it is pos-
sible for men to do otherwise, so also when motives
are used to induce men to persevere in the profession
which they have undertaken, they necessarily con-
tain an evidence, that any man who is induced by
them to persevere in the course of a Christian, had
it in his power not to persevere." — " Can God be
serious and in good earnest in calling men to faith
and repentance, and yet serious and in good earnest
in his decree to deny them that grace without which
they neither can believe nor repent ? If we consider
with what vehemence and what pathetic expressions
God desires the obedience and reformation of his
people, can it be rationally imagined that there was
any thing wanting on his part, and that he should
himself withhold the means sufficient to enable them
to do what he thus earnestly wishes they had done ?"
The answer made by the Calvinists to all reason-
ings and interrogations of this kind, appears to me
to consist of the five following branches, which I
have arranged in the order that is most natural, and
Avhich I shall not spread out at length, but leave to
be filled up by private reading and reflection.
1. The Calvinists say that it is a misrepresenta-
tion of their doctrine to state the efficacy of the grace
of God as superseding commands, counsels, and ex-
hortations, or rendering them unnecessary with re-
gard to the elect. The purpose of that grace is to
produce in the elect the character which is insepar-
ably connected with salvation. For the Calvinists,
no less than the Arminians, hold that the promise
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 15'^
of eternal life is conditional, suspended upon perse-
verance in well-doing. What is peculiar to them is,
that they consider the fulfilment of the condition in
those who are elected to eternal life as depending
upon the action of the Spirit of God : but the method
in which they reconcile this action with the liberty
of a moral agent implies the exhibition of all the
moral inducements fitted to act upon reasonable be-
ings ; and although they hold that all means are
inefifectual without the grace of God, yet it appears
to them that when the means of improving the hu-
man character, which the Scripture employs, are
considered as parts of that series of causes and effects
by which the Almighty executes his decree, the ne-
cessity and the efificacy of them is established upon
the surest ground. Hence the Calvinists do not per-
ceive any inconsistency between the promise, " I will
give you a new heart," and the precept, " make you
a new heart and a new spirit ;" between the declara-
tion, " we are God's workmanship, created in Christ
Jesus unto good works," and the precept, which
seems to imply that we are our own workmanship,
** that ye put off concerning the former conversation
the old man, which is corrupt according to the de-
ceitful lusts, and that ye put on the new man, which
after God is created in righteousness and true holi-
ness." Far from perceiving any inconsistency be-
tween the promise and the precept, they admire the
harmony with which the two conspire in the infalli-
ble production of the same end. For the divine
counsels, commands, and invitations to obedience,
by making that impression upon the minds of the
elect which the authority and kindness therein ex^
hibited have a tendency to produce upon reasonable
158 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
beings, are the instruments of fulfilling the divine
intention, by conducting the elect in a manner con-
formable to their nature, and through the free exer-
cise of every Christian grace, to that happiness which
had been from eternity destined for them.
2. The Calvinists say that these counsels and com-
mands, which are intended by God to produce their
full effect only with regard to the elect, are address-
ed indifferently to all, for this reason, because it was
not revealed to the writers of the New Testament,
nor is it now revealed to the ministers of the Gospel,
who the elect are. The Lord knoweth them that
are his : but he hath not given this knowledge to
any of the children of men. We are not warranted
to infer from the former sins of any person that lie
shall not at some future period be conducted by the
grace of God to repentance ; and therefore we are
not warranted to infer that the counsels and exhor-
tations of the divine word, which are some of the
instruments of the grace of God, shall finally prove
vain with regard to any individual. But although
it is in this way impossible for a discrimination to
be made in the manner of publishing the Gospel,
and although many may receive the calls and com-
mands of the Gospel who are not in the end to be
saved, the Calvinists do not admit that even with
regard to them, these calls and commands are whol-
ly without effect. For,
3. They say that the publication of the Gospel is
attended with real benefit even to those wiio are not
elected. It points out to them their duty ; it re-
strains them from flagrant transgressions which
would be productive of much present inconvenience,
and would aggravate their future condemnation : it
6
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. 159
has contributed to the diffusion and the enlargement
of moral and religious knowledge, to the refinement
of manners, and to the general welfare of society ;
and it exhibits such a view of the condition of man
and of the grace from which the remedy proceeds,
as magnifies both the righteousness and the compas-
sion of the Supreme Ruler, and leaves without ex-
cuse those who continue in sin.
4. The Calvinists say further, that although these
general uses of the publication of the Gospel come
very far short of that saving benefit which is con-
fined to the elect, there is no want of meaning or of
sincerity in the expostulations of Scripture, or in its
reproaches and pathetic expressions of regret with
regard to those, who do not obey the counsels and
commands that are addressed to all. For these coun-
sels and commands declare what is the duty of all,
what they feel they ought to perform, what is es-
sential to their present and their future happiness,
and what no physical necessity prevents them from
doing. There is indeed a moral inability, a defect
in their will. But the very object of counsels and
commands is to remove this defect ; and if such a
defect rendered it improper for the Supreme Ruler
to issue commands, every sin would carry with it
its own excuse; and the creatures of God might al-
ways plead that they were absolved from the obliga-
tion of his law, because they were indisposed to obey
it. It is admitted by the Calvinists, that the moral
inability in those who are not elected is of such a
kind, as will infallibly prevent their obeying the com-
mands of God ; and it is a part of their system, that
the Beiijg who issues these commands has resolved
to withhold from such persons the grace which alone
iGO SUPPORT WHICH SCmPTURE GIVES
is sufficient to remove that inability. In accounting
for these commands, therefore, they are obliged to
have recourse to a distinction between the secret and
the revealed will of God. They understand, by his
revealed will, that which is preceptive, which de-
clares the duty of his creatures, containing commands
agreeable to the sentiments of their minds and the
constitution of their nature, and delivering promises
which shall certainly be fulfilled to all who obey the
commands. They understand, by his secret will, his
own purpose in distributing his favours and arrang-
ing the condition of his creatures ; a purpose which
is founded upon the wisest reasons, and is infallibly
carried into execution by his sovereign power, but
which not being made known to his creatures cannot
possibly be the rule of their conduct. This distinc-
tion, although the subject of much obloquy in all
Arminian books, appears, upon a fair examination,
only a more guarded method of stating what we
found to be said by the advocates for universal re-
demption. Their language is, that God intends to
save all men by the death of Christ, but that this in-
tention becomes effectual only with regard to those
who repent and believe. The Calvinists, not choos-
ing to hold a language which implies that an inten-
tion of God can prove fruitless, interpret all the
counsels, and commands, and expostulations, which
are urged in proof of an intention to save all men,
as expressions only of a revealed will, but not as im-
plying any purpose which is to be carried into effect.
When they find in Scripture such general proposi-
tions as the following, " he that believeth on me hath
everlasting life," — ** whoso confesseth and forsaketh
his sins shall have mercy ;" they consider them both
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. l6l
as declaring a rule of conduct, and as delivering a
promise which is fulfilled with regard to every indi-
vidual who believes and repents ; and as they know
that these propositions never can prove false, so it
does not appear to them that there is any inconsist-
ency between the general terms in which the propo-
sitions are enunciated, and the special grace by which
God produces faith and repentance in those whom
he has predestinated to everlasting life.
5. The Calvinists say, in the last place, that if
there is a difficulty in reconciling the earnestness
with which God appears in Scripture to seek the sal-
vation of all men, with the infallible execution of his
decree that only some shall be saved, this difficulty
is not peculiar to their system, but belongs to the
Arminian also. If with the Socinians w^e abridge
the foreknowledge of God, then his counsels and ex-
hortations to ail men wall appear to us the natural
expressions of an anxiety, such as we often feel, about
an effect, of the production of which we are uncer-
tain. But if with the Arminians we admit that the de-
terminations of free agents were from eternity known
to God, then w^e must admit also that he addresses
counsels and exhortations to those upon whom he
knows they will not produce their full effect. As he
sent of old by Moses a command to Pharaoh to let the
children of Israel go, although at the very time of
giving the command he says, " and I am sure that
he will not let you go ;"* as our Lord said to his
disciples, "watch and pray that ye enter not into temp-
tation,"! although the whole tenor of the discourse,
* Exod. iii. 18, I9. t Matth. xxvi. 41.
VOL. III. M
l62 SUPPORT WHICH SCRIPTURE GIVES
of which these words are a part, discovers his certain
knowledge that all the disciples were to yield to
temptation, Peter by denying, and the rest by for-
saking him : so the word of God continues to warn
men against sins which they will commit, to pre-
scribe duties which they will not perform, and to
give them, in the language of the warmest affection,
counsels upon which the obstinacy of their hearts
is to pour contempt. The answer made by the Ar-
minians to the Socinian charge of a want of serious-
ness and sincerity in warnings, precepts, and coun-
sels, uttered by a Being who foresees their final in-
efficacy, is this, that it is fit and proper for God to
declare to men their duty ; that the perverseness of
their wills does not diminish their obligations, and
that his foreknowledge of that perverseness has no
influence in giving his counsels less effect upon their
minds. The very same answer may be adopted by
the Calvinists. For although they infer, from the
perfection of the Supreme Mind, and from various
expressions in Scripture, that there is a decree by
which cer.tain persons are elected, while others are
left to perish ; yet, as the particulars of this decree
are nowhere made known to us, they cannot regard
it as in any respect the rule of our conduct ; and al-
though they do not think themselves at liberty to fol-
low the Socinians in denying the extent of the divine
understanding, yet, like the Socinians, they receive
the authoritative injunctions of the divine word as
the will of our Creator ; they study to learn from
thence, not the unknown purposes of divine wisdom,
but the measure of our obedience ; and they say with
Moses, who, in his last address to the children of
TO THE CALVINISTIC SYSTEM. l63
Israel, Deut. xxix. 29, appears to give his sanction
to the distinction made by them, " the secret things
belong unto the Lord our God ; but those things
which are revealed belong unto us, and to our child-
ren for ever, that we may do all the words of this
law."
164 HISTORY OF (JALVlXIS>r.
CHAP. Xf,
HISTOKY OF CALVINISM.
The history of tliat system of opinions, now called
Calvinistic, extends almost from the beginning of
the Christian era to the present period. It is not
my province to detail the names of all those by whom
these opinions have been held, the ages in which they
lived, the books which they wrote, the opposition or
the encouragement which they received. But I
think it may be interesting and useful to subjoin to
the discussions in which we have lately been engag-
ed, a short comprehensive view of the state of the
opinions which were the subjects of the discussions,
during the different stages of their progress.
Those who hold the Calvinistic system find its
origin in several expressions of our Lord, and in
many parts of the writings of Paul. Those who
hold the opposite system give a different interpreta-
tion of all the passages in which this origin is sought
for. The dispute is not decided by referring to the
most ancient Christian writers, for they express
themselves generally in the language of Scripture
with much simplicity ; they do not appear to have
possessed great critical talents ; and they avoid en-
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. l6.5
teriiig into any profoimd speculations. It is not as-
certained what was the system of Christians in the
first four centuries, or whether they had formed any
system upon this intricate subject. But in the fifth
century systems very similar to those which are now
held were opposed to one another. The voluminous
writings of Augustine, by whom one of the systems
was established, are extant ; and we learn the out-
lines of the opposite system, both from the large ex-
tracts out of the works of its supporters, which are
found in his writings, and from other collateral tes-
timony. Although the system combated by Augus-
tine was not completely evolved till his day, yet the
principles from which it took its rise may be traced
back to those philosophical speculations which, in
the former centuries, had occupied a great part of
the attention of Christian v/riters. Even in the
days of the apostles, some who had been educated in
the schools of the philosophers, professed to embrace
Christianity ; and the number of learned Christians
continued to increase in every century. Not con-
tent v/ith the simple form in which the doctrines of
revelation had been held by their more illiterate pre-
decessors, these learned converts introduced a spirit
of research, a refinement of speculation, and a syste-
matical arrangement, of which the sacred -writers
liave not set an example. The tenets, which many
of these converts had imbibed in their youth, and
which they v/ere far from relinquishing v/lien they
assumed the name of Christians, v/ere so opposite
to the truth, — and the pride of human science, in
v/hich they had been educated, was so inconsistent
with that temper which Jesus requires in all who
nre taui>'ht bv him, that the Gospel, instead of l)eing
166 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
improved, was in various respects corrupted by this
early mixture of philosophy. It is probable that
when the apostle Paul speaks in his epistles of a dan-
ger that Christians might be " spoiled through phi-
losophy and vain deceit," * and of " oppositions of
science falsely so called," f he means that kind of
philosophy which was characteristical of the Gnostic
sects ; and it is known, that in the first three cen-
turies, the grossest adulterations of Christianity
arose from the principles of that philosophy.
Many sects of Christians were in this manner
led to account for those differences of human char-
acter which have always been observed, by holding
that some souls are naturally and essentially evil,
being either entirely formed by the evil spirit, or so
completely under his influence as to be unable to
emancipate themselves ; and that others derive so
large a proportion of their nature from the good
Spirit, as to find no difficulty in preserving their in-
tegrity. The errors connected with this physical
discrimination of souls were combated with much
learning about the end of the third century by Ori-
gen, who had been bred in the Platonic school of
Alexandria, and who brought from the philosophy
there taught those sublime conceptions of the Deity,
which do not admit of independent power being
ascribed to a being set in opposition to God. He
taught that all souls originally proceeded from the
Deity ; that they were by nature capable of being
either good or evil, and that the character which
they attain depends upon their own free will, —
"* Col. ii. 8. t 1 Tim. vi. 20.
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 167
upon the exercise which they choose to make of the
powers given them by their Creator.
The very important services, which the erudition
and the labours of Origen rendered to the Christian
church, procured a considerable degree of credit to
the most singular of his opinions in the countries
where his works were known. Various circum-
stances conspired, in the course of the fourth cen-
tury, to diffuse through the west some knowledge
of his writings ; and Pelagius, a native of Britain,
who made them his chief study during his residence
at Rome in the beginning of the fifth century, drew
from the doctrine which Origen had opposed to
Manichean errors, the fundamental position of his
system, that notwithstanding the sin of our first
parents, we are able, by the powers of our nature,
without any supernatural aid, to yield obedience to
the commands of God. The report of this system,
which, from its affinity to the doctrine of Origen,
found with many an easy reception, called forth the
exertions of Augustine, bishop of Hippo, in Africa.
He had formerly written against the Manicheans :
but it appeared to him that Pelagius, who, in his
zeal to maintain that no souls were the work of the
evil spirit, denied the present corruption of human
nature, had gone beyond Origen, and had depart-
ed far from the truth ; and in his voluminous
works he laid down a system of predestination and
grace, which, with some little variety of expression,
is the same with that which we have called Calvin-
istic. Augustine acknowledged that in the course
of his studying the Scriptures his sentiments had
undergone a considerable change ; and those who
were adverse to his system affirmed that in his writ-
l(>y HLSTOKY OF CALVINISM.
iiigs. against Peiagiua he adopted many positions
which he had condemned in the Manicheans. We
are not bound to defend the consistency of all that
Augustine has said : but if his system be founded
in reason and in Scripture, it may unquestionably
be discriminated from the Manichean system ; and
we, who hold the Calvinistic tenets, think that we
are able to make the discrimination. For we con-
sider the decree, by w^hich a wise and good Being
from eternity ordained all that is to be, as essentially
distinct from that fate which excludes every exer-
cise of intelligence in fixing the great scheme of the
universe ; and we consider the measure of evil which,
tbr reasons unknown to us, tlie Almighty Sovereign
])ermits to exist in his work, as leaving unshaken
those fundamental principles of religion, which are
completely undermined by the belief that this evil
originates from the power of an opposite spirit not
under the control of God, or from an essential pra-
vity in matter ^^ hich he is unable to remove.
From the days of Augustine two opposite systems
of predestination have been known in the Christian
church, and each of them has had able and nume-
rous defenders. The system of Pelagius was modi-
iied in the writings of Cassian and Faustus ; and,
under the less offensive form Vvdiich is jcnown by
the name of Semi-Peiagianism, it obtained a favour-
able reception in the East, from vrliich it originated.
But in the western parts of Christendom, v/here the
Avritings of the learned Augustine were held in the
highest veneration, the system which he had deline-
ated received the sanction both of general councils
and of the Bishops of Rome, who were rising by in-
sensible steps to the station which they afterwards
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 16*9
held ; and under this authority it came to be re-
garded as the orthodox faith of the Latin church.
The opposite system, however, had many adherents,
both in Britain, the native country of Pelagius, and
in Gaul, where Cassian first published the Semi-Pe-
lagian doctrine ; and it appears that in the universal
ignorance which overspread Europe during the suc-
ceeding centuries, many who professed to hold the
orthodox faith were unacquainted with the extent
of the doctrine of Augustine. Accordingly we find
Godeschalcus, an illustrious Saxon monk, persecuted
in the ninth century by his superiors, and condemn-
ed by some councils assembled to judge him, for
holding doctrines which seem to correspond in all
points with the tenets now called Calvinistic : we
find his memory vindicated by succeeding councils,
who declared their approbation of his doctrine ; and
we learn from the history of his opinions, that the
Christian church in those days, as in all the contro-
versies upon the same intricate subject in succeeding
ages, veered between two systems, of which some-
times the one, and sometimes the other, was most
ably defended.
The question occasioned by the opposition of
these systems, after having been buried for some
centuries, like every other, in the barbarity of the
times, was revived in the thirteenth and fourteenth
centuries by Thomas Aquinas, and Joannes Scotus,
the fathers of school divinity, who, applying the
language of the philosophy of Aristotle to theolo-
gical questions, appeared to speak with a precision
formerly unknov/n, but wiio, multiplying words far
beyond the number of clear ideas, increased the
natural darkness of many subjects which they
170 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
pretended to discuss. I will not undertake the
grievous and worthless labour of explaining the
terms in which the doctrine of Augustine was
stated by Thomas Aquinas, a monk of the Domi-
nican order, nor those in which a doctrine some-
what similar to that which is now opposed to Au-
gustine was defended by Scotus, a monk of the
Franciscan order. The Latin church, of which the
Bishop of Rome had become the acknowledged
head, continued to be agitated by the controversy
between the Thomists and the Scotists ; insomuch
that although that church venerated the name of
Augustine, and professed to build its tenets upon
his authority, individual writers were very far from
being agreed as to the points that are embraced by
his system, and the avowed creed of the church was
gradually removed at a greater distance from the
doctrine of Augustine.
When the enormous height which the growing
corruptions of Popery had attained in the sixteenth
century induced Martin Luther, a friar of the order
of St. Austin, to begin the reformation, he adhered
to the principles of that doctrine in which he had
been educated ; and in exposing to the indignation
of mankind the shameful traffic of indulgences, he
derived, from a system which taught the corruption
of human nature and the efficacy of divine grace, a
convincing answer to those tenets of the church of
Rome concerning the merit of good works upon
which that traffic was founded. All the parts of
the system of predestination which are delineated in
the writings of Augustine were taught by Luther.
But Melancthon, who was at first his colleague, and
who succeeded to a considerable share of his influ-
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 171
eiice after his death, was led by an accouunodating
temper, and by a concurrence of circumstances, to
adopt principles which it does not appear to me
possible to distinguish from the Semi-Pelagian.
These principles entered into the confessions of
faith and apologies for the cause of reformation,
which received the sanction of the name of Melanc-
thon : they were recommended by his authority to
many of the earliest reformers in Germany ; and
they continue to form a part of the creed of those
churches which are called Lutheran.
In Switzerland, the reformation, which had been
begun by Zuinglius, received the most valuable
support from the learning, the abilities, and the
industry of John Calvin, who settled at Geneva in
the year 1541, and continued till his death in 1564
a zealous and indefatigable champion of that doc-
trine, which he professes to have learned from Au-
gustine. In his Christian Institutes, which were
first published in 1536, he acknowledges that it
was the common opinion that God elected men ac-
cording to his foreknowledge of their conduct, so
that predestination rested upon the prescience of
God. But in opposition to this opinion, which he
says was both held by the vulgar, and had in all
ages been defended by authors of great name, he
lays down that system which we have been accus-
tomed, in honour of its ablest supporter, to call by
the name of Calvinism ; and such was the impres-
sion made upon the minds of men by his writings,
and so rapidly were his opinions disseminated by
the numbers who flocked to the university which
he established at Geneva, that the Calvinistic sys-
tem of predestination was received by a great part
172 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
of those Christians who left the church of Rome,
and even by many who had at first embraced the
tenets of Melancthon. There came in this way to
be a difference of opinion upon the subject of pre-
destination between the Lutheran and the Reformed
churches. We apply the term Lutheran to the
churches in the German empire, and in the different
kingdoms of Europe, which adhered to the Confes-
sion of Augsburg, Confessio Aiigustcma, the decla-
ration of their faith presented by the Protestants to
the Diet of the empire, held by Charles V. 1530,
and to those explications which the controverted
points not particularly stated in that confession re-
ceived from the subsequent writings of Melancthon.
We apply the term Reformed to the churches in
Germanj^, in Switzerland, in the Netherlands, in
Britain, in France, and in other parts of Europe,
whose confessions of faith comprehended the pecu-
liar tenets of Calvinism. The two words were
used in this sense soon after the days of Calvin and
Melancthon, and the same use of them still conti-
nues. When we speak of the Reformation, we
mean that revolution in the sentiments of a great
part of the inhabitants of Europe with regard to
religion, which Vv^as accomplished in the sixteenth
century by the united labours of Luther, Melanc-
thon, Zuinglius, Calvin, Beza, and other reformers.
But when we speak of the Reformed Churches, we
generally mean to distinguish them from the Lu-
theran ; and the name implies that they are consi-
dered as having departed farther than the Lutheran
from the corruptions of Popery. Tli^re are differ-
ences between the Reformed and the Lutheran
Churches respecting ecclesiastical discipline dml
HISTOHY OF CALVINISM. 173
government whieli it may afterwards occur to men-
tion. But the most important difference in point
of doctrine respects the subject of which we are
now speaking ; the Reformed, professing in their
creeds and standards to hold the Calvinistic system
of predestination ; the Lutheran to adhere to the
system of Melancthon.
John Knox, a disciple of Calvin, while he formed
the constitution of the church of Scotland upon the
plan of ecclesiastical government which Calvin had
established in Geneva, introduced into Scotland ail
the tenets called Calvinistic ; and although the Con-
fession of Faith, the authentic standard of the faith
of our church, does not pay any deference to the
name or authority of the reformer — although the
ministers of this church are not bound, by subscrib-
ing the Confession of Faith, to defend every part of
the conduct of Calvin, and every sentence found in
his writings, yet the leading features of the doctrine
of our church concerning predestination are avow-
edly Calvinistic. In England, the first reform-
ers," who appeared before the days of Calvin, fol-
lowed in worship, and in the form of ecclesiasti-
cal government, the Lutheran churches in which
they had received their education. But in the days
of Queen Elizabeth, when the thirty-nine articles,
which are the Confession of Faith of the church of
England, came, after much preparation, to be pub-
lished with royal authority, the doctrines of Calvin
were held in universal estimation, were taught in
the English universities, and were the creed of the
dignified clergy whom the Queen employed in pre-
paring the articles. Accordingly, even those, who
hold that the seventeenth article admits of an inter-
174 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
pretation not inconsistent with Arminianism, ac-
knowledge that it was penned by Calvinists, and that
the Calvinistic sense, which naturally occurs to every
reader, was truly the meaning of those who compos-
ed it. And upon this ground we think ourselves
entitled to say that the two established churches of
this island, although distinguished from the time of
the Reformation in respect of discipline, worship,
and government, were at first united in holding the
same doctrine ; and that the standards, which both
churches continue to require their ministers to sub-
scribe as the standards of their faith, were originally
founded upon Calvinistic tenets.
Upon the Continent, where some churches were
Lutheran and others Reformed, the points in dis-.
pute between them were brought strongly before
the public about the beginning of the seventeenth
century, by the writings of Arminius, professor of
divinity in the university of Leyden. Arminius, al-
though educated in the doctrines of the church of
Geneva, had early entertained doubts concerning the
Calvinistic system of predestination ; and, after he
was admitted professor of divinity, he did not con-
sider himself bound by any authority, which he could
not lawfully disobey, to teach that particular system.
He possessed that vigorous mind, and that acute un-
derstanding, which prepare a man for deep investi-
gation. He was not disposed to rest in the opinions
of others ; and his own conceptions of every subject
to which he turned his attention were clear and com-
prehensive. The opinions concerning predestina-
tion, which were at that time held in the Lutheran
churches, being more agreeable to his mind than the
Calvinistic, received from him a scientific form. He
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 175
laid the foundation of them in that view of the pre-
science of God formerly explained ; and by following
out leading ideas through all their consequences, he
introduced that unity of principle, that harmony of
parts, and that precision and clearness of language,
which entitle his doctrine to the name of a system.
This system, recommended by the abilities, the elo-
quence, and the reputation of Arminius, not only
spread through the Lutheran churches, but made an
impression upon the minds of many who had been
educated in the principles of Calvinism ; and, pro-
ceeding from an university founded in one of the
Reformed churches, it encountered at its first ap-
pearance a most formidable opposition. Arminius
died in 1609. But the hold which his principles
had taken of the minds of men, and the zeal with
which they were propagated by his disciples, excit-
ed much commotion immediately after his death.
The inhabitants of the United Provinces, who held
these principles, presented to the States-general in
1610 a petition or remonstrance, from which they
received the name of remonstrants, by which they
have ever since been distinguished. It happen-
ed that Grotius, and other leading men in the
States, who were at that time in opposition to the
Prince of Orange, favoured the principles of the re-
monstrants. This circumstance naturally formed
an union between the house of Orange and the con-
tra-remonstrants, or Calvinists ; and thus political
interests came to mingle their influence in the dis-
cussion of theological questions. Many conferences
were held between the Arminians and the Calvin-
ists, without convincing either party. Many schemes
to accomplish a reconciliation proved abortive ; and
17G HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
at length it was resolved by the States of Holland,
to summon a meeting of deputies from all the Pro-
testant churches, after the manner of the General
Councils, which had been held in former ages, where
the points in dispute might be canvassed and de-
cided.
In the year I6I8, there assembled at Dort, a
town in the province of South Holland, deputies
from the churches of the United Provinces, from
Britain, and from many states in Germany, who
formed what is known in ecclesiastical history by
the name of the Synod of Dort, Synodus Dordra-
cena. The learned and eloquent Episcopius, the
successor of Arminius, appeared at the head of the
leading men amongst the Arminians, or Remon-
strants, to defend their cause. But being dissatis-
fied with the manner in which the Synod proposed
to proceed, Episcopius and his adherents refused to
submit to the directions which were given them as
to the method of their defence, and in consequence
of this refusal they were excluded from sitting in
the assembly. After an hundred and fifty-four
meetings, the five articles, in which the Arminians
had at a former conference stated their doctrine,
were formally condemned by the Synod as heretical.
What we call the Calvinistic system of predestina-
tion, was declared by a confession of faith, founded
on the decrees of the Synod, to be the orthodox
faith of the Reformed churches in the Netherlands ;
and the catechism of Heidelberg, which was origi-
nally composed by order of the Elector Palatine for
the use of his subjects, and which comprehends the
leading principles of the Calvinistic system, was
adopted as one of their standards, a method of in-
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 177
structing the young, and a directory for the public
teaching of their ministers. In consequence of the
judgment of the synod of Dort, the Arminians were
excommunicated, and were at first obliged to leave
their possessions in the United Provinces. But they
were recalled in a few years, under a milder admi-
nistration of government : they are allowed several
churches in different cities of Holland ; and they
have a college at Amsterdam, where there has been
a succession of able men, Episcopius, Limborch, Le
Clerc, and Wetstein ; who, while they profess to in-
stil into the candidates for the ministry in their
communion all the principles which Arminius taught,
have been accused of approaching gradually much
nearer to Socinianism than he did.
The consent given by the British divines to the
decrees of the Synod is a proof that the churches of
England and of Scotland, by whom they were sent,
adhered to the Calvinistic tenets, and that James I.
who had joined his influence with that of the House
of Orange in the convocation of the Synod, was dis-
posed to favour that system. One of the ablest de-
fences of the Calvinistic system of predestination is
a small treatise written against Hoard, an Arminian,
by Davenant, one of the deputies from England, at
that time professor of divinity in Cambridge, and
afterwards bishop of Salisbury. The title of his
book is. Animadversions upon a Treatise, entitled,
God's Love to mankind.
But although we seem to be warranted in consi-
dering the voice of the leading men in Britain as
favourable to Calvinism, at the time of the meeting
of the Synod of Dort, it was not long before events,
chiefly of a political nature, occasioned a revolution
VOL. III. N
178 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
upon this point in the sentiments of James, and of those
members of the church of England who were attached
to the cause of monarchy. The long civil war, and the
memorable change of government in the seventeenth
century, arose from the political principles of men who
were rigidly attached to the worship, discipline,
government, and doctrine of the church of Geneva.
The friends of monarchy, on the other hand, were
attached to the worship, discipline, and govern-
ment which the church of England had derived
from the Lutheran churches : and as, in addition
to these points of difference upon ecclesiastical mat-
ters, they held the political principles of the republi-
cans in abhorrence, it was natural for them to con-
ceive a prejudice against the theological doctrine of
these republicans. They unavoidably felt a strong-
propensity to adopt a system of predestination by
which they might be allied more closely to the
Lutheran churches, with whom they had many
points in common, and completely discriminated from
the Calvinists, with whom they did not wish to
maintain any connexion. Archbishop Laud, to whom
Charles L committed the direction of the ecclesias-
tical affairs of Britain, wrote a small treatise in the
year 1625, to prove that the articles of the church of
England admit of an Arminian sense : the counte-
nance of the court was confined to those divines who
favoured the Arminian system ; and although the
church of England never publicly renounced Calvin-
ism, yet it is certain that an attachment to that sys-
tem of doctrine came to be the distingviishing badge
of the Puritans, who derived their name from pre-
tending to a more spiritual kind of worship than the
Episcopalians, but who were known as much by the
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 179
firmness with which they held the tenets of the
church of Geneva, as by their abhorrence of forms.
When, in the progress of the commotions of the
seventeenth centur}^, episcopacy was voted to be use-
less and burdensome, an assembly of divines was held
at Westminster, " for the purpose of settling the
government and liturgy of the church of England,
and for vindicating and clearing the doctrine of the
said church from false aspersions and interpreta-
tions." What we call the Confession of Faith was
composed by that assembly, as a part of the uniform-
ity in religion which was then intended, and which
it was the object of the Solemn League and Cove-
nant to preserve between the churches in the three
kingdoms of Scotland, England, and Ireland. When
presbytery was established in Scotland at the Revo-
lution, this Confession of Faith was ratified in the
Scottish parliament : it afterwards I'eceived the sanc-
tion of the treaty of Union ; and it continues to be
the avowed confession of the church of Scotland.
But in England, when episcopacy was revived after
the Restoration, the thirty-nine articles became, as
formerly, the standard of that church; the Confes-
sion of Faith was of course set aside ; and the for-
mer prejudices against some of its doctrines were
very much confirmed in the minds of those who were
attached to episcopacy and monarchy, by their ab-
horrence of the views and the success of those who
had given orders for its being composed.
The circumstances which have been mentioned
explain the manner in which Calvinism came to be
regarded, by the body of the people in England, as
a name nearly allied to republicanism ; and no per-
son, who is acquainted with the history of the fac-
tions of that country, can entertain a doubt that po-.
180 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
litical causes have contributed very largely to the
disrepute in which that system has been held by
many dignified and learned members of our neigh-
bouring church. At the same time, it must be ac-
knowledged that several divines of that church, who
were very much superior to the weakness of being
led in their theological creed by an attachment to
any political party, have lent the support of their
erudition and abilities to some mitigated form of
Arminianism. Of this kind were Barrow, Clarke,
Whitby, and Jortin. There were also many wise
and able men in the seventeenth and eighteenth cen-
turies, who endeavoured to represent the points of
difference between the Arminians and Calvinists as
of little importance, and who received the name of
Latitudinarians, from wishing to unite all true Pro-
testants against the approaches of Popery. Of this
kind were Chillingworth, Tillotson, Cudworth, and
Hoadley.
It is farther to be noticed, that there has long been
a general wish in the members of the church of Eng-
land, to consider themselves as not fettered to any
particular system of predestination by the articles
which they subscribe. Bishop Burnet declares him-
self to be an Arminian ; and after giving, in his ex-
position of the seventeenth article, with an imparti-
ality more apparent than real, and with some degree
of confusion, a view of the arguments upon both
sides, he concludes in these words, " It is very pro-
bable that those who penned this article meant that
the decree was absolute ; but yet, since they have not
said it, those who subscribe the articles do not seem
to be bound to any thing that is not expressed in
them ; and, therefore, although the Calvinists have
less occasion for scruple, since the article does seem
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 181
more plainly to favour them, the Remonstrants may
subscribe this article without renouncing their opi-
nion as to this matter." He says, in another place,
" The church has not been peremptory, but a lati-
tude has been left to different opinions." And Dr.
Jortin, in his dissertation on the controversies con-
cerning predestination and grace, which was publish-
ed in 1755, tells us how far this latitude has been
used. With a partiality to his own system, and a
virulence against his adversaries, which often appear
to an excessive and shameful degree in his writings,
he thus expresses himself : " In England, at the time
of the Synod of Dort, we were much divided in our
opinions concerning the controverted articles ; but
our divines having taken the liberty to think and
judge for themselves, and the civil government not
interposing, it hath come to pass that from that time
to this, almost all persons here of any note for learn-
ing and abilities, have bid adieu to Calvinism, have
sided with the Remonstrants, and have left the Fa-
talists to follow their own opinions, and to rejoice
(since they can rejoice) in a religious system, con-
sisting of human creatures without liberty, doctrines
without sense, faith without reason, and a God with-
out mercy."
Dr. Prettyman, or Tomline, bishop of Lincoln,
who, in his Elements of Christian Theology, has
given a large commentary on the 39 Articles, la-
bours to prove that the seventeenth admits of an
Arminian sense, and writes against Calvinism with
the virulence of a man who does not understand
it. He has also published a second work, which
he calls a Refutation of Calvinism — a strange title
for a book avowedly written by a dignitary of that
18^2 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
church, whose founders were Calvinists, and one
of whose articles, prepared by them in its natural
and obvious meaning-, announces the characteristi-
cal doctrines of Calvinism. I waited with much
impatience for this book : but was greatly disap-
pointed with its contents. It contains hardly any
general reasoning ; it is chiefly a collection and ex-
position of texts, which have been often brought
forward by Arminian writers ; and a repetition of
that abuse which they are in the habit of pouring
forth lupon those who differ from them. The book
has already past through many editions, and meet-
ing the prejudices and wishes of a great body of
the English clergy, is extremely popular in Eng-
land. But it is by no means formidable in point
of argument : and however much it may be ad-
mired by those who wish to believe the system
which it professes to support, it will not shake the
creed of any person well instructed in the funda-
mental principles of Calvinism.
While therefore the members of the church of
Scotland, by subscribing the Confession of Faith,
find themselves equally restrained from avowing
Arminian and Arian tenets, the members of the
church of England continually use that liberty
which they consider as left to them, and think
that they adhere to the orthodox faith of their
church, when they defend the doctrine of the
Trinity and the doctrine of Atonement, although
they disclaim the literal Calvinistic interpretation
of the seventeenth article. Amongst the minis-
ters of the established church of England, there
are some who adopt this interpretation, and who
upon that account are called doctrinal Calvinists,
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 183
There are Universalists, who, without entering far-
ther into the disputed points, consider the benefit
of the death of Christ as extending to all, either
by the general resurrection, or by the general of-
fer of pardon upon easy terms ; and there are
others who scruple not to avow their attachment
to all the parts of the Arminian doctrine.
It might be thought that in the church of Rome
the infallibility of the Pope would furnish an ef-
fectual antidote against theological controversy.
Yet, even in that church, the questions in dilute
between the Arminians and Calvinists have never
been decided ; and large bodies of Roman Catho-
lics have received distinguishing names from the
tenets which they hold in relation to these ques-
tions. The church of Rome was inclined, by the
whole system of its corruptions, as well as by its
antipathy to the first reformers, to adhere to the
Semi-Pelagian doctrine. The council of Trent
was summoned in the sixteenth century, to give a
decent colour to these corruptions, and to crush
the Reformation. But the fear of offending the
Dominicans, who held the doctrine of Augustine,
restrained the council from openly avowing the
Semi-Pelagian doctrine ; and their decree upon
this point, like many other wary decisions of that
pretended oracle, is expressed with such obscurity
and ambiguity, as to leave the matter undecided.
The learning of the Jesuits, whose order arose
about the middle of the sixteenth century, was
employed, from the time of their institution, to
overturn the doctrine of the reformers ; and the
term scientia media, invented by Molina, and intro-
duced in the year 1588 into the controversy con-
184 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
cerning predestination, was generally adopted by
his brethren. The Jesuits were in this manner op-
posed to the Dominicans ; and the controversy has
been the occasion of many distractions and con-
vulsions in the church of Rome, which the autho-
rity of succeeding Popes has been unable to sup-
press, and which their wisdom has not found an
expedient method of healing. The Dominicans
received, about the middle of the seventeenth cen-
tury, very powerful aid from Jansenius, who, in a
book entitled Augustinus, gave a full and faithful
picture of the sentiments of Augustine, upon the
corruption of human nature, predestination, and
divine aid. This exhibition of the sentiments of
Augustine demonstrated, that the Jesuits, the most
zealous supporters of a church which professes the
highest veneration for that father, had, upon these
subjects, departed very far from his doctrine. The
Jesuits, who saw that their credit was in danger of
being shaken by this discovery, exerted their in-
fluence at different times, in procuring from the
Popes a condemnation of the book of Jansenius.
His followers have often endured persecution ; and
the boasted unity of the Koman church was inter-
rupted, both in the seventeenth and eighteenth cen-
turies, by the bitterest contests between those who,
from adhering to the interpretation which Molina
gave of this intricate subject, were known by the
name of Molinists, and those who, having received
the knowledge of the doctrine of Augustine from
the book of Jansenivis, are called Jansenists.
The private passions which mingled their influ-
ence with the controversies relating to predestina-
tion, either in the Roman or in the Protestant church.
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 185
are of no importance to a fair inquirer after truth.
But it is impossible to look back upon the various
forms of agitating the same questions which have
presented themselves to us in this short review,
without perceiving, that however strongly the hu-
man mind is disposed to inquire into the subject,
there is much intricacy in the questions connected
with it, and little probability of arriving at those
clear and short conclusions which may prevent fu-
ture dispute.
Hence, upon this subject, as upon the subject of
the Trinity, there are two very important lessons
that naturally result from all our researches, which
I may be allowed to take this opportunity of im-
pressing upon the minds of my students. The first
lesson is, that they should beware of engaging the
people to whom they may be called to discourse, in
those thorny speculations from which they may find
it impossible to disentangle themselves, and where
the incapacity of perceiving the truth may engender
errors very hurtful to their comfort and their vir-
tue. The secret will of God appears, from the very
nature of the expression, to form no part of the
business of preaching. Our commission is to declare
to the people his revealed will : and although it may
often be impossible for us to explain particular pas-
sages of Scripture, or to treat of some of the pecu-
liar doctrines of Christianity, without a reference to
the doctrine of predestination ; yet care ought to be
taken to present only those clear unembarrassed
views of that doctrine which naturally connect with
practice, never to amuse the people with an account
of the abuses of the doctrine, but to say what we
judge proper to say of it in such a manner as to be
186 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
assured that they shall learn no such abuse from us ;
and to endeavour, above all things, to leave upon
their minds a strong impression of these most im-
portant truths, that however certain the doctrine of
predestination is in general, the only certainty which
any individual can attain of his predestination is in-
separably joined with the distinguished exercise of
every Christian grace ; and that all the hearers of
the Gospel are required, both by the nature of the
thing, and by the constant tenor of Scripture, to try
themselves, whether they are in the number of the
elect, by the fruits of their election.
The second lesson which naturally results from
our researches upon this subject is, that men of spe-
culation should exercise mutual forbearance. It is
not a matter of surprise, that persons of the most
enlightened minds should now differ upon points
which have divided the opinions of mankind ever
since they began to speculate. It is not to be sup-
posed that all the consequences which may be shown
to flow from any system are held by every one who
defends that system ; for he may either not see that
the consecpiences arise, or he may find some me-
thod of evading them. The Calvinists are not an-
swerable for the various abuses of their doctrine
which gave birth to the Fanatics and Antinomians
of different ages ; for they are able to show that
in all these abuses their doctrine is perverted. Nor
are the Arminians to be charged with those im-
worthy conceptions of the Deity wdiich to many ap-
pear inseparable from their system ; for they mean
to place the justice and goodness of God in the most
honourable light ; and it appears to them that they
err on the safe side, and that thev derive a suffi-
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 187
cient excuse from the sublimity of the subject, and
the weakness of our faculties, if, in their zeal to
maintain the honour of the moral attributes of the
Deity, they seem to derogate from his sovereignty
and independence.
While our researches upon this subject suggest
these two lessons, there are also two rules to be
observed in reading upon this controversy, which
are rendered necessary by the manner of its being
handled in former times. The first is, not to form
an opinion of either system from the writings of
those who oppose it, but to do both sides the jus-
tice of considering what they say for themselves. The
Arminians and the Calvinists are very much upon
a footing in respect of the foul abuse which they
have poured upon one another. But it should al-
ways be remembered, and, as far as my observation
goes, it is a rule which you may safely follow in
reading upon every subject, that from whomsoever
abuse proceeds, it deserves to be treated with equal
contempt ; that if it is not a sure mark of the weak-
ness of the reasoning with which it is connected,
it certainly does not make the reasoning stronger ;
and that every candid reader sets aside all the ex-
pressions of mutual reproach, which find a place in
the discussion of any question, as of no avail to
the argument.
The second rule which is necessary in reading
upon this controversy, is not to think yourselves
obliged to defend every position of those writers
whose general system you approve, or every view of
the subject which they may have presented, and to
beware of conceiving any prejudice against the truth,
because you find it impossible to adopt all that has
188 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
been said by the friends of the truth. It has hap-
pened that many Calvinists in former times, with
gloomy notions of the Deity, with a slender know-
ledge of philosophy, and with much animosity against
their adversaries, have exhibited their system in a
dress very little fitted to recommend it to the world ;
and it is common with Arminian writers to give a
picture of that system in a number of the most ex-
ceptionable passages quoted from books of those
times. This is an art very likely to succeed with
men who have not leisure or capacity to inquire ;
and I have no doubt that the disrespectful terms in
which Calvinism is often mentioned by many shal-
low thinkers, and even by some respectable clergy-
men in the church of England, arises entirely from
their having read such quotations, and perhaps little
more, upon the subject.
Although the style of writing upon this contro-
versy, which occurs in many books, renders these
rules necessary, it is our happiness to live in a more
enlightened and polished age, when the asperity of
former times is universally condemned, when the
views of men are very much enlarged, and when
Calvinism has formed an alliance with philosophy.
The celebrated metaphysician Leibnitz, who flourish-
ed in the beginning of the eighteenth century, al-
though a member of the Lutheran church, illustrat-
ed and established the doctrine of philosophical ne-
cessity, or the perfect consistency of the freedom of
a moral agent with the infallible determination of
his conduct, which is the foundation of Calvinism.
There is a small book of his entitled, " Essais de
Theodicee, sur la bonte de Dieu, la liberte de Thom-
me, et I'origine du mal," which contains almost all
HISTORY OF CALVINISM. 189
the principles upon which I have rested the defence
of the Calvinistic tenets. Wolfius trod in the steps
of Leibnitz. Canzius published a book, entitled
** Philosophiae Leibnitianae et Wolfianee usus in
Theologia per praecipua fidei capita;" and several
systems of theology, written in the course of the
eighteenth century, by divines of the Reformed
churches on the continent, as Wyttenbach, and Stap-
fer, and by Edwards in America, have applied the
philosophy of Leibnitz and Wolfius to explain and
vindicate the doctrines of Calvin. These doctrines,
instead of appearing liable to that charge of absur-
dity, which the Arminian writers in all times, and
even in the present day, have not scrupled in oppro-
brious terms to advance, now assume a rational and
philosophical form, and appear to be a consistent
whole, arising out of a few leading ideas followed
out to their consequences : while the Arminians ap-
pear to be only half-thinkers, who stop short before
they arrive at the conclusion ; and although they
will not, like the Socinians, deny the principles, yet
refuse to follow the Calvinists in making the appli-
cation of them.
I have no difficulty in concluding the subject,
which has engaged our attention for so long a time,
by declaring it to be my conviction that the Calvin-
istic system is the most philosophical. The Armi-
nians indeed have often boasted that all the men of
learning and genius are on their side, and that those
only who choose to walk in trammels adhere to Cal-
vinism. But there is reason to think that the pro-
gress of philosophy will gradually produce a revolu-
tion in the minds of men ; that those opinions con-
cerning the nature of human liberty, and the extent
190 HISTORY OF CALVINISM.
of the providence of God, from which the Calvinistic
system is easily deduced, although they have not re-
ceived the countenance of Dr. Reid in his essays on
the active powers, will, even in opposition to his re-
spectable name, find a place in every system of pneu-
matics ; and that there will thus be diffused amongst
calm inquirers a more general impression that the
doctrine of the first reformers, with regard to pre-
destination, admits of a better defence than it receiv-
ed from them. It gives me particular satisfaction
to observe, that the late Dr. Horsley, bishop of St.
Asaph, one of the profoundcst scholars that ever
adorned the church of England, although he has not
adopted all the Calvinistic tenets, has laid down in
the most precise and satisfactory manner, those prin-
ciples from which all the tenets of Calvin that we
are obliged to hold appear to me readily to flow. In
a sermon upon providence and free agency, he has
declared his conviction with regard to the certain in-
fluence of motives as final causes, in reference to
which the mind puts forth its powers, and as the
means by which God governs the intelligent creation;
and also with regard to the infallible predetermina-
tion of those events which the Almighty in this man-
ner accomplishes. The friends of Calvinism require
nothing more. We may reject every tenet which
does not result from these principles ; and w^e may
solace ourselves under the scorn of many superficial
writers in the church of England who condemn what
they do not understand, with the countenance of this
respectable auxiliary, who, without declaring him-
self a partisan, has lent his assistance in clearing that
strong ground which every sound and able Calvinist
will now occupy.
6
191
BOOK V.
INDEX OF PARTICULAU QUESTIONS ARISING OUT OF OPINIONS
CONCERNING THE GOSPEL REMEDY, AND OF MANY OF THE
TECHNICAL TERMS IN THEOLOGY.
The fifth book is the conclusion of that part of my
course which is properly theological, and means to
present a short view of many particular questions
which have arisen out of the general principles, and
of the technical terms, which, having occurred in
discussing these questions, now form a part of the
language of theology. Some of the questions turn
upon the Nature of the Remedy ; much the greater
part upon the Extent and the Application of it. But
none of them will require to be handled with any
detail ; for the length to which they are spread out
in ordinary systems is only a repetition under differ-
ent forms of the same principles. My object is sim-
ply to furnish you with an index of the questions to
which they have been applied, and a vocabulary of
the language, which has acquired a currency amongst
the writers upon that science which you profess to
study.
192 REGENERATION — CONVERSION— FAITH.
CHAP. I.
REGENERATION — CONVERSION — FAITH.
To men considered as sinners, i, e. both guilty and
corrupt, the Gospel brings a remedy. The remedy
is of saving benefit only to those by whom it is em-
braced. It cannot be embraced unless it be known ;
but it is made known to all to whom the Gospel is
published ; and the intimation given by publishing
it, together with the invitation and the command to
embrace it which always accompanies the intimation,
has received, according to an expression frequent in
the Epistles, the name of a call. " God hath called
you by our Gospel to the obtaining of the glory of
our Lord Jesus Christ." 2 Thess. ii. 14.
The Arminians admit no other call but that which
is common to all who live in a Christian country,
and which is obeyed or rejected according to the dis-
position of the person who receives it. But the Cal-
vinists are led by their principles to make a distinc-
tion between external and effectual calling, in support
of which they quote these words of our Lord, —
" Many are called, but few are chosen." The exter-
nal call, which is addressed to all who live in a
Christian country, carries along with it such evidences
of the divine original of the Gospel, so striking an
exhibition of the love of God to mankind, and so
1
RKGEXERATION CONVERSION FAITH. 1 QS
strong an obligation upon every reasonable being to
attend, that it aggravates the condemnation of those
by whom it is rejected. But finding men alienated
from the life of God, corrupted in their understand-
ings, their will, and their affections, it has not the
effect of inducing them to embrace the remedy, un-
less it be accompanied by the operations of the Spirit
of God. These operations, in their full extent, are
peculiar to the elect for whom they were purchased,
and to whom they are applied through the mediation
of Christ ; and therefore to them only the external
call becomes effectual ; in other words, they only ac-
cept the invitation, and obey the command given
them by that call. The call is rendered effectual
with regard to them by the removal of that corrup-
tion which renders it ineffectual with regard to o-
thers ; — by a change of character, which, in respect
of the understanding, is such an illumination as
qualifies them for receiving knowledge; in respect of
the will, is an influence so powerful as effectually in-
clines them to follow the inducements that are pro-
posed in the word of God ; and in respect of the whole
soul, produces a refinement and elevation by which
the affections are determined to the worthiest ob-
jects. This introduction of the principles of a new
life, into those who are considered as spiritually dead,
is called, in conformity to Scripture language, rege-
neration.* It is also called conversion, a turning
men from that state of mind and those habits of
life, which enter into our view when we speak of
human nature as corrupt, to those sentiments and
habits which proceed from the Spirit of God.f And
* John iii. 3, 5. 2 Cor. v. 17- Ephes. iv. 22, 23, 24-.
t Matth. xviii. 3. Acts iii. 19 ; xv. 3. 1 Thess. i. 9-
VOL. III. O
194^ REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH.
it is evident that when a man is thus converted, all
the obstacles to his accepting the invitation in the
Gospel cease to exist, and the remedy there provided,
approving itself to his understanding and his heart,
is cordially embraced.
Infinite is the number of questions which have
been agitated in different periods concerning the
manner of this conversion. But as there are two
extremes in the opinions upon this subject, in the
middle between which the Calvinistic system pro-
fesses to lie, it is easy, without entering into any
detail as to the shades of difference that distin-
guish particular opinions, to apprehend the lead-
ing principles of those who lean to either extreme,
and to perceive the caution with which the Cal-
vinists keep clear of both. Upon the one side are
the Pelagians, the Semi- Pelagians, and all those
who, under whatever name, and with whatever mo-
difications, hold what has been called the Syner-
gistical system. That system derives its name
from representing man as co-operating with God
in his conversion, and the efficacy of the grace of
God as depending upon that co-operation. The
Calvinistic system is directly opposed to this ex-
treme ; and the principles which have been illus-
trated afford an answer to all the forms which the
Synergistical doctrine can assume. Upon the
other side lie all the degrees and shades of the
ancient mystical theology, which is now better
known by the name of fanaticism. The character
of that theology, and the manner of discriminating
Calvinism from an extreme to which it seems to
approach, are now to be illustrated.
The mystical spirit appeared very early in the
REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH. 195
Christian church. Its origin is to be traced not
so much to the peculiar doctrines of the Gospel,
as to the alliance which our religion very early
formed with the Platonic philosophy. Plato held
that the soul of man is an emanation from the su-
preme mind, at present imprisoned in the body,
detained by its connexion with matter, from hold-
ing communion with the Father of spirits, and ex-
posed by the contamination of surrounding objects
to the danger of being disqualified for returning
to its original. He taught, therefore, that it is the
duty of man by meditation and retirement, to dis-
entangle himself from his present fetters, and to
prepare his soul, by a gradual emancipation, for
the freer and happier life which awaits it after it
is raised above every thing terrestrial. This prin-
ciple, when applied with those qualifications and re-
strictions that are rendered necessary by the active
engagements of life, lays the foundation of magna-
nimity, of sentimental devotion, and of many ex-
ercises which contribute in a high degree to the
purification of the mind. But the principle is ea-
sily corrupted, and produces in men of warm ima-
ginations, of constitutional indolence, or of feeble
spirits, a variety of abuse, hurtful both to society
and to the character of the individual. It was
adopted in the third century by Origen, a zealous
disciple of the Platonic school. Finding a ready
admission with many learned Christians who had
been educated in that school, and being diffused
by the credit of Origen's writings through a great
part of the Christian world, it early began to pro-
duce those corruptions, which, under different names,
196 REGENERATION— CONVERSION FAITH.
and with very diiferent effects, have continued from
that time to the present day.
From this Platonic principle, incorporated with
the doctrines of the Gospel, proceeded the whole
race of hermits and monks, who, beginning with
Paul the hermit in the third century, spread over
all parts of Christendom, and have left traces of
their existence in every land. Some lived in soli-
tude ; others in small societies ; but all professed,
by a life of abstemiousness, mortification and pe-
nance, to raise their souls to a more intimate com-
munion with the Deity than is granted to ordinary
men. From the same principle proceeded the pre-
tences to immediate inspiration, assumed by men,
who, continuing to live in the world, were con-
ceived to be in this manner exalted above their
neighbours as the favourites of heaven.
It is the province of ecclesiastical history to
mark the shades of difference between the philo-
sophy of the ancient Mystics, the pretended theur-
gy or magic of the followers of Paracelsus, the
bloody, turbulent, levelling spirit which appeared
in Germany at the time of the Reformation, the
peaceful submissive spirit of the Quakers, who
arose in the seventeenth century, the presumptu-
ous familiarity in the language and tenets of An-
tonia Bourignon, against which our church guards
her ministers under the name of Bourignionism,
and the blasphemous incomprehensible jargon of
Jacob Behmen. Whatever were their points of
difference, they all agreed in the general character
of fanaticism, the pretending to such an immedi-
ate communication with the Deitv as furnished an
REGENERATION — CONVERSION FAITH. 1 97
inward light, to the guidance of which they resigned
themselves.
Some fanatics have approached so near to Deisti-
cal principles, as to believe that there is an inward
light common to all men, and sufficient, without any-
extraordinary revelation, to bring those who follow
it to eternal life. Others, among whom is the cele-
brated Barclay, the author of the apology for the
Quakers, treading in the steps of the advocates for
universal redemption, consider this inward light as.
one of the benefits of the Gospel, procured for man-
kind by the interposition of Jesus Christ, but ex-
tending to all in every country, whether they have
heard of the Gospel or not, and given with equal
liberality to every man to be excited and improved
by his own endeavours. And there are fanatics,
who, adhering to the Calvinistic ideas, with regard
to the extent of the remedy, consider this inward
light as peculiar to the elect. The ancient mystics,
who had learned in the Platonic school to regard the
Son as the reason and wisdom of the Father, and to
call him by the names, ^w?, copa, considered the in-
ward light vouchsafed to men as a portion of this
reason or wisdom, an emanation from Christ the
true light ; and many modern fanatics, retaining
this idea, although ignorant of the philosophical lan-
guage from which it arose, and applying it to the
Scripture phrases, " Christ dwelling in us, Christ
formed in us," are accustomed to call the inward
light to which they pretend, the hidden Christ, or
the Christ within : while other fanatics, who, with
the generality of Christians, regard the Holy Ghost
as a distinct person, the fountain and distributer of
spiritual influences, mean by the inward light the
198 REGENERATION CONVERSION — FAITH.
operation of the Spirit upon the mind. But whe-
ther the inward light be conceived as proceeding
from the action of the Spirit or the inhabitation of
the Son, — whether it be conceived as the portion of
all men, or as peculiar to the favourites of heaven,
this is the general character of what we call fanati-
cism, that the inward light is understood to be a
perfect guide to those who enjoy it, and the only-
guide which they are obliged to follow. Religion,
with them, consists entirely of feeling, an inexpres-
sible delight, which supersedes or renders in a great
measure insignificant, every thing external. It ap-
pears to them of little importance whether the un-
derstanding be informed, provided the heart be
touched. They are more solicitous about the alle-
gorical sense which the Scriptures may receive, than
about the facts or reasonings contained in them.
They consider Christ without, or the facts recorded
in the history of his life, and the precepts delivered
in his ^own discourses and the writings of his
apostles, as furnishing a directory of a very inferior
kind to Christ within them. They undervalue the
ordinances of religion ; they think it better patient-
ly to wait for the illapse of the Spirit than to make
any exertion of their own ; and they rank the most
punctual performance of the great duties of justice
and benevolence very far below certain sentiments
and emotions, by which they consider the Deity as
manifesting himself to their souls, as vouchsafing of
his special love a revelation not granted to other
men, and as maintaining that communion with them
by which they are effectually called, separated from
sinners, and made partakers of a divine nature.
This is fanaticism, the distinguishing feature of
REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH. 1 99
some societies, both of ancient and of modern date,
and some tincture of which may often be met with
among those who belong to the established church.
It is a very dangerous spirit, because it tends to sub-
stitute, in place of that clear, precise rule, which the
word of God delivers to all, something which is un-
defined and unknown, something which, depending
in a great measure upon bodily constitution, is very
much what every man chooses to make it. It tends
to beget presumption in men of warm imaginations,
and the deepest despair in persons of feeble spirits
and of constitutional melancholy. It nourishes ar-
rogance, and a contempt of others ; and it has often
relaxed the obligations of morality, by holding forth
an ideal perfection, a spiritual communion, an ap-
proach of the soul to God, as better than the calm
and uniform performance of those things which are
good and profitable to men.
It is of very great importance that those, who
declai'e their assent to the Calvinistic system, and
who are bound to make that system the rule of their
public teaching, should not confound it with fana-
ticism, but should perceive the clear and strong line
by which the two are discriminated. Calvinism
adopts as one of its fundamental principles an im-
mediate action of God upon the soul, and in this re-
spect it appears to agree with fanaticism. But the
distinction is this ; that immediate action of God,
upon which Calvinism proceeds, is such an action as
restores the whole nature of man ; not merely ex-
citing sentiments and emotions, but conveying light
to his understanding, invigorating his powers of
action, and calling forth into exercise all those prin-
ciples which unite in forming the constitution of a
200 REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH.
reasonable and moral agent. This action is conceiv-
ed to be so entirely the work of God, as to admit,
at the time of its being first exerted, of no co-opera-
tion from the being whose nature is restored ; and
hence the Calvinistic system stands in direct opposi-
tion to the Pelagian and Semi-Pelagian doctrine.
But the very purpose of the action is to give the
being who is restored the capacity of co-operating
in the production of an end ; and that end is accom-
plished by various means which are exhibited, that
thej^ may operate upon him according to the laws of
his nature, and by various exertions which, being
the effect of the restoration of his faculties through
the grace imparted to him, have no worth or value
except what they derive from that grace, but still
are as much his own exertions, as if they had been
performed by the original vmassisted powers of his
nature. In this kind of action there is no danger
of delusion ; no disjunction of emotion from know-
ledge, for the heart is addressed through the under-
standing ; no encouragement to undervalue the word
of God and the ordinances of religion, for these are
the means by which the Spirit operates ; no temp-
tation to neglect the duties of morality, for these
are the fruits of the Spirit. And thus Calvinism is
manifestly discriminated from fanaticism, by the na-
ture and the effects of that action which it repre-
sents the Father of Spirits as exerting upon the
soul.
It is readily admitted by the Calvinists, that God
may act upon the mind of man in what manner he
pleases ; and the account which they give of the
conversion of those who are elected, but who by their
situation are excluded from the outward means of
REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH. 201
conversion, discovers that, in their opinion, the so-
vereignty of divine grace is unlimited. For as they
hold that God, who in the ordinary course of his
providence makes use of means, is free to work
without, above, and against them at his pleasure ;
so they hold also that elect infants, and other elect
persons who are incapable of being outwardly called by
the ministry of the word, " are regenerated by Christ
through the Spirit, who worketh when, and where,
and how he pleaseth." But while the Calvinists,
according to their own principles, consider the Al-
mighty as in no respect restrained by the means
which he himself has appointed, they consider the
use of outward means as the ordinary course of his
procedure in converting those who are within their
reach, as appointed with wisdom, and as deriving
from his appointment an authority which renders
it unwarrantable and presumptuous in any person
to set up a private rule in preference to them. Ac-
cordingly, our Confession of Faith declares that no-
thing is, at any time, to be added to the Scriptures,
whether by new revelations of the Spirit, or tradi-
tions of men ; and that the Supreme Judge, by which
all private spirits, all pretences to inward illumina-
tion, are to be examined, can be no other but the
Holy Spirit speaking in the Scriptures. *
When we attend to the general strain of Scrip-
ture, to which we are directed as the judge by which
all private spirits are to be examined, we find it op-
posite to fanaticism. In Scripture the words of
truth and soberness are delivered ; facts are related
with minuteness ; evidence is distinctly proposed ;
* Confession of Faith, i. 6;, 10.
20^ REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH.
knowledge is conveyed to the understanding ; ordi-
nances are appointed for the benefit of all ; precepts
are given for the direction of all ; and men are con-
ducted as rational beings, by the exercise of their
own powers, to that temper of mind and those ac-
tions which are connected with salvation.
The general strain of Scripture is so opposite to
fanaticism, that it appears at first sight to favour
the Pelagian or Semi-Pelagian doctrine. We meet
everywhere with commands, as if the being address-
ed were able to obey them ; with counsels, as if
nothing more than moral suasion were necessary to
overcome his unwillingness ; with various expres-
sions of the connexion between his duty and his
happiness, as if his everlasting condition depend-
ed upon his own exertions. These conclusions in-
deed are soon found to be too hasty, because we
meet also with descriptions of his condition, which
imply that he is of himself unable to do any thing,
and with promises of a supernatural influence, which
is represented as the only sufficient cause of his con-
version. But we must not, in our zeal against Pe-
lagianism, allow these descriptions and promises to
drive us into fanaticism, for then we render the
commands, the counsels, and the promises unmean-
ing. The true medium between the two extremes
is that which the Calvinists endeavour to hold, when
they consider a man who is regenerated by the grace
of God, as restored to the full possession and the
renewed exercise of all his faculties, to a state in
which truth illuminates his mind, the influence of
moral inducements is felt, the exercises of devotion
conspire with education and moral discipline in re-
fining his character, the worthiest objects engage
REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH. 203
his affections, the most honourable and useful em-
ployments fill up his time, and he is led, in a man-
ner corresponding with his reasonable nature and
with the condition assigned him in this world, to
that happiness which is prepared for him in ano-
ther.
The views which have been given are the best
preservative against that spirit which we call fana-
ticism. For according to these views, that cordial
acceptance of the Gospel remedy, which is known
in theological language by the name of faith, al-
though the fruit of the operation of the Holy Spirit,
is attained by the same rational procedure as any
other abiding sentiment. The word of God, the
ordinances of religion, the opportunities of informa-
tion and improvement, habits of attention and do-
cility, the dispositions of a good and honest heart,
and the virtues of an active life, all have their pro-
per value, and conspire in their place, under the di-
rection of the Spirit of God from whom they pro-
ceed, to the effectual application of that remedy
which his love has provided.
According to the Calvinistic system, the faith
which is produced by the action of God upon the
soul, is not a sudden impulse, a solitary act, a tran-
sient emotion, but a habit or permanent state of
mind, proceeding upon many previous acts, and em-
bracing many kindred dispositions. As it implies
an exercise of the understanding illuminated by the
Spirit of God, it supposes previous knowledge ; a
knowledge of the facts which constitute the histoiy
of our religion, of the arguments which constitute
the evidence of it, of the doctrines and precepts
which constitute the substance of it. Hence arises
204 REGENEx^ATION CONVERSION FAITH.
the propriety of that instruction continually address-
ed by the reading and preaching of the word to those
in whom faith may be produced. Hence we con-
demn both the blind implicit faith, which the church
of Rome requires by human authority from those
whom she studies to keep in ignorance ; and also
that contempt of knowledge, and that entire depend-
ence upon present emotions which are the charac-
ters of fanaticism. And in thus representing faith
as a rational act, we follow the direction of our
Lord, who commands Christians to " search the
Scriptures ;" * and the direction of Peter, who ex-
horts them to " be ready always to give an answer
to every one that asketh a reason of the hope that
is in them." f
On the other hand, it appears from what has
been stated, that a knowledge of the facts of our re-
ligion, and an assent upon evidence to its truth, is
not the whole of faith. For the Gospel does not
contain general propositions, which may be suppos-
ed to find at all times a ready admission into a spe-
culative mind, and concerning which nothing more
is required than to perceive that they are true ; but
its peculiar character being this, that it brings a re-
medy for the present state of moral evil, the mind,
according to the view of human nature upon which
the Calvinistic system proceeds, is not disposed to
accept of the remedy until a change upon the will
and the affections be produced by the Spirit of God.
Hence faith stands opposed to that love of sin which
produces an aversion to the remedy, to that love of
the world which produces an indifference about it.
* John V. 39. t I Pet. iii. 1 5.
REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH. 20.5
to that pride and self-confidence which make it ap-
pear unnecessary ; and faith implies what our Lord
calls " a good and honest heart," humbleness of
mind, poverty of spirit, hungering and thirsting af-
ter righteousness, all those moral dispositions, which
lead us with cordiality and thankfulness to embrace
that method of being delivered from the evils of sin
which the Gospel reveals. Hence arises the pro-
priety of the many exhortations to faith which the
Scriptures contain, and which the preaching of the
word continually enforces ; hence, too, the jDropriety
of representing faith in Christ as a duty, for the ne-
glect of which men are justly condemned, while in
other places it is called the gift of God. For as the
exhortations to faith are one of the instruments em-
ployed in producing that change out of which it
arises, so the want of those moral dispositions with
which it is connected is a proof of that depravity of
mind, which, from whatever cause it proceeds, is,
to every intelligent being who observes it, an ob-
ject of the highest moral disapprobation.
As the Greek word rendered faith, 'xiang, is a
general term, denoting in its primary meaning
persuasion, or credit given to testimony, and ad-
mitting of various applications, it is not always
used in Scripture in that precise and full sense
which has now been stated. Divines are accus-
tomed to enumerate four kinds of faith. The
faith of miracles, or that persuasion of the power
of their master, and that immediate impulse which
enabled many of the first Christians to perform, in
his name, works far exceeding human strength ;
a kind of faith, which is expressly declared in
Scripture to have no natural connexion with
1
206 REGENERATION — CONVERSION FAITH.
moral qualifications, and to give no assurance of
salvation. " Though I have all faith," says Paul,
" so that I could remove mountains, and have not
charity, I am nothing."* Historical faith, or
the assent given to truths, the evidence of which
the understanding is unable to resist. So it is
said, that " the devils believe and tremble ;"f
and it is conceived that a man may be able to
give the most distinct exposition of the arguments
for Christianity, and the most satisfying solution
of every objection, while in his will and affections
he is an enemy to the cross of Christ. Tempo-
rary faith, or those emotions of admiration, joy,
and gratitude, and those purposes of obedience
which are excited by the counsels or promises of
Scripture, or by particular exhibitions of the grace
of the Gospel. Of this kind is the faith describ-
ed by our Lord in one part of his exposition of
the parable of the sower ; the faith of many who
followed him, of whom it is said at some times that
they believed, although their conduct discovers
that they retained all their evil passions ; and the
faith of a great part of the hearers of the Gospel,
who are not wholly unmoved by the calls which
they receive, because the sentiments of human
nature are not obliterated from their breasts, and
yet upon whose conduct these calls do not appear
to have any abiding influence. Saving faith, which
is considered by the Arminians as distinguished
from temporary faith only by its duration. Faith,
according to their system, originates in the fa-
vourable reception which the mind gives to the
* 1 Cor. xiii. 2. t James ii. 19-
REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH. SO?
grace of God. When it is lost by a change upon
the character of him in whom it was begun, it
appears to be temporary ; when it continues dur-
ing the whole of his life, it appears to be saving.
But the Calvinists are led by their principles to
consider saving faith as of a different species from
that which is temporary ; as originating in the
operation of the Spirit of God upon those in whom
he carries his purpose into execution ; as a prin-
ciple which cannot be lost, and whose fruit en-
dures to everlasting life. As it presupposes know-
ledge and assent to the revelation of the Gospel,
it has a respect to all the parts of that revelation ;
and as it implies a firm reliance upon the pro-
mises of God in general, it has a special regard
to that declaration which is characteristical of the
Gospel, that Jesus Christ came into the world to
save sinners. " This saying," every one that be-
lieves in Christ to the saving of his soul accounts
" faithful," i. e. deserving credit, " and worthy of
all acceptation,*' i. e. deserving to be cordially
and thankfully embraced. The acceptance of this
saying has been often expressed by the following
phrases, all of which derive some countenance
from Scripture ; resting upon Christ, laying hold
of him, flying for refuge to him, coming to him,
trusting in him, receiving him. From the poverty
of language, all these expressions are figurative,
and consequently liable to abuse. But provided
the figure contained in them be not tortured, and
provided it be always remembered in the use of
them that faith in Christ does not omit any part of
the revelation concerning him, but embraces his
208 REGENERATION CONVERSION FAITH.
whole character, they may serve to mark with sig-
nificancy and precision that state of mind, and
those sentiments which are the first fruit of the
operation of the Spirit of God in the conversion of
a sinner.
JUSTIFICATION. :209
CHAP. 11.
JUSTIFICATION.
Upon the condition of those in whom the opera-
tion of the Spirit produces saving faith, there is a
change which in Scripture is called justification ;
and that notion of justification by faith which
arises out of the Catholic opinion concerning the
nature of the remedy, and the Calvinistic tenets
concerning the extent and the application of it,
may be thus shortly stated.
The sufferings of the Lord Jesus were endured
in the stead of those whom God from eternity de-
creed to bring to salvation ; their sins were im-
puted to him as their substitute, and he bore them
in his body on the tree. In all that he suffered
and did there was a merit, which the apostle, Rom.
V. 1 8, calls sv dixaiMfj^u, one righteousness, and upon
account of which he says, 1 Cor. i. 30, x^/grog lyzm^n
rifitv duaioem. When those for whom Christ suffer-
ed believe on him, this righteousness is imputed to
them, ^. e. counted as theirs in the judgment of
God. Considered in themselves they are guilty
and deserve to suffer, but by means of the imputa-
tion of this righteousness they are completely ac-
quitted from the punishment due to their sins, be-
VOL. 111. P
210 JUSTIFICxVTION.
cause it was endured for them hy the Lord Jesus,
and they acquire a right to eternal life, because it
was purchased for them by his obedience. Ac-
cording to the notion now stated justification is
purely a forensic act, i. e. the act of a judge sitting
in the forum, the place of judgment, in which the
supreme ruler and judge, who is accountable to
none, and who alone knows the manner in which
the ends of his universal government can best be
attained, reckons that which was done by the sub-
stitute in the same manner as if it had been done
by those who believe in the substitute ; and not
upon account of any thing done by them, but
purely upon account of this gracious method of
reckoning, grants them the full remission of their
sins. In this forensic sense of the word we un-
derstand the apostle to say, Rom. iii. 26, that God
is " the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus ;"
and Rom. iv. 5, that " to him that worketh not,
but believeth on him that jvistifieth the ungodly, his
faith is counted for righteousness," or as in the 6th
verse, " God imputeth," reckoneth to him, " right-
eousness without works."
This is the great doctrine of justification by faith,
which was preached by all the first reformers, which
they thought they derived from Scripture, and which
they opposed with zeal and with success to the fol-
lowing tenets of the church of Rome, upon which a
great part of the corruptions of that church appear-
ed to them to rest.
In the doctrine of the church of Rome justification
was considered not as a forensic act, altering the
condition of those who believe, but as an infusion of
righteousness into their souls, making them inter-
JUSTIFICATION. 211
nally and personally just. It was in this way equi-
valent to what we call sanctification ; and two things,
which we consider as connected by an indissoluble
bond, yet as totally distinct from one another, were
confounded. By this confusion the remission of sins
was understood to comprehend taking away the stain
as well as the guilt of sin ; and the merit of the suf-
ferings and obedience of Christ was, in this sense,
understood to be imputed or communicated to those
who believe that by the merciful appointment of God,
it procured that grace which renewed their hearts
and made them conformable to the image of Christ ;
so that his righteousness was only the remote cause
of their acceptance with God, but the immediate
cause was their personal righteousness, or that like-
ness to him which is obtained through his media-
tion.
Further, while the reformers considered all sins
that were past as completely forgiven upon account
of the satisfaction of Christ, the church of Rome,
which considered remission as grounded upon a re-
moval of the pollution of sin, thought that a part of
the punishment remains to be endured by the sin-
ner ; that the satisfaction of Christ, which alone is
sufficient to deliver from future and eternal punish-
ment those who are justified, is applied to their souls
and rendered effectual for that purpose by the cala-
mities which God sends them in this life, by the pe-
nances to which they submit, or by the torments en-
dured in that intermediate state, where they are sup-
posed to undergo a purification before they enter in-
to heaven. All acts of mortification and every kind
of affliction were thus regarded as a satisfaction of-
fered on our part to the justice of God, deriving in-
^12 JUSTIFICATION.
deed all its acceptableness in the sight of God from
what Christ has done, but concurring with the merits
of Christ in our justification.
From the place assigned to personal righteousness,
and to personal suffering in our justification, flowed
the grossest corruptions in the church of Rome. The
first reformers, therefore, regarding these corruptions
with indignation, wisely and boldly attacked them
in their principle, by dwelling upon the doctrine of
justification by faith. According to this doctrine,
the righteousness of Christ is the only impulsive or
meritorious cause of our being justified with God ;
faith is only the instrument by which this righte-
ousness is applied to us so as to be counted as ours;
and the effect of this imputation is a complete re-
mission of the punishment, as well as of the guilt, of
sin ; so that all the calamities, which they who are
justified may be called to suffer, are fatherly chastise-
ments, expressions of love, a salutary discipline mi-
nistering to their improvement, but in no respect a
punishment or a satisfaction for sin.
Many of the sects into which the Protestants were
afterwards divided, not being called immediately to
combat the errors of popery, did not see the necessity
of adhering to all the parts of this doctrine of the first
reformers, and were led by the general principles of
the systems which they adopted to depart from it
more or less. The Socinians, who consider the Gos-
pel merely as a declaration of the mercy of God, a
lesson of righteousness, and a promise of eternal life,
exclude the satisfaction of Christ altogether ; and
finding no necessity and no place for the imputation
of his righteousness, they hold that, as all who re-
pent are forgiven, so Christians are said to be justi-
JUSTIFICATION. 213
fied by faith, or a reliance upon the promise which
God has made to them through Christ, because this
faith is the principle of that evangelical obedience
which, through the essential goodness of God, will
be crowned with eternal life. The Arminians, who
retain the doctrine of the atonement, admit that the
righteousness of Christ imputed to us is the only me-
I'itorious cause of our justification. But as this right-
eousness is imputed only to those who believe, and
as faith, according to the Arminians, is the fruit of
that favourable reception which the mind of him who
believes is naturally disposed to give to the grace of
God, faith is considered by them not merely as an
instrument by which the righteousness of Christ is
applied, but as an act implying the possession of that
honesty of heart, and those good dispositions which,
for the sake of Christ, are counted to us as righte-
ousness. The Roman Catholics and the Arminians
in this point agree ; both ascribing to faith, not the
merit of our justification, but that intrinsic value
which is a preparation and predisposition for our be-
ing justified. They said, in the language of the
schools, Jidemjustificare dispositive; that a man, by
having faith^ sues voluntatis motu prceparari et dis^
poni ad justificationis gratiam consequendam. The
Calvinists, on the other hand, considering all those
dispositions, which go along with faith, as originat-
ing in the grace which is conferred by God, do not
ascribe to them any co-operation with that grace in
the act of justification; but as they read in Scrip-.
ture that we are justified not ha. rnv mcnv, but dia inffrsajg,
sK ^(fTsuc, SO they say that faith justifies organice^ ifi-
strumentaliter ; and it appears to them that the
very reason why our justification is ascribed to faith,
214 JUSTIFICATION.
and not to other Christian virtues, is, that while o-
bedience, charity, and repentance, have an intrinsic
merit, something independent of any object foreign
to themselves, which might be regarded as the ground
of our acceptance, faith in Christ, by its very nature,
looks beyond itself, and instead of presenting any
thing of which the person who believes can boast,
implies a reliance upon the merit of another : and
this they understand to be the meaning of that ex-
pression of the Apostle, Rom. iv. 16, " It is of faith,
that it might be by grace."
In the first paragraph of the eleventh chapter of
the Confession of Faith, the doctrine of justification
by faith is anxiously discriminated from all the errors
which I have enumerated. And in the fourth para-
graph of that chapter there is an allusion to an in-
accurate expression which occurs in the writings of
some who held this doctrine. They said that men
were justified from eternity ; thus confounding the
decree of election, which entered into the eternal
counsels of the Almighty, with that part of the exe-
cution of the decree which we mean by the act of
justification ; an act which pre-supposes that faith
which is the fruit of the Spirit, and therefore does
not take place until faith be produced.
There is another mode of expression which is
not a mere inaccuracy, but proceeds upon a differ-
ent view of the whole subject. It is said by the
Roman Catholics, and by many Protestants, that
no man is completely justified till the last day,
when he is delivered from all the effects of sin,
and put in possession of eternal life. But as the
Scripture often speaks of men being justified prior
to that day, a distinction is made between first and
.JUSTIFICATION. '215
second justificatioii. The Roman Catholics mean
by first justification, the infusion of personal right-
eousness by the Spirit of God into the soul : by
second justification, the reward conferred at the
last day upon the good works which flowed from
this infusion. Among the Protestants the distinc-
tion between first and second justification was men-
tioned by some of the followers of Socinus, and
has been ably and fully elucidated in a long essay
prefixed to Taylor's Commentary on the Epistle
to the Romans, entitled, A Key to the Apostolic
Writings. By first justification Taylor understands
the admission of the Gentile nations by the pub-
lication of the Gospel into the church of God, in
which they receive the promise of pardon through
the blood of Christ, the hope of eternal life, and
all the privileges which belong to the people of
God : by second, or final justification, he under-
stands our being actually qualified for, and put in
possession of eternal life, after we have duly im-
proved our first justification, or Christian privileges,
by a patient continuance in well-doing to the end.
According to this distinction, which is generally
adopted by those members of the church of Eng-
land who lean to Arminianism, justification is di-
vided into two parts, the one of which is an act of
grace common to all that hear the Gospel, and the
other is an exercise of distributive justice at the last
day ; and the connexion between the two parts is so
far from being infallible, that it depends entirely up-
on the exercise of our free will, and is dissolved with
regard to many by their abuse of those privileges
which others improve. But the Calvinists consider
themselves as warranted by the whole strain of Scrip-
216 JUSTIFICATION.
ture,to hold that the complete remission of all his past
sins, implied in the justification of a sinner, is accom-
panied with a security that, by the same grace through
which he was justified, he shall finally be saved. In
the Calvinistic scheme, therefore, justification does
not consist of two parts that may be disjoined, but is
one act of God peculiar to the elect, which extends
its benefits through the whole time of their abode
upon earth, and is the ground of eternal life being
adjudged to them at the last day.
To the implicit faith required in the church of
Rome, and to the delusions of fanaticism, we have
opposed this principle, that knowledge is essential to
the faith by which we are justified. From this
principle it follows, that none can be saved to whom
the knowledge of Christ is not conveyed : and hence
a question occurs concerning those men whose names
are often mentioned in Scripture with honour, but
who lived before our Saviour was born. We can
have no doubt that they pleased God upon earth, and
that they now dwell with him in heaven : but it is
asked whether they had the means of attaining that
knowledge, without which men cannot be justified
by faith in Christ. The Socinians, who depreciate
the services, the promises, and the precepts of the
Old Testament, that they may find a marked supe-
riority in the Gospel, without having recourse to the
doctrine of atonement, consider the saints under the
Old Testament as possessing advantages very little
superior to those which good men enjoy under any
other dispensation, as oppressed with a burdensome
ritual, which did not appear to them to have any
spiritual meaning, as having no encouragement to
I'egard as their Saviour that prophet whom their sa-
JUSTIFICATION. 217
cred books foretold, and as attaining to eternal life,
not through faith in him, but merely through the
goodness of God. As the harmony of the divine
works leads us to expect an intimate connexion be-
tween the two dispensations of religion, it may be
presumed a priori, that there is some defect in this
view of the condition of these men : and as, in va-
rious departments of the study of theology, there
are striking analogies between the preparatory dis-
pensation and that which was its completion, it can
hardly be supposed that that method of deliverance
from sin, which constitutes the character of the lat-
ter, was wholly unknown to those who were distin-
guished from the rest of the world by living under
the former. It is true that neither the moral, nor
the ceremonial, nor the judicial law, was of itself
sufficient to lay a foundation for faith in Christ. But
it is to be remembered that the dispensation, which
embraced these three parts, was given to the poste-
rity of that patriarch in whose family the promise
of a deliverer was to descend ; that it intervened be-
tween the promise and the fulfilment ; that its sub-
serviency to the fulfilment was explained by a suc-
cession of prophets, whose w^ords cherished the hope
of a deliverer, and unfolded the spiritual meaning
of all the preparation that was made for his com-
ing ; and that many of the ceremonies which were
continually repeated, while they represented the pol-
lution and the guilt of sin, could not appear to any
enlightened mind sufficient to remove them. Accord-
ingly, we learn from various expressions in Scrip-
ture, that there were in all ages of the Jewish church
just and devout men, who " waited for the consola-
tion of Israel," who looked through the figures, that
^18 JUSTIFICATION.
were for the time then present, to him who is the
end of the law, who expected forgiveness of those
breaches of the moral law, which they daily con-
fessed, through the virtue of the new covenant that
was announced to them, and who thus lived by the
faith of a Saviour to come. John viii. 56. Rom.
iii. 30. 1 Cor. x. 4. Gal. iii. 8, 9, 14. Luke ii.
25, 38.
To all who were thus enabled to look forward to
Christ he was " the Lord their righteousness."
For the blood of the Lamb, who was fore-ordained
before the foundation of the world, extends its effi-
cacy to the ages that are past, as well as to those
that are to come ; and through him all that lived
by faith under the Old Testament obtained full re-
mission of sins, and a right to eternal life, of which
they were put in possession immediately after death.
With regard to them, therefore, our doctrine is thus
expressed in the Confession of Faith ; the means by
which the covenant of grace was administered in
the time of the law, " were for that time sufficient
and efficacious, through the operation of the Spirit,
to instruct and build up the elect in faith in the
promised Messiah ; there are not two covenants of
grace diifering in substance, but one and the same
under various dispensations ; the justification of
believers under the Old Testament was in all re-
spects one and the same with the justification of be-
lievers under the New Testament."*
With regard to those in ancient times who knew
nothing of the Jewish law, and those in modern
times to whom the Gospel has not been published,
* Confession of Faiths vii. 5, 6 ; xi. 6.
JUSTIFICATION. glQ
we feel a greater difficulty, at least we do not find
ourselves so far enabled by Scripture to explain in
what manner they can be saved. For although it
is impossible that they could attain by any ordinary
means that knowledge which is essential to faith in
Christ, yet it is contrary to what we account the
fundamental principles of Christianity, to believe
that their actions, however useful to society, and
however highly esteemed by men, possessed such a
degree of perfection as to entitle them to acceptance
with God. But it does not necessarily follow from
the principles which we hold, that all such persons
are finally condemned, because we can conceive that
God may in some extraordinary manner convey to
the souls of those who are to be saved that knowledge
which he did not afford them the outward means of
acquiring : and we are disposed to consider Job as
an instance of this kind presented to us in Scripture ;
a man who appears to have had no acquaintance
with the Mosaic dispensation, and yet who attained
such an eminence of virtue as is honoured with the
divine approbation, and who discovers such an as-
sured hope of a final deliverance from all the evils
of sin, as implies that his soul was illuminated with
more than human knowledge. '^' There are number-
less ways in which the Father of spirits may extend
the knowledge of Christ to all those whose names
enter into the decree of election, whatever be the
circumstances in which they are placed ; and we
need not be surprised that the Scriptures give no
aid to our conjectures as to the time or the manner
of their illumination. For it may be observed in
general, that while we are fully instructed in every
* Job xix. 23—27. Confession of Faith, x. 3.
220 JUSTIFICATION.
thing which can serve to direct our conduct, we are
kept in the dark as to every thing that may-
serve only to gratify our curiosity ; and with
regard to this particular point, it appears that the
Scriptures give us no light for this reason, that
the condition and the fate of persons, who are
not favoured with the outward means of knowing
Christ, form no rule to us who enjoy them. What-
ever extraordinary revelation the mercy of God may
vouchsafe to men in a different situation, our ad-
vantages serve at once to point out our duty, and
to set bounds to our expectations ; and all that con-
cerns our everlasting peace is couched in the spirit
of those significant words, which our Lord puts in-
to the mouth of Abraham as an answer to the re-
quest of the rich man, who asked that Lazarus might
be sent from the other world to his father s house
to testify to his five brethren ; " they have Moses
and the prophets, let them hear them."
It is obvious, from the view which has been given
of the faith by which we are justified, that the doc-
trine of the perseverance of the saints necessarily re-
sults from the characteristical features of the Cal-
vinistic system. * All the arguments for the doc-
trine, and all the answers to the objections against
it which are to be found in the ordinary systems,
are only the application of principles which have al-
ready been stated ; and the Arminian and Calvinis-
tic exposition of the multitude of texts, which have
been quoted in the discussion of this question, turns
upon distinctions and general views which have fre-
quently occurred to us. For this reason, instead of
entering minutely into a question which would only
* Confession of Faith, xvii. 1.
JUSTIFICATION. S21
detain us with unnecessary repetitions, I shall pass
on to other questions, where the application of ge-
neral principles is less obvious.
If all those who are justified be effectually pre-
served by the Spirit of God, so that they cannot fall
from a state of grace, their final salvation, being cer-
tain, is an object of knowledge. It is known to God,
and it may be known by themselves. Accordingly,
we meet in Scripture with such expressions as the
following : " We know that we have passed from
death unto life. * I know whom I have believed,
and am persuaded that he is able to keep that which
I have committed unto him against that day. I have
fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I
have kept the faith. Henceforth there is laid up
for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord the
righteous judge shall give me at that day."f These,
and other expressions of the same kind, imply that
the apostle had a knowledge of his being to be
saved. It follows, consequently, that a similar
knowledge may be attained by other Christians.
This is called, in theological language, an assurance
of grace and salvation.:]:
The church of Rome deny that it is possible for
any man in a state of trial to attain this assurance ;
and they build some of the most gainful parts of
their traffic upon that perpetual doubt and uncer-
tainty with regard to our final condition, which they
profess in some degree to remove by the prayers of
the church, the merits of saints and martyrs, and
the absolution which priests pronounce in the name
of God.
* 1 John iii. 14. t 2 Tim. i. 12 ; iv. 7, 8.
X Confession of Faith, xviii. 2.
22^ JUSTIFICATION.
The Arminians, who do not ascribe the salvation
of men to the infallible effectual operation of the
Spirit of God, but consider it as at all times suspended
upon the co-operation of the human will, do not suj)-
pose it possible for any man to attain a greater cer-
tainty of salvation than this, that if he persist in
faith he shall be saved. It is the character of fana-
ticism to resolve this assurance into an impression
immediately made by the Spirit of God upon the
mind, overpowering the reason of man, and inde-
pendent of his exertions. But the Calvinists con-
ceive that an assurance with regard to his final con-
dition, very far beyond conjecture or probable con-
clusion, may be attained by a Christian without any
special revelation, in a manner consistent with the
full exercise of his rational powers. In forming this
conception, they are accustomed to distinguish be-
tween the direct and the reflex act of faith. By the
direct act of faith they mean that cordial acceptance
of the method of deliverance proposed in the Gos-
pel, by which a believer rests in the merits of Christ
for salvation. By the reflex act of faith they mean
the consciousness of the direct act, the knowledge
which he has that he believes ; by which conscious-
ness he is enabled to reason in this manner : the
Scripture declares that whosoever believes in Christ
shall obtain everlasting life ; but I know that I be-
lieve in Christ, therefore I know that I shall obtain
through him everlasting life.
This reflex act of faith, being subsequent to the
direct act, is not essential to it ; in other words, a
person may believe in Christ, and may be justified
by his faith, before he attain the assurance of his be-
ing in a justified state. In some this assurance is
JUSTIFICATION. 223
much weaker than in others ; in all it is liable to be
overcast and shaken by bodily infirmity, by their
own negligence, by affliction, by temptation, by that
visitation of God which the Scriptures call his hiding
his face from his people, and by occasional trans-
gression ; and in all it is accompanied with watch-
fulness, with fear of offending, and with a diligent use
of the various instruments which contribute to the
preservation of human integrity. But as there are
certain fruits which always proceed from genuine
faith, these fruits afford an evidence of its being im-
planted in the soul ; and this evidence is accompa-
nied with what the Scripture calls the witness of the
Spirit, " who is the earnest of our inheritance," be-
cause as the fruits of righteousness are the effect of
his operation, he bears witness with the spirit of all
who are filled with these fruits, that they are the
children of God.* The consciousness of their pos-
sessing faith is the witness of their own spirit : the
presence of his fruits is his witness ; and the two
conspire in producing that peace with God and joy
in the Holy Ghost, of which the Scriptures often
speak as a portion, which in value " passeth all un-
derstanding," and which, to all that attain it, is the
foretaste and the beginning of heaven in their souls.
* Rom. viii. 16. Sherlock's Sermon on the text.
S24 CONNEXION BETWEEN
CHAP. III.
CONNEXION BETWEEN JUSTIFICATION AND
SANCTIFICATION.
The view given in the preceding chapter of the
Calvinistic doctrine with regard to the assurance of
grace and salvation, proceeds upon the supposition
that there are certain fruits of the operation of the
Spirit of God which always accompany genuine
faith; in other words, that there is an inseparable
connexion between justification and sanctification.
This connexion, although, in respect of practice,
the most important doctrine in theology, is not ob-
vious at first sight ; it has been overlooked or ne-
glected by several sects of Christians ; and therefore
it requires to be fully illustrated in this place.
Although it is the fundamental and characteristi-
cal doctrine of the Gospel that we are justified by
faith, yet a great deal more than that word seems to
imply is required of Christians. The Epistles of
Paul, in which the doctrine of justification by faith
is unfolded and established, like all the other parts
of Scripture, are full of precepts commanding us to
repent of our past sins, to abstain from all appear-
ance of evil, to abound in the work of the Lord.
While we read that " to them who by patient con-
tinuance in well-doing seek for glory, honour, and
immortality, God will render eternal life," we read
JUSTIFICATION AND SANCTIITCATION. '2'25
also that the wrath of God, which is revealed in the
Gospel against all unrighteousness of men, will at
length be executed upon every soul of man that do-
eth evil, and that without holiness no man shall see
the Lord.* The precepts contained in the discourses
of our Lord, and the writings of his apostles, are
the revealed will of God prescribing to Christians
their duty. The duty which they delineate is what
our reason and our heart approve ; and it is so agree-
able to all our conceptions of the nature and the go-
vernment of God, that the Gospel, from the manner
in which it delivers and enforces this duty, derives
the high commendation of being the most effectual
and the most refined system of morality which
ever appeared. But where is the connexion, it
is asked, between this system of morality and the
doctrine which has been explained ? If we are justi-
fied by faith alone, and if justification include there-
mission of sins and a right to eternal life, where shall
we find a place for the precepts of the Gospel ? And
how can that obedience, which is certainly due to
the will of our Creator, enter into a system of theo-
logy, which excludes works from having any share
in our justification? The principles, upon which the
Calvinistic system rests, appear to all who under-
stand them to furnish a satisfying answer to these
questions.
If faith were a single act, by performing which at
one particular time we were justified, or if it were a
solitary quality infused into the soul, and unconnect-
ed with the general character, there would be much
diflficulty in reconciling the necessity of obedience
* Horn, I IS ; ii. 6— p. Hob. xii. 14.
VOL. III. Q
226 CONNEXION BETWEEN
with the doctrine of justification by faith. But we
have seen that faith arises from that change which
the Spirit of God produces, according to the Calvinists
by an efficacious operation, according to the Armi-
nians by moral suasion, upon all those to whom the
remedy is applied. Now this change is the begin-
ning of sanctification, by introducing the principles
of a new life, without which we cannot hate sin and
follow after righteousness. For although many cir-
cumstances may induce men to assume the outward
appearance of sanctity, nothing but the influence of
that Spirit, which produces faith, can so effectually
overcome the corruption of human nature as to pro-
duce that uniformity of sentiment, and purpose, and
conduct, those habits of virtue, and that continual
progress in goodness, which enter into the notion of
sanctification. And thus justification, a forensic act
which acquits those who believe from the guilt of
sin, and sanctification, an inward change, by which
the soul is delivered from the stain of sin, and gra-
dually recovers its native purity and dignity, al-
though distinct from one another, are inseparably
joined, because the faith by which we are justified
has its origin and principle in the change by which
we are sanctified. Accordingly faith was formerly
found in its nature to be connected Avitli many good
dispositions ; and although we do not allow that
these dispositions are in any respect the cause of our
justification, or that they give faith any degree of
merit in the sight of God, still we cannot deny that
the connexion between them and faith is of such a
kindj as renders it impossible for any person to have
saving faith who is devoid of these dispositions. It
is plain also, that as faith implies good dispositions,
JITSTIFICATION AND SANCTIFICATION. ^2^27
SO it brings along with it the strongest incentives to
obedience. The different parts of the revelation of
the Gospel are fitted by their nature to have an in-
fluence upon the most perverse mind which assents
to the truth of the revelation : but to a mind renew-
ed by the grace of God this influence becomes com-
manding. A man who receives with joy and grati-
tude the discoveries of divine love made in the Gos-
pel, who has an impression of the divine authority
of its precepts, who relies on the promises of God,
and who trembles at his threatenings, derives from
faith, motives to obedience the most powerful and
interesting ; and his mind, restored by the influence
of the Spirit to the state in which objects, appearing
as they are, produce their full and proper effect, is
formed to be led by these motives. To him, there-
fore, the moral law, originally written upon the heart,
afterwards delivered to the children of Israel from
Mount Sinai, and republished in the precepts of the
Gospel, approves itself as reasonable and just and
good ; obedience to it becomes delightful ; the domi-
nion of sin is broken : the libertv of the children of
God is a matter of experience ; so that, according to
the significant language used by Paul, " being made
free from sin, and become the servant of God, he has
his fruit unto holiness, and obeys from the heart
that form of doctrine which was delivered him."*
From this intimate connexion between justifica-
tion and sanctification, there result the following
conclusions, which it is of infinite importance for all
the ministers of the religion of Jesus clearly to ap-»
prehend, and firmly to retain.
1. We observe with what propriety and signifi-^
* Rom. vi. Yly9.%,
228 CONNEXION BETWEEN
cancy it is said that good works are the fruits and
evidences of a true and lively faith. Although they
follow after justification, they are the marks by which
we know that we are in a justified state ; there can
be no well-grounded assurance of grace and salva-
tion to any person who is destitute of these marks ;
and therefore the great business of Christians, ac-
cording to the direction of Peter, is " to give all
diligence to make their calling and election sure,"
/. e, to attain the assurance of their being elected, by
f' adding to their faith" those things in which the
elect are called to abound.*
2. We observe that a quaint phrase, which often
occurs in theological writings, Jides sola justificat,
sed non quce est solai\ is an attempt to express
shortly and pointedly a distinction, which, when
properly understood, enables us to reconcile the
apostles Paul and James. Paul says, " that a man
is justified by faith without the deeds of the law :":|:
James says, " that by works a man is justified, and
not by faith only."§ The two declarations appear
to be inconsistent ; but a little attention to the train
of argument removes the apparent contradiction.
Paul is arguing against persons who said that jus-
tification came by the law ; and the works of the
law mean, in his argument, not only the observance
of the ceremonial law, but that measure of obedi-
ence to the moral law which any person, by the
powers of human nature in its present state, is able
to yield. This measure being always imperfect,
and yielded by those who, as sinners, are under a
sentence of condemnation, cannot justify ; and there-
* 2 IV'ter i, 5— 11. t C.^iifcv-sioii of Faith, xi. '2.
:;: Romans iii. i^8. § Jame^s ii. 24.
JUSTIFICATION AND SANCTIFICATION. 2^29
fore a man is justified only by that faith which ac-
cepts the imputation of the obedience of another.
But this faith is represented by the apostle as work-
ing by love ; and his writings not only abound
with precepts addressed to those who believe, but
are very much employed in illustrating the connex-
ion between faith and obedience to these precepts.
Although, therefore, Paul excludes all works done
before justification from having any influence in
bringing us into that state, yet the faith, to which
he ascribes our justification, is understood and ex-
plained by him to be accompanied with every Christ-
ian grace, and productive of good works. But the
faith of which James speaks is described as a faith
without works, which is dead being alone ; a faith
which the devils have ; for he says that " they also
believe and tremble ;" and the apostle, combating
probably some dangerous practical error of his time,
declares that this kind of faith is of none avail ; be-
cause the faith by which a person is justified must
be shown and made perfect by works. And thus
the two apostles mean the same thing. Although
each states the subject in the light which his par-
ticular argument requires, yet their writings sug-
gest a distinction by which they are reconciled ; a
distinction, to which we are obliged to have recourse
in explaining other parts of Scripture,* between
that faith, which, being alone, does not save us,
and that faith fruitful in every virtue, by which we
are justified.
3. We observe that the soundest Calvinists may
say, without hesitation, that good works are neces-
* Acts xvi. 30, 31. John xii. 42, 43.
^30 CONNEXION BETWEEN
sary to salvation. The first reformers, whose great
object was to establish, in opposition to the church
of Rome, the doctrine of justification by faith, were
afraid to adopt an expression which might seem to
give countenance to the Popish doctrine of the merit
of good works. Melancthon, indeed, maintained
that they were necessary : but as he was known to
have departed in various points from the doctrine
held by Luther, this expression gave offence to
many who adhered to that doctrine. Amsdorf, in
the year 1552, went so far as to declare that good
works were an impediment to salvation. Few are
disposed to follow Amsdorf ; but amongst unlearned
people, who have been educated with rigid ideas of
Calvinism, there exists a general prejudice against
saying that good works are necessary. It is pro-
per, therefore, to understand clearly that, while this
expression may be misinterpreted, as if it implied that
some good dispositions or good actions are required
previous to justification, and are the cause of our
being justified, there is a sound sense in which
the whole strain of Scripture and the amount of
the principles of Calvinism warrant us to say, that
good works are essential to salvation ; for none can
be saved who have not that character which is pro-
duced by the Spirit of God in all that are justified,
and none have that character in whom these une-
quivocal fruits of it do not appear.
4. We learn to guard against the errors of those
who have received the names of Solifidians, Anti-
nomians, and fratres liberi spiritus. The Solifi-
dians probably meant nothing more than to exclude
the merit of works in our justification. But their
doctrine has often been so expressed, both in former
JUSTIFICATION AND SANCTIFICATION. 231
times and in the present day, as to give countenance
to an opinion that nothing more than faith is requir-
ed of a Christian, and that he is saved by the solitary
act of resting upon Christ. The Antinomians de-
rive their name from appearing to institute an op-
position between the moral law and the Gospel.
There was a monstrous form in which Antinomian-
ism appeared both before and after the Reformation,
and which was revived in Britain amidst the extra-
vagancies of the seventeenth century. It represent-
ed the elect as absolved from the obligation of the
moral law, as at liberty to indulge their appetites
without restraint, and to perform what actions they
pleased without contracting any guilt, because, being
in a justified state, it was impossible that any thing
done by them could be displeasing to God. This
horrible doctrine, from which the fr aires liheri spi-
ritus, in the 14th, 15th, and 16th centuries, derived
their name, calls for the correction of the civil ma-
gistrate rather than for an answer by argument :
and although this doctrine has been avowed by
some who profess to hold the Calvinistic system of
predestination, yet he must have a very false and
imperfect conception of that system who cannot rea-
dily show how it may be separated from so gross an
abuse.
There is a more temperate form of Antinomian-
ism, according to which it is not pretended that men
are absolved from the obligation of the moral law ;
but it is said that obedience to its precepts being
purely the effect of the irresistible grace of God,—
an effect which his grace will infallibly produce in
the elect,, and which no human means can produce
in any others, the inculcating these precepts in di^
232 CONNEXION BETWEEN
courses to the people is iinnecessaiy, and may be
hurtful, by inspiring their minds with a false opi-
nion that something may be done by them, whereas
the unregenerate can do nothing, and God does every
thing in the elect. The only business, therefore, of
preaching, according to this system, is to exhibit the
condition of men by nature, and to proclaim the
riches of the divine love in the whole economy of
the Gospel ; leaving sinners to feel that conviction
of guilt and misery which will be thus excited in
their breasts, and saints to follow the operations of
the grace communicated to them, and of the senti-
ments of gratitude and love which the display of
that grace may cherish. This more temperate form
of Antinomianism, which has at different periods
pervaded all the Reformed churches, and which gave
their character to the greater part of British ser-
mons during the seventeenth century, was ably com-
bated in England by Bishop Stillingfleet and Dr.
Williams. The first example of a kind of preaching,
proceeding upon different principles, was set by the
profound and learned Dr. Barrow, in sermons
abounding with excellent matter, but written in a
rugged obscure style, and affecting a multiplicity of
divisions more fitted to perplex and fatigue the me-
mory, than to assist the comprehension of the whole
subject. His matter was exhibited in a more popu-
lar form by the copious Dr. Tillotson, who, although
to us he appears diffuse and verbose, deserves to be
ranked very high in the class of preachers, because,
while he attacked the Antinomians by argument, he
was the first who gave amenity and interest to a
species of public discourses opposite to that which
he condemned in them. The example was followed
JUSTIFICATION AND SANCTIFICATION. 2S3
and improved by a succession of English divines ;
early in the last century it found its way into Scot-
land ; and the gradual extension of moral science,
the refinement of taste, and an enlarged acquaintance
with life and manners, have produced amongst us
a style of preaching totally different from that which
our forefathers practised. With certain descriptions
of people there still remains so much of Antinomian
principles as to prodvice a predilection for what they
call evangelical, or Gospel preaching, as opposed to
what they call moral or legal preaching. But this dis-
tinction is losing its hold of the minds of the people
in many parts of Scotland ; and although discourses
from the pulpit, approaching to the character of mo-
ral essays, are universally and justly disliked, there
is a method of preaching morality which is far from
being generally unpopular.
It may be thought, however, that the disrepute
into which Antinomian preaching has begun to fall,
is owing to a departure from Calvinism ; and there
ajipears to be the more reason for this suspicion, that
some of the sects amongst whom that kind of preach-
ing continues to prevail, profess the strictest adher-
ence to Calvinism, that Tillotson and other early
adversaries of Antinomianism were avowed Armi-
nians, and that ail the peculiar tenets of the Armi-
uians lead them to press obedience, and to dwell more
upon the duties than upon the doctrines of religion.
But the principles which have been explained leave
no room to suppose, that Calvinism is inconsistent
with rational practical preaching; and as it is most
desirable that the place which the Calvinistic system
allows for this kind of preaching should be distinct-
ly understood, I shall suggest, as the last conclusion
£34 CONNEXION BETWEEN
which may be drawn from the view given of the
connexion between justification and sanctification,
5. That as the Scriptures abound with precepts and
exhortations, so it is the duty of those who preach
the Gospel to " affirm constantly this faithful say-
ing" and to imprint it upon the minds of their peo-
ple, " that they who have believed in God should be
careful to maintain good works."* This duty may
be performed in two ways, both of which ought oc-
casionally to be employed. One of the peculiar
doctrines of Christianity may be made the subject of
discourse ; and, after explaining it, as far as you are
warranted by Scripture, you may illustrate its in-
fluence upon practice, — the obligations and the mo-
tives to holiness which arise from it. Or you may
make one of the precepts of the Old or New Testa-
ment, or one of the examples held forth in Scripture,
your subject ; and, after pointing out the duty en-
joined by the precept, or the lesson conveyed by the
example, you may enforce it, by adding to all the
considerations which reason, and prudence, and ex-
perience suggest, those most interesting arguments
which the Gospel affords. In either way you con-
join evangelical and moral preaching ; you follow
the example of Christ and his apostles ; and you
minister most effectually to the instruction of those
who hear you. If you omit all mention of the doc-
trines, the motives and the views of the Gospel, you
become mere moralists ; you neglect the advantages
which the religion of Christ gives you for laying hold
of the minds of men ; and you may learn from the
history of the heathen world, that such discourses,
* Titus iii. 8.
JUSTIFICATION AND SANCTIFICATION. 235
however sound in argument, however rich in image-
ry, however ornate in style, are little fitted to pro-
mote the reformation of mankind. But if, on the
other hand, you fail to follow out the doctrines of
the Gospel to those consequences which are always
deduced from them in Scripture; if the pictures which
you present of the corruption of human nature and
the efficacy of divine grace tend to convey an im-
pression that all exertions upon our part are unne-
cessary and unavailing ; and if your discourses give
any person occasion to think that saving faith may
exist in the mind of him who continues in sin, you
not only preach the Gospel in a manner for which
the Scriptures give you no warrant, and do unspeak-
able injury to the people by unhinging all their mo-
ral ideas, but you depart from the principles of that
system upon which you profess to build such dis-
courses, and show that you have viewed it only on
one side, without comprehending the connexion of
its parts. For, although, in opposition to Pelagian
and Semi-Pelagian errors, we hold that man is pas-
sive in his conversion, that the inclination of the soul
to turn to God is the work of the Spirit, for which
there are no preparatory dispositions originally and
naturally belonging to the mind, until it be renewed
by grace; yet we hold also, that when these dispo-
sitions are implanted, they seek for exercise as much
as the propensities which are inseparable from our
frame ; that when the mind is renewed it delights
in those employments which are congenial to the
image after which it is created ; that when our fa-
culties are emancipated from bondage they use the
liberty which is restored to them ; that man, instead
of being passive after his conversion, is directed by
Q3() CONNEXION BETWEEN
the Spirit in the exercise of those powers of action
which he has recovered, and that because " God
worketh in him both to will and to do of his good
pleasure, he worketh out his own salvation."*
To man thus restored the precepts of the word
of God are addressed. The obedience required of
him is the obedience of faith, yielded in the strength
which is given him, proceeding from the motives
of the Gospel, and relying for acceptance upon the
grace there exhibited. But all the methods which ac-
cording to the constitution of his nature may be of use
in exciting him to this obedience are occasionally em-
ployed in Scripture. All the springs of action in the
human breast, gratitude, love, hope, fear, emulation,
the desire of honour, natural affection, and enlarged
philanthropy, are there touched ; and from thence
we derive our example and our warrant for that
variety in the style of practical preaching, by which
we may, with the blessing of God, arrest the atten^
tion and reach the hearts of our hearers.
Although, therefore, the ministers of the Gospel
do not in every sermon lay down a system of theo-
logy, they are not to be supposed to have departed
from the " form of sound words ;" for that form
admits of all the lessons of candour, justice, bene-
volence, temperance, piety, truth, and virtuous ex-
ertion ; and of all the modes, historical, descriptive,
argumentative, or pathetic, in which such lessons
can be conveyed. Our discourses correspond to the
design of preaching, when we inculcate these lessons
in the method which appears to us most effectual
for calling upon the people " not to receive the
* Phil. ii. 12, 13.
JUSTIFICATION' AND SANCTIF ICATIOX. ^.^7
grace of God in vain," but " to stir up the gift of
God which is in them :" and all who improve these
lessons, so as to abound in the fruits of the Spirit,
discover that they have felt that divine power, by
which the disciples of Christ are created unto good
works, and put forth the strength conveyed to their
souls by him, " without whom they can do nothing,"
but " through whom they can do all things."
Fuller's Comparison of Calvijiistic and Socinian Principles as
to their moral tendency.
238 SANCTIFICATION
CHAP. IV.
SANCTIFICATION.
That change of character, which is the effect of the
operation of the Spirit, and the beginning of sanpti-
fication, is called conversion, because it turns men
from the sentiments and habits which enter into
our view when we speak of human nature as cor-
rupt, to those sentiments and habits which are pro-
duced by the Holy Spirit. Hence it follows, that
sanctification consists of two parts. In considering
its nature, each of these demands our attention. The
first part is that which we call repentance.
SECTION I
Repentance and faith are often conjoined in Scrip-
ture as necessary for the remission of sins ; they
originate in the same change of character, and they
cannot be separated. For as the repentance of sin-
ners cannot be accepted by the righteous Governor
of the universe without the righteousness of Christ,
SANCTIFICATION. 239
which by faith is counted as theirs, so their faith is
not such as gives them an interest in that righteous-
ness, unless they forsake the sins which upon ac-
count of it are forgiven. We say, therefore, in the
words of our Confession of Faith, that " repentance
unto life is an evangelical grace, the doctrine where-
of is to be preached by every minister of the Gospel,
as well as that of faith in Christ."* In preaching
it, there is frequent occasion to illustrate the follow-
ing propositions. 1. Repentance unto life proceeds
upon the revelation made in the Gospel of the mercy
of God and the mediation of Christ ; because, unless
with the Socinians we deny the necessity of the
atonement, we must account the case of every sin-
ner desperate without that revelation, f 2. Repen-
tance unto life does not consist merely in a reforma-
tion of the outward conduct, or an abstinence from
those open transgressions which subject men to in-
convenience and reproach ; but it arises out of a
heart which is renewed, as is intimated by the term
fiiravoiu, which the sacred writers use to denote it,
and it implies a hatred of sin ; because, unless with
the Socinians we deny the corruption of human
nature, we cannot account a change permanent or
acceptable, when the principles which produced
former transgressions remain unsubdued. 3. Re-
pentance unto life does not rest in feelings of com-
punction and expressions of sorrow ; because if the
emotions excited by the recollection of the past are
founded upon a change of mind, they must be ac-
companied with a solicitude, and a constant endea-
* Confession of Faith/ x v. 1. t Psalm cxxx. 3.
210 SANCTIFICATION.
voiir to abstain from those sins which gave thein
birth.
Some of the grossest errors and corruptions of
the church of Rome respect the doctrine of repen-
tance. According to the tenets avowed in the stan-
dards, and sanctioned by the practice of that church,
repentance consists in three acts ; confession of sins
to the priest ; contrition, or attrition ; and satisfac-
tion. 1. The practice of confessing their sins in
private to the ministers of religion, which the church
of Kome requires of Christians, is unauthorized by-
Scripture. We are there commanded to confess our
sins to God ; and in one place we are commanded
to confess to one another our faults, i. e. the offences
we have given to one another.* Persons guilty of
notorious sins have, in ail ages, according to direc-
tions left by Christ and his apostles, been excluded
from the communion of the church. A desire of
being re-admitted has led them to confess guilt in
the presence of that society to whom they had given
offence ; and this voluntary confession, being accept-
ed as a testimony of the sincerity of their repent-
ance, has restored them to that communion from
which they were excluded. Upon this kind of con-
fession, which was at first voluntary, and available
only for the purpose of relieving from ecclesiastical
censures, the church of Rome grounded that private
auricular confession, which it enjoins to all as ne-
cessary for their acceptance with God. The doc-
trine concerning repentance was thus made the occa-
sion of flagrant abuse. Not only is auricular confes«
* James v. 1(>.
SANCTIFICATION. £41
sion productive of much inconvenience to society,
by giving the ministers of religion an undue and
dangerous influence over the minds of the people in
their most secret affairs ; but it perverts their no-
tions of the justification of a sinner, and it provides
a method of quieting their consciences, which is so
easy of access that it encourages them to sin with
little fear. 2. If the word contrition means that
sorrow for sin, which is connected with the hatred
of it as a transgression of the divine law, and as
rendering us odious to the Father of spirits, it is
indeed indispensably required of every sinner, and
it naturally produces a change of life ; for as the
apostle speaks, 2 Cor. vii. 10, " Godly sorrow
worketh repentance unto salvation ;" a text most
significant and instructive in itself, and upon which
there is a sermon by Bishop Sherlock, which may
be of more use than any treatise that I know in giv-
ing a distinct and full conception of the nature of
repentance. But the church of Rome, wishing it to
be thought that they possess the power of imparting
the benefits of repentance to persons who manifestly
have not attained this godly sorrow, because they do
not repent of their sins so as to forsake them, sub-
stitute as an alternative for contrition that sorrow,
to which they give the name of attrition. By this
they mean a sorrow, which proceeds not from a sense
of the evil of sin, but from the loss, the shame, or
inconvenience of any kind, of which it has been the
occasion. This sorrow may be expressed by words,
by gestures, or by actions ; and all these expressions
of attrition, being considered by the church of Rome
as parts of repentance, although they do not imply
any change upon the mind of a sinner, and as con-
VOL, III. R
S42 SANCTIFICATION.
spiring with the two other parts of repentance to
entitle him to receive absolution, make men easy un-
der the consciousness of past sins, and form an in-
ducement not to forsake these sins, but merely to
exercise a little more prudence in the repetition of
them. 3. By satisfaction the church of Rome means
such works as the following : the saying a prescrib-
ed number of prayers, the giving a certain portion
of alms to the poor and of gifts to the church, the
submitting to certain mortifications and penances, or
the engaging in appointed hazards and toils ; all
which deeds being set over against the sins which
were confessed, and for which attrition was express-
ed, are conceived to constitute a compensation, offer-
ed by us to God for the breach of his law, in consi-
deration of which that breach is forgiven. This last
part of repentance appears to all who hold the per-
fection of the sacrifice offered by Christ upon the
cross to be most dishonourable to him, because it
implies a necessity of our adding a personal atone-
ment for sin to the " one offering by which he hath
perfected for ever them that are sanctified." To all
who entertain that opinion of our good works which
I am by and by to state, it. appears most presump-
tuous on our part ; and, independently of any sys-
tem of religious opinions, it plainly institutes a kind
of traffic, which is most unseemly, which may be
perverted to the worst purposes, and which totally
unsettles the foundations of morality, by teaching
that the performance of one duty is an excuse for
the neglect of another.
In opposition to these errors and corruptions of
the church of Rome, some of which may be traced in
prejudices that still remain in the minds of the peo-
SAXCTIFICATIOX. ^43
pie of Scotland, we hold, and it is a great part of the
business of our preaching to remind the people, that
repentance, proceeding from a change of mind, and
implying that sorrow which the Apostle calls godly,
terminates not in certain formal acts which may be
performed by any one, but in a change of life ; that
it is accepted by God, not as any compensation or
atonement for the offences committed against him,
but purely upon account of the merits of Christ ; and
that the only vuiequi vocal marks of its being effec-
tual for the remission of sins, or being what the
Scripture calls repentance unto life, are to be sought
for not in the impressions or emotions or resolutions
with which it is accompanied, but in the solicitude
with which men avoid the sins of which they pro-
fess to repent, and in the zeal and the care with
which they study to practise the opposite virtues.
It is possible, indeed, that repentance may be sin-
cere, when there is no opportunity of exhibiting
these marks : for it would be presumptuous in us to
say, that the steps by which a criminal is conducted
to his end are in no case the instruments which the
Spirit of God employs in his conversion, or that sud-
den death, by cutting short the labour of virtue
which had just been begun, blots the beginning of it
out of the book of life. But it is very much our
duty to warn the people of the folly, the guilt, and
the danger of continuing in sin, and trusting to a
late repentance : and although, when we are called
to witness those professions of repentance, which are
sometimes produced by the near approach of death,
we naturally express our earnest wish that they may
find acceptance with the Searcher of hearts, v/ho
alone can judge of their sincerity, yet we should be-
244 SANCTIFICATION.
ware of doing a very great injury to others, by en-
couraging those, who are leaving the world, to think
that what is called the reflex act of faith is at that
time a sufficient ground for assurance of salvation.
When this reflex act is accompanied with the evi-
dence which arises from the fruits of the Spirit, it is
justified in the eyes of men ; and the soul by which
it is exerted, being sealed by the Spirit, may rise to
what the Scripture calls " joy in the Holy Ghost."
But fanaticism opens a door to extreme licentious-
ness of morals, when it teaches that the high privi-
lege, sometimes attained by those who have perse-
vered in well-doing, is instantaneously and certainly
conferred upon the man, who, being awakened at the
close of a sinful life, by considerations and views that
were strange to him, either says or thinks that he
believes.
Some questions concerning repentance will find a
place afterwards. But there is one other error re-
specting the nature of it, which should be mention-
ed here, and which results directly from the princi-
ples of fanaticism.
It has been thought that Christians may be able
to tell the precise time of their conversion. It has
sometimes been judged proper to require from them
such a declaration ; and there are certain exercises
of the soul, implying great dejection and agitation
and self-reproach, and known in books, more fre-
quently read in former times than now, by the name
of a law-work, which it has been supposed necessary
for every person to experience, upon whom the Spirit
of God produces a change of character. All these
views proceed upon the supposition that the opera-
tion of the Spirit of God is instantaneous, discrimi-
SANCTIFICATION. 245
nated by some sensible marks from the natural work-
ings of the human mind, and observing in all cases
a certain known, discernible progress. But we found
formerly that this supposition receives no counte-
nance from the general strain of Scripture, that the
words of our Lord, in his conversation with Nico-
demus, (John iii. 8,) seem intended to teach us that
the operations of the Spirit are known only by their
fruits, and that as to the manner in which these
fi'uits are produced, " the kingdom of God, which is
within us," often " cometh not with observation."
If the whole man be renewed by the grace of God,
all the actions performed in consequence of this
renovation will appear to be as much the actions of
the man, as if the Spirit of God had not produced
any change ; if the change be accomplished by means,
by a gradual preparation, and a gentle progress, it
may be impossible to tell the time when it com-
menced, or to mark all its stages ; and if, in some
cases, the means are a pious education, or a succes-
sion of improving objects and of virtuous employ-
ments, continued from infancy to manhood, this fa-
vourable situation may restrain the corruption of
the human heart from atrocious crimes, or presump-
tuous sins. But as it is repugnant to common sense,
and to our sentiments with regard to human con-
duct, to say that all men are equally wicked, or all
sins equally heinous, it appears absurd to suppose
that those whose conduct has been widely different
ought to feel the same remorse ; and therefore, al^
though the best men are always the most sensible
of their own infirmities, and although human virtue
cannot be so perfect as to exclude humility, self-
abasement, and the need of repentance, yet it is
5
^46 SANCTIFICATION.
reasonable to think that the manner of repentance,
both the inward sentiments and the outward expres-
sions, will vary according to the measure and the
aggravation of those sins which men forsake. Hence
we may draw two inferences, which I shall barely
mention ; that those discourses do not serve a good
purpose, which represent it as indispensably neces-
sary for all who repent to feel the same remorse ;
and that a doctrine, which has sometimes been avow-
ed by Calvinists, but has oftener been imputed to
them by those who wish to hold forth their tenets
to public scorn, is totally groundless ; the doctrine,
namely, that those who have been the greatest sin-
ners are likely to become the most eminent saints.
SECTION II.
The second part of sanctification is conjoined with
repentance in numberless passages of Scripture. "De-
part from evil and do good. — Denying ungodliness and
worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and
godly in this present world. — That ye put off, concern-
ing the former conversation, the old man which is cor-
rupt, and that ye put on the new man, which after
God is created in righteousness and true holiness. —
Likewise reckon ye yovu'selves to be dead indeed
unto sin, but alive unto God through Jesus Christ
our Lord.*"
* Psalm xxxiv. 14. Titus ii. 11, 12. Ephes. iv. 22, 24-.
Horn. vi. }}.
SANCTIFICATION. £47
Sanctification, then, means a new life, the produc-
tion of a habit of righteousness, as well as an aver-
sion from sin ; and this habit of righteousness
appears in those good works which the precepts of
the Gospel require, unto which, it is said, we are
created,* and which all that believe in God are com^
manded to be careful to maintain.f
When we say that the precepts of the Gospel de-
clare what those good works are, we do not mean
that the Gospel has given a new law unconnected
with every former intimation of the will of the
Creator. For the moral law, being founded in the
nature of God and the nature of man, does not, like
the ceremonial or the judicial law, admit of being
abrogated. It is in all situations binding, upon that
creature to whom it is made, by the constitution of
his own mind ; and although the duty of man may
be unfolded in succeeding revelations with greater
clearness, and directions may be delivered suited
to the particular circumstances in which the revela-
tions were given, yet the same general principles
of morality must pervade every system of duty,
which proceeds from the righteous Governor of the
universe for the regulation of the conduct of man.
From this view of the immutability of the moral
law we deduce a satisfying answer to the Antino-
mians, who say that Christians are released from its
obligation. For upon this ground we are able to
show that, although *' Christians are not under the
Jaw, but under grace," in this sense, that they are
not justified with God by their obedience to the
moral law, they are as much bound to obey it as
* Ephes. li. 10. t Titus iii. 8,
248 SANCTIFICATION.
if another method of justification had not been re-
vealed to them. Hence also we deduce the excel-
lence of Christian morality, as a matter not of mere
positive institution, but of everlasting obligation :
and in discoursing of any particular Christian duty,
we scruple not to avail ourselves of all those views of
the beauty, the utility, and fitness of virtue exhibit-
ed by heathen moralists, which serve to illustrate its
conformity to our constitution and circumstances,
while we superadd those interesting motives which
arise out of the genius and spirit of the Gospel.
Hence also we deduce the perfect consistency be-
tween the precepts of the Old and the New Testa-
ment. It is upon this ground we stand, when we
refuse to admit with the Socinians that Christ has
added any thing to that moral law of which he is
the interpreter ; and we think that, by the aid of
those commentaries upon the ten commandments,
which are scattered through his discourses, and the
writings of his apostles, we are able to show that all
the branches of Christian morality are included in
the Decalogue. In the ordinary systems of theology,
and above all in Calvin's Institutes, there is an ex-
plication of the Decalogue, which merits the parti-
cular attention of those whose business it is to
instruct the people. Calvin's Commentary on this
subject not only presents a short picture of the
whole summary of our duty, but also deduces all the
branches of it from general principles, so as to illus-
trate the connexion, the obligation, and the relative
importance of the several parts of morality.
The precepts of the Gospel, thus considered not
as the extension, but as the interpretation of the
moral law, are the directory of a Christian ; and in
SANCTIFICATION. 249
this directory is to be sought a solution of all the
questions that can occur in what may be called
Christian Casuistry. Although discourses from the
pulpit ought always to present to the people both
the doctrines and the duties of religion in the most
unembarrassed form, yet as the discussion of con-
troverted points of doctrine engages the attention of
men of speculation in theology, so casuistry, which
is the application of the general rules of morality to
particular cases, finds a place in those books which
profess to treat accurately of the duties of a Christ-
ian, and has at different periods furnished subjects
of debate, which have been very keenly agitated.
At some times Christian casuistry has descended to
insignificant attempts to regulate our dress, the
measure of our food, our sleep, and our amusement ;
intruding into many branches of the general conduct
of life, where every man claims a degree of liberty,
and where particular directions can be of no use,
because what is right in one person is wrong in an-
other ; — because it is impossible to frame rules for
every variety of circumstances, — and because the
best of all rules are to be found in those considera-
tions of propriety and benevolence, which a sound
understanding and a good heart will not fail to sug-
gest upon every occasion. At other times, Christian
casuistry has turned upon general questions, sug-
gested by scruples that were founded upon a literal
interpretation of particular texts of Scripture. Such
are the doubts entertained by the Quakers, and
some other sects, whether a Christian is allowed by
the laws of his religion to engage in war, to take an
oath in a court of justice, or to exercise the office of
a magistrate. At other times, Christian casuistry
S50 SANCTIFICATION.
has reached the very foundations of morality ; turn-
ing upon questions which did not arise from the
scruples of those who were afraid of doing wrong,
but from the presumption of men, who, wishing to
shake off the restraints of the divine law, without
openly denying its authority, were ingenious in de-
vising evasions and subterfuges, by which the pre-
cepts of the Gospel are accommodated to their cor-
ruption. Such are the questions, whether actions,
in themselves evil and contrary to the precepts of
the Gospel, become lawful and meritorious, when
they are performed with a good intention, and for a
good end ; whether a person avoids the guilt of per-
jury by a mental reservation at the time when he
swears ; and other questions of the same kind, to
which the attention of the Christian world was di-
rected by that loose system of morality, which the
order of Jesuits invented and defended, and which,
if it prevailed universally, would annihilate mutual
confidence, and dissolve the bonds of society.
All the questions that can occur in these three
kinds of casuistry are easily decided, when an en-
lightened and upright mind applies, with a due ex-
ercise of attention, the principles furnished by con-
sidering the precepts of the Gospel as the interpre-
tation of that moral law, which is binding upon men
in all situations. For the precepts of the Gospel,
considered in this light, will be found to mark, with
a precision sufficient for the direction of life, the
outlines of that conduct which is characteristical of
a Christian ; — a conduct which shines before men
without affectation, which is guarded without being
austere, which is beneficent without being officious,
and in which piety, righteousness, goodness, and
SAXCTIFICATION. ^251
temperance, are blended together with nice propor-
tion, and with perfect harmony. This is the con-
duct v/hich the precepts of the Gospel, and the life
of Jesus, conspire in teaching, which it is the busi-
ness of the ministers of religion in their discourses
to delineate and recommend, and of which they
should ever be careful to show an example corre-
sponding to the delineation which they give.
The same principle, which furnishes a solution of
all the cases that can occur in Christian casuistry,
exposes the falsehood of a doctrine of the church of
Rome respecting the nature of good works, which
has laid the foundation of many gross corruptions.
It Avas held that there are in the Gospel counsels of
perfection ; i, e. that besides precepts which are
binding upon all, and which none can disobey with-
out sin, there are advices given, which men are at
liberty to neglect if they please, but a compliance
with which constitutes a superior degree of perfec-
tion. The counsels of perfection are generally re-
duced to three ; voluntary poverty, — a vow of per-
petual chastity, — and a vow of what is called regu-
lar obedience. The first is founded chiefly upon the
command addressed by our Lord to the young man
who came to him, " If thou wilt be perfect, go and
sell that thou hast." The second is founded upon
some expressions in the Epistles of Paul. The third,
the vow of that kind of obedience which is yielded
by those who lead a monastic life to the superiors
of their order, is founded upon the mention made in
the Epistles of the reverence and obedience due to
spiritual governors. Into the particulars of this
branch of the Popish controversy it is unnecessary
to enter. Sound criticism easily gives such an ex-
252 SANCTIFICATION.
plication of the passages to which I have alhided, as
withdraws the support which the distinction between
precepts and counsels in matters of morality appears
to derive from Scripture ; and that distinction is
completely overturned by all our conceptions of the
law of God, and particularly by our considering the
precepts of the Gospel as the complete directory of
the conduct of a Christian. It is not meant, by
using that expression, that they extend to those mat-
ters of indifference in which a man may be safely
left at liberty, or that they supersede the exercise of
prudence at those times, when he may innocently
accommodate his actions to his situation. It is al-
lowed that the duties of men vary according to their
circumstances, that all have not the same opportuni-
ties of doing good, and that some are called, by the
talents which are committed to them, and the ad-
vantages which they enjoy, to make greater exer-
tions than others. But, from the principle which
has been illustrated, this consequence clearly results,
that every man is bound to embrace all the oppor-
tunities of doing good which his situation affords,
because, according to that principle, the service of
his whole life, and the full exertion of all his facul-
ties, are due to his Creator. Every counsel, there-
fore, of the divine word respecting moral duty is a
command ; and " to him that knoweth to do good,
and doeth it not, to him it is sin." But a man ought
to be certain that what he does is good ; for if, in
place of what his situation marks out to be his duty,
he substitutes actions which in his imagination ap-
pear to imply a higher degree of virtue, he is so far
from attaining perfection by this substitution, that
his conduct may be very sinful. He is guilty of ne<
SANCTIFICATION. Q53
glecting what he ought to have done ; a neglect
which is always faulty, and which in some situa-
tions is both highly criminal and most hurtful to
society. By this substitution also he entangles him-
self in difficulties, perhaps beyond his strength ; and,
after all his mortifications and exertions, he has no
warrant to think that a service which was not re-
quired at his hand, but which was the result of his
own presumption, will be accepted by his Creator.
For these reasons it appears to Protestants, that
the setf-denial and abstemiousness of the monastic
life, the voluntary poverty of the mendicant friars,
the celibacy of the clergy, the multitude of prayers
which many make it the business of their lives to
offer, the pilgrimages which have often been under-
taken, the large donations which have been left to
the church, and the hard services which have been
performed at her command, have not that superemi-
nent excellence which is ascribed to them in the
church of Rome. It appears to Protestants, that as
these good works are not commanded by the precepts
of the Gospel, which are the complete directory of
the conduct of a Christian, they cannot be imposed
upon any as a part of their duty to God ; and that
the performing them ultroneously, far from coming
up to that refined and spiritual morality, by the
practice of which Christians are commanded to do
more than others, is an effort after an ideal and false
perfection, which withdraws men from the duties
they are called to perform, which diverts the powers
of human nature and the bounties of Providence
from the purposes for which they were bestowed,
and which tends to destroy the essence of morality,
by leading men to rest in the splendour of external
S,54 SANCTIFICATIOX.
actions, instead of cultivating those virtues of the
heart out of which are the issues of a good life.
From the doctrine of justification by faith, Pro-
testants easily dedvice a refutation of other opinions
of the church of Rome, concerning the merit of good
works. The schoolmen in that church spoke of
meritum de congruo^ and meritum de condigno. By
meritum de congi^uo^ they meant the value of good
w^orks and good dispositions previous to justifica-
tion which it was fit or congruous for God to re-
ward by infusing his grace. To this kind of merit
the whole of the Calvinistic doctrine concerning jus-
tification by faith is directly opposed. By meritum
de condigno, they meant the value of good works
performed after justification in consequence of the
grace then infused. These, although performed by
the grace of God, were conceived to have that in-
trinsic worth which merits a reward, and to which
eternal life is as much due, as a wage is to the ser-
vant by whom it is earned. In opposition to this kind
of merit, Protestants hold that as every thing which
we can do is our bounden duty and is not profitable
to God, our good works cannot, in a proper sense of
the word merit, deserve a recompense from him ; that
although the good works commanded in Scripture, and
produced by the influence of the Spirit, give the per-
son who maintains them a real excellence of character,
by which he is superior to others, by which he is
" acceptable to God, and approved of men," and in re-
spect of which he is styled in Scripture worthy, they
do not constitute a right to claim any thing from
God as a reward ; that the expression frequent in
Scripture, " God will render to every man according
to his deeds," implies that good works are a pre-
SAXCTIFICATION', Q^J
J, J
paration for heaven, or an indispensable qualifica-
tion for the promised reward, and that there shall
be a proportion between the virtuous exertion here
and the measure of the reward conferred hereafter ;
but that good works are not in any respect the pro-
curing cause of the reward. For the reward is re-
presented as " of grace, not of debt," flowing from
the promise of God upon account of the merits of
his Son ; and while death is called " the wages of
sin," Rom. vi. 23, eternal life is said, in the very
same verse, to be " the gift of God through Jesus
Christ our Lord."
The church of Rome did not rest in saying that
our good works may merit eternal life. As they
supposed that there are in Scripture counsels of per-
fection, a compliance with which constitutes a su-
pereminent excellence of character, they inferred
that those who attained this excellence did more
than merit eternal life for themselves. To the
actions by which men choose to follow these coun-
sels of perfection, they gave the name of works of
supererogation. They supposed that, by the com-
munion which subsists amongst all Christians, the
benefit of works of supererogation performed by
some is imparted to others ; and in the progress of
the corruptions of that church, it was taught and
believed, that the whole stock of superfluous merit
arising out of the good works of those who comply
with the counsels of perfection, is committed to the
management of the Pope, to be parcelled out accord-
ing to his pleasure, in such dispensations and in-
dulgences as the sins or infirmities of other mem-
bers of the church appear to him to stand in need
of. It is sufficient for the refutation of these tenets
Q56 SANCTIFICATION.
in this place to mention them. Notwithstanding
the preparation of ages, by which the minds of men
had been conducted to these articles of faith, and
the various interests which were concerned in
their being retained, the enormous abuses of that
discretionary power with which they invested the
Pope were the immediate cause of the Reformation :
and although the change then introduced into the
religious system of a great part of Christendom was
accompanied with much enthusiasm and violent men-
tal agitation, yet the principles upon which it pro-
ceeded approve themselves to the understanding of
every sober inquirer, who follows out, through its
several branches, the great doctrine held by the first
reformers of justification by faith. For, according
to that doctrine, the pardon of sin and our right to
eternal life are entirely owing to the merits of Christ,
which are counted as ours, in consequence of our pos-
sessing that faith which produces such good works
as the law of God commands ; so that although good
works are essential to our own salvation, they are
not the meritorious cause of it ; and although our
good works may minister to the comfort and im-
provement of others upon earth, " none of us can
by any means redeem his brother, or give to God a
ransom for him."
It would be an additional refutation of the merit
of good works, and would demonstrate the impossi-
bility of works of supererogation, if it could be shown
that even a person who is justified cannot yield a
perfect obedience to the commands of God. For, in
that case, however splendid some of his actions
might be, the sin and the consequent guilt which
adhere to others, would take away from his whole
SANCTIFICATION. 257
character every claim of right to a reward. Ac-
cordingly there yet remains one question with re-
gard to good works, which requires to be stated
more fully than any of the preceding, upon account
of the principles that are involved in the discussion,
and the consequences that flow from it. The ques-
tion is, whether it is possible that the good works
of Christians can be free from every mixture of sin ;
or, to speak in theological language, whether the
sanctification of the elect is in this life complete.
SECTION III.
It was the principle of a fanatical sect, which arose
early after the Reformation, and was known from a
particular circumstance in their practice by the name
of Anabaptists, that the visible church of Christ
consists of saints, or persons free from every kind
of sin. The doctrine taught by Munzer, the foun-
der of this sect, resulted entirely from this principle ;
and his enthusiasm prevented him from perceiving
that such a church is not to be found upon earth.
Several modern sects, which have arisen out of the
ancient Anabaptists, have been instructed by reason,
by Scripture, and by experience, to accommodate their
principles to the present state of human nature.
But while they admit that many members of the
church sin, repent, and are forgiven, they contend
that it is possible to attain that degree of perfection
in which men are exempt from sinning, and they
VOL. III. s
S58 SANCTIFICATION.
mean to insinuate that this degree of perfection is
often found in their society.
This presumption, which in all fanatical sects has
its foundation in the confidence of their being under
the immediate direction of the Spirit, is generally
cherished by their holding some form of the Syner-
gistical doctrine. Pelagians and Socinians, who do
not admit that the powers of human nature were in-
jured by the fall, readily conclude that every man is
as able to obey the commands of God, as Adam was
immediately after his creation ; that he who abstains
from one sin may abstain from all ; and that perfect
innocence is thus attainable by a proper exercise of
our own faculties. And all who hold that modifica-
tion of these tenets, which is called Semi-Pelagian-
ism, consider the corruption of human nature as nei-
ther so inveterate nor so universal, but that in some
persons the influence of the Spirit being favourably
received, and finding a co-operation of all their pow-
ers, may, by the continuance of a proper attention
on their part, be rendered so effectual for their sanc-
tification as to preserve them from every thing sin-
ful.
Accordingly it is the doctrine of a great part of
the church of Rome, of the Franciscans, and the Je-
suits, or Molinists, that perfection is attainable in
this life. In order to reconcile this position with
those defects and errors which have been observed
in the lives of the best men that ever lived, they
make a distinction between mortal and venial sins.
By mortal sins, they understand actions which are
so flagrant a transgression of the law of God, and
imply such deliberate wickedness, as to deserve final
condemnation ; and from these they consider every
SANCTIFICATION. 259
man, into whom the grace of God has been infused
at his first justification, as completely preserved.
By venial sins, they understand both those sudden
emotions of passion and inordinate desire, which, so
long as they are restrained from going forth into
action, are regarded by them as the constitutional
infirmities of human nature ; and also those actions,
which, although contrary to the letter of the law,
are in themselves a trifling transgression, or are at-
tended with circumstances alleviating the fault and
indicating good intention. It was meant by calling
such sins venial, either that they deserve no punish-
ment at all, or that they are completely expiated by
temporal sufferings, so as not to be remembered in
the judgment of the last day : and it was understood,
that when the sins of this kind, into which it is ad-
mitted a saint may fall, are set over against his un-
interrupted obedience to all the great commandments
of the law and the supereminent excellence of his
good works, his character, upon the whole, is enti-
tled to be accounted perfect.
On the other hand, the Dominicans and Janse-
nists learned, from the doctrine of Augustine con-
cerning the corruption of human nature and the
measure of divine grace, to hold the following posi-
tion, which is absolutely inconsistent with the per-
fection of good works ; " that there are divine pre-
cepts which good men, notwithstanding their desire
to observe them, are nevertheless absolutely unable
to obey ; nor has God given them the measure of
grace that is essentially necessary to render them
capable of such obedience." This is one of the five
propositions contained in the book entitled Augusti-
nus, which was often condemned in the seventeenth
S60 SANCTIFICATION.
century by the Popes. Janseniiis, the author of that
book, who meant to give a faithful picture of the
sentiments of Augustine, derived this proposition
from the writings of that father ; and, in like man-
ner, all those Protestants, who hold that system
which Calvin also learned from Augustine, not only
say that perfection is not in fact attained in this life,
but say farther that it cannot be attained, and that
it is part of the economy of the Gospel, that sanctifi-
cation, although it originates in the operation of the
Spirit of God, continues to be incomplete. Thus
the Church of England maintains, in the twelfth
Article, " good works, which are the fruits of faith,
and follow after justification, cannot put away our
sins and endure the severity of God's judgment :" in
the fifteenth Article, " all we, although baptized and
born again in Christ, yet offend in many things ;"
and in the sixteenth Article, " they are to be con-
demned which say they can no more sin as long as
they live here." In like manner our Confession of
Faith declares, Chap. xiii. 2, " Sanctification is
throughout in the whole man ; yet imperfect in this
life, there abiding still some remnants of corruption
in every part :" and Chap. xvi. 6, 7, " Our best
works as they are wrought by us are defiled and
mixed with so much weakness and imperfection, that
they cannot endure the severity of God's judgment.
Yet, notwithstanding the persons of believers being
accepted through Christ, their good works also are
accepted in him, not as though they were in this life
wholly unblameable and unreprovable in God's sight ;
but that he, looking upon them in his Son, is pleased
to accept and reward that which is sincere, although
SANCTIFICATION. 26l
accompanied with many weaknesses and imperfec-
tions."
This doctrine of the imperfection of sanctification
in this life, which the two established churches of
this -island thus manifestly agree in holding, rests
upon such grounds as the following. The Scrip-
tures, while they declare that *' in many things we
offend all," give no countenance to the dangerous
distinction between venial and mortal sins. But al-
though they represent sins as of different magni-
tudes and deserving different degrees of punishment,
they also represent every transgression of the law of
God as implying that guilt by which the transgres-
sor is under a sentence of condemnation ; and they
apply the name of sin to inordinate desire even be-
fore it is carried forth into action, and uniformly de-
scribe it as offensive to God.
Further, they hold it forth as the distinguishing
and peculiar character of the man Christ Jesus, that
he was without sin, and they record many grievous
sins committed by those, whom, from the manner
in which they are spoken of in other places, we
are led to consider as having been justified with
God.
Further, there are in the New Testament descrip-
tions of a continued struggle between the Spirit,
which is the principle of sanctification, and the cor-
ruption of human nature, by which that principle
is opposed. The most striking passage of this kind
is to be found in Romans vii. Calvinists generally
consider the apostle as there speaking, in his own
person, of a man who has been regenerated by the
grace of God. In this case his expressions mark
very strongly the corruption that remains in the
262 SANCTIFICATION.
hearts of the best men. Other Christians, who de-
ny, or who wish to extenuate this corruption, consi-
der him afe speaking in the person of a man who has
not partaken of the grace of God ; in which case his
expressions mark either the combat between appe-
tite and reason which all moral writers describe, or
the compunction and self-reproach of a man who is
struggling by the mere powers of his own nature to
disentangle himself from habits of vice. The true
interpretation of the passage must be gathered by a
careful study of the writings of Paul, and by the
help of the best commentators. There are other
passages in his Epistles, where the same struggle
which the Calvinists suppose to be meant in Romans
vii. seems to be described. Of this kind is the fol-
lowing : Gal. V. 17, " The flesh lusteth against the
Spirit, and the Spirit against the flesh, and these are
contrary the one to the other ; so that ye cannot do
the things that ye would." It appears, too, that the
general strain of Scripture, — the image of a warfare
under which it describes the Christian life, — the fear
and circumspection which it enjoins, and the daily
prayer for forgiveness which our Lord directs his
followers to present, all favour the Calvinistic doc-
trine respecting the imperfection of sanctification.
To these arguments from Scripture it may be added,
that this doctrine corresponds wath the circum-
stances of man in a present state, v/here he is sur-
rounded with temptations to evil, and retains, in a
greater or less degree, a propensity to yield to them ;
and that it is unquestionably agreeable to the expe-
rience of the best people, who not only feel many in-
firmities, but who are accustomed to acknowledge
that, after alt their exertions, they fall very far short
SANCTIFICATION. ^63
of what they are in duty bound to do, and that, with
all their circumspection and vigilance, they often
commit sins for which they have need of repent-
ance.
To a doctrine thus supported by Scripture and ex-
perience, it is not enough to oppose, as the advocates
for the perfection of the saints are wont to do, rea-
sonings drawn from the power and the holiness of
God, from the intention of the death of Christ, or
from the gift of the Spirit. Far from presuming
upon these reasonings, that a full participation of
the benefits of the Gospel will in this life overcome
the corruptions of human nature so entirely as to
leave no remainders of sin, it becomes us to correct
our conjectures with regard to the effect of the ope-
ration of God by the declarations of his word, and
by the measure in which that effect is experienced
by his people. Since these two rules of judging are,
upon this point, in perfect concert, every passage of
Scripture, which appears to contradict the doctrine
which they unite in establishing, must receive such
an interpretation as shall render Scripture consist-
ent with itself ; and every branch of the Calvinistic
system must be held with such qualifications as this
doctrine renders necessary. When we read, there-
fore, 1 John iii. 9, " Whosoever is born of God doth
not commit sin ; and he cannot sin, because he is
born of God," we understand the apostle to mean,
not that sin is never committed by those who are
born of God ; for we find him expressing himself
thus, 1 John i. 8, " If we say that we have no sin,
we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us ;"
but that whosoever is born of God is not an habi-
tual sinner, or cannot obstinately persist in commit-
264 SANCTIFICATION.
ting sin. When we meet with exhortations to per-
fection, — when we find the word perfect introduced
into some of the characters drawn in Scripture, —
when we read of persons " walking in all the com-
mandments and ordinances of the Lord blameless,"
we understand a comparative perfection to be spoken
of, sincerity of obedience, hatred of every kind of sin ;
what the Scripture often mentions along with per-
fection as equivalent to it, an upright and zealous
endeavour to conform in all things to the law of
God ; what is called by divines a perfection of parts,
although not of degrees. When we speak of the
perseverance of the saints, we mean, not an uniform
unsinning obedience, but the continual operation of
the principles communicated to their souls, and al-
ways abiding there, by which they are certainly re-
covered from the sins into which they are betrayed,
and are enabled, amidst all their weaknesses and im-
perfections, to " grow in grace." And we allow that
the assurance of grace and salvation is very much
interrupted by the sins, of which the best men are
occasionally guilty.
As all the parts of the Calvinistic system are in-
timately connected with one another, so the doctrine
which we are now illustrating is essentially necessary
in order to our holding the two doctrines last men-
tioned, the perseverance of the saints, and the as-
surance of grace and salvation. For as it is an un-
questionable fact that all men sin, unless it be ad-
mitted that sanctification is in this life incomplete,
it will follow either that there are none upon earth
who evei- partook of the grace of God, which is to
deny the existence of the church of Christ, or that
those who have been sanctified repeatedly fall from
SANCTIFICATION. ^65
a state of grace, and never can have any assurance
of their final salvation. But if the doctrine of the
imperfection of sanctification be admitted, there is
no impossibility in holding the two others. At the
same time it must be acknowledged, that the part of
the Calvinistic system, which is the most liable to
abuse, is the connexion between these three doctrines :
and there is no subject upon which the ministers of
the Gospel are called to exercise so much caution,
both in their public discourses and in their private
intercourse with the people. Many are disposed to
solace themselves under the consciousness of their
own sins, by the recollection of those into which
good men have formerly fallen, and by a confidence
that, as sanctification is always imperfect, they may
be amongst the number of the elect, although their
lives continue to be stained with gross transgres-
sions. It is not by holding forth ideal pictures of
human perfection, that this dangerous error is to be
counteracted ; for this is encouraging the indolence
of those who entertain it, by confirming them in the
belief that it is impossible for them to do what is
required. It must be met by imprinting upon the
minds of our hearers such important truths as the
following : that the remainder of corruption which
God sees meet to leave in the best, while it serves to
correct the deep despair which in some constitutions
accompanies religious melancholy, is to all a lesson
of humility and watchfulness ; that they, who, from
experience of this corruption, or from the sins which
it produces in others, take encouragement to persist
in deliberate and wilful transgression, discover a de-
pravity of heart which indicates that no saving-
change has been wrought upon their character ; that
206 SANCTIFICATION.
the repentance, which we are called to exercise for
our daily offences, implies a desire and an endeavour
to abstain from sin ; that those aspirations after a
state where the spirits of the just shall be made per-
fect, which are quickened by the consciousness of
our present infirmities, cannot be sincere without the
most vigorous efforts to acquire the sentiments and
habits which are the natural preparation for that
state ; that although none are in this life faultless,
yet some approach much nearer to the standard of
excellence held forth in the Gospel than others ; and
that it is the duty of all, by continued improvements
in goodness, to go on to perfection.
These views, all of which are clearly warranted
by Scripture, guard against the abuse which I men-
tioned ; and that imperfect but progressive sanctifi-
cation, which is the work of the Spirit, opens the
true nature of Christian morality — of that evangeli-
cal perfection which all the discoveries of the Gos-
pel tend to form, and which through the grace of
the Gospel is accepted of God and crowned with
an everlasting reward. Christian morality has its
foundation laid in humility. It excludes presump-
tion, and self-confidence, and claims of merit. It
implies continual vigilance and solicitude. Yet it
is a morality free from gloom and despair ; because
it is connected with a dependence upon that Almigh-
ty power, and a confidence in that exuberant good-
ness, which furnish the true remedy for the present
weakness of human nature. It is a morality not ex-
empt from blemishes ; " for thera is no man that
sinneth not." But it is a morality which extends
with equal and uniform care to all the precepts of
the divine law, which admits not of the deliberate
2!
SANCTIFICATION. S67
continued indulgence of any sin, and which follows
after perfection. Every failure administers a lesson
of future circumspection : compunction for the sins
that are daily repented of, and thankfulness for the
grace by which they are forgiven, bind the soul more
closely to the service of God ; the affections are gra-
dually purified ; virtuous exertion becomes more vi-
gorous and successful ; there is a sensible approach,
in passing through the state of trial, to the unsullied
holiness which belongs to the state of recompense.
The soul, established by a consciousness of this pro-
gress in the joy and peace of believing, cherishes the
desire and the hope of being made like to God ; and
the whole life of a Christian upon earth corresponds
to the words in which the apostle Paul has describ-
ed his opinion of himself, his conduct, and his ex-
pectations. " Not as though I had already at-
tained, either were already perfect ; but I follow
after, if that I may apprehend that for which also
I am apprehended of Christ Jesus. Brethren, I
count not myself to have apprehended ; but this one
thing I do, forgetting those things which are behind,
and reaching forth unto those things which are be-
fore, I press toward the mark for the prize of the
high calling of God in Christ Jesus. Let us, there-
fore, as many as be perfect, be thus minded." *
* Philippians iii. 12 — 15.
2()8 COVENANT OF GRACE,
CHAP. V.
COVENANT OF GRACE.
Many of the terms, which were introduced in the
discussion of particular theological questions, have
now become part of the technical language of theolo-
gy ; such as reconciliation, satisfaction, atonement,
redemption, and others which belong to the nature
of the remedy : predestination, election, reprobation,
grace, and others which belong to the extent and the
application of the remedy. There are other terms
including a complex view of the whole subject, which
could not properly be explained till we had finished
the three great divisions of it. I am now to speak
of several terms which are in common use amongst
all Christians, although not understood by all in the
same sense, because more or less meaning is an-
nexed to them, according to the opinions entertained
upon the different parts of the whole subject.
1. The dispensation of the Gospel is often repre-
sented in Scripture under the notion of a kingdom ;
the kingdom of Christ ; a kingdom given to him by
the Father, in which all power is committed to him,
and all nations are appointed to do him homage.
Those who refuse to submit to him are his enemies,
who shall illustrate his glory by the punishment
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^69
which he will inflict. Those who believe in him,
being relieved by his interposition from misery, are
his subjects, his people, attached to their deliverer
by gratitude, admiration, and a sense of duty ; show-
ing forth his praise now by their obedience to those
laws which he has enacted, and by the peace and joy
which, through that obedience, they attain ; and
destined to exhibit through all ages the triumphs of
the Captain of Salvation, by the supreme felicity
which they shall receive hereafter as his gift. His
power is exerted in applying the remedy to this pe-
culiar people, or in disposing their minds to embrace
it, and in forming and preserving that character by
which they are prepared for entering into the joy of
their Lord. For this purpose he imparts to them
those gifts which " he received for men when he
ascended on high ; he sends his Spirit into their
hearts ; he enables them to overcome those spiritual
enemies which are often mentioned in Scripture ; he
makes the angels, who are also subject to him, mi-
nistering spirits to these heirs of salvation ; and he
renders the whole course of his providence subser-
vient to their improvement. By all these means he
keeps their souls from evil while they live upon earth ;
and having " destroyed him that had the power of
death," he will raise their bodies from the grave, and
give them a crown of life.
This is a picture which is presented not only in
the bold figures of the ancient prophets, but also
in the more temperate language of the writers of
the New Testament. Many of the parts are very
pleasing ; and all unite with perfect consistency in
forming a splendid interesting object, possessing
that entire unity which arises from a continued re-
270 COVENANT OF GRACE.
ference to one illustrious person. Those who differ
very widely in opinion as to the dignity of the per-
son, or the purpose and the execution of his under-
taking', cannot agree as to the method of filling up
and colouring the several parts of this picture. But
they all profess to use the same phrases, as being
clearly founded in the language of Scripture ; and
the interpretation, by which they accommodate these
phrases to their own particular systems, is easily
deduced from the general principles of those systems.
Hence it is sufficient for me thus briefly to notice
this very extensive subject of popular and practical
preaching.
2. There is a second kind of phraseology founded
upon the connexion between Jesus Christ and his
subjects, by which they are represented sometimes
as parts of a building, of which he is the corner-
stone ; sometimes as his branches, he being the true
vine ; and more commonly as the members of a body,
of which he is the head, deriving from him strength
for the discharge of every duty, and the principles
of that life which shall never end. This last figure
expresses, in the most significant manner, what is
called in theological language the union of believers
with Christ. The bond of union is their faith in
him ; the effects of the union are a communication
of all the fruits of his sufferings ; a sense of his
love ; a continued influence of his Spirit ; and a se-
curity derived from his resurrection and exaltation
that they shall be raised and glorified with him.
And thus, while this figure serves in a very high
degree to magnify the completeness of the provision
made by Christ for the salvation of his people, it
inculcates at the same time, with striking force, a
COVENANT OF GRACE. f^71
lesson of dependence upon him, and a lesson of mu-
tual love. But as all figures are apt to be abused
by the extravagance of human fancy, there are none,
the abuse of which is more frequent or more dan-
gerous than those in which the sublimity of the
image serves to nourish presumption, or to encou-
rage indolence. Accordingly the expressions in
which Scripture has conveyed this figure are the
passages most commonly quoted by all fanatical sects,
as giving countenance to their bold imagination of
an immediate intercourse with heaven. They have
sometimes also been alleged in vindication of Anti-
nomian tenets. Much caution, therefore, is neces-
sary when this figure is used in discourses addressed
to the people, that they may never lose sight of that
substantial connexion which it is meant to exhibit,
and that the impression of their being distinct and
accountable agents may never be swallowed up in
the confused apprehension of a mystical union.
3. A third kind of phraseology, not uncommon
in Scripture, and from thence transferred into
theological systems, is that according to which
adoption, a word of the Roman law, which ex-
pressed a practice recognised in former times as
legal, is applied to the superlative goodness mani-
fested in the Gospel. Some Christians consider this
phrase as marking nothing more than that those re-
ligious privileges, upon account of which Israel is
called in the Old Testament the son, the first born
of God, are now extended to the nations or large so-
cieties of men descended from heathen ancestors, to
whom the Gospel is published. Others consider it as
marking that imitation of the Supreme Being, of
which faith in the revelation of the Gospel is the
S7^ COVENANT OF GRACE.
principle, and by which, becoming '' followers of
God as dear children," we attain that moral excel-
lence to which the Gospel was designed to exalt hu-
man nature. But the greater part of Christians con-
sider the adoption spoken of in the New Testament
as including, besides both these meanings, a particu-
lar view of the change made upon the condition of
all that are justified; who, although they " were ene-
mies by wicked works," become through faith in
Jesus the children of God, are received into his fa-
mily, are placed under his immediate protection, are
led by his counsel and his Spirit, have access to him
at all times, and possess that security of obtaining
eternal life, which arises from its being their inhe-
ritance as the sons of God. It is obvious that while
this phrase, thus understood, presents a comprehen-
sive and delightful view of the blessings which be-
long to true Christians, it may also be improved to
the purpose of enforcing the discharge of their duty
by the most animating and endearing considerations ;
and when these two uses of the phrase are properly
conjoined, there is none to be found in Scripture
that is more significant.
4. There is a fourth kind of phraseology, which
will require a fuller illustration than I have thought
it necessary to bestow upon the others. It extends
through a great part of what we are accustomed to
call the system ; many doctrines of which, although
they appear at first sight far removed from it, are
found, upon examination, to derive their peculiar
complexion from the ideas upon which this phraseo-
logy proceeds. It is that, according to which the
terms, the new covenant, and the covenant of grace, are
applied as a name for the dispensation of the Gospel.
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^^S
SECTION I.
The Greek word haQyim occurs often in the Sep-
tuagint, as the translation of a Hebrew word, which
signifies covenant ; it occurs also in the Gospels and
the Epistles ; and it is rendered in our English Bibles
sometimes covenant, sometimes testament. The
Greek word, according to its etymology, and accord-
ing to classical use, may denote a testament, a dis-
position, as well as a covenant ; and the Gospel may
be called a testament, because it is a signification of
the will of our Saviour ratified by his death, and be-
cause it conveys blessings to be enjoyed after his
death. These reasons for giving the dispensation of
the Gospel the name of a testament appeared to our
translators so striking, that they have rendered bia&n^n
more frequently by the word testament, than by the
word covenant. Yet the train of argument, where
biaQnm occurs, generally appears to proceed upon its
meaning a covenant ; and therefore, although, when
we delineate the nature of the Gospel, the beautiful
idea of its being a testament is not to be lost sight
of, yet we are to remember that the word testament,
which we read in the Gospels and Epistles, is the
translation of a word, which the sense requires to be
rendered covenant. When Jesus instituted the Lord's
Supper, he said, " This cup is -h zaivn bia^nm £" ^v ^''i^^'^^ i^^^^
or ro ai'xct rra Kciivric, dioLdmrjg. As thesc words are applied
to that which he intended to be a memorial of his
death, there may seem to be a peculiar propriety in
rendering diadrixn, as our translators have there done,
by the word testament. But it is to be observed,
VOL. III. T
^74' COVENANT OF GRACE.
that Ku/vTi dia^rixr, implies a reference to a former, which
is often called in the Epistles rraXata or v^urrj dta&vixn.
Now there was nothing in the -^raXa/a dia6ri>^yi analogous
to the notion of a testament. And, therefore, al-
though to the /ca/v>5 djadmri there did supervene this pe-
culiar and interesting circumstance, that the blessings
therein promised are conveyed by the death of a
testator, yet the contrast between the craXa/a and aaivn
bta6ri%ri would be better marked, if the substantive
were rendered by a word, which is equally proper
when applied to both adjectives, rather than by a
word, which, however fitly it corresponds to one of
them, cannot without a considerable stretch of mean-
ing be joined to the other. In the passage, Heb. ix.
15, 16, 17, the apostle appears, by our translation,
to found an argument upon an allusion to the classi-
cal meaning of diadriKvi, as signifying a testament. But
so far is there from being any necessity for translat-
ing it testament in this place, that the reasoning of
the apostle is more pertinent and forcible, when co-
venant, the common rendering of the word, is retain-
ed. The following is Dr. Macknight's translation of
these three verses : " And for this reason, of the new
covenant he is the mediator, that his death being
accomplished for the redemption of the transgres-
sions of the first- covenant, the called may receive
the promise of the eternal inheritance. For where a
covenant [is made by sacrifice,] there is a necessity
that the death of the appointed sacrifice be brought
in. For a covenant is firm over dead sacrifices,
seeing it never hath force whilst the appointed sacri-
fice liveth."
A covenant implies two parties, and mutual sti-
pulations. The new covenant must derive its name
2
COVENANT OF GRACE. 275
from something in the nature of the stipulations be-
tween the parties different from that which existed
before ; so that we cannot understand the propriety
of the name otaivn, without looking back to what is
called the ^aXa/a, or a^wr?j. On examining the passa-
ges in Gal. iii. in 2 Cor. iii. and in Heb. viii. ix. x.
where caXa/a and xaivri diadrizri are contrasted, it will be
found that rraXaia d/adn'^yj means the dispensation given
by Moses to the children of Israel ; and xaivn dia9ri)cri,
the dispensation of the Gospel published by Jesus
Christ ; and that the object of the apostle is to illus-
trate the superior excellence of the latter dispensa-
tion. But, in order to preserve the consistency of
the apostle's writings, it is necessary to remember
that there are two different lights in which the
former dispensation may be viewed. Christians ap-
pear to draw the line between -^raXa/a and zaivri d/adri7.7^,
according to the light in which they view tPiat dis-
pensation. It may be considered merely as a me-
thod of publishing the moral law to a particular na-
tion ; and then with whatever solemnity it was de-
livered, and with whatever cordiality it was accept-
ed, it is not a covenant that could give life. For
being nothing more than what divines call a cove-
nant of works, a directory of conduct requiring by
its nature entire personal obedience, promising life
to those who yielded that obedience, but making no
provision for transgressors, it left under a curse
" every one that continued not in all things that
were written in the book of the law to do them."
This is the essential imperfection of what is called
the covenant of works, the name given in theology
to that transaction, in which it is conceived that
the Supreme Lord of the universe promised to his
27^ COVENANT OF GRxiCE.
creature man, that he would reward that obedience
to his law, which, without any such promise, was
due to him as the Creator. It is understood in the
Calvinistic system that this covenant was entered
into with Adam, as the representative of the human
race. It is allowed by those who deny this repre-
sentation, that a covenant of works is entered into
with every one of the children of Adam by the con-
dition of his being; for " the Gentiles show the
work of the law written in their hearts." And
they who regard the covenant made with Israel at
Mount Sinai, which has been called the Sinaitic
covenant, as nothing more than a manner of giving
the moral law with peculiar circumstances of splen-
dour and majesty, consider the following epithets
which occur in the writings of Paul, as applicable
in their full meaning to the whole of the Mosaic dis-
pensation ; " weak through the flesh," * i. e. not
containing a provision for the salvation of men suit-
ed to the necessity of their nature ; " unprofitable,
making nothing perfect ;" f " the ministration of
death." X
But although some sects of Christians have cho-
sen to rest in this view of the Mosaic dispensation,
there is another view of it opened to us in Scrip-
ture. No sooner had Adam broken the covenant of
works, than a promise of a final deliverance from the
evils incurred by the breach of it was given. This
promise was the foundation of that transaction which
Almighty God, in treating with Abraham, conde-
scends to call " my covenant with thee," and which,
upon this authority, has received in theology the
name of the Abrahamic covenant. Upon the one
* Rom. viii. 3. t Heb. vii. 18, 19. t 2 Cor. iii. 7-
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^77
part, Abraham, whose faith was counted to him for
righteousness, received this charge from God, ** walk
before me and be thou perfect ;" upon the other part,
the God whom he believed, and whose voice he
obeyed, besides promising other blessings to him and
his seed, uttered these significant words, " in thy
seed shall all the families of the earth be blessed."
In this transaction then there was the essence of a
covenant, for there were mutual stipulations between
two parties ; and there was superadded, as a seal of
the covenant, the rite of circumcision, which, being
prescribed by God, was a confirmation of his promise
to all who complied with it, and being submitted to
by Abraham, was, on his part, an acceptance of the
covenant.
The Abrahamic covenant appears, from the nature
of the stipulations, to be more than a covenant of
works ; and, as it was not confined to Abraham, but
extended to his seed, it could not be disannulled by
any subsequent transactions, which fell short of a
fulfilment of the blessing promised. The law of
Moses, which was given to the seed of Abraham four
hundred and thirty years after, did not come up to
the terms of that covenant even with regard to them,
for in its form it was a covenant of works, and to
other nations it did not directly convey any blessing.
But although the Mosaic dispensation did not fulfil
the Abrahamic covenant, it was so far from setting
that covenant aside, that it cherished the expecta-
tion of its being fulfilled : for it continued the rite
of circumcision, which was the seal of the covenant ;
and in those ceremonies which it enjoined, there was
a shadow, a type, an obscure representation of the
promised blessing. Accordingly, many who lived
27^ COVENANT OF GRACE.
under the -raXa/a d/adrtxri wei'e justified by faith in a
Saviour who was to come. The nation of Israel
considered themselves as the children of the cove-
nant made with Abraham ; and v/hen the Messiah
was born, his birth was regarded by devout Jews as
a performance of the mercy promised to their fathers
in remembrance of the holy covenant made with
Abraham. *
Here, then, is another view of the Mosaic dispen-
sation. " It was added because of transgressions,
till the seed should come to whom the promise
was made." f By delivering a moral law which
men felt themselves unable to obey, by denouncing
judgments which it did not of itself provide any ef-
fectual method of escaping, and by holding forth in
various oblations the promised and expected Saviour,
" it was a schoolmaster to bring men unto Christ."
The covenant made with Abraham retained its force
during the dispensation of the law, and was the end
of that dispensation. And the particular manner of
administering this covenant, which the wisdom of
God chose to continue for a long course of ages, is
called 'TraXaioc bioLdriwi' When the purposes for which
this manner was chosen were accomplished, 'irakata.
ha&rr/.7i, '' waxing old, vanished away ;" and there suc-
ceeded that other method of administering the co-
venant, which, in respect of the facility of all the
observances, the simplicity and clearness with which
the blessings are exhibited, and the extent to which
they are prom.ulgated, is called xaivri ha^njcr) ; but which
is so far from being opposite to -raXa/a ^ladyi^r,, or essen-
tially different from it that it is in substance the
* Liikci. 72, 73. t GaL ill. 19.
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^27(j
very Gospel which was " preached before unto Abra-
ham," and was embraced by all those who " walked
in the steps of his faith."
Writers upon theology, sometimes from a differ-
ence in general principles, and sometimes from a
desire to elucidate the subject by introducing a new
language, have differed in the application of the
terms now mentioned. But the views which have
been given furnish the grounds upon which we de-
fend that established language, which is familiar to
our ears, that there are only two covenants essen-
tially different, and opposite to one another, the co-
venant of works, made with the first man, intimated
by the constitution of human nature to every one of
his posterity, and having for its terms, " Do this
and live ;" — and the covenant of grace, which was
the substance of the Abrahamic covenant, and which
entered into the constitution of the Sinaitic co-
venant, but which is more clearly revealed and
more extensively published in the Gospel.
This last covenant, which the Scriptures call new
in respect of the mode of its dispensation under the
Gospel, although it is not new in respect of its es-
sence, has received, in the language of theology, the
name of the covenant of grace, for the two follow-
ing obvious reasons ; because, after man had broken
the covenant of works, it was pure grace or favour
in the Almighty to enter into a new covenant with
him ; and because by the covenant there is convey-
ed that grace, which enables man to comply with
the terms of it. It could not be a covenant unless
there were terms — something required, as well as
something promised or given, — duties to be per-
formed, as well as blessings to be received. Accord-
280 COVENANT OF GRACE.
ingly, the tenor of the new covenant, founded upon
the promise originally made to Abraham, is ex-
pressed by Jeremiah in words which the apostle to
the Hebrews has quoted as a description of it ; " I will
be to them a God, and they shall be to me a people:"*
— words, which intimate, on one part, not only en-
tire reconciliation with God, but the continued
exercise of all the perfections of the Godhead in
promoting the happiness of his people, and the full
communication of all the blessings which flow
from his unchangeable love ; on the other part,
the surrender of the heart and affections of his peo-
ple, the dedication of all the powers of their nature
to his service, and the willing uniform obedience of
their lives. But, although there are mutual stipu-
lations, the covenant retains its character of a co-
venant of grace, and must be regarded as having its
source pvirely in the grace of God. For the very
circumstances which rendered the new covenant ne-
cessary take away the possibility of there being any
merit upon our part : the faith by which the cove-
nant is accepted is the gift of God ; and all the good
works by which Christians continue to keep the
covenant, originate in that change of character which
is the fruit of the operation of his Spirit. By the
conditions of the covenant of grace, therefore, are
meant, not any circumstances in our character and
conduct which may be regarded as inducements
moving God to enter into a new covenant with us,
but purely those expressions of thankfulness which
naturally proceed from the persons with whom God
has made this covenant, which are the effects and
* Heb. viii. 10.
COVENANT OF GRACE. 281
evidences of the grace conveyed to their souls, and
the indispensable qualifications for the complete and
final participation of the blessings of the covenant.
With this caution, we scruple not to say that there
are conditions in the covenant of grace, and we
press upon Christians the fulfilment of the condi-
tions on their part : although this is a language
which some of the first reformers, in their zeal
against popery, and their solicitude to avoid its er-
rors, thought it dangerous to hold, and which, un-
less it be properly explained, still sounds offensive
in the ears of particular descriptions of men.
The question concerning the extent of the co-
venant of grace turns upon points that have been
already explained.* The difference of opinion be-
tween the advocates for universal and particular re-
demption does not respect the number who shall
be saved. For whether God intended to make the
covenant of grace with all men, or whether he in-
tended to make it only with those, whom from the
beginning he elected, it is allowed, on both sides,
that they only are saved who accept of the covenant.
SECTION II.
It is one most important circumstance in the con-
stitution of the covenant of grace, that it was made
through the sufferings of Jesus Christ. Thence
arises the term Mediator, in the use of which all
Christians agree, because it is frequently applied to
* Book iv. ch. 6.
282 COVENANT OF GRACE.
him in the new Testament ; but concerning the
meaning and import of which they differ Avidely.
Jesus is called in Scripture fMzatryjg, im^it'/h q>iov xa/
avd^MTuv, ha8ri%rig x^httovoc^ Kaivrii, vsag, (udiTriz. The WOrd (MitSiTni
literally means a person in the middle, between two
parties ; and the fitness of there being a mediator
of the covenant of grace arises from this, that the
nature of the covenant implies that the two parties
were at variance. Those, who hold the Socinian
principles with regard to the nature of the remedy,
understand mediator to mean nothing more than a
messenger sent from God to give assurance of for-
giveness to his offending creatures. Those, who
hold the doctrine of the atonement, understand that
Jesus is called the mediator of the new covenant,
because he reconciles the two parties, by having ap-
peased the wrath of God which man had deserved ;
and by subduing that enmity to God by which their
hearts were alienated from him.. It is plain that
this is being a mediator in the strict and proper
sense of the word ; and there seems to be no reason
for resting in a meaning less proper and emphatical.
This sense of the term mediator coincides with the
meaning of another phrase applied to him, Heb. vii.
22, where he is called -/.^urrovog diaSyjxrig iyyvog. If he is a
mediator in the last sense, then he is also syyvogf the
sponsor, the surety of the covenant. He undertook
on the part of the Supreme Lawgiver, that the sins
of those who repent shall be forgiven ; and he ful-
filled this undertaking, by offering in their stead a
satisfaction to divine justice. He undertook on their
part that they should keep the terms of the co-
* 1 Tim. ii. 5. Heb. viii. 6 ; ix. 15; xii. 24.
COVENANT OF GRACE. 283
venant ; and he fulfils this undertaking by the in-
fluence of his Spirit upon their hearts.
From this high sense of the term mediator, in
which the general strain of the New Testament
seems to warrant us to understand that word, there
arise what are commonly called the three offices, up-
on account of his holding which, by the designation
of God, Jesus is emphatically styled the Christ, or the
anointed. The three offices of Christ are familiar
to the hearers of the Gospel from the instruction of
our Catechism : they are generally acceptable as
subjects of preaching ; and they may be improved
so as to furnish matter for useful and excellent dis-
courses. The meaning which we affix to the word
mediator suggests the following, as the most natural
order of stating the three offices. The Christ is a
priest, who offered on the cross a true and perfect
sacrifice, by which he has purchased forgiveness for
all that repent : he is a prophet, who publishes
what the apostle calls " the word of reconciliation,"
or the terms of the new covenant ; and he is a king,
who establishes his throne in the hearts of his peo-
ple, inclines them to accept of the covenant, enables
them to fulfil its terms, and has power to confer
upon them all its blessings.
If a mediator be essential to the covenant of grace,
and if all who have been saved from the time of the
first transgression were saved by that covenant, it
follows that the mediator of the new covenant acted
in that character before he was manifested in the
flesh. Hence the importance of that doctrine re-
specting the person of Christ ; that all the com-
munications which the Almighty condescended to
hold with the human race were carried on from the
S84 COVENANT OF GRACE.
beginning by this person, that it is he who spake
to the patriarchs, who gave the law by Moses, and
who is called in the Old Testament the Angel of
the covenant.* The views which we have now at-
tained of the remedy provided for the moral condi-
tion of the human race, open to us the full impor-
tance of a doctrine, which manifestly unites in one
faith all who obtain deliverance from that condition.
For according to this doctrine, not only did the
virtue of the blood which he shed as a priest ex-
tend to the ages past before his manifestation, but
all the intimations of the new covenant established
in his blood were given by him as the great pro-
phet, and the blessings of the covenant were applied
in every age by the Spirit, which he as the king of
his people sends forth.
The Socinians, who consider Jesus as a mere man,
having no existence till he was born of Mary, neces-
sarily reject the doctrine now stated. And the
chiu-ch of Rome, although they admit the divinity
of our Saviour, yet by the system which they hold
with regard to the mediation of Christ, agree with
the Socinians in throwing out of the dispensations
of the grace of God, that beautiful and complete
unity which arises from their having been conduct-
ed by one person. The church of Rome considers
Christ as mediator, only in respect of his human na-
ture. As that nature did not exist till he was born
of Mary, they do not think it possible that he could
exercise the office of mediator under the Old Testa-
ment ; and as they admit that a mediator is essen-
tial to the covenant of grace, they believe that those
* Book iii. ch. 5.
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^83
who lived under the Old Testament, not enjoying the
benefit of his mediation, did not obtain complete re-
mission of sins. They suppose, therefore, that per-
sons in former times who believed in a Saviour that
was to come, and who obtained justification with
God by this faith, were detained after death in a
place of the infernal regions, which received the name
of Limhus Patrum ; a kind of prison where they
did not endure punishment, but remained without
partaking of the joys of heaven, in earnest expecta-
tion of the coming of Christ, who, after suffering on
the cross, descended to hell that he might set them
free. This fanciful system has no other foundation
than the slender support, which it appears to receive
from some obscure passages of Scripture that admit
of another interpretation. But if Christ acted as the
mediator of the covenant of grace from the time of
the first transgression, this system becomes wholly
unnecessary ; and we may believe, according to the
general strain of Scripture, and what we account the
analogy of faith, that all who " died in faith" since
the world began entered immediately after death
into that " heavenly country which they desired."
Although the members of the church of Rome
adopt the language of Scripture, in which Jesus is
styled the mediator of the new covenant, they differ
from all Protestants in acknowledging other media-
tors ; and the use, which they make of the doctrine
that Christ is mediator only in his human nature, is
to justify their admitting those who had no other
nature to share that office with him. Saints, mar-
tyrs, and especially the Virgin Mary, are called me-
diatores secunclarii, because it is conceived that they
hold this character under Christ, and that, bv virtue
286 COVENANT OF GRACE.
of his mediation, the superfluity of their merits may
be applied to procure acceptance with God for our
imperfect services. Under this character supplica-
tions and solemn addresses are presented to them ;
and the mediatores secundarii receive in the church
of Rome, not only the honour due to eminent virtue,
but a worsliip and homage which that church wishes
to vindicate from the charge of idolatry, by calling
it the same kind of inferior and secondary worship
which is offered to the man Christ Jesus, who in his
human nature acted as mediator.
In opposition to all this, we hold that Jesus Christ
was qualified to act as mediator by the union be-
tween his divine and his human nature ; that his
divine nature gave an infinite value to all that he
did, rendering it effectual for the purpose of recon-
ciling us to God, while the condescension by which
he approached to man, in taking part of flesh and
blood, fulfilled the gracious intention for which a
mediator was appointed ; that the introducing any
other mediator is unnecessary, derives no warrant
from Scripture, and is derogatory to the honour of
him who is there called the " one mediator between
God and men ;" and that as the union of the divine
to the human nature is the foundation of that wor-
ship, which in Scripture is often paid to the media-
tor of the new covenant, this worship does not af-
ford the smallest countenance to the idolatry and
will- worship of those, who ascribe divine honours to
any mortal.
COVENANT OF GRACE. !:^87
SECTION III.
Prayer is the natural expression of the sentiments
of a dependent creature. But the dispensation of
the Gospel, as a covenant of grace, furnishes a
striking illustration of the obligation to prayer in
general, the propriety of the several parts of it,
and the encouragements to the regular perform-
ance of this duty. The inestimable value of the
blessings conveyed by this covenant, the vmmerit-
ed love from which they proceed, and the bright
display of the divine perfections in the method of
conferring them, quicken all those feelings of piety
and gratitude to God, with which it is the privilege
of the human heart to glow, and call for the most
devout adoration, and the w^armest thanksgiving.
The intimate relations by which the covenant of
grace connects Christians w^ith one another, as well
as with their common Father, produce intercessions,
those expressions of benevolence in which they com-
mend one another to his care. The consciousness
of that imperfection which is inseparable from hu-
man nature, and of those sins which we daily com-
mit, draws forth humble confessions, and supplica-
tions in the presence of Him, who " is faithful and
just to forgive us our sins." The sense of our own
inability to discharge our duty, and the desire of ob-
taining that heavenly aid which is promised to them
that ask it, give the form of petition to all our pur-
poses of obedience ; and the hope of those future
blessings of the covenant, to which we are conducted
by that obedience, imparts to the thoughts and affec-
288 COVENANT OF GRACE.
tions that degree of elevation, which seeks for inter-
course with heaven.
There is a vulgar notion concerning prayer, which
is derogatory to the character of the Almighty, that
our importunity can extort blessings from him, and
produce a change in his counsels. The notion is un-
reasonable, and directly opposite to the principles
upon which the Calvinistic doctrine of the covenant
of grace proceeds. Yet every consideration suggest-
ed by the light of nature, which shows prayer to be
a duty, is very much enforced by the Calvinistic
doctrine ; and all the fervour which the Scripture
recommends in performing the duty appears, upon
the principles of that doctrine, to be highly reason-
able, as proceeding from that state of mind, which
enters into the character of those with whom God has
made the covenant of grace, as cherishing and im-
proving that character, as being the preparation for
their receiving his blessings, and as an indispensable
condition, which for their sakes he has required.
Accordingly our Lord, while he corrects different
errors concerning prayer, which proceed from un-
worthy conceptions of the Deity, delivers a form of
prayer so conceived, as to imply that we are to pray
to God daily, and full of instruction as to the man-
ner of discharging that duty. This instruction, the
exposition of which occupies a considerable part of
the catechism of our church, is unfolded in every
system of theology.
The humility and self-abasement, formed by all
the discoveries of the Gospel, might either restrain
the mind from approaching the Almighty, or tinc-
ture all its devotions with a spirit of dejection and
melancholy, were not this tendency counterbalanced
COVENANT OF GRACE. 289
by the character under which the mediator of the
covenant of grace is revealed.. It is said that " he
maketh intercession for us ;"* he is called " our ad-
vocate with the Father ;"f and we are commanded
to pray in his name. if
We must be careful to separate from our notions
of the intercession of Christ all those circumstances
of tears, of earnest crying, and of prostration before
his Father, which would degrade him to the condi-
tion of a suppliant, and also every idea of his being
imcertain with regard to the issue of the applications
which he makes. The intercession of Christ pro-
ceeds upon the inexhaustible merit of his sacrifice ;
it is accomplished by his appearing in the presence
of God for us, and offering our prayers and services
to the Father ; and, being the intercession of him
who has power to give eternal life to as many as he
will, it cannot fail of being effectual to the purpose,
of procuring for his people all those blessings which
he chooses to bestow. The intercession of Christ,
understood with these qualifications, is agreeable to
the analogy of the whole scheme of salvation, which
is uniformly represented as originating in the love
of the Father, but as reaching us only through the
mediation of the Son ; and it is obvious to observe
that a doctrine, which teaches that our prayers are
heard, and our services accepted, not upon ac-
count of any thing in us, but purely upon account
of the righteousness of him, " in whom the Fatller
is well pleased," while it illustrates the majesty and
holiness of the Supreme Ruler, affords an encourage-
ment most graciously accommodated to the infirmi-
♦ Rom. viii. 34?. t 1 John ii. 1. ; John xvi. 23.
VOL. III. U
S90 COVENANT OF GRACE.
ties and sentiments of those, for whom Christ " mak-
eth intercession."
The nature and the grounds of that entire de-
pendence upon the Lord Jesus, which Christians are
everywhere taught to maintain, expose the grossness
and the folly of those errors which lead the church
of Rome to address the Virgin Mary, departed saints,
and angels, as intercessors with God. It is said, in
extenuation of these errors, that the unrivalled dig-
nity of the Lord Jesus is preserved by calling him
mediator primarius, mediator redemptionis^ while
others are only mediatores secundarii^ mediatores in-
tercessionis ; and it is alleged by those who address
to the mediatores intercessionis such words as ora
pro nobis, that the prayers which they solicit are
only a continuation in heaven of the intercessions
which good men offer for one another upon earth.
But the answer to all these pleas is obvious. The
Scriptures give no warrant for the distinction be-
tween mediator p?imarius and mediatores secunda-
rii. Christ is mediator intercessionis because he is
mediator redemptio7iis ; and, upon this account, his
intercession is effectual. The intercessions of Christ-
ians upon earth are an expression of benevolence —
of an earnest desire of the happiness of others, called
forth by scenes which they behold, but not imply-
ing any presumption, that what others are unwor-
thy to receive will be given because it is asked by
us ; whereas to solicit the intercession of the inha-
bitants of heaven is unmeaning, unless we sup-
pose that they have a knowledge of our condition,
and that they have power with God, — that kind of
merit which can insure their application for us be-
ing heard. Both parts of this supposition being
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^91
gratuitously assumed, the addresses offered in the
church of Rome to the mediatores secundarii only
weaken the sense of dependence upon the mediator
of the new covenant, the " King of Saints" and the
head of the " innumerable company of angels," the
Son of God, through whom Christians " have access
to the Father ;" and such addresses, after the ex-
ample of the heathen mythology, divide the atten-
tion and the worship of Christians amidst a multi-
tude of inferior beings, to whom, without any war-
rant, they may choose to ascribe certain degrees of
power and influence, and thus introduce what the
apostle calls " will-worship."*
SECTION lY.
It is usual for covenants amongst men to be con-
firmed by certain solemnities. In the simplicity of
ancient times, the solemnities were monuments or
large stones erected as a witness of the transaction,
and meetings at stated times between the parties or
their descendants, in commemoration of it.f In
more advanced periods of society, the solemnities
have become deeds written in a formal style, sealed,
delivered, and exchanged between the parties at the
time of the contract, and remaining, till they are
cancelled, as vouchers of the original transaction.
As circumcision was ordained as the token and seal
* Col. ii. 23. t Genesis and Joshua^ passim.
292 V COVENANT OF GRACE.
of the covenant with Abraham, we are led to expect
that, when the Almighty published the covenant of
grace by his Son, and invited all nations to enter
into it, he would, with the same condescension to
human weakness, grant some confirmation of the
grace therein manifested, some sensible sign which
might establish a reliance upon his promise, and
constitute the ground of a federal act between him
and his creatures. A great part of the Christian
world consider this as the intention of Baptism and
the Lord's Supper, the two solemn rites of our re-
ligion, which are commonly known by the name of
Sacraments.
This name is nowhere applied to these rites in
Scripture. Sacrmmentmn, being a word of Latin
extraction, could not be introduced into theology by
the original language, in which the books of the
New Testament were written ; and in all the places
of the Vulgate, or old Latin translation of the Bible,
it is put for the Greek word iMuarriPiov. Dr. Campbell,
in his Preliminary Dissertations to a New Transla-
tion of the Gospels, has discussed the different ap-
plications of the words i^vGrri^m and sacramentum ;
and he has clearly shown that /xuffryj^v always means
either a secret, something imknown till it was re-
vealed ; or the latent spiritual meaning of some
fable, emblem, or type. Now, in both these senses
fivffrvjPwv is rendered in the Vulgate sacramentuin, al-
though when we attend to the etymology of the two
words, they do not appear to correspond. Mtya san
(Mvffryioiov su6sQs/ag I magnum est sacramentum pietatis :
TO fxvffrri^iov ruv sTrra adrs^uv, sacramentum septem stellarum ;
the hidden meaning of the seven stars. But al-
though Scripture does not warrant the application
COVENANT OF GilACE. 293
now made of the word sacrament, it has the sanc-
tion of very ancient practice. As some of the most
sacred and retired parts of the ancient heathen wor-
ship were called mysteries, there is reason to think
that the word [iMdr^ia was early applied to the Lord's
Supper, which, from the beginning. Christians re-
garded with much reverence, which, in times of
persecution, they were obliged to celebrate in pri-
vate, and from which they were accustomed to ex-
clude both those who had been guilty of notorious
sins, and those who had not attained sufficient know-
ledge. The Latin word sacramentum followed this
application of the Greek word ; and if Pliny is cor-
rect in the information he conveys in his letter to
Trajan, concerning the Christians in the end of the
first century, his expression may suggest that there
was conceived to be a peculiar propriety in giving
this name to the Lord's Supper, from the analogy
between the engagement to abstain from sin, which
those who partook of that rite contracted, and the
military oath of fidelity, which was known in clas-
sical writers by the name sacramentum.
It appears, then, that the word, in the sense in
which it is now used, is an ecclesiastical, not a scrip-
tural word, and that the amount of that sense is to
be gathered, not from the original meaning of the
word, but from the practice of those with whom it
occurs. For from the etymology nothing more can
be deduced, than that a sacrament is something,
either a word or an action, connected with what is
sacred ; and this is equally true, whether we annex
to it the Popish sense, the Socinian sense, or the
sense in which it is understood by the greater
part of the reformed churches.
294 COVENANT OF GRACE.
Sacraments are conceived in the church of Rome
to consist of matter, deriving, from the action of the
priest in pronouncing certain words, a divine virtue,
by which grace is conveyed to the soul of every per-
son who receives them. It is supposed to be neces-
sary that the priest, in pronouncing the words, has
the intention of giving to the matter that divine vir-
tue, otherwise it remains in its original state. On
the part of those who receive the sacrament, it is re-
quired that they be free from any of those sins call-
ed in the church of Rome mortal ; but it is not re-
quired of them to exercise any good disposition, to
possess faith, or to resolve that they shall amend
their lives. For such is conceived to be the physi-
cal virtue of a sacrament, administered by a priest
with a good intention, that, unless when it is oppos-
ed by the obstacle of a mortal sin, the very act of
receiving it is sufficient. This act was called, in the
language of the schools, opus operatum, the work
done, independently of any disposition of mind at-
tending the deed ; and the superiority of the sacra-
ments of the New Testament, over the sacraments
of the Old, was thus expressed, that the sacraments
of the Old Testament were effectual ex opere oper-
mitis, from the piety and faith of the persons to whom
they were administered ; while the sacraments of the
New Testament convey grace, ex opere operato, from
their own intrinsic virtue, and an immediate physical
influence upon the mind of him who receives them.
The arguments opposed to this doctrine by the
first reformers will readily occur to your minds,
from the simple exposition of it which I have given.
It represents the sacraments as a mere charm, the
use of which, being totally disjoined from every men-
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^[)5
tal exercise, cannot be regarded as a reasonable ser^
vice. It gives men the hope of receiving, by the
use of a charm, the full participation of the grace of
God, although they continue to indulge that very
large class of sins, to which the accommodating mo-
rality of the church of Rome extends the name of
venial ; and yet it makes this high privilege entirely
dependent upon the intention of another, who, al-
though he performs all the outward acts which be-
long to the sacrament, may, if he chooses, withhold
the communication of that physical virtue, without
which the sacrament is of none avail.
The Socinian doctrine concerning the nature of
the sacraments is founded upon a sense of the ab-
surdity and danger of the popish doctrine and a so-
licitude to avoid any approach to it, and runs into
the opposite extreme. It is conceived that the sa-
craments are not essentially distinct from any other
rites or ceremonies ; that as they consist of a sym-
bolical action, in which something external and ma-
terial is employed to represent what is spiritual and
invisible, they may by this address to the senses
be of use in reviving the remembrance of past events,
and in cherishing pious sentiments ; but that their
effect is purely moral, and that they contribute by
that moral effect to the improvement of the indivi*
dual in the same manner with reading the Scrip-
tures, and many other exercises of religion. It is
admitted, indeed, by the Socinians, that the sacra-
ments are of further advantage to the whole society
of Christians, as being the solemn badges by which
the disciples of Jesus are discriminated from other
men, and the appointed method of declaring that
faith in Christ, by the public profession of which
S96 COVENANT OF GRACE.
Christians minister to the improvement of one an-
other. But in these two points, the moral effect
upon the individual, and the advantage to society, is
contained all that a Socinian holds concerning the
general nature of the sacraments.
This doctrine is infinitely more rational than the
Popish, more friendly to the interests of morality,
and consequently more honourable to the religion of
Christ. But, like all the other parts of the Socinian
system, it represents that religion in the simple view
of being a lesson of righteousness, and loses sight of
that character of the Gospel, which is meant to be
implied in calling it a covenant of grace. The
greater part of Protestants, therefore, following an
expression of the apostle, Rom. iv. 11, when he is
speaking of circumcision, consider the sacraments
as not only signs, but also seals of the covenant of
grace.
Those who apply this phrase to the sacraments
of the New Testament admit every part of the So-
cinian doctrine concerning the nature of sacraments,
and are accustomed to employ that doctrine to cor-
rect those popish errors upon this subject, which are
not yet eradicated from the minds of many of the
people. But although they admit that the Socinian
doctrine is true as far as it goes, they consider it as
incomplete. For while they hold that the sacra-
ments yield no benefit to those, upon whom the
signs employed in them do not produce the proper
moral effect, they regard these signs as intended to
represent an inward invisible grace, which proceeds
from him by whom they are appointed, and as
pledges that that grace will be conveyed to all in
whom the moral effect is produced. The sacra-
COVENANT OF GRACE. ^97
ments, therefore, in their opinion, constitute federal
acts, in which the persons who receive them with
proper dispositions, solemnly engage to fulfil their
part of the covenant, and God confirms his promise
to them in a sensible manner ; not as if the promise
of God were of itself insufficient to render any event
certain, but because this manner of exhibiting the
blessings promised gives a stronger impression of
the truth of the promise, and conveys to the mind an
assurance that it will be fulfilled.
According to this account of the sacraments, the
express institution of God is essentially requisite to
constitute their nature ; and in this respect sacra-
ments are distinguished from what may be called
the ceremonies of religion. Ceremonies are in their
nature arbitrary ; and different means may be em-
ployed by different persons with success, according
to their constitution, their education, and their cir-
cumstances, to cherish the sentiments of devotion,
and to confirm good purposes. But no rite which
is not ordained by God can be conceived to be a seal
of his promise, or the pledge of any event that de-
pends upon his good pleasure. Hence that any rite
may come up to our idea of a sacrament, we require
in it not merely a vague and general resemblance
between the external matter which is the visible sub-
stance of the rite, and the thing thereby signified,
but also words of institution, and a promise by which
the two are connected together : and hence we reject
five of the seven sacraments that are numbered in
the church of Rome, because in some of the five we
do not find any matter, without which there is not
that sign which enters into our definition of a sacra-
ment ; and in others we do not find any promise con-
298 COVENANT OF GRACE.
iiecting the matter used with the grace said to be
thereby signified, although upon this connexion the
essence of a sacrament depends.
Burnet's exposition of the 25th Article shows upon
what grounds, and with what strict propriety, the
church of England says, " those five commonly call-
ed sacraments, that is to say, confirmation, penance,
orders, matrimony, and extreme unction, are not to
be counted for sacraments of the Gospel, being such
as have grown partly of the corrupt following of the
apostles ; partly are states of life allowed in the
Scriptures, but yet have not like nature of sacra-
ments with Baptism and the Lord's Supper ; for that
they have not any visible sign or ceremony ordain-
ed by God." In Baptism and the Lord's Supper,
to which the name of sacraments is, according to our
definition, limited, we find all which that definition
requires. In each there is matter, an external visi-
ble substance ; and there is also a positive institu-
tion authorising that substance to be used with cer-
tain words in a religious rite. And we think that
both from the nature of the institution, and from
the manner in which each sacrament is mentioned
in other places of the New Testament, the two are
not barely signs of invisible grace, or badges of the
Christian profession, but were intended by him who
appointed them to be pledges of that grace, and seals
of the covenant by which it is conveyed.
Erskine's Dissertations.
Macknight's Preliminary Dissertations.
Leechman on Prayer.
BAPTISM. ^99
CHAP. VI.
QUESTIONS CONCERNING BAPTISM.
SECTION I.
The washings and sprinklings, which formed part
of the religious ceremonies of all nations, arose pro-
bably from a consciousness of impurity, and an opi-
nion that innocence was acceptable to the gods ; and
they were originally intended, on the part of the
worshippers, as a profession of their purpose to ab-
stain, in future, from the pollutions which they had
contracted. Those who were initiated into the mys-
teries of the heathen religion bathed, before their
initiation, in a particular stream, where they were
supposed to leave all their previous errors and de-
filements, and from which they entered pure into the
belief of new opinions, and the participation of sa-
cred rites. When any inhabitants of the countries
adjoining to JMea turned from the worship of idols,
and, professing their faith in the God of Israel, de-
sired to be numbered as his servants among the pro-
selytes to the law of Moses, they were baptized ;
and those who had formerly been held in abhorrence
were, by this ceremony, admitted into a certain de-
gree of communion with the peculiar people of God.
When John appeared preaching in the land of Ju-
dea, he came baptizing, and his baptism was empha-
300 BAPTISM.
tically called the baptism of repentance, because the
substance of his preaching was, " Repent ye, for the
kingdom of heaven is at hand."* The people who
** went out to him and were baptized, confessing
their sins," had been accustomed to wash from the
errors of idolatry those who became proselytes to
their law. But they themselves had need of wash-
ing, before they were admitted into the kingdom of
the Messiah ; and his days were the time of the ful-
filment of that word which God spake by the mouth
of Ezekiel : " Then will I sprinkle clean water
upon you, and ye shall be clean ; from all your fil-
thiness and from all your idols will I cleanse you."f
In accommodation to this general practice, and to
these peculiar opinions of the Jews, Jesus, as soon
as he assumed the character of " a teacher sent from
God," employed his apostles to baptize those who
came to him : and having condescended, in this re-
spect, to the usage of the times while he remained
upon earth, he introduced baptism into the last com-
mission which he gave his apostles, in a manner
Vv^hich seems to intimate that he intended it to be the
initiatory right of his universal religion. Yio^zuk^ng ow
(jjaOrirrjijaTi 'ttccvtix tol shrj, /Sa-rr/^ovrsg avTOvg. But in Order tO
render it a distinguishing rite, by which his disciples
should be separated from the disciples of any other
teacher who might choose to baptize, he added these
words, sig TO ovo,'xa,rov Uar^ogxai rou 'Tio'o %ai rov ay/ov Unv/xa'Tog.'!^
Those who were baptized among the heathen were
baptized in certain mysteries. The Jews are said
by the apostle Paul to have been " baptized unto
Moses," at the time when they followed him through
the Red Sea, as the servant of God sent to be their
* Mark. i. 4. t Ezek. xxxvi. 25. .-j; Matt, xxviii. 19-
BAPTISM. 301
leader.* Those who went out to John " were bap-
tized unto John's baptism," i, e, into the expectation
of the person whom John announced, and into re-
pentance of those sins which John condemned. |
Christians are " baptized into the name of the Fa-
ther, the Son, and the Holy Ghost," because in this
expression is implied that whole system of truth
which the disciples of Christ believe ; into the name
of the Father, the one true and living God whom
Christians profess to serve ; of the Son, that divine
person revealed in the New Testament, whom the
Father sent to be the Saviour of the world ; of the
Holy Ghost, the divine person also revealed there as
the comforter, the sanctifier, and the guide of Chris-
tians.
As all who were baptized at the first appearance
of Christianity had been educated in idolatry, or had
known only that preparatory dispensation which the
Jews enjoyed, it was necessary that they should
be instructed in the meaning of that solemn expres-
sion which accompanied their Christian baptism.
Accordingly, the practice of the apostles in adminis-
tering baptism, judging by the few instances which
the book of Acts has recorded, corresponds to the
order intimated in the commission of our Lord,
where the instruction that makes men disciples is
supposed to precede baptism. Thus to the minister
of the queen of Ethiopia Philip first " preached
Jesus ;" he then said, '* if thou believest with all
thine heart, thou mayest be baptized ;" and when
the man answered, " I believe that Jesus Christ is
the Son of God, Philip baptized him."t The follow-
* 1 Cor. X. 2. t Acts xix. .3.
302 BAPTISM.
ing phrases, which occur in diiferent epistles, " the
form of sound words, the principles of the doctrine
of Christ, the doctrine of baptism," probably mean
some such short summary of Christian doctrine, as
we know was used in the age immediately succeed-
ing that of the apostles, for the instruction of persons
who came to be baptized. Peter's joining to bap-
tism, 1 Pet. iii. 21, 6uvsih<^sMg aya&rig £'3'£owr^,aa ijg @iov
seems to imply, that in the apostolic age questions
were always proposed to them. And this is con-
firmed by the expression, Heb. x. 22, " having our
bodies washed with pure water, let us hold fast the
profession of our faith :" the most natural interpre-
tation of which words is, that persons at their bap-
tism were required to make a declaration of their
faith ; and we know that, if not from the beginning,
yet in very early times, there was joined with this
declaration a renunciation of former vices, and a pro-
mise to lead a good life.
It appears from this deduction that baptism was,
in its original institution, a solemn method of as-
suming the profession of the Christian religion, a
mark of distinction between the disciples of Jesus,
and those who held any other system of faith. So-
cinus and some of his followers, confining themselves
to this single view of baptism, consider it ias an in-
stitution highly proper at the first planting of the
Christian Church, which was formed out of idolaters
and Jews, but as superseded in all Christian countries
by the establishment and general profession of Christ-
ianity. For it appears to them that what was in-
tended merely for the purpose of being a discrimi-
nating rite, ceases of course, in circumstances where
there is no need for a discrimination ; and that the
BAPTISM. 303
observance of it is of real importance only in those
cases which we very rarely behold when persons
who had been educated in another religion are con-
verted to Christianity. Although the modern Soci-
nians have not paid so much respect to the opinion
of Socinus as to lay aside the use of baptism, yet
their sentiments upon this point are much the same
with his. " They would make no great difficulty,"
to use the words of Dr. Priestley, " of omitting it en-
tirely in Christian families ; but they do not think
it of importance enough to act otherwise than their
ancestors have done before them, in a matter of so
great indifference."
The Quakers are the only sect of Christians who
make no use of baptism ; and their practice in this
matter is only a particular application of their lead-
ing principles. It appears to them that, as it is the
distinguishing character of the Gospel to be the dis-
pensation of the Spirit, and as every Christian is
under the immediate guidance of an inward light,
all the ordinances of former times only presignified
that effusion of the Holy Ghost, which, in the age
of the Gospel, was to render the further use of them
unnecessary. When John the Baptist says, ** I in-
deed baptize you with water unto repentance, but
he that cometli after me, shall baptize you with the
Holy Ghost, and with fire," it appears to the Quak-
ers, that John, by this contrast, means to represent
his own baptism as emblematical of the baptism of
Jesus, and to give notice that the baptism by water,
which was the emblem, should cease as soon as the
baptism with the Holy Ghost, which was the thing
signified, should commence. The baptism with wa-
ter, practised by the apostles of Jesus, they regard
304 BAPTISM.
as merely an accommodatiorj to the prejudices of the
times, till the spiritual nature of the Gospel was un-
derstood ; and they consider the miraculous effusion
of the gifts of the Spirit upon the apostles at the day
of Pentecost, which our Lord himself calls their be-
ing baptized with the Holy Ghost, and the visible
descent of the Holy Ghost upon some of those who
were baptized by the apostles, as affording the true
interpretation of the word baptism, as it occurs in
the discourses of our Lord. Hence they conclude
that when he says in the commission given to his
apostles, " Go, make disciples of all nations, baptiz-
ing them," he does not mean literally to command
his apostles to plunge in water the bodies of all who
should become his disciples, but he only uses a figu-
rative expression, borrowed from the ancient emble-
matical practice, for that communication of the
Spirit which in all ages was to form the characteris-
tical distinction of his disciples.
Other Christians do not find this reasoning suffi-
cient to warrant the conclusion which the Quakers
draw from it : that the use of baptism is now to be
laid aside. They do not admit the general princi-
ple that all emblems and symbols become unnecessary,
as soon as the thing signified is come ; for this prin-
ciple, if followed out to its full extent, u^ould anni-
hilate all religious ceremionies. With regard to the
particular case of baptism, they consider the expres-
sion used in the commission given by our Lord, as
interpreted to all Christians by the practice of
baptizing with water, which the Apostles had used
before they received the commission ; which they
continued to use after it ; and v/hich, upon their au-
thority, and after their example, was invariably fol-
3
BAPTISM. 305
lowed in the primitive church. In the commission,
there do not appear to be any circumstances suggesting
that the command was not to be universally obeyed,
according to that literal meaning which the apostles
seem to have given it ; or that there is any limita-
tion of time, after which what was at first under-
stood literally was to receive a figurative interpre-
tation ; and accordingly, all other Christians, besides
the Quakers, observe what they consider the explicit
direction of our Lord, by employing baptism, in all
situations of the church, as the initiatory rite of his
religion.
In one circumstance respecting the mode of admi-
nistering baptism, the greater part of Christians have
departed from the primitive practice. Both sprink-
ling and immersion are implied in the word /Sa-rr/^w ;
both were used in the religious ceremonies of the
Jews, and both may be considered as significant of
the purpose of baptism, and as corresponding to the
words in which the Scripture represents the spirit-
ual blessings thereby signified. There is reason to
believe that immersion was more commonly practis-
ed at the beginning. But as the numbers said in
the Book of Acts to have been baptized at one time,*
and the circumstances in which they received bap-
tism, seem to suggest that even in those days, sprink-
ling was at some times used, the greater part of
Christians have found themselves at liberty, in a
matter very far from being essential, to adopt that
practice which is most convenient, and most suited
to the habits of colder climates.
To the administration of baptism, there is com-
* Acts ii. 4J.
VOL III. X
S06 BAPTISM.
monly annexed, after the custom of the Jews when
a child was circumcised, the designing the person
baptized by a particular name. This is manifestly
an addition to the directions given by our Lord, and
consequently is not to be regarded as any part of
baptism. A name might be given to a person at
any oth^r time as well as then. But the practice,
of assuming the name by which we are commonly
called at the time when we are initiated as the dis-
ciples of Christ, may serve to remind us of the obli-
gations implied in the solemnity with which that
name was given.
SECTION II.
All who use baptism, consider it as the initiatory
rite of Christianity, the solemn profession of the
Christian faith. But this account of baptism, al-
though true, appears to the greater part of Christians
to be incomplete ; and the grounds upon which they
entertain a higher opinion of it are of the following
kind.
Baptizing into the name of the Father, the Son,
and the Holy Ghost, while it certainly implies a pro-
fession of faith in them, also exhibits these three per-
sons under certain characters, and in certain rela-
tions, which give an assurance of the communica-
tion of blessings to those who are thus baptized.
Agreeably to this exhibition made in the form of
baptism, are such expressions as these, " he that be-
BAPTISM. 307
lieveth and is baptized shall be saved :" * " baptism
saves us :"f " be baptized for the remission of sins :"t-
expressions which could not have been used unless
there was an intimate connexion between this rite
and the two characteristical blessings of the Gospel,
viz. forgiveness of sins, and the communication of
inward grace. The apostle Paul, Rom. vi. 4, 5, 6,
illustrates this connexion by an allusion drawn from
the ancient method of administering baptism. The
immersion in water of the bodies of those who were
baptized is an emblem of that death unto sin, by
which the conversion of Christians is generally ex-
pressed : the rising out of the water, the breathing
the air again after having been for some time in an-
other element, is an emblem of that new life, which
Christians by their profession are bound, and by the
power of their religion are enabled to lead. The
time during which they remained under the water
is a kind of temporary death, after the image of the
death of Christ, during which they deposited under
the stream the sins of which the old man was com-
posed : when they emerged from the water, they
rose, after the image of his resurrection, to a life of
righteousness here, and a life of glory hereafter.
Here is a significant representation both of what the
baptized persons engaged to do, and also of the
grace by which their sins were forgiven, and the
strength communicated to their souls : so that the
action of baptism, as interpreted by an apostle, rises
from being a profession of faith, a mere external
rite, to be a federal act, by which the mutual stipu-
lations of the covenant of grace are confirmed. Ac-
* Mark xvi. 16. t 1 Peter iii. 21. J Acts ii. 38.
308 BAPTISM.
cordingly, the same apostle represents baptism m
coming in place of circumcision. For to the Gala-
tians, to whom he thus writes, v. 2, 3, " I Paul, say
unto you, that if ye be circumcised, Christ shall pro-
fit you nothing : for I testify again to every man
that is circumcised, that he is a debtor to do the
whole law ;" he says, iii. 27, " as many of you, as
have been baptized into Christ, have put on Christ."
And to the Colossians, ii. 11, 12, he proves that cir-
cumcision was no longer necessary, by this argu-
ment, that their being buried with Christ in bap-
tism was emblematical of that change of life, and
that internal purity, which the rite of circumcision
was meant to signify to the Jews. But the sign of
circumcision is called by the apostle, Rom. iv. 11,
" a seal of the righteousness of the faith which
Abraham had," i. e, a seal of his faith being counted
to him for righteousness ; and as the use of the sign
was appointed for his posterity, it was to them also
a seal of the covenant, confirming, to all who receiv-
ed it, their share in the promise made to Abraham.
If baptism, therefore, supply under the Gospel the
place of circumcision under the law, and bring
Christians under the same obligations to Christ, as
circumcision brought the Jews to the law, it must
also imply the same security and pledge for the
blessings conveyed by Christ.
These are the grounds upon which the greater
part of Christians think the Socinian account of bap-
tism incomplete. They agree with the Socinians in
considering it as a solemn method of assuming the
profession of Christianity ; as a ceremony intended
to produce a moral effect upon the minds of those
who partake of it, or who behold it administered to
BAPTISM. 309
others, and as in this respect most salutary and use-
ful. But they consider it as possessing, besides both
these characters, the higher character of a sacrament,
an outward sign of an invisible grace, a seal of the
new covenant.
However well founded this opinion may appear to
be, much care is necessary to separate it from the
errors of the church of Rome, who, applying to bap-
tism their general doctrine concerning the nature of
the sacraments, run into another extreme more dan-
gerous and more irrational than the Socinian.
The church of Rome considers baptism, when ad-
ministered by a priest having a good intention, as of
itself applying the merits of Christ to the person
baptized, with an efficacy sufficient to infuse into hig
mind a new character. Hence they deduce the ab-
solute necessity of baptism in order to salvation, and
the propriety of its being administered to a child who
appears to be dying by any person present, if a priest
is not at hand. Hence too their distinction between
sins committed before and after baptism. The cor-
ruption inherited from Adam, and all the actual
transgressions which a person may have committed
before his baptism, are, it is said, completely annihi-
lated by this sacrament ; so that if the most aban-
doned person were to receive it for the first time in
articido mortis, all his sins would be washed away,
and he would enter undefiled into another world :
but all sins committed after baptism, after the infu-
sion of that grace by the conveyance of which this
sacrament constitutes a new character, must be ex-
piated by the sacrament of penance. Some of them,
however, may be of such a kind as nothing can ex-
piate. In this way the church of Rome contrives
310 BAPTISM.
to magnify the power of both sacraments, to find
room for each without detracting from the other,
and at the same time to keep the people in a conti-
nual dependence upon itself, by an uncertainty with
regard to the extent of the remission of sins.
Many Christians, who do not hold the opinions of
that church, seem to approach to them in what they
say of the immediate effect of baptism. They un-
derstand the words of our Lord to Nicodemus, " ex-
cept a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he
cannot enter into the kingdom of God," as declaring
that no person can be admitted to heaven who has
not been baptized ; and from the language of Paul,
Titus iii. 6, "he saved us by the washing of regen-
eration and renewing of the Holy Ghost," they con-
clude that a renovation of mind accompanies the act
of baptism. Hence Augustine made a distinction
between those who were regenerated and those who
were predestinated. He maintained that all who re-
ceived baptism were regenerated or born again, so as
to be delivered from that corruption which the child-
ren of Adam inherit : but that unless they were pre-
destinated, they did not persevere in that state to
which they were regenerated. Many of the Luthe-
ran churches have not departed so far from the doc-
trine of the church of Rome concerning baptism, as
to renounce this distinction, but place the efficacy of
the sacrament in a regeneration, by which faith is
actually conveyed to the soul of an infant ; and by
consequence they hold baptism to be indispensably
necessary. It is a remnant of the same doctrine in
the minds of the people in this country, that pro-
duces the horror which they feel at the thought of a
child dying unbaptized, or even living for a consi-
BAPTISM. 311
derable time in that state. The liturgy, too, of the
church of England, which, being formed soon after
the Reformation, wisely studied to depart as little as
possible from the ideas generally entertained, seems
to proceed in this point on the language of Augus-
tine. For it is said in the Catechism, that by bap-
tism they who were " by nature born in sin are
made the children of grace ;" and in the office for
baptism thanks are given to God, " that it hath pleas-
ed him to regenerate this infant with his Holy
Spirit." Yet from both Burnet's Exposition of the
thirty-nine Articles, and Seeker s Lectures on the
Catechism, books which are considered as standards
in England, and which are useful to all clergymen,
it appears that the church of England, far from ap-
proaching to the Popish idea of a charm wrought by
baptism, agrees with us in holding the rational doc-
trine common to all the reformed churches with re-
gard to the eifect of this sacrament. This rational
doctrine, which lies in the middle between the Popish
and Socinian systems, may be thus shortly stated.
It is understood that all the external privileges
and means of improvement, which belong to the
members of the Christian church, are enjoyed by
every person who has been baptized according to the
institution of Christ ; and it is hoped that every per-
son, who by the outward act is entitled to the out-
ward advantages of baptism, will also partake of the
inward grace. At the same time, while we judge
thus charitably of our brethren, we learn from the
words of the apostle, Peter iii. 21, " that the putting
away of the filth of the flesh" in baptism, the mere
act of washing, does not save any person, unless it
be accompanied with " the answer of a good con-
312 BAPTISM.
science towards God." These words are directly
opposite to the Popish idea of baptism working as a
charm ; and they seem to direct us to apply to this
rite our general idea of the nature of a sacrament,
by considering baptism as a federal act, in which
those who make the sponsion with sincerity on their
part, receive a pledge and security that the blessings
exhibited shall be conveyed to their souls. We con-
ceive that these blessings are not the annihilation of
past sins, and the immediate infusion of a new cha-
racter ; but the forgiveness of all sins of which they
repent, and those continual supplies of grace, which
are necessary to keep their souls from evil. We
make no distinction, therefore, as to the efficacy of
baptism, between sins committed before, and sins
committed after the administration of it. We think
that the sin against the Holy Ghost, and a total
apostasy from Christianity are unpardonable, not
because they are committed after baptism, but be-
cause the very nature of these sins excludes that
repentance without which they cannot be forgiven.
We consider justification by faith, through the
righteousness of Christ, as including a right to the
remission of every sin that is repented of, as well as
a deliverance from the curse entailed upon the pos-
terity of Adam ; and we regard baptism as by no
means the physical instrument of that justification,
but only as a seal of it vouchsafed to us by God.
Hence, although we account it a presumptuous sin
to despise the seal, yet, as the remission of sins rests
upon the promise of God in Christ, we do not ac-
count the seal so indispensably necessary, as to ren-
der the promise void to those who have not the
means of receiving baptism according to the original
BAPTISM. 313
institution. We think, that if the words of our
Lord to Nicodemus have any reference to baptism,
they only mean that a man does not bear the pro-
fession of a Christian, which is called " entering
into the kingdom of God," unless he submits to the
rite appointed by the author of Christianity. We
think, that when the apostle calls baptism " the
washing of regeneration," he only employs a phra-
seology suggested by the sacramental relation be-
tween the sign and the thing signified ; that as
circumcision is called the covenant,* because it was
the sign of the covenant, so baptism receives a name
from that which is certainly conveyed to all, who
perform their part in this federal act. We think,
in the last place, that our Lord guards us against
supposing that baptism is essential to salvation ; for,
when he says, Mark xvi. 16, " he that believeth and
is baptized shall be saved ; but he that believeth not
shall be damned ;" he teaches, in the first clause,
that baptism does not save us unless we believe ;
and, by omitting the mention of baptism in the se-
cond clause, he seems to intimate that the want of
it is not to be put upon a footing with the want of
faith.
SECTION III.
To the view now given of the nature of this sacra-
ment, there seems to arise an insurmountable objec-
tion from the practice of infant baptism. If baptism
* Acts vii. 8. Gen. xvii. IS.
314 BAPTISM.
were merely a discriminating badge, we might con-
ceive, according to the view which Dr. Priestley-
gives of this subject, that when a father brings his
children in their earliest days to receive that badge,
he exercises the patria potestas. If baptism were a
charm communicating a certain virtue which might
be received by a child as well as a man, we might
conceive its being early administered to be import-
ant for the improvement of the moral character,
and necessary for salvation in case of an untimely
death. But if baptism be a federal act, there seems
to be the strongest reason for its being delayed till
the party, upon whose sponsion its efficacy with re-
gard to himself entirely depends, shall understand
the nature of the sponsion. The intrinsic force of
this argument against infant baptism appears to re-
ceive an accession of strength from its being observed,
that all those, whose baptism is explicitly mention-
ed in Scripture, were persons capable of making
that confession of faith, which our account of the
ordinance implies. To the sect founded by Mun-
zer, about the time of the Reformation, the practice
appeared blameworthy for this further reason, that
it admitted into the church of Christ, persons of
whose future life no certain judgment could be form-
ed. They were accustomed, therefore, to delay this
solemn act of admission into the church till that ad-
vanced period of life, when the former behaviour of
a person might be supposed to afford satisfying evi-
dence of his being worthy of that privilege : and
they received the name of Anabaptists, because, con-
sidering early baptism as premature, they rebaptized
those members of other Christian societies whom
they admitted into their communion.
BAPTISM. 315
The controversy concerning infant baptism has
been discussed in many large treatises, and conti-
nues to be agitated with much keenness between the
several branches of the ancient Anabaptists, and
those who defend the established practice. The
heads of the argument for that practice may be stated
in a short compass.
God said to Abraham, " every man-child among
you that is eight days old shall be circumcised."*
By this command circumcision, which was the ini-
tiatory rite of the Abrahamic covenant, and which
is declared by Paul to be the sign and seal of that
covenant,! was administered to infants. If the co-
venant of grace be the same in substance with the
Abrahamic covenant, and if baptism comes in place
of circumcision, the presumption is, that Jesus, by
the general words, " make disciples of all nations,
baptizing them," meant that baptism also should be
administered to infants. This presumption might
indeed be destroyed by an express prohibition, or by
a practice in Scripture directly opposite. But so
far from any prohibition being given, there are many
expressions in Scripture, which, although they
would not of themselves warrant infant baptism,
seem to intimate that the Jewish practice is to be
followed. When Jesus, Mark x. 14, says to his dis-
ciples, who were rebuking those that brought young
children to him, " suffer the little children to come
unto me, and forbid them not ; for of such is
the kingdom of God," his expression is calculated to
mislead, if the dispensation of the Gospel was, in
this respect, to be distinguished from the Mosaic,
* Gen. xvii. 10, 12. t Rom. iv. 11.
316 BAPTISM.
that it was not to comprehend little children. When
Peter says, Acts ii. 38, 39, " Be baptized every one
of you in the name of Jesus Christ ; for the promise
is unto you and to your children," he is speaking to
Jews, who knew that the promise of Abraham was
to them and to their children, and who would infer
from his words that the blessings of the Gospel and
baptism, which they were exhorted to receive as the
seal of those blessings, v/ere no less extensive. And
. an expression of the apostle, 1 Cor. vii. 14, " now
are your children holy," seems to imply, that
amongst Christians, as amongst Jews, there is a
communication of the privileges of believers to their
children. In conformity to this principle, we read
that the apostles baptized those who believed, and
their household, Acts Xvi. 33, sQaTnad/i avrog xai o/ avrou
mvTsg, We have reason to think that infant baptism
was practised in very early ages of the Christian
church ; and, although many ideas concerning the
indispensable necessity of baptism which we do not
hold, may have contributed at different times to con-
tinue this practice, yet the principles upon which it
rests are so universally acknowledged by Christians,
that, with the exception of the different branches of
Anabaptists, it has been uniformly observed.
It cannot be supposed by any reasonable person,
that infants, at the time of their baptism, are brought
vuider an obligation by an act which they do not
understand. And yet to perform the act, and to re-
hearse the words without any corresponding obliga-
tion, would have the appearance of making baptism
a charm. On this account, as under the Jewish law
parents, through whom their children inherited the
blessings of the covenant, brought them to be cir-
BAPTISM. 317
cumcised, so Christian parents originally brought
their children to baptism ; and being accustomed to
engage for them in many civil transactions, they
were accustomed also in this solemn action to make
those declarations, which it was supposed the chil-
dren would have made had they been possessed of
understanding. When the parents were dead, or
were incapable of acting, other persons appeared as
sureties for the children, and there was thus intro-
duced the practice, observed in the church of Eng-
land, and in many other churches, of the children
being presented by godfathers and godmothers, who
are considered as sureties in addition to the parents.
Our church, following out the dictates of nature,
and the ideas upon v/hich the children of those who
believe are admitted to baptism, always requires the
parents, unless they are disqualified, to present their
children ; and the nature of the sponsion made by
them in this presentation is different from that pre-
scribed in the church of England. There the god-
fathers and godmothers promise, in the name of the
infant, " that he will renounce the devil and all
his works, and constantly believe God's holy word,
and obediently keep his commandments." With us,
the parents do not make any promise for the child,
but they promise for themselves, that nothing shall
be wanting on their part to engage the child to un-
dertake, at some future time, that obligation which
he cannot then understand. The practice of our
church, then, leads us to regard the baptism of in-
fants as a provision for perpetuating the church of
Christ, and transmitting his religion to the latest
generations. It is a privilege- v/hich children, born
of Christian parents, enjoy, that their receiving the
318 BAPTISM.
most important of all instructions, a pious and vir-
tuous education, is not left merely to discretion or
natural affection, but is bound upon their parents
by a solemn vow ; and whatever other attention
parents may bestow upon the health, the improve-
ment, and advancement of their children, they are
guilty of impiety if they do not fulfil this vow, by
being careful to afford them every opportunity for
acquiring just notions and favourable impressions of
religion.
In whatever manner infant-baptism has been ad-
ministered, it rests with the children, after having
enjoyed the advantages which flow from the prac-
tice, to confirm this early dedication. To give them
a solemn opportunity of taking the vows of that
covenant, of which, in their infancy, they received
the seal, it was customary, from a very early period,
for those who had been baptized in infancy, to be
brought, at a certain age, to the bishop or minister,
to give an account of the faith, in which, by that
time, they had been instructed, and on declaring their
adherence to that faith, to be dismissed with his
blessing. From this practice arose that ceremony,
known in the church of England by the name of
confirmation, in which baptized persons, being come
to the years of discretion, renew the vow made in
their name at their baptism, ratifying and confirm-
ing the same in their own persons, and acknowledg-
ing themselves bound to believe, and to do all those
things which their god-fathers and god-mothers
then undertook for them. After this they kneel in
order before the bishop, who, laying his hand sever-
ally upon the head of every one of them, offers a
short prayer. The church of England agrees with
BAPTISM. 319
US in thinking that there is no warrant for consider-
ing confirmation, according to the doctrine of the
church of Rome, as a sacrament ; for there is no
matter, the imposition of hands being only a gesture
designing a particular person, and significant of good-
will ; there are no words appointed by God to be
used in performing this action ; and there is no pro-
mise of a special blessing. The church of England
differs from us in considering confirmation, as not
only authorized, but recommended by the actions of
Peter and John. Being sent down by the body of
the apostles to Samaria, they laid their hands upon
those whom Philip had baptized in that city ; after
which action, accompanied with prayer, these persons
received the Holy Ghost. It appears to us, that an ac-
tion of the apostles, who had the power of conferring
extraordinary gifts of the Spirit, does not form, with-
out a particular command, a precedent for Christ-
ians in succeeding ages ; and as the primitive salutary
practice, which has been mentioned, was laid aside by
some of the first reformers, upon account of the corrup-
tions which it had been the occasion of introducing in-
to the church of Rome, we do not feel ourselves bound
to revive it. At the same time, Calvin expresses a
wish that it were restored ; and we are very far
from condemning confirmation as practised in the
church of England. Although we account it a cere-
mony merely of human institution, we think it such
a ceremony as the rulers of every Christian society
are entitled to appoint, according to their views of
what may best promote the edification of those com-
mitted to their charge ; and, as we have no such
ceremony, we endeavour to supply the want of it,
in the manner which appears to us effectual for the
320 BAPTISM.
same purpose, and agreeable to the directions of
Scripture. We think ourselves bound to exercise a
continued inspection over the Christian education of
those who have been baptized ; that, as far as our
authority or exertions can be of any avail, parents
may not neglect to fulfil their vow. And when
young persons partake, for the first time, of the
Lord's supper, we are careful to impress upon their
minds a sense of the solemnity of that action, and to
lead them to consider themselves as then making
that declaration of faith, and entering into those
engagements, which would have accompanied their
baptism had it been delayed to their riper years.
We believe that, as they have enjoyed the advan-
tages of infant-baptism, and are thereby prepared
for making " the answer of a good conscience to-
wards God," all the inward grace which that sacra-
ment exhibits will be conveyed to their souls, when
they partake worthily of the other : for then the co-
venant with God is upon their part confirmed ; and
as certainly as they know that they fulfil what he
requires of them, so certainly may they be assured
that he will fulfil what he has promised.
Priestley. Barclay's Apology. Seeker. Calviu,
THE lord's supper. 321
CHAP. VII
QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE LORD'S SUPPER.
The other rite, to which Protestants give the name
of a sacrament, is commonly called, after the exam-
ple of Paul, 1 Cor. xi. 20, the Lord's supper, as the
Lord's day is called, Kv^tazTi rnj^z^a^ Rev. i. 10. It de-
rives its name from having been instituted by Jesus,
after he had supped with his apostles, immediately
before he went out to be delivered into the hands of
his enemies.
In Egypt, for every house of the children of Israel,
a lamb was slain upon that night, when the Almighty
punished the cruelty and obstinacy of the Egyptians
by killing their first-born ; but charged the destroy-
ing angel to pass over the houses upon which the
blood of the lamb was sprinkled. This was the ori-
ginal sacrifice of the passover. In commemoration
of it, the Jews observed the annual festival of the
passover, when all the males of Judea assembled be-
fore the Lord in Jerusalem. A lamb was slain for
every house, the representative of that whose blood
had been sprinkled in the night of the escape from
Egypt. After the blood was poured vmder the altar
by the priests, the lambs were carried home to be
eaten by the people in their tents or houses at a do-
mestic feast, where every master of a family took
VOL. IIL Y
322 THE lord's supper.
the cup of thanksgiving, and gave thanks with his
family to the God of Israel. Jesus having fulfilled
the law of Moses, to which in all things he submit-
ted, by eating the paschal supper with his disciples,
proceeded after supper, to institute a rite, which, to
any person that reads the words of the institution
without having formed a previous opinion upon
the subject, will probably appear to have been in-
tended by him as a memorial of that event, which
was to happen not many hours after. Luke xxii.
19, 20. " He took bread and gave thanks, and brake
it, and gave it unto them, saying, this is my body
which is given for you : this do in remembrance of
me. Likewise also the cup after supper, saying, this
cup is the new testament in my blood, which is shed
for you." He took the bread which was then on the
table, and the wine, of which some had been used
in sending round the cup of thanksgiving ; and by
saying, " This is my body, this is my blood, do this
in remembrance of me," he declared to his apostles
that this was the representation of his death, by which
he wished them to commemorate that event. The
apostle Paul, not having been present at the institu-
tion, received it by immediate revelation from the
Lord Jesus ; and the manner in which he delivers it
to the Corinthians, 1 Cor. xi. 23 — 26, implies that it
was not a rite confined to the apostles who were pre-
sent when it was instituted, but that it was meant
to be observed by all Christians to the end of the
world. " As often as ye eat this bread, and drink
this cup, ye do show the Lord's death till he come."
Whether we consider these words as part of the re-
velation made to Paul, or as his own commentary
upon the nature of the ordinance which was reveal-
THE lord's supper. 323
ed to him, they mark, with equal significancy and
propriety, the extent and the perpetuity of the obli-
gation to observe that rite which was first instituted
in presence of the apostles.
There is a striking correspondence between this
view of the Lord's supper, as a right by which it was
intended that all Christians should commemorate
the death of Christ, and the circumstances attending
the institution of the feast of the passover. Like the
Jews, we have the original sacrifice ; " Christ our
passover is sacrificed for us," and by his substitution,
our souls are delivered from death. Like the Jews,
we have a feast in which that sacrifice, and the
deliverance purchased by it, are remembered. Hence
the Lord's supper was early called the eucharist, from
its being said by Luke, XaCwi/ u^tov, sv^a^igryiaag sxXaJS.
Jesus when he took the bread gave thanks ; and his
disciples in all ages, when they receive the bread,
keep a feast of thanksgiving. To Christians as to
Jews, there '* is a night to be much observed unto
the Lord," in all generations. To Christians as to
Jews, the manner of observing the night is appoint-
ed. To both, it is accompanied with thanksgiving.
And thus, as different expressions led us formerly to
conclude, that the initiatory rite of Christianity
comes in place of the initiatory rite of the Abraha-
mic covenant, we now find that the other sacrament
of the New Testament also has its counterpart under
the Old.
The Lord's supper exhibits by a significant action,
the characteristical doctrine of the Christian faith,
that the death of its author, which seemed to be the
completion of the rage of his enemies, was a volun-
tary sacrifice, so efficacious as to supersede the ne-
3^4
cessitj^ of every other ; and that his hlood was shed
for the remission of sins. By partaking of this rite,
his disciples publish an event most interesting to all
the kindreds of the earth; they declare that, far
from being ashamed of the sufferings of their master,
they glory in his cross ; and while they thus per-
form the office implied in that expression of the
apostle, Tov ^ccj/arov ro-o Kv^wu zurayyiXXsrs, they at the Same
time cherish the sentiments, by which their religion
ministers to their own consolation and improvement.
They cannot remember the death of Christ, the cir-
cumstances which rendered that event necessary, the
disinterested love, and the exalted virtues of their
deliverer, without feeling their obligations to him.
Unless the vilest hypocrisy accompany an action,
which, by its very nature, professes to flow from
warm affection, " the love of Christ" will " con-
strain" them to fulfil the purposes of his death, by
" living unto him who died for them ;" and we have
every reason to hope that, in the places where he
causes his name to be remembered, he will come and
bless his people. From these views of the Lord's
supper, the command of Jesus, " do this in remem-
brance of me," has been held in the highest respect
ever since the night in which it was given ; and the
action has appeared so natural, so pleasing, so salu-
tary an expression of all that a Christian feels, that,
with the exception only of the Quakers, whose spirit-
ual system, far refined above the condition of human-
ity, despises all those helps which he who knows our
weakness saw to be necessary, it has been observed
in the Christian church, from the earliest times to
the present day.
This is the pleasing picture of the Lord's supper.
THE lord's supper. 3^5
which we wis?i always to present : and happy had
it been for the Christian world, if this were all that
required to be said upon the subject. But it has so
happened, that an ordinance, which is the natural
expression of love to the common master of Christ-
ians, and which seems to constitute a bond of union
amongst them, has proved the source of corruptions,
the most dishonourable to their religion, and of mu-
tual contentions the most bitter and the most dis-
graceful. For while, with a trifling exception, all
Christians have agreed in respecting and observing
this sacrament, they have been very far removed
from one another in their opinions as to its nature ;
and these opinions have not been always speculative,
but have often had a considerable influence upon a
great part of their practice.
Had the Scriptures represented the Lord's supper
in no other light than as a remembrance of the death
of Christ, there could hardly have been room for
this variety of opinion. But as there are expres-
sions, both in the words of the institution, and in
other places of Scripture, which seem to open a fur-
ther view of this ordinance, the different interpreta-
tions of these passages have given occasion to differ-
ent systems. In the words of the institution, Jesus
calls the cup " the new testament, or covenant, in
my blood," which implies a connexion of some kind,
in conceiving and stating which men may differ, be-
tween the cup drunk in the Lord's sapper and the
new covenant. He says also, " this is my body ;
this is my blood ;" which implies a sacredness, of
the degrees of which very different apprehensions
may be entertained, arising from the connexion be-
tween the subject and the predicate of these proposi-
3^6 THE lord's supper.
tions. The apostle Paul, in reciting the words of
the institution in his First Epistle to the Corin-
thians, for the purpose of correcting certain inde-
cencies in celebrating this ordinance which had
arisen in the infant Church of Corinth, speaks of
the guilt and danger of eating and drinking unwor-
thily, in a manner which to some conveys an awful
idea of the sanctity of the Lord's supper, and to
many suggests the most precious benefits as the cer-
tain consequence of eating and drinking worthily.
This suggestion appears to be confirmed by the in-
cidental mention which Paul has made of the Lord's
supper in the 10th chapter of that Epistle. " The
cup of blessing which we bless, is it not the commu-
nion of the blood of Christ ?" Lastly, there is a long
discourse of our Lord in John vi. which some con-
sider as nothing more than a continued figure, with-
out any special relation to the Lord's supper, whilst
others apply it either in its literal, or at least in its
highest sense to this ordinance. Upon these pas-
sages of Scripture are founded the four different sys-
tems concerning the Lord's supper, of which I mean
to give a concise view.
1. The first to be mentioned, is that monstrous
system which is held in the church of Rome, the se-
veral parts of which may be thus shortly brought
together. It is conceived that the words, " this is
my body, this is my blood," are to be understood
in their most literal sense ; that when Jesus pro-
nounced these words, he changed, by his almighty
power, the bread upon the table into his body, and
the wine into his blood, and really delivered his body
and blood into the hands of his apostles ; and that
at all times, when the Lord's supper is administer-
THE lord's supper. 3^7
ed, the priest, by pronouncing these words with a
good intention, has the power of making a similar
change. This change is known by the name of
transubstantiation ; the propriety of which name is
conceived to consist in this, that although the bread
and wine are not changed in figure, taste, weight, or
any other accident, it is believed that the substance
of them is completely destroyed ; that in place of it,
the substance of the body and blood of Christ, al-
though clothed with all the sensible properties of
bread and v/ine, is truly present ; and that the per-
sons who receive what has been consecrated by pro-
nouncing these words, do not receive bread and wine,
but literally partake of the body and blood of Christ,
and really eat his flesh and drink his blood. It is
further conceived that the bread and wine, thus
changed, are presented by the priest to God ; and he
receives the name of priest, because in laying them
upon the altar he offers to God a sacrifice, which, al-
though it be distinguished from all others, by being
without the shedding of blood, is a true propitiatory
sacrifice for the sins of the dead and of the living —
the body and blood of Christ, which were presented
on the cross, again presented in the sacrifice of the
mass. It is conceived, that the materials of this
sacrifice, being truly the body and blood of Christ,
possess an intrinsic virtue, which does not depend
upon the disposition of him who receives them, but
operates immediately upon all who do not obstruct
the operation by a mortal sin. Hence it is account-
ed of great importance for the salvation of the sick
and dying, that parts of these materials should be
sent to them ; and it is understood that the practice
of partaking in private of a small portion of what
328 THE lord's supper.
the priest has thus transubstantiated, is, in all re-
spects, as proper and salutary as joining with others
in the Lord's Supper. It is further conceived, that
as the bread and wine, when converted into the
body and blood of Christ, are a natural object of re-
verence and adoration to Christians, it is highly pro-
per to worship them upon the altar, and that it is
expedient to carry them about in solemn procession,
that they may receive the homage of all who meet
them. What had been transubstantiated was there-
fore lifted up for the purpose of receiving adoration,
both when it was shown to the people at the altar,
and when it was carried about. Hence arose that
expression in the church of Rome, the elevation of
the host ; elevatio hostile. But, as the wine in be-
ing carried about was exposed to accidents inconsist-
ent with the veneration due to the body and blood
of Christ, it became customary to send only the
bread ; and, in order to satisfy those who for this
reason did not receive the wine, they were taught
that, as the bread was changed into the body of
Christ, they partook by concomitancy of the blood
with the body. In process of time, the people were
not allowed to partake of the cup ; and it was said,
that when Jesus spake these words, " drink ye all of
it," he was addressing himself only to his apostles,
so that his command was fulfilled when the priests,
the successors of the apostles, drank of the cup, al-
though the people were excluded. And thus the
last part of this system conspired with the first in
exalting the clergy very far above the laity. For
the same persons, who had the power of changing
bread and wine into the body and blood of Christ,
and who presented what they had thus made, as a
THE lord's supper. SW
sacrifice for the sins of others, enjoyed the privilege
of partaking of the cup, while communion in one
kind only was permitted to the people.
The absurdities of this system have been fully ex-
posed by Calvin, Tillotson, Burnet, and the number-
less writers, who, since the time of the Reformation,
have directed the artillery of reason, philosophy, ri-
dicule, and Scripture, against this enormous fabric.
So much sound sense and logical acuteness have been
displayed in the attack, that it may often be matter
of wonder how such a system could be swallowed.
To account for this, you must recollect the univer-
sal ignorance which for many ages overspread Eu-
rope, the natural progress of error, the credulity of
superstition, the artifice with which this system was
gradually unfolded, and the deep and continued po-
licy which, by availing itself of figurative expres-
sions in Scripture, of the glowing language of devout
writers, of the superstition of the people, and of
every favourable occurrence, compounded the whole
into such a form, as, when brought to maturity, en-
gaged various interests in maintaining its credit. It
appears, from ecclesiastical history, that it was not
without much opposition that this system, the re-
sult of the growing corruptions of succeeding ages,
was finally established. Although, from the begin-
ning, the Lord's supper was regarded with such re-
verence as would easily degenerate into superstition,
and, although in all ages of the church there had
been an opinion founded upon the words of our
Lord, that communicants partake of his body and
blood, yet when an attempt was made in the ninth
century to define the manner of this participation,
by saying that the body which suffered on the cross
330 THE LORD S SUPPER.
was locally present in the Lord's supper, the attempt
was resisted ; and the rational doctrine, by which
Joannes Scotus Erigena combated this attempt, was
maintained and illustrated in the eleventh century
by Berenger. Even after the name transubstantia-
tion was invented in the thirteenth century, and de-
clared by the authority of the Pope in the fourth
Lateran council to be an article of faith, impressions
made by the doctrine of Berenger were not effaced
from the minds of men : and some, who did not ven-
ture to profess their disbelief of an article which the
supreme authority of the church had imposed upon
all Christians, tried to avoid the palpable absurdities
of that article, by substituting, about the end of the
thirteenth century, in place of transubstantiation the
word consubstantiation. This word was adopted by
Luther at the beginning of the Reformation, and is
commonly employed to express the distinguishing
character of the second system concerning the Lord's
supper.
2. It appeared to Luther, from the words of the
institution, and from other places of Scripture, that
the body and blood of Christ are really present in
the Lord's supper. But he saw the absurdity of
supposing that, in contradiction to our senses, what
appears to us to be as much bread and wine, after
the consecration as before it, is literally destroyed,
or changed into another substance ; and, therefore,
he taught that the bread and wine indeed remain,
but that, together with t?iem, there is present the
substance of the body and blood of Christ, which is
literally received by communicants. As in a red-hot
iron, he said, two distinct substances, iron and fire,
are united, so is the body of Christ joined with the
THE lord's supper. SSI
bread. Some of the immediate followers of Luther,
perceiving that similes of this kind, which certainly
contain no argument, did not throw any light upon
the subject to which they were applied, contented
themselves with saying, that the body and blood of
Christ are really present in the sacrament, although
the manner of that presence is a mystery which we
cannot explain. Other followers of Luther, wishing
to give a more accurate account of this article of their
faith, had recourse to the avn^oaig ihtojfLarm^ the commu-
nication of properties, which was mentioned former-
ly, as resulting from the union between the divine
and human natures of Christ.* They said that all
those properties of the divine nature, the exercise of
which is essential to the office of mediator, were com-
municated to the human nature. It appeared to
them, therefore, that as the mediator of the new
covenant can only act where he is, and as the human
nature of Christ enters into our conception of his
being mediator, there is communicated to that nature
what they called omnipresentia majestatica, by which
the body of Christ, although a true body, might be
in all places at the same time. Having thus satisfied
themselves of the possibility of the real presence
of the body and blood of Christ in the Lord's sup-
per, they found it easy to believe, that when these
words, " this is my body, this is my blood," were
pronounced, the body and blood of Christ, being
really present, united themselves to the bread and
wine, and that both were at once received by the
people.
The great proportion of Christians, who hold what
* Book iii. cli. 8.
33S THE lord's supper.
I called the Catholic opinion concerning the person
of ovir Saviour, understand the avrtboaig ihoofxarm in a
different sense. They consider, that in consequence
of the intimate union between the two natures of
him who is both God and man, every thing that is
true concerning the human nature may be affirmed
of the same person, of whom every thing true con-
cerning the divine nature may also be affirmed. So
it may be said that the Son of God died, because he
died in respect of his human nature ; or that " the
Son of man hath power to forgive sins," because the
Son of man is also the Son of God. But consider-
ing each nature as true and complete by itself, they
account it as impossible that any of the properties of
the divine nature should belong to the human, as
that any of the weaknesses of humanity should be
imparted to the divinity of Christ. Other Christians,
therefore, who believe in the divinity of our Saviour,
while they admit that, in respect of his divine na-
ture, he is always present with his disciples, believe
also that his body, which was upon earth during his
abode here, and which was removed from earth at
the time of his ascension, is now confined to that
place which it inhabits in heaven ; and they consider
ubiquity as a property inconsistent with the nature
of body. The ubiquity of the body of Christ, which
other Christians upon this ground reject, was not
held either by Luther himself, or by all his follow-
ers, but was invented by some of them as a j^hiloso-
phical explication of that tenet, concerning the real
presence of the body and blood of Christ in the Lord's
Supper, which they derived from him.
It is not easy to form a precise notion of the man-
ner in which this tenet is explained, or defended
THE lord's supper. SSS
by the modern Lutherans, who appear to feel the
force of all the objections that have been urged
against it. They disclaim the various errors and
absurdities, which appear to us to be connected with
ascribing to a true body a local presence at all times,
in all places ; and they employ a multitude of words,
which I profess I do not understand, to reconcile
the limited extension which enters into our concep-
tions of body with that omnipresence of the body of
Christ, which appears to them to flow fi'om the in-
separable union between the divine and human na-
tures. They reject the term consubstantiation, be-
cause that may seem to imply that the body of
Christ is incorporated with the substance of the
bread and wine. They reject another term also,
which had been used upon this subject, impanation,
because that may seem to imply that the body of
Christ is enclosed, and lodged in the bread. But
still they profess to hold that doctrine, which is ex-
pressed in all the standard books of the Lutheran
churches, and is one of the principal marks of dis-
tinction between them and the reformed churches ;
that, besides the earthly matter, which is the object
of our senses in the sacrament, there are also pre-
sent a^/aorarwj, in such a manner as not to be removed
at any distance from it, the real body and blood of
Christ ; so that by all who partake of the Lord's
supper cufTi pane corpus Christi ore accipiatur et
manducetur ; cum vino autem sanguis ejus bibafur.
This opinion, although free from some of the ab-
surdities of transubstantiation, appears to us to la-
bour under so many palpable difficulties, that we are
disposed to wonder at its being held by men of a
philosophical mind. It is fair, however, to mention.
334 THE lord's supper.
that the doctrine of the real presence is in the Lu-
theran church merely a speculative opinion, having
no influence upon the practice of those by whom it
is adopted. It appears to them that this opinion
furnishes the best method of explaining a Scripture
expression : but they do not consider the presence of
the body and blood of Christ with the bread and wine,
as imparting to the sacrament any physical virtue,
by which the benefit derived from it is independent
of the disposition of him by whom it is received ;
or as giving it the nature of a sacrifice ; or as ren-
dering the bread and wine an object of adoration
to Christians. And their doctrine being thus sepa-
rated from the three great practical errors of the
church of Rome, receives, even from those who ac-
count it false and irrational, a kind of indulgence
very different from that which is shown to the doc-
trine of trans ubstantiation.
3. A system free from all the objections which
adhere to that of Luther, was held by some of his
first associates in the Reformation, and constitutes
the third system concerning the Lord's supper which
I have to delineate.
Carolostadt, a professor with Luther in the uni-
versity of Wittenberg, and Zuinglius, a native of
Switzerland, the founder of the reformed churches,
or those Protestant churches which are not Lutheran,
taught that the bread and wine in the Lord's supper
are the signs of the absent body and blood of Christ;
that when Jesus said, " this is my body, this is my
blood," he used a figure exactly of the same kind
with that, by which, according to the abbreviations
continually practised in ordinary speech, the sign is
often put for the thing signified. As this figure is
2
THE lord's supper. 335
common, so there were two circumstances which
would prevent the apostles from misunderstanding
it, when used in the institution of the Lord's sup-
per. The one was, that they saw the body of
Jesus then alive, and therefore could not suppose
that they were eating it. The other was, that
they had just been partaking of a Jewish fes-
tival, in the institution of which the very same figure
had been used. For in the night in which the chil-
dren of Israel escaped out of Egypt, God said of the
lamb which he commanded every house to eat and
slay, " it is the Lord's passover ;"* not meaning that
it was the action of the Lord passing over every
house, but the token and pledge of that action. It
is admitted by all Christians, that there is such a
figure used in one part of the institution. When
our Lord says, " this cup is the new covenant in my
blood," none suppose him to mean that the cup is the
covenant, but all believe that he means to call it the me-
morial, or the sign, or the seal of the covenant. If it be
understood, that, agreeably to the analogy of language,
he uses a similar figure when he says, " This is my
body," and that he means nothing more than " this
is the sign of my body," we are delivered from all
the absurdities implied in the literal interpretation,
to which the Roman Catholics think it necessary to
adhere. We give the words a more natural inter-
pretation than the Lutherans do, who consider " this
is my body" as intended to express a proposition which
is totally different, " my body is with this ;" and we
escape from the difficulties in which they are involved
by their forced interpretation.
* Exod. xii. 11.
336 THE lord's supper.
Further, by this method of interpretation there is
no ground left for that adoration, which the church
of Rome pays to the bread and wine ; for they are
only the signs of that which is believed to be absent.
There is no groimd for accounting the Lord's sup-
per, to the dishonour of " the high priest of our pro-
fession," a new sacrifice presented by an earthly
priest ; for the bread and wine are only the memo-
rials of that sacrifice which was once offered on the
cross. And, lastly, this interpretation destroys the
popish idea of a physical virtue in the Lord's sup-
per ; for if the bread and wine are signs of what is
absent, their use must be to excite the remembrance
of it ; but this is a use which cannot possibly exist
with regard to any, but those whose minds are
thereby put into a proper frame ; and therefore
the Lord's supper becomes, instead of a charm, a
mental exercise, and the eflficacy of it arises not ex
opere operato, but ex opere operajitis.
An interpretation recommended by such import-
ant advantages found a favourable reception with
many, whose minds were opened at the Reformation
to the light of philosophy and Scripture. Its lead-
ing principles are held by all the reformed churches,
as one mark by which they are distinguished from
the Lutheran ; and it was adopted as a full account
of the Lord's supper, by that large body of Protest-
ants who are known by the name of Socinians, be-
cause it coincides entirely with their ideas of a sa-
crament. It has been illustrated very fully in two
treatises ; the one written in the beginning of last
century by Bishop Hoadley, entitled A Plain Ac-
count of the Nature and Ends of the Sacrament of
the Lord's Supper ; the other written about twenty
.THE lord's supper. 33?
years ago, by Dr. Bell, entitled, An Attempt to as-
certain the Authority, Nature, and Design of the
Lord's Supper. The leading principle of the two
treatises is the same, and may be thus shortly stated
in the words of Dr. Bell. " That the Lord's Sup-
per is nothing more than what the words of the in-
stitution fully express, a religious commemoration
of the death of Christ ; which it is the absolute duty
of every one who believes in Christ to celebrate :
that the performance of it is not attended with any
other benefits than those we ourselves take care to
make it productive of, by its religious influence on
our principles and practice ; but that, of all mere
acts of religious worship, it is naturally in itself a-
dapted to possess our minds most strongly with reli-
gious reflections, and to induce as well as enable us
to strengthen most effectually every virtuous resolu-
tion."
Bishop Hoadley and Dr. Bell avail themselves of
the rational interpretation which Zuinglius gave of
these words, " this is my body ;" and of the plain
meaning of the other words of the institution, " do
this in remembrance of me." They consider the
discourse of our Lord in John vi. as having no rela-
tion to the Lord's supper. They interpret xo/vwwa row
aifLarog, xotvojvia rov ffojfiarog rov X^iffrov, 1 Cor. X. 1 0, whlch WC
render " the communion of the blood, the commun-
ion of the body of Christ," as meaning nothing more
than the participation of his body and blood, /'. e. of
the signs of his body and blood. According to them,
the apostle refers in that chapter merely to the pub-
lic profession of Christianity, which all who partake
of the Lord's supper solemnly and jointly make ; and
the unworthy communicating, which is condemned
VOL. in. z
338 THE lord's supper.
in 1 Cor. xi. is confined to those who make no dis-
tinction between the bread and wine, which they
receive at the Lord's supper, as signs of the body and
blood of Christ, and the bread and wine which they
receive at any other time.
This third system is not necessarily connected with
the two distinguishing tenets of the Socinians. For
those who hold the Catholic opinion with regard to
the person of Christ and the atonement, may consi-
der the Lord's supper as of no other advantage to
the individual, than by leading him to remember that
event, the devout recollection of which has a tend-
ency to minister to his improvement. But it so hap-
pens, that all those who are called Calvinists have
adopted a further view of the Lord's supper ; and, as
the thirty-nine articles of the church of England were
composed by Calvinists, that view is expressed as
strongly in the articles which treat of the Lord's
supper, and in the office for the communion, as in
our Confession of Faith and catechism.
4. This farther view, which forms a fourth system
concerning the Lord's supper, originated in the lan-
guage of Calvin upon this subject. He knew that
former attempts to reconcile the systems of Luther
and Zuinglius had proved fruitless. But he saw the
importance of uniting Protestants upon a point, with
respect to which they agreed in condemning the er-
rors of the church of Rome ; and his zeal in renew-
ing the attempt was probably quickened by the sin-
cere friendship which he entertained for Melancthon,
who was the successor of Luther, while he himself
had succeeded Zuinglius in conducting the Reforma-
tion in Switzerland. He thought that the system of
Zuinglius did not come up to the force of the expres-
THE lord's supper. 339
sions used in Scripture ; and, although he did not
approve of the manner in which the Lutherans ex-
plain these expressions, it appeared to him that there
was a sense in which the full significancy of them
might be preserved, and a great part of the Lutheran
language might continue to be used. As he agreed
with Zuinglius, in thinking that the bread and wine
were the signs of the body and blood of Christ, which
were not locally present, he renounced both transub-
stantiation and consubstantiation. He agreed farther
with Zuinglius, in thinking that the use of these
signs, being a memorial of the sacrifice once offered
on the cross, was intended to produce a moral effect.
But he taught, that to all who remember the death of
Christ in a proper manner, Christ, by the use of these
signs, is spiritually present, — present to their minds ;
and he considered this spiritual presence as giving a
significancy, that goes far beyond the Socinian sense,
to these words of Paul ; " the cup of blessing which
we bless, is it not the communion of the blood of
Christ ; the bread which we break, is it not the
communion of the body of Christ ?" It is not the
blessing pronounced which makes any change upon
the cup, but to all who join with becoming affection
in the thanksgiving then uttered in the name of the
congregation, Christ is spiritually present, so that
they may emphatically be said to partake, zomm/v,
,u.sTix^/v, of his body and blood ; because his body and
blood being spiritually present convey the same nour-
ishment to their souls, the same quickening to the
spiritual life, as bread and wine do to the natural
life. Hence Calvin was led to connect the discourse
in John vi. v/ith the Lord's supper ; not in that li-
teral sense which is agreeable to Popish and Lutheran
34U THE lord's supper.
ideas, as if the body of Christ was really eaten, and
his blood really drunk by any ; but in a sense agree-
able to the expression of our Lord in the conclusion
of that discourse, " the words that I speak unto you,
they are spirit and they are life ;" /. e. when I say
to you, " whoso eateth my flesh and drinketh my
blood, dwelleth in me and I in him ; he shall live by
me, for my flesh is meat indeed," you are to under-
stand these words, not in a literal but in a spiritual
sense. The spiritual sense adopted by the Socinians
is barely this, that the doctrine of Christ is the food
of the soul, by cherishing a life of virtue here, and
the hope of a glorious life hereafter. The Calvinists
think, that into the full meaning of the figure used
in these words, there enter not merely the exhorta-
tions and instructions which a belief of the Gospel
affords, but also that union between Christ and his
people, which is the consequence of faith, and that
communication of grace and strength, by which they
are quickened in well-doing, and prepared for the
discharge of every duty.
According to this fourth system, the full benefit
of the Lord's supper is peculiar to those who partake
worthily. For while all who eat the bread and drink
the wine may be said to show the Lord's death, and
may also receive some devout impressions, they only
to whom Jesus is spiritually present share in that
spiritual nourishment which arises from partaking
of his body and blood. According to this system,
eating and drinking unworthily has a further sense
than enters into the Socinian system, and it becomes
the duty of every Christian to examine himself, not
only with regard to his knowledge, but also with re-
gard to his general conduct, before he eats of that
THE lord's supper. 341
bread and drinks of that cup. It becomes also the
duty of those who have the inspection of Christian
societies, to exclude from this ordinance persons, of
whom there is every reason to believe that they are
strangers to the sentiments which it presupposes,
and without which none are prepared for holding
that communion with Jesus which it implies.
This fourth system may, with proper judgment
and discretion, be rendered in a high degree subser-
vient to the moral improvement of Christians ; but
there is much danger of its being abused. The no-
tion of a communion with Christ in this particular
ordinance, more intimate than at any other time,
may foster a spirit of fanaticism, unless the nature
and the fruits of that communion are carefully ex-
plained. The humble and contrite may be over-
whelmed with religious melancholy, when the state
of their minds does not correspond to the descriptions
which are sometimes given of that communion.
Presumptuous sinners may be confirmed in the prac-
tice of wickedness by feeling an occasional glow of
affection ; or, on the other hand, a general neglect
of an ordinance, which all are commanded to observe,
may be, and in some parts of Scotland is, the conse-
quence of holding forth notions of the danger and
guilt of communicating unworthily, more rigorous
than are clearly warranted by Scripture.*
I have now delineated the four capital systems of
opinion, to which the few passages in Scripture that
mention the Lord's supper have given occasion. 1
leave to your private study a critical examination of
the several passages, and a particular discussion of
* Hill's Theological Institutes;, Part iii. 2.
34^ THE lord's supper.
the various arguments, by which each system has
been supported. In prosecuting this study, you will
find that the passage in 1 Cor. x. has suggested the
idea of a feast after a sacrifice, as the true explica-
tion of the Lord's supper. The idea was first illus-
trated by Cudworth, in a particular dissertation,
printed at the end of that edition of his Intellectual
System, which the learned Mosheim, a Lutheran
divine, published in Latin, and has enriched with
the most valuable notes. The idea was adopted by
the ingenious Warburton, and applied by him, in
one of his sermons, in a treatise on the Lord's sup-
per, and in a supplemental volume of the Divine
Legation of Moses, as an effectual answer to both
the Popish and the Socinian systems. When you
examine what Cudworth, Mosheim, Warburton,
Hoadley, and Bell have written, you will probably
think that this idea, like many others which learned
and ingenious men lay hold of, has been pushed too
far ; that, although there are points of resemblance
between the Lord's supper, and those feasts which,
both amongst heathens and Jews, followed after sa-
crifices, yet the resemblance is too vague, and fails
in too many respects to furnish the ground, either of
a clear exposition of the nature of the ordinance, or
of any solid argument in opposition to those who
have mistaken its nature.
In the fourth system the church of England and
we perfectly agree, as may be seen by comparing
Articles xxviii. and xxix. with our standards. With
regard to the differences between us, as to the times,
the places, and the manner of receiving the Lord's
supper, they are too insignificant, I do not say to be
discussed, but to be mentioned here ; '' for the king-
THE lord's supper. 343
dom of God is not meat and drink, but righteous-
ness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost." One
circumstance only may appear to be important. The
nature of the ordinance, as well as the words of Paul,
" As often as ye eat this bread," implies this differ-
ence between the two sacraments, that while baptism
is not to be repeated, the Lord's supper is to be re-
ceived frequently. But as the spiritual religion of
Jesus has, in no instance, given a precise directory
for the outward conduct, the frequency of celebrat-
ing it is left to be regulated by the prudence of
Christian societies. The early Christians were ac-
customed to partake of the Lord's supper, every
time that they assembled for public worship. It is
certainly fit that Christians should not assemble for
that purpose, without remembering the great event
which is characteristical of their religion. But as
that event may be brought to their remembrance by
prayer, by reading the Scriptures, by the discourses
delivered when they assemble, and by the sacrament
of baptism, it does not appear essential, that the par-
ticular and solemn method of showing the Lord's
death, which he has appointed, should form a part
of their stated worship. In latter times, the Lord's
supper is celebrated by some churches, at the return
of stated festivals throughout the year ; by others,
without any fixed time, according to circumstances,
either oftener in the year, or, in imitation of the
Jewish passover, only once. There are advantages
attending all the modes, which it is difficult precise-
ly to estimate ; for if the impressions connected with
this ordinance are oftener excited in one mode, it
may be expected that they will be deeper and more
lasting in another. Very worthy people have dif-
S44 THE lord's supper.
fered as to the obligation of communicating fre-
quently, and consequently as to the distance of time
at which such opportunities should be afforded to large
societies of Christians. But at whatever time the
Lord's supper is administered, all who hold the
fourth system agree in thinking themselves war-
ranted, by these words of our Lord, "* this cup is
the new covenant in my blood," to represent this
ordinance as the appointed method, in which Christ-
ians renew their covenant with God. For while
they engage, at a time when every sentiment of
piety and gratitude may be supposed to be strong
and warm in their breasts, that they will fulfil their
part of their covenant, they behold in the actions
which they perform a striking representation of that
event, by which the covenant was confirmed ; and
they receive, in the grace and strength then con-
veyed to their souls, a seal of that forgiveness of
sins, which, through the blood of the covenant, is
granted to all that repent, and a pledge of the fu-
ture blessings promised to those who are " faithful
unto death."
Mosheim's Eccles. Hist. Cudworth with Mosheim's Notes.
Warburtoii. Hoadley. Bell. Bagot.
CONDITION OF MEN AFTER DEATH. 345
CHAP. VIIL
CONDITION OF MEN AFTER DEATH.
The concluding topic of the ordinary systems of
theology is entitled Ue novissimis, i. e. De 7'esurrec-
tione, extremo judicio, eternid morte, eternii vita.
It comprehends various questions respecting the con-
dition of men after death. It might appear strange
if I were to omit the mention of this topic : and yet
I do not think any particular discussion of it neces-
sary in this place. For all the questions generally
arranged under this topic are included in former
parts of the course, or turn upon principles that be-
long to other sciences, or are of such a nature as not
to admit of any solution. The great doctrine which
theology clearly teaches, with regard to the future
condition of men, is this, that by the righteousness
of Jesus Christ there is conveyed, to all who repent
and believe, a right to eternal life.* This is the
only point which it is of importance for us distinctly
to understand ; for if God is to give eternal life to his
servants through Jesus Christ, there can be no doubt
that it will be a happy life, although the present
state of our faculties may not admit of our forming an
adequate conception of the nature of its felicity. The
* Book iv. ch. 4.
346 CONDITION OF MEN AFTER DEATH.
various images, which are used in Scripture, may
indeed be employed with great propriety by persons
of correct taste, and of a sober and chastised judg-
ment, in filling up such a picture of a future state,
as may minister to the consolation and improve-
ment of Christians. But this is rather a subject of
popular discourse than of theological discussion ;
because the data are not sufficient to establish, be-
yond doubt, any one position concerning the parti-
culars that constitute the happiness of a future state,
as the only position that can be seriously maintain-
ed by those who receive the Scripture accounts.
Besides questions concerning the nature of the
happiness of heaven, there have also arisen questions
concerning the state of the soul, in the interval be-
tween death and the general resurrection. But
these questions belong to pneumatology. For if we
believe, with Dr. Priestley, that the soul is not a sub-
stance distinct from the body, we must believe with
him that the whole of the human machine is at rest
after death, till it be restored to its functions at the
last day ; but if we are convinced of the immate-
riality of the soul, we shall not think the soul so en-
tirely dependent in all its operations upon its pre-
sent companion, but that it may exist and act in an
unembodied state. And if once we are satisfied that
a state of separate existence is possible, we shall
easily attach credit to the interpretation commonly
given of the various expressions in Scripture, which
seem to intimate that the souls of good men are ad-
mitted to the presence of God immediately after
death, although we soon find that a bound is set to
our speculations, concerning the nature of this inter-
mediate state. The subject is handled by Burnet,
CONDITION OF MEN AFTER DEATH. 347
Ue Statu Mot'tuorum et Resurgentium ; and it has
of late been rendered an object of attention by the
bold speculations of Dr. Priestley, and by an opinion
which Law has expressed very fully in the Appen-
dix to Considerations on the Theory of Religion, and
which many English divines have not scrupled to
avow ; that immortality was not the condition of
man's nature, but an additional privilege conferred
through Jesus Christ, and that the Christian revela-
tion of an immortality lays the chief, if not the
whole, stress upon a resurrection.
One branch of the opinions that have been held
concerning an intermediate state is the popish doc-
trine of purgatory, a doctrine which appears, upon
the slightest inspection of the texts that have been
adduced in support of it, to derive no evidence from
Scripture ; which originated in the error of the
church of Rome in assigning to personal suffering a
place in the justification of a sinner ; and which is
completely overturned by the doctrine of justifica-
tion by faith, and by the general strain of Scripture,
which represents this life as a state of probation,
upon our conduct during which our everlasting con-
dition depends.
The certainty of a general resurrection is includ-
ed in that right to eternal life, which enters into
the nature of the Gospel remedy. But it has been
asked, with regard to the resurrection, whether the
same bodies rise. In giving the answer, we are
obliged to resort to the principles of physiology, and
soon find ourselves entangled in a dispute about
words, upon this abtruse and undefinable question
in metaphysics ; what is the principle of identity in
a substance undergoing such perpetual changes as
348 CONDITION OF MEN AFTER DEATH.
the human body ? A question has also been agitated,
with regard to the eternity of hell torments. That
view of the benevolence of the divine administra-
tion, and of the final efficacy of that benevolence,
which seems to be implied in the opinion that hell
torments are not eternal, naturally creates a preju-
dice in favour of it. But in speaking of the extent
of the Gospel remedy, I stated the extreme caution
with which we ought to speculate upon subjects so
infinitely removed beyond the sphere of our observa-
tion ; and the only thing which I have now to add
is, that the Scriptures, by applying the very same
expressions to the happiness of the righteous, and
the punishment of the wicked, seem to teach us that
both are of equal duration.
Burnet. — Priestley. — Law. — Horsley . — Confession of Faith. —
Marckii Medulla. — Calvin's Institutes. — Seeker's Lectures on the
Catechism, and Five Sermons against Popery.
FOUNDATION OF CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 349
BOOK VL
OPINIONS CONCERNING CHURCH GOVERNMENT.
CHAP. I.
FOUNDATION OF CHURCH GOVERNMENT.
The followers of Jesus are united by the mutual
consideration, the tenderness in bearing with the in-
firmities of others, the solicitude to avoid giving of-
fence, the care to make their light to shine before
men, so as to draw them to the practice of virtue,
and the brotherly zeal in admonishing them of their
duty, and in reproving their faults, which flow from
the native spirit of the Gospel, which form the sub-
ject of many particular precepts, and by means of
which Christians are said to " edify one another."
But their union is produced and cemented, not
only by those affections which their religion che-
rishes, but also by their joint acknowledgment of
that system of truth which it reveals. " There is
one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in
one hope of your calling ; one Lord, one faith, one
baptism, one God and Father of all."* As the pub-
* Eph. iv. 4; 5, 6.
350 FOUNDATION OF CHURCH GOVERNMENT.
lie worship of the " one God and Father of all," who
is known by the light of nature, forms one of the
duties of natural religion, so Christians, who by
bearing that name, profess to believe in the person,
whose interposition has opened a scheme for the sal-
vation of sinners, are required to " confess him be-
fore men," and by attending certain ordinances, to
give a public testimony that they entertain the sen-
timents which are supposed common to all his dis-
ciples* The avowal of their belief of that system of
truth, which may be learned from the revelation
received by them as divine, is not left optional to
Christians. He whom they acknowledge as their
Master, has judged it proper to appoint that they
shall solemnly be admitted amongst the number of
his disciples by baptism, that they shall statedly join
in different acts of worship presented to the Father
in his name, and that they shall declare the reve-
rence and gratitude with which they receive the
characteristical doctrine of his religion, the redemp-
tion of the world through his blood, by partaking
frequently of the Lord's supper.
If the whole Christian world could assemble to-
gether for the purpose of observing the institutions
of Christ, they would form one visible society, dis-
tinguished from the rest of mankind, and united
amongst themselves, by employing the same exter-
nal rites as expressions of their holding the same
truth. It was not the intention of the author of
the Gospel that this visible unity of the Christian
society should be long preserved, because his reli-
gion was to spread rapidly throughout the world.
But although, from, the earliest times, different as-
FOUNDATION OF CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 351
semblies of Christians have, of necessity, met in
separate places, yet the very act of their meeting,
proceeding from the same general principles, and
being directed to the same purpose, is such an ex-
pression of union, as their distance from one another
admits ; and all the assemblies of Christians in every
quarter of the globe, professing to hold " the truth
as it is in Jesus," and to worship God according to
the appointment of Christ, are to be regarded as
branches of what has been significantly called the
catholic or universal church, the great society of the
followers of the Lord Jesus, who would meet together
if they could.
Separation of place, which the propagation of
Christianity renders unavoidable, has conspired with
other causes to produce an apparent breach of the
unity of the catholic church. Different interpreta-
tions of Scripture have led to an opposition amongst
Christians, in respect to the great doctrines of the
Gospel ; different opinions as to the mode of worship,
and the manner of observing the rites of religion,
have been accompanied by corresponding differences
in practice ; and some who call themselves disciples
of Christ have departed so far from the sentiments
generally entertained by their brethren, as to judge
all rites unnecessary.
If the followers of Jesus form a distinct society,
and are bound to profess their faith by the observance
of certain institutions, there will probably be found
in the Gospel some regulations as to the time and
manner of observing them, some appointment of per-
sons to administer them, some principles of order,
and some provision of authority for guarding the
352 FOUNDATION OF CHURCH GOVERNMENT.
honour and purity of the Christian association. All
this flows by natural consequence from the general
idea of an obligation upon Christians to assemble to-
gether, for the purpose of professing their faith by
the observance of certain rites. But if there is no
such obligation, if religion is merely a personal con-
cern, and all the intercourse of a Christian with his
Saviour and his God may be carried on in secret, then
the whole idea of church-government vanishes, and
the followers of Christ, as such, have no other bond
of connexion except brotherly love.
The first point, therefore, to which our attention
must be turned, is an inquiry into the opinion of
those who deny the perpetual obligation of the rites
observed by other Christians, that we may thus as-
certain whether we are warranted by Scripture to
lay the foundation of church-government, in its be-
ing the duty of Christians to assemble together for
the observance of those rites. This inquiry is a
branch of the first general head, under which I ar-
range the questions that have been agitated concern-
ing church-government. They respect either the
persons in whom church-government is vested, or the
extent of power which the lawful exercise of church-
government implies.
King on the Creed.
Neale's History of the Puritans.
Madox against Neale.
Potter on Church- Government.
Rogers's Visible and Invisible Church.
Rogers's Civil Establishment of Religion.
Benson.
Anderson against Rhvnd.
FOUNDATION OF CHURCH GOVERNMENT* 353
Stillingfleet's Irenicum.
Cyprianus Isotimus, by Jamieson.
Calvin's Institutes.
Burn's Ecclesiastical Law*
Atterbury.
Kennet on Convocations.
Hooker's Ecclesiastical Polity.
Divine Right of Church Government, by London Ministers.
King on the Primitive Church.
Grey's Abridgment of Gibson.
Warburton.
Wake.
Sherlock on Jude, 3d verse.
VOL. IIL 2 A
35 k QUAKEHS.
CHAP. IL
OPINIONS CONCERNING THE PERSONS IN WHOM
CHURCH GOVERNMENT IS VESTED.
The different opinions respecting the persons in
whom church government is vested will be brought
under review, by attending to the systems of the
Quakers, the Independents, the church of Rome, the
Episcopalians, and the Presbyterians.
SECTION I.
QUAKERS.
The dangerous and delusive spirit, known by the
name of fanaticism, was the principle of many sects
which appeared after the Reformation, particularly
of some of the rigid separatists from the church of
England in the seventeenth century. It continues
to tincture, more or less, the religious system of many
individuals, and of different bodies of men : but the
Quakers are the sect best known in our times, who
profess what we call fanaticism as their peculiar te-
net, and who follow it out in all its consequences.
QUAKERS, 855
It is the character of fanaticism to consider the re-
velation of the words and actions of Christ contain-
ed in the Scriptures, and all the ordinances and out-
ward performances there prescribed, as of very infe-
rior value, when compared with the immediate in-
fluence exerted by the Spirit upon the mind of the
individual. It is conceived that this inward light
constitutes a man a Christian, even although he has
not the knowledge of the truth ; that he is to feel
the impulse of the Spirit in all the important actions
of his life, but more especially in the worship of God;
and that, walking continually by this perfect guid-
ance, he would be degraded if he were obliged to
perform any external action in a certain manner.
This principle easily extends its influence, both to
the positive rites of Christianity, and to all the cir-
cumstances that attend public worship. The Qua-
kers consider baptism and the Lord's supper, which
other Christians think themselves obliged to observe,
merely as symbolical actions, the one shadowing
forth the inward purification of the soul ; the other,
the intimate communion which Christians enjoy with
Christ : as figures for the time then present, which
our Lord, in accommodation to the weakness of
those with whom he lived, condescended to use be-
fore the age of the Spirit commenced ; but as be-
come unnecessary to all who understand the genius
and the life of Christianity, since the outpouring of
the Holy Ghost upon the day of Pentecost. In like
manner, fixed times for the worship of God, stated
prayer, and exhortations given by certain persons at
certain seasons, are considered as intrusions upon
the office of the Spirit, and are condemned as imply-
ing a distrust of his operations. It is allowed that
356 QUAKERS.
Christians ought to assemble in the expectation of
being moved by the Spirit, and that the act of as-
sembling may prepare their minds for receiving his
influence. But it is understood, that in their assem-
blies every one ought to speak as he is moved by
the Spirit ; that the office of prayer and exhortation
is the gift of the Spirit ; that the office continues
during his operation ; that it comes to an end when
the impulse is exhausted ; and that any person who
prays and exhorts without this impulse acts pre-
sumptuously, because he acts without warrant.
From these principles it follows that an order of
men invested with the character, and exercising
what we account the office, of the ministry, is not
only unnecessary, but also unlawful. It is ob-
vious too that these principles are incompatible
with a regular association. For although Christ-
ians who hold these principles may agree as to
the time and place of meeting, yet as often as the
inward monitor speaks to any of them, that indivi-
dual is set above the control of his brethren, and
amongst any number of individuals following out
these principles to their full extent, there cannot be
that subordination, without which it is impossible
for a society to subsist.
When the Quakers first appeared in the seven-
teenth century, they avowed, without disguise, the
principles which have now been stated. They de-
claimed with violence against the office of the minis-
try as sinful ; and in that fervour of spirit which
was cherished, partly by the novelty of their doc-
trine, and partly by the troubled state of the times,
they committed various outrages against those as-
semblies of Christians, who performed the stated
QUAKERS. 3,57
services of religion under the direction of fixed pas-
tors. The experience of that punishment, which
must always be inflicted upon those who disturb the
tranquillity of others, soon taught the Quakers great
circumspection of conduct ; and the abilities of some
men of learning and of extensive views, who early
embraced this persuasion, gave their religious system
a more plausible form, than it seemed at first capa-
ble of admitting. Barclay's Apology, published in
Latin, in 1675, is a well-digested exposition of fif-
teen theses, which contain what he calls the true
Christian theology. It is properly termed an a-
pology ; for, while it throws into the shade the
most obnoxious tenets of the Quakers, it presents
all that it does publish in the most favourable
light, and with much art and ingenuity it attempts
to give a rational vindication of a system, which
disclaims the use of reason. Barclay's Apology
is the ostensible creed of the Quakers ; and, in the
spirit which dictated that book, they have, for more
than a century, been accommodating their i3rinciples
to the spirit of the times. While they have insured
the protection of government, and obtained the
most indulgent condescension to all their scruples,
by uniformly distinguishing themselves as orderly
and peaceable citizens, they have adopted many inter-
nal regulations which are fitted to preserve their ex-
istence as a peculiar sect. There are, in every par-
ticular meeting, two or three of the gravest and most
respectable men, who, under the name of elders, are
invested with a degree of authority, whose charac-
ter claims a kind of subjection from the brethren,
who occasionally admonish or reprove, and who
even address a word of exhortation to those meet-
35S QUAKERS.
ings, in which none of the brethren finds himself
moved to speak. There are monthly meetings of
the congregations in a particular district, and quar-
terly meetings of a larger district ; and there is an
annual meeting in London at Whitsuntide, to which
representatives are sent from all parts of England,
Scotland, and Ireland, which receives appeals from
the inferior meetings, and which issues an epistle
addressed to the brethren in all the three kingdoms,
and containing general advice, or such particular
directions as circumstances may seem to require.
Here then is a great political association ; here are
office-bearers, a subordination of courts, and a su»
preme executive authority ; and although the power,
both of the office-bearers and of the courts, is avow^
edly very limited, yet it proceeds so far as to deny,
i. e. to exclude from the society, disorderly walkers,
— those who are either contumacious, or whose con-
duct, in the transactions of civil life, is such as to
bring disgrace upon the society ; so that, in effect,
it is all the power which any society purely eccle-
siastical has a title to exercise.
But although a regard to their own safety, and
the ascendant acquired at different times by the
wealth, the talents, or the virtues of leading men of
the persuasion, have formed the Quakers into a
great political association, it is manifest that their
religious principles have no tendency to keep them
united. To Christians who consider a standing
ministry as useless and unlawful, and who under-
stand that every man is to be guided in the worship
of God purely by the impulses which he feels, there
can be no such thing as church government properly
so called ; and the regulations now stated have been
QUAKERS. 359
adopted as a counterbalance to the disunion and dis-
order, which are the natural consequences of this
defect.
That we may not then regard the description of
persons invested with church government, concern-
ing which the Christian world has entertained va--
rious opinions, and all the powers which these per- '
sons claim, as merely a human invention, it is of
importance, before we proceed farther in this dis-
cussion, to satisfy ourselves that that annihilation of
church government, which results from the tenets of
the Quakers, is not countenanced by Scripture.
The principles of fanaticism are repugnant hot
only to the system of those, who consider the natu-
ral powers of man as svifficient for the discharge of
his duty, but also to the system of those, who be-
lieve that the operation of the Spirit is essentially
necessary for the conversion and the final salvation
of a sinner. The great body of Christians, who hold
that sj^stem, conceive that the operation of the Spirit
is conveyed to the soul by the use of means. They
consider the Scriptures as a complete unchangeable
rule of faith and practice, and the ordinances of re-
ligion as perpetual institutions to be observed by all
Christians, according to the directions of their mas-
ter : and, far from thinking that these means are
superseded by the grace given to any individual,
they understand that this grace only enables him>'
in the diligent use of the Scriptures, and of the po-
sitive rites of religion, to attain the " end of his faiths-
even the salvation of his soul."
This opinion, with regard to the manner of the
operation of the Spirit, appears from the statement
of it, to be sound and rational and agreeable to the
360 QUAKERS.
constitution of man. It implies that there is an or-
derly method of administering the rites of Christi-
anity ; and as the method cannot continue orderly
unless there are certain persons to whom this office
is committed, the existence of such a description of
persons is a consequence which seems fairly to re-
sult from the opinion. When we proceed to try our
conclusions upon this subject by their conformity
with Scripture, the consequence now mentioned, as
well as the opinion from which we deduced it, is
found to receive every kind of confirmation.
Those whom the Scriptures suppose to be led by
the Spirit are there addressed as in the full posses-
sion of reason, and in the habitual use of certain
means. Our Lord, by choosing apostles, and send-
ing them forth to make disciples of all nations, inti-
mated that he was to employ in the conversion of
the world, not merely an immediate illapse of the
Spirit, but also the ministration of men holding and
exercising an office. Of the three thousand, who
were added to the church immediately after the ex-
traordinary effusion of the gifts of the Spirit on the
day of Pentecost, it is said, Acts ii. 42, n^av t^oo-zm^ts^-
ovvng fr, hbaxfi ruv a':ro6T(j'kuv, i. e. tJwy Continued to listen to
the teaching of the apostles, Paul gives Titus a
charge to ordain elders in every city ;* the office-
bearers of diffex'ent churches are occasionally men-
tioned ; and a considerable part of the first epistle
to the Corinthians is intended to apply a remedy to
the disorders, which the abundance of spiritual gifts
had occasioned in that church. For this purpose the
apostle declares that all those gifts were distributed
for the edification of the church ; and be delivers
* Titus i. 5.
QUAKERS. SGl
this general rule, 1 Cor. xiv. 32, 33 ; " And tlie
spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets.
For God is not the author of confusion, but of peace,
as in all churches of the saints :" a rule which, when
taken in conjunction with the occasion upon which
it was delivered, and the reason upon which it is
grounded, seems intended to furnish a perj^etual
preservative against that very confusion, which
the Quakers experienced as soon as they presumed
to disregard it, by exalting the exercise of the sup-
posed gifts of individuals, above the ordinary per-
formances of a standing ministry. When they con-
sidered the spirits of the prophets as not subject to
the prophets, the peace of their society was continu-
ally disturbed ; and many of the regulations adopt-
ed in their political association were meant to apply
a remedy to the disorder that was thus introduced.
There is no promise in Scripture of any future
age like that which ushered Christianity into the
world ; and if stated teachers were required even in
that first age, which may be called the age of the
Spirit, because his operations were then visible in
many that believed, it should seem that they will be
more necessary in all succeeding ages, when his ex-
traordinary gifts are withdrawn, and when, not-
withstanding the pretensions of the early Quakers,
or of the multifarious sects in modern times, found-
ed on the principles of fanaticism. Christians have
no warrant from Scripture to expect any other, than
that continued influence of the Spirit, by which he
" helpeth our infirmities." It cannot be said that
the office of a standing ministry, although fitly vest-
ed in the apostles, was meant to expire with them ;
for they committed ** the form of sound words,"
362 QUAKERS.
which they had taught, " to faithful men, able to
teach others also ;"* and to these men they appear
to have conveyed part, at least, of the powers which
they derived from their master. The epistle to the
Philippians is addressed, " to all the saints at Phi-
lippi, with the bishops and deacons."f Peter thus
exhorts " the elders ; feed the flock of God whicli is
among you, taking the oversight thereof." i. In other
epistles Christians are commanded " to esteem those
that are over them in the Lord," and to " obey them
that have the rule over them, and that watch for
their souls." § The epistles to Timothy and Titus
direct them in the exercise of that authority which
they had received, and mention office-bearers of dif-
ferent ranks in the Christian society, vested with
special powers. In the book of the Revelation there
are letters to the seven churches of Asia, /*. e. to re-
gular Christian associations then formed in seven
different cities of Asia Minor ; and the letters are
addressed, not to the churches, although they con-
tain much general exhortation, but to the angels, or
ministers of the churches ; which is a proof, that in
every church there was a person distinguished from
the rest, and qualified by his station to distribute
the exhortations with effect.
There is one place in the New Testament, where
we can trace the succession of Christian teachers be-
yond the immediate successors of the apostles. If
you compare the 7th and 17th verses of Hebrews
xiii. you will find that the apostle speaks in the 7th
* 2 Tim. ii. 2. t Phil. i. 1.
t I Pet. V. 1, 2. § I Thess. v, 12, 13. Hcb. xiii. 17-
QUAKEUS. 363
verse of persons then deceased, wlio had had tlie
rule over the Hebrews, and had spoken to them the
word of God ; and in the 17th verse of persons then
alive, who had the rule over them, and were at that
time watching for their souls : so that the Hebrews,
after having been illuminated by the apostles, and
confirmed in the faith by a second set of teachers,
were enjoying the ministrations of a third. The
succession, which we are thus able to trace in Scrip-
ture, is agreeable to the promise which our Lord
made to his apostles when he left them : -/mi idov, syu
(US' -jiMW iifii <7raa(x,g rag ijfxs^ccg, lojg 7y\g cm-iKuag tou aiojvog. The
duration of the promise was not exhausted by the
time during which the apostles abode upon earth,
but reaches to the end of that age which the Mes-
siah introduced ; and therefore the promise must be
understood as conveying an assurance of the pre-
sence of Jesus with those, who, in all the periods of
that age, succeed to the office of the apostles.
The same idea of the perpetuity of the office of
the ministry is expressed by Paul in a remarkable
passage, Eph. iv. 11, 12, 13. He had mentioned the
gifts which Christ, when he ascended, received for
men, and which he distributes to every one as he
will. He states, as one immediate end attained by
the distribution of the gifts, v^og rov -/.araoTiCiLa-i Tcjv djiuv,
ng loyw hazovtag. But this work, being, as the name
implies, ministerial, or subservient to a higher end,
must continue till that end be attained. The higher
end is, the unity in faith, and the perfection in vir-
tue, of all the elect of God ; an end which the dis-
pensations of providence and grace are carrying
forward, but which, in the nature of things, cannot
be accomplished during this state of trial. From
v3G4 INDEPENDENTS.
the apostle, then, we learn, that till the end of the
world, the work of the ministry is to continue, as
we had learned from the promise of Jesus, that till
the end of the world he is to be with those who are
employed in that work.
These are the heads of argument which the mem-
bers of the church of Rome, and of the Episcopal
and Presbyterian churches agree in opposing to the
presumptuous conclusion, by which a spirit of fana-
ticism would represent the offices of a standing
ministry as useless ; and the consent of the great
body of Christians in the use of these arguments
may encourage us to assume in the beginning of this
discussion, as an established point, that the general
idea of church government, and the existence of a
particular description of men invested with that
kind of rule which church government implies,
are agreeable to Scripture.
SECTION II.
INDEPENDENTS.
The opinion which falls naturally to be stated in
the second place, concerning the description of per-
sons invested with church government, is that which
was held by the Independents of the seventeenth
century.
Robinson, the author of the sect to which this
name properly belongs, had been educated in that
presumptuous fanaticism, which regards the office
INDEPENDENTS. S65
of a standing ministry as useless. But conviction
or expediency led him to adopt a more moderate
opinion with regard to church government ; and that
opinion, after being improved and digested for a
course of years, was published in 1658, in the decla-
ration of their faith, then emitted by the Independ-
ent congregations in England. The leading princi-
ple of their system is thus expressed by themselves.
" Every particular society of visible professors,
agreeing to walk together in the faith and order of
the Gospel, is a complete church, and has full power
within itself to elect and ordain all church officers,
to exclude all offenders, and to do all other acts
relating to the edification and well-being of the
church." *
According to this fundamental principle it is un-
derstood by the Independents that any number of
Christians, whom neighbourhood and agreement in
opinion as to the great doctrines of the Gospel lead
to assemble for public worship in the same place,
possess within themselves all the power that is im-
plied under the notion of church government. The
whole body retains, in its own hands, the power of
admitting and excluding members ; but for the or-
derly administration of the sacraments, and the re-
gular performance of various offices that may mi-
nister to edification, the whole body sets apart with
religious solemnity, certain persons under the name
of pastors, teachers, or elders, who derive their title
to act in that capacity solely from the nomination of
the society, and who, in virtue of that nomination,
are the only persons entitled to perform within that
* Neale. iv. lG4>.
^6G INDEPENDENTS.
society the acts connected with their character. As
every assembly of Christians is conceived to be a
complete church, immediately under Christ, and in-
dependent of all other churches, those who adopted
this scheme were originally called Independents; but
as that name came to be employed in a political sense,
and was applied, during the commotions of the seven-
teenth century, to many who entertained principles
hostile to civil government, those who wished to hold
themselves forth as peaceable subjects of the powers
that were, and as distinguished from other Christ-
ians, merely by their peculiar notions of church go-
vernment, chose rather to take the name of Congre-
gational Brethren. The name implies all that is
meant by the word Independents, when used in an
ecclesiastical sense, and marks this as their principle,
that every separate congregation has all the powers
of church government, of which it delegates such
portion as it pleases to its own officers.
This principle is held with different modifications
by several of the more recent sects which have arisen
in Scotland, and by a considerable part of the Eng-
lish dissenters. From peculiar tenets they may be
known by other names, but in church government
they are Independents ; and although the spirit of
the constitution of the two established churches in
Britain is most opposite to Independency, yet some
approach to it may often be discerned in the senti-
ments, and the conduct, of many individual members
of both churches. Indeed it appears to me the pre-
vailing error of the times in relation to church go-
vernment, — the opinion which, without due care in
fortifying the mind, there is the greatest danger of
imbibing.
INDEPENDENTS. 367
In order to prove their fundamental principle the
Independents attempt to show, that all the churches
mentioned in the New Testament were single con-
gregations which met in one place. But you will
probably be satisfied that they fail in the attempt.
The labours of the apostles in planting the four prin-
cipal churches that are spoken of in the book of Acts,
Jerusalem, Corinth, Antioch, and Ephesus, the suc-
cess of their labours, and the number of teachers and
prophets who ministered under the apostles to a
multitude of believers, are mentioned in such terms
as render it impossible for us to suppose, that all the
Christians in any of the four cities could assemble
together ; more especially when we consider that the
Christians were not at that time in possession of any
public places of worship, and that they would be so-
licitous to avoid any ostentation of their number, be-
cause their meetings, instead of being authorised by
the laws of the state, were obnoxious to the magi-
strate. Yet the different congregations, into which
the Christians of every one of these four cities were
from necessity divided, are spoken of in the New
Testament as one body. For although the separate
associations of Christians in different provinces are
thus designed, " the churches throughout all Judea,
and Galilee, and Samaria,"* the plural is never ap-
plied to the Christians of one city, but we read of
" the church which was in Jerusalem, the church at
Corinth, the church at Antioch, the church at Ephe-
sus ;" so that whatever was the bond of union among
the different congregations of one city, the apostles
* Acts ix. SI
SC)8 INDEPENDENTS.
seem to have considered them as constituting one
church.
But even although we should allow the Independ-
ents the proposition which they attempt to prove, it
does not appear that they would gain much. If, in
the times of which the book of Acts gives the history,
all the Christians of every city might conveniently
assemble for worship in one place, such regulations
as suited this scanty number could not be a proper
pattern for after-times, when Christians multiplied
beyond the possibility of meeting together : and if
in the one congregation which was formed at first,
many individuals and many families were united by
their common faith under one government, this early
union, which was all that the circumstances of the
case required, is very far from implying any con-
demnation of that future union of different congre-
gations, which their vicinity might prompt.
The state of the congregations described in the
'New Testament not furnishing Scripture-authority,
or, what was called in the seventeenth centuiy, a
divine right for the Independent form of government,
the plea of authority must be set aside, and we are
left to try the fundamental principle of this form by
those general maxims, which are founded in reason
and Scripture.
In appreciating its merits, there are three conces-
sions which will be readily made by every impartial
examiner.
1. We admit that the Independent form of go-
vernment is very much superior to the presumptuous,
unconnected spirit of fanaticism : for it implies the
l)erpetual obligation of the positive rites of Christ-
ianity ; it provides, by the appointment of aparticu-
INDEPENDENTS. 369
lar order of men, for their being regularly adminis-
tered; and it exhibits not a political association, but
an ecclesiastical society possessing and exerting the
powers, which it believes to be founded in the insti-
tution of Christ, and which it considers as necessary
for its preservation.
2. We admit that church government was insti-
tuted, not for the aggrandizement of any order of
men, but for the edification of the people. If the
form of government adopted by the Independents is
radically defective, the defect does not lie in their
mistaking the object of church power, but in their
confounding the source from which it flows, with
the purpose for which it is conferred. They were
led into the mistake by their experience of what they
considered as abuses of church power, what they ac-
counted acts of oppression and invasions of the rights
of conscience, under the ecclesiastical government of
men who professed to derive their power from a
higher source ; and they thought that they should
effectually guard against the introduction of such
abuses in the separate societies which they formed,
by declaring as their fundamental principle, that the
power, which was to be exerted for their edification,
resided originally in themselves, and was delegated
by them to their own officers.
3. We admit that cases may occur where the
principles of the Independents must be followed out
in practice. If a body of Christians were, by any
calamity, placed for a length of time in such a situ-
ation, that it was impossible for them to obtain the
ministrations of a person regularly invested with
the pastoral character, — placed in an island without
a pastor, and separated from all other Christian so-
VOL. III. 2 b
370 INDEPENDENTS.
cieties, it would still continue their duty to join in
the worship of God, and to celebrate the rites of
Christianity : but that these services might be per-
formed in a manner the most orderly, and the most
agreeable to the institution of Christ which circum-
stances permitted, it would also be their duty to call
from among themselves the persons whom they
thought best qualified to preside in the public wor-
ship, and to administer the rites ; and it is not to be
doubted that the blessing of God would supply the
unavoidable defect.
But even after these three concessions are made,
the Independent form of government remains liable
to strong objections, in respect both of the mode of
appointment to the office of the ministry v/hich it
enacts, and of the disunion of the Christian society
which it implies.
In illustrating these two objections, which are in-
timately connected together, I shall state the sub-
stance of the treatises written in the seventeenth
century, in opposition to the congregational bre-
thren.
I. This method of conveying the office of the
ministry by the act of the people not only is desti-
tute of the authority of any example in the New
Testament, but is contrary to the spirit of all the di-
rections there given upon that subject. Our Lord
chose men to be apostles, endowed them with the
necessary qualifications, and then gave them a com-
mission to preach and to baptize. We read in the
short history of their progress, that they ordained
elders in the churches. Paul speaks to Timothy of
" the gift which is in thee, by the putting on of
my hands, of the gift which was given thee by pi'o-
INDEPENDENTS. S?!
pliecjs with the laying on of the hands of the pres-
hyteiy i"^ he says to Titus, " for this cause, left I
thee in Crete, that thou shouldst ordain elders in
every city, as I had appointed thee ;"f and he en-
joins Timothy to " lay hands suddenly on no man.":j:
These passages, when taken together, seem to im-
ply that the oiBce of the ministry, which Timothy
and Titus had received from Paul, and other office-
hearers joined with him, was with like solemn im-
position of hands to be conveyed by them to others.
It is true that in Acts vi. the apostles desire the
multitude of the disciples to look out among them
seven men of honest report to superintend, with the
name of deacons, the daily ministration of their
charity. But although there was a manifest pro-
priety in desiring the people to propose the persons,
whom they judged worthy of being intrusted with
the distribution of their charity, yet the men thus
nominated did not begin the distribution till they
received from the apostles a solemn appointment ;
and with regard to those offices in the church which
were not, like the office of deacons, chiefly secular,
but which implied the exercise of spiritual authority,
there is not any passage, which, when fairly exam-
ined, will be found to intimate that it was conferred
by the act of the people. One passage which is
chiefly relied on as giving countenance to Indepen-
dency IS Acts XIV. 23 5 yiiooTovrisavng ds avroig TTosffCvTs^ovg aar
£x/.X'/3(7;av. But bcsides that ;^2/oo7oi/s/i', before the time of
Luke, was used for simple designation, without the
exercise of suffrage, as is plain from his own expres-
* 1 Tim. iv. 14. 2 Tim. i. (?. t Titus i. 5.
X 1 Tim. V. 22.
37^ INDEPENDENTS.
sion, Acts X. 41, it is applied in this passage, not to
the people, but to Paul and Barnabas, so that what-
ever be the meaning of the word, it can only be
considered as making known the part, which these
disciples took in the appointment of elders.
Accordingly the qualifications of those who were
to be made bishops, and elders, and deacons, are men-
tioned, not in epistles to the churches, but in epistles
to Timothy and Titus, who are directed to the pro-
per method of trying such as might be admitted to
take part with them in overseeing the church of God.
The judgment of the qualifications is vested in those
who, having been themselves found qualified, may
be supposed capable of trying others ; their act, fol-
lowing upon their approbation, is the solemn inves-
titure of those whom they have found worthy ; and
they are the instruments by which Jesus Christ con-
veys to that order of men, which he meant to con-
tinue in his church till the end of the world, the au-
thority implied in the exercise of their office.
II. The second great objection to the Independ-
ent form of government is the disimion of the
Christian society which it implies. It considers
the followers of Jesus as constituting so many se-
parate associations, every one of which cares for
itself, is complete within itself, and has only a
casual connexion with others. If, therefore, in the
exercise of the separate authority of any congrega-
tion, wrong be done to an individual, he is left, while
he remains a member of that congregation, without
the possibility of redress ; and if neighbouring asso-
ciations should quarrel, which, considering the ca-
price and violence of human passions, is perhaps not
much less likely than that they will live in peace, no
method is provided for terminating their dissensions.
INDEPENDENTS. 373
or for preserving, amidst these dissensions, the con-
tinuance of their agreement in any common princi-
ples. But this is directly opposite to the Scripture
idea of the Christian society, or Catholic church,
which is represented as " one body," professing one
faith, separated, indeed, by the necessity of circum-
stances into associations meeting in different places,
but retaining amidst this separation all the unity
which is possible. To this Catholic church, found-
ed by the labours of the apostles, spread in idolatrous
nations by the preaching of those whom the apostles
ordained, and still maintained and extended in the
world by the ministrations of all the servants of
Christ, the promises are made ; for it gifts continue
to be distributed ; and the rites, which the great
body of Christians agree in celebrating, are the rites
not of this or that association, but of the church of
Christ. A person must receive baptism from a par-
ticular association ; but, by being baptized, he be-
comes a member of the great society ; or, in the lan-
guage of the book of Acts, " he is added to the
church." He must join in the Lord's Supper with
a particular body of Christians ; but by eating that
one bread, and drinking that one cup, he holds com-
munion with all in every place, who " show the
Lord's death." When he forfeits, by his own fault,
his right to be numbered amongst that body of
Christians with whom he formerly associated, he
ceases to be a member of the Catholic church ; and
he remains without the church, till he be found
worthy of being readmitted by those who had ex-
cluded him.
According to these views, the different meetings
of Christians are branches of one society, united as
374- INDEPENDENTS.
parts of a whole; and the first thing which enters
into our conception of the society is the whole, while
the circumstances, which rendered it necessary for
this whole to be divided, are a matter only of second-
ary consideration. "When, therefore, in our specu-
lations concerning that government which " God
hath set in the church," we begin with considering
government in reference to the whole, and from thence
descend to the several divisions, we follow the order
of nature. Whereas, if, like the Independents, we
confine our attention to the divisions, we lose sight
of the unity of that which is divided ; and, as we
invert the process by which the society that we ana-
lyze was constituted and enlarged, we shall probably
arrive at conclusions unfounded in fact, and very re-
mote from the intention of the Author of the society.
If every association of Christians be vievved as in-
dependent of every other, it will unavoidably follow
that ordination is the act of the people ; for whence
is a separate unconnected body of Christians to re-
ceive a pastor, unless from their own nomination ?
But if we preserve the view of a great society divid-
ed into many branches, then it follows, that in the
same manner as every one who is baptized becomes
a member of the catholic church, so every one who
is ordained, by the laying on of the hands of the of-
fice-bearers of the church, becomes a minister of the
church universal. He is invested with that charac-
ter, in a manner the most agreeable to the example
and the directions contained in the New Testament ;
and by this investiture he receives authority to per-
form all the acts belonging to the character. He
cannot perform these acts to the church universal,
Jbecause it is nowhere assembled ; and the separa-
INDEPENDENTS. SJd
tioii of the church universal renders it expedient,
that the place in which he is to perform them shall
be marked out to him. But this assignation of
place is merely a matter of order, which is not es-
sential to his character, which does not detract from
the powers implied in his character, and which
serves no other purpose than to specify the bounds
in which the church universal, by the hands of whose
ministers he received the power, requires that the
powers shall be exercised.
What is the most proper manner of assigning the
limits for the exercise of the powers conveyed by or-
dination, is a question which has been violently agi-
tated both in ancient and in modern times. It was
the subject of the controversy w^hich was waged for
many centuries between the Pope and the princes of
Europe, about what was called the investiture of
church benefices ; and it is the same question which
has appeared in Scotland under the form of a com-
petition between patronage, a call by heritors and
elders, and popular election. The decision of this
question, in every country, depends upon civil regu-
lations ; and if the church proceeds without the au-
thority of the state, to assign the limits of exercising
ministerial powers, she introduces a collision between
the civil and ecclesiastical governments. Her bu-
siness is to convey the powers to those whom she
finds qualified. By ordination they become minis-
ters of the church universal ; for, having been tried
by a particular branch of the church, acting in the
name of Jesus, and in virtue of the trust derived
from him, they receive authority and a commission
to perform all the acts, which belong to those who
are called in Scripture ambassadors, stewards, ru-
3^6 INDEPENDENTS.
lers, and overseers. Subsequent to this authority
and commission, and essentially distinct from it in
nature, although often conjoined with it in prac-
tice, is the invitation or appointment, applying the
exercise of the authority to a particular district of
the church. The invitation, when Christians are
not recognised by the laws of the land as entitled to
their protection, is, of necessity, and of right, the
act of the people to whom the person is to minister ;
but when Christianity enjoys the benefit of being
incorporated with the constitution of the state, it
comes, in consequence of that civil advantage, to be
modified in such manner as the government of the
state is pleased to direct.
You will find yourselves involved in inextricable
difficulties upon many questions in church govern-
ment, unless you are careful thus to separate in your
minds ordination, which is the appointment of Jesus
Christ, conveying a character by the instrumentali-
ty of the office-bearers of his church, from the elec-
tion of a minister, which is the appointment of men
applying or limiting the exercise of this character, in
such manner as they please, and with more or less
wisdom, as it happens. It is the leading feature in the
system of Independency to confound these two ; and
you will find, in your future experience of ecclesias-
tical business, that all the approaches to Indepen-
dency, which appear in the sentiments or the con-
duct of particular persons, arise from their not keep-
ing them perfectly distinct. Whenever ordination
is considered as the act of Jesus Christ, by his of-
fice-bearers constituting a minister of the church
universal, the idea of one great society is preserved.
The whole may be diversified in outward circum-
INDEPENDENTS. 377
stances, but it does not cease to be a whole ; for,
from this principle there result subordination to su-
periors, which is essential to church government,
and a bond of union amongst those, who are so far
removed in place as not to be amenable to the same
earthly superior. But whenever ordination is con-
founded with election, the unity of the great so-
ciety is lost ; the whole is crumbled into factions ;
there is no legal redress for the wrong which may
be done by small unrelated jurisdictions ; and there
is no constitutional mean of deciding the contro-
versies, which, arising among the separate associa-
tions merely from their neighbourhood, may disturb
their peace and imbitter their minds.
I have entered thus fully into the discussion of
the Independent form of government, because, in
canvassing its merits, I have been led to lay down
some fundamental principles of church government,
in which Roman Catholics, Episcopalians, and Pres-
byterians, are agreed, and which we shall carry along
with us in comparing their different schemes. These
principles are the foundation of a distinction, which,
although not expressed in Scriptural terms, appears
to us agreeable to Scriptural views ; I mean the dis-
tinction very early made between the clergy and the
laity. We shall afterwards find, that this distinc-
tion has been supposed to imply powers and exemp-
tions on the part of the clergy, to which no order of
men derives any title from the Gospel of Christ ;
and a submission on the part of the laity, to which
no order of men is there degraded. But the dis-
tinction is not the less real that it has been abused ;
and it is proper that it should be maintained, both
in opposition to those, who add to all the other con-
S7S CHURCH OF ROME.
teinpt which they pour upon the Gospel, by repre-
senting the Christian priesthood as a political contri-
vance, a continuation of the same craft which im-
posed upon the vulgar in the times of idolatry ; and
also in opposition to those Christians, who, professing
to reverence the Scriptures, attempt to guard against
the abuse of church power, and to I'econcile the
mention made of it in Scripture to their notions of
liberty, by representing it as given by Christ to the
people, and transferred by them at their pleasure to
those whom they choose. Against both, we Presby^
terians join with the church of Rome and the church
of England, in holding that the persons vested with
church government derive their powers, not from
the people, but from Jesus Christ by his ministers ;
and our church has, in her Confession of Faith, ex-
pressed this fundamental proposition in the follow-
ing words : " The Lord Jesus, as King and Head
of his church, hath therein appointed a government
in the hand of church-officers, distinct from the civil
magistrate."
SECTION IIL
CHURCH OF ROME.
In stating the system of the church of Rome, with
regard to the description of persons invested with
church government, which is diametrically opposite
to that of the Independents, it is necessary to begin
CHURCH OF ROME. 379
with illustrating the distinction between those, who
are called Papists, and those, v/ho are called Roman
Catholics.
The Papists hold that the bishop of Rome, com-
monly known by the name of the Pope, has, as the
successor of Peter, the prince of the apostles, a pri-
macy over the great society of Christians ; that he
is the vicar of Christ upon earth, the visible head of
the universal church, whose power extends over all
its members ; that as he may himself enact laws
binding upon the whole church, determine all con-
troversies by his own infallible authority, and either
inflict censures or grant absolution according to his
pleasure, so he is the fountain of pastoral jurisdic-
tion and dignity, from whom all who exercise the
powers of church government in any district of the
Christian v/orld ought to receive their commission,
to whom they are bound to swear true obedience in
the discharge of their office, and to whom they are
accountable ; that as their persons and their actions
are in all things under his control, so the sentences
which they pronounce in the exercise of the powers
committed to them are subject to his revisal ; that
appeals may be made from all ecclesiastical judica-
tories to the judgment of tlie bishop of Rome ; but
that he himself is not obliged to give account to any,
and that from his sentence there is no appeal.
This is the complete system of church govern-
ment avowed in the public confessions of their faith,
by those who are properly called Papists. But this
system is not held in its full extent by all who pro-
fess the doctrine, and adhere to the communion of
the church of Rome, The Papists derive their
name from their attachment to the Pope, their be-
380 CHURCH OF ROME.
lief of his infallibility, and their submission to his
sovereign and uncontrollable power. Those who
call themselves Roman Catholics acknowledge that
the bishop of Rome, the most dignified member of
the church universal, and the successor of Peter,
holds a primacy and superiority which they consider
as a common centre of unity to the whole society,
and to which they are willing to pay a becoming
respect. But they do not allow the personal infal-
libility of the Pope ; they consider the head as sub-
ject, no less than the members, to the decrees of the
church universal ; and if the head should attempt
to infringe the constitutions of the church univer-
sal, should violate the rights of particular churches,
or should err in matters of faith, they conceive that
it is competent for a general council to correct his
mal-administration ; to maintain the liberties of the
whole body, and of the several parts in opposition to
his encroachments ; to defend the truth which he
abandons ; and, if other means do not appear suf-
ficient, to provide for the safety or reformation of
the church, by suspending or deposing him from his
office.
This doctrine was declared by many general coun-
cils held in the 15th and I6th centuries, several of
which proceeded to follow out their doctrine into
practice, by pronouncing sentence upon Popes, whom
they considered as heretical or contumacious. It
Avas the subject of endless discussions in those days,
between the doctors of Italy, who maintained the
infallible and uncontrollable authority of the Pope,
and the doctors of France, who considered him as
subject to the decrees of general coimcils. The for-
mer boldly set the Pope above all general councils ;
CHURCH OF ROME. 381
the latter held that no Papa simply, but Papa cum
coticUio, is the head of the church. This last opin-
ion, although it appears to impose a most reason-
able restraint upon the exorbitant power of one man,
was involved in many difficulties. For, even ad-
mitting the opinion to be true, it remains to be in-
quired, who is to summon the general council which
is to control and try the Pope ; who is to preside
in it ; who are to have the right of voting, and what
constitutes a free general council, in whose censure
of the first officer of the church the whole Christian
world is bound to acquiesce ? The difficulties at-
tending these questions, which satisfy us in our
days, that a general council is a thing impracticable,
were very much multiplied to those, who, even
while they wished to correct the abuses of papal
power, professed to retain a high veneration for the
bishop of Rome, as the successor of Peter ; and it is
not always easy to reconcile the connexion, which
the Roman Catholics are desirous to maintain with
the Pope, and the doctrine by which they make him
inferior to a council.
Notwithstanding these difficulties, however, this
doctrine spread, both before and after the Reforma-
tion, through many parts of Christendom, the inha-
bitants of which wished to be delivered from the
grievances of papal usurpation, although they were
not prepared to follow the first reformers, so far as
to depart from the received articles of faith, and to
separate from the communion of the church of Rome.
It became, even in the seventeenth century, the na-
tional creed of France, where the civil and ecclesias-
tical powers united in declaring, not only that the
Pope is, in spiritual matters, subject to a general
SH^2 ( HURCII OF ROME,
council, but that, in temporal matters, he has no so-
vereignty or authority over the rulers of those states
who are in communion with him. These two posi-
tions constitute, what were called in those days, the
liberties of the Galilean church. They have been
uniformly and zealously maintained in opposition to
the claims of the Pope, even while profound venera-
tion was expressed for his person, and while the
estabhshed faith of the kingdom consisted of the te-
nets of the Apostolical See of Rome, without any
mixture, often without any toleration of the opinions
of the Reformers.
The Catholics of Great Britain have, of late, so-
lemnly disclaimed that entire subjection to the Pope,
wdiich forms the distinguishing character of Papists ;
and, instead of taking the name of Roman Catholics,
which might seem to imply a connexion approach-
ing to a dependence upon the church of Rome, they
call themselves simply the Catholics of Great Bri-
tain. Even in those countries which profess still to
believe in the sovereignty of the Pope, the changes
upon the state of Europe, the progress of science, and
the view of those blessings v/hich their neighbours
have derived from the Reformation, are undermining
that fabric which was reared in times of ferocity and
ignorance ; and the papal power, which has already
lost almost all its terrors to those who acknowledge
its existence, v/ill probably, at no very distant period,
become, throughout the whole extent of Christendom,
the tale of former years.
The progress of Popery is one of the most inter-
esting portions of ecclesiastical history. The slow,
but sure steps with which this power advanced, dur-
ing a course of ages, to the greatness which it at-
6
CHURCH OF ROME. 3S3
tained, the skill and artifice with which its preten-
sions were gradually extended, the multiplicity of
interests which were combined in its support, and
the profound policy with which it distributed through
all Christian states many zealous champions of its
claims — all together form a picture, which arrests the
attention of every intelligent observer of human af-
fairs, and is fitted to administer much useful instruc-
tion. It is not my province to fill up or to colour
this picture. I have only to discuss the arguments
upon which the Bishop of Rome professed to build
his claims : and if these arguments shall appear to
you a very slender foundation for such a superstruc-
ture, you must have recourse to the history of popery
for an explication of the manner in which it was
reared, and of the props by which it was supported ;
you must recollect that arguments, which the plain-
est understanding now perceives to be remote, in-
conclusive, and inapplicable to the subject, found the
minds of men in such a state of preparation for re-
ceiving them, that they were assented to without be-
ing examined ; and you must not be surprised, if an
ordinary eye, now that the charm is broken, can dis-
cern all the deformity of an object, which was long
seen at a distance, through a deceitful medium, and
was esteemed too sacred and too magnificent for close
inspection.
The extent of the papal power receives a specious
support from the unity, which it seems to give to
the Catholic church. While the Independent form
of government breaks one great society into many
imconnected parts, the sovereignty of the Pope forms
a common centre of unity to the various associations,
384 CHURCH OF ROME.
into which Christians, from the necessity of circum-
stances, must be divided. If there is one visible head,
whom all of them acknowledge, his authority, per-
vading the great society, controlling and regulating
all ecclesiastical jurisdiction, is fitted to preserve that
consent in articles of faith, and that uniformity in
worship and rites, which, however agreeable to the
nature of the Christian society, the wide extent of
it seems to render impracticable without such a par-
amount authority. " The Son of God," says Bos-
suet, in his Exposition of the Doctrine of the Catho-
lic Church, " being desirous his church should be
one, and solidly built upon unity, hath established
and instituted the primacy of St. Peter to maintain
and cement it ; upon which account, we acknowledge
this primacy in the successors of St. Peter, the prince
of the apostles, which is the common centre of all
Catholic unity."
The argument, when proposed in this general
form, has a specious appearance. But there are many
steps between the first position, that Jesus Christ
intended his church should be one, and the last po-
sition, that the primacy of the Bishop of Rome ought
to be acknowledged by all Christians ; and when we
come to analyze the argument, by tracing the con-
nexion which the first position has with the last, the
weakness of the whole cause opens upon us at every
step.
Although Jesus often expressed a desire that his
church should be one, and although an endeavour to
maintain unity is earnestly recommended to his dis-
ciples, it does not follow that they were to have that
kind of unity which arises from subjection to one
CHURCH OF ROME. 385
visible head. Jesus is himself styled " the head of
the body, the church."* His prayer for those who
should believe on him, through the word of the
apostles, is this, " that they. Father, may be one in
us."f When the apostle speaks of one body, one
spirit, one faith, he speaks also of one Lord, that is,
Christ.:^ As this Lord shall continue till the end of
the world to rule in his kingdom, he may employ
other means besides the government of a visible
head to preserve unity. It is possible too, that
knowledge of the truth, attachment to one Saviour,
and the excitements of love and mutual forbearance
inspired by his religion, may be the chief bonds of
union which he intended should subsist amongst his
followers ; and that attempts to establish a stricter
uniformity than what results from these principles
may be attended with greater evils, and may be more
repugnant to the spirit of the Gospel, than those
breaches of unity which the power of a visible head
might correct.
When perfect wisdom and perfect goodness are
united in the character of a person, his power will
be exerted for the best purposes ; and the extent of
his power may insure the harmony, as well as the
happiness, of those who are subject to it. But such
a character is not to be found upon earth ; and all
the experience of mankind teaches them to provide
for the security of their rights, by imposing such li-
mitations as may guard most effectually against the
abuse of power. In one place, Matth. xx» 25, 26,
our Lord warn& his disciples against thinking that
they were entitled to exercise in his name that kind
* Col. i. 18. t John xvii. 21. J Ephes. iv. 4. 5.
VOL. 111. 2 C
386 CHURCH OF ROME.
of co-active authority, by which the princes of the
earth maintain their sovereignty. In another place,
M atth. xxiii. 8, 9, he warns his disciples against sub-
mitting their understandings to men, and requires
the free and manly exercise of their own judgment,
both as a testimony of the respect due to him, and
as a security against their being turned aside from
his doctrine. Although such warnings, when com-
pared with other passages of Scripture, do not con-
demn church government in general, they certainly
modify the authority that is to be exercised, and the
subjection that is to be yielded ; and therefore they
imply a condemnation of a form of church govern-
ment, which, by committing Christians in all places
of the world to the inspection and the absolute go-
vernment of one man, exalts him to a station, and
intrusts him with an office, to which the natural
powers of the wisest and the best of the sons of men
are wholly inadequate.
It will be said, indeed, that inspiration can easily
supply the unavoidable defects of human nature, and
that the information and comprehension of the vicar
of Christ upon earth may, in this way, be rendered
commensurate to the extent of his office. But as
our judgment of the proper seasons and degrees of in-
spiration ought always to proceed, not upon our own
speculations, but upon our experience of what God
has done ; so when we attend to the fact in this case,
it does not appear that such a measure of inspiration
as the office requires has been bestowed, because the
effects of the sovereignty claimed and exercised by
the bishop of Rome have by no means corresponded
to the advantages, which are stated as a presump-
tion in support of the claim. Protestants hold that
CHURCH OF ROME. 387
it has not preserved purity of doctrine ; for they
think they are able to prove that the faith of the
church of Rome is, in many important articles, con-
trary to Scripture. All who read ecclesiastical his-
tory must acknowledge that it has not preserved
the unity of the church ; for the Eastern church
never submitted to the authority of the Pope. Many
parts of Europe have, since the Reformation, dis-
claimed all subjection to him ; and there has, in all
ages, been much difference of opinion, even amongst
those who professed to believe that he is the vicar
of Christ. Popes have contradicted one another up-
on articles of faith : tiie controversies respecting pre-
destination and grace have agitated the Romish no
less than the Reformed churches ; and the attempts-
of the Roman Pontiff, by his authority, to define the
ceremonies of religion, have often produced alterca-
tion, mutual hatred, and persecution.
Had the Roman empire maintained its oscendancy^
over the nations of the earth, advantages might have
resulted from the primacy of a visible head of the
church. If from the same city, which was the mis-
tress of the world, the mandates of the supreme ruler
of the Christian society had been transmitted to the
separate associations in the most remote regions,
this would have been a centre of unity, however dis-
cordant from the simple unassuming spirit of the
Gospel, yet certainly analogous to the political situ-
ation of human affairs, and admirably fitted to pre-
serve an uniformity in religious rites. But when the
Roman empire was dismembered, when independent
princes arose throughout the whole extent of Christ-
endom, and that civil government, which, in all the
different modifications that circumstances may give
388 CHURCH OF ROME.
it in different countries, is the ordinance of God, was
vested in the hands of persons who had no connex-
ion with Rome, the existence of a supreme ecclesi-
astical power residing in that city, and issuing its
mandates to the ends of the earth, came to be attend-
ed with insuperable difficulties ; and what in the
former case might have been a centre of unity, was
converted into a principle of discord, and a perpe-
tual source of contention, A sovereign pontiff, who
claimed from the clergy in every state an implicit
obedience to all his injunctions, who could summon
them at his pleasure from any part of the world, who
reviewed all their sentences, and who could call to
his own court the trial of any cause, which came
in the first instance before them, was formidable to
civil government. This foreign jurisdiction inter-
rupted the orderly proceedings of every state ; it
weakened the authority of the magistrate ; it creat-
ed an interest in opposition to the public good ;
and it afforded various pretexts for superinducing
very dangerous civil claims. Accordingly, the his-
tory of a great part of Europe, and particularly of
Britain for a considerable time, is occupied with col-
lisions between the jurisdiction claimed by the Pope,
and that which the sovereigns of Europe considered
as of right belonging to themselves within their own
territories. In England the Reformation did not
begin with the discussion of points of doctrine. It
originated in resistance to the growing encroach-
ments of the court of Rome ; and it was accomplish-
ed by law, because the sovereign, the clergy, and the
people felt that their rights were invaded.
Any person who recollects the submission which
our Lord and his apostles uniformly yielded to the
CHURCH OF ROME. 3S9
civil power, the many exhortations to obedience
which the epistles contain, and the quiet accommodat-
ing spirit in all things not sinful, which the Gospel
forms, will not readily believe that the method,
vrhich Christ adopted for preserving the unity of his
church, was a method so hostile to the peace of so-
ciety ; and any person who considers that the Gos-
pel, assuming the character of an universal religion,
delivers, with consummate wisdom, doctrines and
precepts which readily apply to all different situa-
tions, v/ill perceive the inconsistency of supposing
that it would create a perpetual dependence upon a
particular city, in which one of its ministers resided ;
and by this single circumstance, would subject the
disciples, who were to be gathered out of all nations,
to many of the inconveniences of a local institution.
It appears, then, that when we come to reason
from the unity of the church to the primacy of the
bishop of Rome, there arise, upon general grounds,
very strong objections against this specious argu-
ment ; and we require the most satisfying direct evi-
dence that a method of preserving unity, in itself so
exceptionable, is, indeed, the appointment of Christ,
The Papists assert that it is: and if they could
prove what they assert, our notions of inexpediency
would yield to his authority.
Their assertion consists of three positions, every
one of which must be proved ; that our Lord gave
to Peter a primacy over all the other apostles — that
Peter was Bishop of Rome — and that it was the in-
tention of Christ, that the powers possessed by Peter
should be transmitted to the Bishops of Rome in all
succeeding ages. If they fail in the proof of any
one of these positions, the primacy of the Pope ber
390 CHURCH OF ROME.
comes a human invention, which may be wise or
unwise, but which cannot be regarded as the insti-
tution of Christ.
As to the primacy of Peter, they argue from Pe-
ter's appearing throughout the Gospels more ready
to speak and to act than the other apostles, being
often peculiarly addressed by our Lord, and often
answering in the name of the rest ; from his being
placed at the head of every complete enumeration of
the apostles, and called, by Matthew, " the first ;"
from our Lord's saying, " I have prayed for thee,
that thy faith fail not ;" from his giving him a
command to feed his sheep ; and from these remark-
able words, " Thou art Peter ; and upon this rock I
will build my church ; and I will give unto thee the
keys of the kingdom of heaven." As to the second
position, they argue partly from its being said by
some ancient writers, that Peter lived for some time
at Rome, that Peter and Paul founded the Christian
church there, and that Peter died there ; and partly
from the expression at the end of his first epistle.
" The church at Babylon saluteth you." It is known
that Babylon, in the book of the Revelation, is the
mystical name for Rome, the only city which an-
swers to the description there given ; and it is sup-
posed that Peter, by using this name in his epistle,
meant to give an intimation that Rome was the
place of his residence. As to the third position,
they find no support in Scripture. But they argue
from tradition ; from the deference which they say
was in all ages paid to the Bishop of Rome ; from
the names given to him by ancient writers ; from
the probability that the successors of Peter would
be distinguished above the successors of the other
CHURCH OF ROME. 391
apostles ; and from the miracles or other extraordi-
nary gifts, by which his claim to infallibility and
primacy has been attested.
Such are the arguments alleged in support of the
three essential positions of the Popish system : I
shall now give a specimen of the answers that are
made to them.
As to the primacy of Peter, it is admitted that
as in every body of men there are individuals who
appear to take the lead of others, the fervour of
Peter's spirit rendered him, upon all occasions, for-
ward to speak ; and that upon account either of
this fervour or of his age he is not only called the
first, but seems at some times to have acted as the
foreman or speaker of the apostolical college. But it
is not admitted that this implies any superiority of
office ; for, when our Lord first called the apostles,
and when he spoke to them after his resurrection,
and immediately before his ascension, he gave them
the same commission, and invested them with the
same powers. He said that they should sit on
twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.*
Before their minds were enlightened, they disputed
which should be the greatest ; but, after the day of
Pentecost, they appear to have understood that there
was a perfect equality amongst them ; and there is
not, in the epistles, the most distant mention of any
prerogative enjoyed by one of the apostles. Assem-
bled in a council at Jerusalem, Peter does not pre-
side.f He is sent by the other apostles, along with
John, to Samaria, t The work of the apostleship
* Matt. xix. 2S. t Acts xv. .| Acts viii. 14.
S92 CHURCH OF ROME.
was afterwards distributed between Peter and Paul,
To the former was committed the Gospel of the cir-
cumcision, i. e. the office of preaching to the Jews :
to the latter the Gospel of the uncircumcision, /. e.
the office of preaching to the Gentiles.* Paul says
that in the discharge of his office '* he was not a
whit behind the very chiefest of the apostles ;"f and
upon one occasion he withstood Peter to the face,
reprehending a part of his conduct which he thought
blameworthy. ^ The most striking circumstance in
the history of Peter is the solemn denial of his Mas-
ter, which does not appear to lay a good foundation
for the infallibility of his successors, which was more
culpable than the cowardice of the other apostles,
and to which there is a reference in the prayer of
our Lord for Peter, in the message sent him after
the resurrection, " Go tell my disciples and Peter,"
and in the manner of giving him the charge, " Feed
my sheep." The same charge is said to be commit-
ted by the Holy Ghost to all ministers or overseers
'ffotfjt.amiv rnv i^xh/iCiav. But bccause Peter had thrice de-
nied his Master, he is solemnly re-instated in the
office from which he had fallen, by our Lord's say-
ing to him thrice, '7roi[iam^ ^cgxs m crgoCara ^w. ^
In examining the strength of what the Papists ac-
count their impregnable fortress, the words address-
ed to Peter in Matthew xvi. 16, 17, 18, you will find
that these words were spoken upon occasion of a
question put to all the apostles, " Whom say ye that
I am ?" The answer is made by Peter, " Thou art
the Christ, the Son of the living God." But it is
* Gal. ii. 7. t 2 Cor. xi. 5. % ^^a^- ii- ^^•
§ John xxi. 15^ 17-
CHURCH OF ROME. 393
obvious that here, as at other times, he speaks in
the name of his brethren as well as in his own name;
and, therefore, although our Lord, in his reply, ad-
dresses the person who had spoken, it is natural to
understand the promise which he gives as a reward
of the confession, extended to all in whose name the
confession had been made. Accordingly, one part of
the promise, " Whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth
shall be bound in heaven ; and whatsoever thou
shalt loose on earth, shall be loosed in heaven," is
repeated by the same Evangelist soon after. Matt.
xviii. 18, and is there addressed to all the apostles.
And a promise, which we understand to be the same
in substance, " Whose soever sins ye remit, they are
remitted unto them ; and whose soever sins ye re-
tain, they are retained," was made to ten of the a-
postles after the resurrection.* It is understood by
that great body of Christians who do not hold the
primacy of Peter, that these two passages express
all that is meant by the phrase, " I will give thee
the keys of the kingdom of heaven ; and, therefore,
as no other powers but such as all the apostles en-
joyed were at any future time communicated to Pe-
ter, or exercised by him, we hold, that although our
Lord says " I will give thee the keys," he is convey-
ing, by these words, to all the apostles, the powers
which we shall afterwards find to be implied in the
lawful exercise of church government. There is an-
other part, indeed, of the promise in Matt. xvi.
which appears to be special to Peter, — " And I say
also unto thee, that thou art Peter, and upon this
rock I will build my church ; and the gates of hell
* Jchii XX. 23.
39h CHURCH OF ROME.
shall not prevail against it." These words, say the
Papists, assign to Peter a dignity and an importance
in the establishment of the Christian church, that
cannot be common to him and the other apostles,
because it is connected with his name. To this ar-
gument two answers are given. The one is, that
this expression does not necessarily imply that the
church was to be built upon Peter. As in the Old
Testament there was often a close connexion in
meaning between the name given to a person, and
some transaction to which he had a special relation ;
and as our Lord was accustomed in all his discourses
to refer to surrounding objects, or to things familiar
to his hearers, so here, when he means to speak of
the stability of his church, he alludes to the import
of the name, which he had given to Simon when he
called him to be a disciple. Hell is personified, re-
presenting the enemy and destroyer of mankind,
who brought death into the world. The gates of
hell are all the power and policy which this person
can employ, because the gates of cities were strong-
ly fortified, and they were the places where the wise
men of the city met to deliberate. The gates of hell
shall not prevail against my church, for it is found-
ed upon that confession now made by thee, which, as
the name given thee imports, is immoveable. He
does not say, " Upon thee will I build my church."
He does not even say, st/ tw ^sr^w. But cu zig trsr^o;, %oli
i'lrt 7a,\jT'/} ryj crsr^a oix,odoiJ,y}(foj ryjv sxzXrjffiav mu, changing the Sub-
stantive noun, it would seem, in order to intimate
that he meant only an allusion to the name, and not
the person to whom the name belonged. The con-
fession made by Peter, " Thou art the Christ, the
Son of the living God," is adopted by all Christians,
CHURCH OF ROME. 395
and is the foundation of the Christian church. There
would have been no Christian church, if this con-
fession had not been made by some ; and the Christ-
ian church will continue till the end of the world,
because, as the proposition is true in itself, so there
never will be wanting some, who believe and ac-
knowledge the truth of it. All the early Christian
writers understood rauryj rp 'Tnr^ff to mean the confes-
sion that Jesus is the Christ ; and both the sense
and the expression lead us to follow their interpre-
tation.
But there is another answer to the argument
of the Papists. If the allusion here made to the
name of the person who uttered this confession,
should be admitted to imply that there is a sense,
in which the church was built upon him as well as
upon his confession, still that sense must be so figu-
rative and improper, as not to convey any power
over the other apostles. For the only person who
can be truly regarded as the foundation of the
Christian church is the divine author of it. " Other
foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which
is Jesus Christ." He is the rock upon wliom the
whole building stands secure ; and, therefore, many
understand raurp rrj TiT^cc to mean Christ. The apos-
tles, indeed, are sometimes conjoined with him upon
account of their labours in making the first converts.
" Ye are built upon the foundation of the apostles
and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief
corner stone." * The wall of the New Jerusalem,
which John saw, " had twelve foundations, and in
them the names of the twelve apostles of the
Lamb." f These two passages extend to all the
* Ephes. ii. 20. t Rev. xxi. U.
396 CHURCH OF ROME.
apostles the honour given to Peter, and are to be
interpreted in the same figurative sense. According
to this figurative sense the promise was fulfilled.
For as all the apostles laboured in laying the foun-
dation of the church, so Peter had the honour of
preaching the first sermon after the effusion of the
Holy Ghost, by which 3000 souls were added to the
church ; and " God also made choice among the a-
postles that the Gentiles by his mouth," when he
was sent to Cornelius, " should hear the word of the
Gospel, and believe." In this sense it may be said
that the keys of the kingdom of heaven, i. e, of the
dispensation of the Gospel, were given to Peter ;
for his preaching opened the door by which all that
believe are admitted, and the zeal, with which he
declared to others the truth which he had confessed,
was the beginning of the gathering of that church,
which has continued to increase, and which shall
never perish from the earth.
By one or other of the rational interpretations
which I have mentioned, Protestants think they are
able to remove the countenance, which this singular
expression may appear to give to the high claims
of a primacy in Peter over the other apostles ; a
claim manifestly contradicted by the whole strain of
the rest of the New Testament, and by the analogy
of faith.
On the other two positions I need not dwell.
When you examine the evidence that Peter died
bishop of Rome, you will find it extremely doubtful
whether he ever was in that city. It is a question
in the ordinary systems, An Petrus Romce fueinU
ibique episcopaium per plures annos teniierit ; and
the arguments for the negative are much the strong-
CHURCH OF ROME. 39?
est. Innumerable difficulties, in point of chronology,
arise from supposing that Peter resided at Rome ;
and his being bishop of that city contradicts the
distribution made between Paul and him, by which
Peter was the apostle of the Jews, and Paul of the
Gentiles. Paul makes no mention of him in his
Epistle to the Romans. Peter never speaks of hav-
ing been at Rome ; and no reason occurs why the
name of Babylon, in the end of his first Epistle,
should be understood to mean any thing else than
the ancient capital of the Assyrian empire, which
continued the metropolis of those districts, to the
strangers scattered through which that epistle is ad-
dressed.
If Peter was not bishop of Rome, the popes are
not his successors. But even admitting that he had
been bishop of that city, their claim of deriving from
him, and of continuing in all ages to enjoy, the pri-
macy which they suppose our Lord conferred upon
his apostle, rests upon evidence so slender, and so
inapplicable to the subject, that it is fatiguing to
expose the weakness of it. This third position, that
the bishops of Rome, as the successors of Peter, pos-
sess the primacy by which he was distinguished, in-
volves this manifest absurdity, that the apostle John,
" the disciple whom Jesus loved," was, for the thirty
years during which he survived the other apostles,
subject to the bishop of Rome, the successor of an-
other apostle. The position assumes as its grounds,
a supposed expediency which we saw formerly does
not exist, a power of working miracles which are
known to be false, a succession which has often been
interrupted, a tradition which, far from being au-
thentic and uniform, often contradicts the position,
39S CHURCH OF ROME.
and is often manifestly forged v/hen it appears to
speak in support of it. The infallibility and primacy
of the Pope have been disclaimed by many bishops
of Rome, and were for many ages disputed by the
church : and we are under no necessity of having
recourse to privileges derived from Peter, in order
to account for the power which the bishops of Rome
long exercised, because we can easily trace both the
first introduction of that claim, and the manner in
which it was extended and recognised. In the pre-
eminence allowed by the councils of the church to
the bishops of principal cities, in the ancient dignity
of the city of Rome, and in the opportunities which
the bishops of that city derived from the removal of
the seat of empire to Constantinople, we find the
circumstances which gave occasion to the claim. In
a deep and persevering policy which accommodated
its measures to the times, and availed itself of every
favourable occurrence, we find a satisfying account
of the progress and establishment of those spiritual
and civil pretensions, which subjected a great part
of the Christian world to a tyranny inconsistent with
the genius of Christianity, degrading to the human
mind, and destructive of the tranquillity and prospe-
rity of nations.
The Christians of former days, who struggled to
emancipate themselves from this tyranny, were en-
couraged in their exertions by regarding the Pope,
meaning by that name not any individual, but the
pretended succession of vicars of Christ, as the anti-
christ, whose appearance and whose destruction are
foretold in Scripture. Protestants continue to find
in the characters of papal usurpation a literal fulfil-
ment of various predictions concerning the corrup-
CHURCH OF ROME. 399
tions of Christianity ; and their faith in the truth of
their religion is confirmed, by tracing the correspond-
ence between the prediction and the event. It may
therefore be useful to subjoin to the argumentative
view of the third form of church government, that
scriptural and historical view of it which arises from
attending to the train and connexion of the prophe-
cies respecting this subject. I take as the ground-
work of the observations about to be made, the first
part of 2 Thess. ii.
This second epistle was written at no great dis-
tance of time from the first, principally with a view
to correct an error which prevailed among the Thes-
salonians. From a mistaken apprehension of the
meaning of some expressions in the first letter,
or by the artifice of some false teachers, they had
been led to conceive that the day of judgment was at
hand, and their minds being wholly occupied with
the tremendous prospect, they neglected the ordinary
business of life, and waited in consternation and dis-
may for the coming of the Lord. The apostle hast-
ens to undeceive and relieve their minds. He de-
clares that no expression ever used by him bore that
interpretation; and he brings to their recollection some
parts of his discourse when at Thessalonica, which
might have satisfied them that this day of the Lord
was not at hand, because he had given notice of a
series of important events which were first to take
place. These events are the apostasy, the revelation
of the man of sin, his continuing for some time to
act in the character which he assumed, and his de-
struction. I call it the apostasy, for the expression
in our English Bibles, " a falling away," is by no
means equivalent to the Greek word ^i aToaracia, the
400 CHURCH OF ROME.
departing from the faith, as it is rendered 1 Tim. iv.
1, corrupting the simplicity and purity of the Gospel.
The article prefixed to it, " the apostasy," marks not
only that it would be great and signal, but that it
had been foretold that it might be known, and that
it was to be expected by those who studied the an-
cient prophets. In the progress of this apostasy,
there was to be revealed or made manifest 6 av&ouTog
trig afjM^t/Kc^ 6 v'log rrig a'TTuXs/ag, This does not necessarily
denote a single person. But as the high priest un-
der the Jewish law meant the persons, who in suc-
ceeding ages bore that office, " the man of sin" may
denote a succession of persons, who, as well as the
apostasy, had been foretold, and so might be known ;
and who deserved that name, either from being in-
famous for their own wickedness, or very instrumen-
tal in promoting the wickedness of others. The title,
" the son of perdition," having been applied by our
Lord to Judas, and being transferred to this man of
sin, may suggest that, under the semblance of a friend,
he should betray his master, and certainly intimates
the destruction ordained for those whom he corrupt-
ed, and for himself. This man of sin, or the suc-
cession of persons who deserve that name, is further
described in the 4th verse, as an enemy to the truth,
exerting his power in opposition to that which is
truly the cause of God, — as assuming great state and
dignity, exalting himself above those civil powers,
which are called in Scripture, Gods, above all that is
held in reverence by men, — ^yet preserving the ap-
pearance of an ecclesiastic, for " he sitteth in the
temple of God," which, as the Jewish temple was
soon to be destroyed, can mean nothing but the
Christian church. Continuing, therefore, outwardly
CHURCH OF ROME. 401
a member of the church, and grounding his power
upon the station which he held there, he was to claim
divine honours, to take to himself the name and titles
of God, and to show himself, to those who follow
him, as a God. There is, in all this, a striking re-
semblance to the succession of persons who, in the
progress of the corruptions of the church of Rome,
encouraged sin by many of their doctrines and prac-
tices, opposed the truth, assumed titles, and claimed
powers which belong to no mortal. But bare resem^
blance is not sufficient to warrant this application of
the prophecy. We must not only perceive that the
description here given may apply to the succession
of the bishops of Rome, but we must discover limit-
ing circumstances, which prevent us from applying
the description to any other. Some such limiting
circumstances the apostle seems to suppose were
known to the Thessalonians, for he refers in the 5tli
verse, to an explication of the subject of his prophecy,
which he had given when he was with them. But
the reference is so short and obscure, that, whatever
it might bring to the recollection of the Thessalo-
nians, it conveys no information to us. The 5th and
7th verses give no hint of what it was, that restrain-
ed the manifestation of the man of sin. They only
declare that the Thessalonians knew it. In order,
then, to discover those limiting circumstances which
are hinted at without being explained, we must re-
collect that all the prophecies of Scripture, from the
beginning to the end of the Bible, form one continu-
ed scheme. The more ancient and the more recent
predictions point to the same great dispensation of
Providence, and they throw light upon one another.
The prophecy in this chapter speaks of a corruption
VOL. in. 2 D
402 CHURCH OF ROME.
of Christianity, which was to attain its height in a
future time, but was ah'cady beginning to work.
Now the other inspired writers, who received power
from God to speak of the same event, are Daniel the
prophet, and John the Divine. Paul comes between
the two ; and his words may receive illustration from
both.
There was imparted to Daniel, a man greatly be-
loved of God, a vision, Dan. vii. which was, in part,,
explained to him, and which, by means of that ex-
plication, is clearly understood to represent four great
empires which succeeded one another, and the course
of whose history led to the times and the fortunes of
the church of Christ. The empire of Babylon is re-
presented by the lion that had eagle's wings, upon
account of the rapidity and extent of the conquests
of Nebuchadnezzar. The kingdom of the Medes and
Persians is represented by the bear, a voracious ani-
mal which thirsts after blood, because they exercised
the greatest cruelty against the Babylonians, and
are called by the prophet spoilers.* The empire
which, by the rapid victories of Alexander the Great,
was erected in a few years upon the ruins of the
Persian, is represented by the leopard, an animal re-^
markable for its swiftness. The fourth beast is known
by the description to denote the empire of the Ro-
mans. But it has no particular name, because there
is no animal that corresponds to the greatness, the
strength, and the extent of the Roman empire. The
fourth beast, as it is explained to the prophet, is a
fourth kingdom, ** diverse from all kingdoms," be-
ing not governed by a king, like the three former
* Isaiah xxi. 2.
CHURCH OF ROME. 403
empires ; but a republic, where the supreme* power
was vested in a senate and assembly. It " shall de-
vour the whole earth, and break it in pieces," be-
cause the Romans subdued many parts of Europe
and Africa, which were not conquered by Alexander,
not being known to him : and although gentle, ac-
cording to their principle, to those who submitted,
brought the ravages of war upon those who opposed
their power. The beast had ten horns, which are
explained to the prophet to be " ten kings that should
arise" out of the fourth kingdom. The barbarous
nations, with whom the Romans had intercourse,
being invited, by the different parties who contended
at Rome for the government of the state, to assist
them in their struggle, became acquainted both with
the wealth and with the corruption of the Roman
empire. They made incursions, obtained settlements,
and established different kingdoms within the empire;
and the number of independent kingdoms, which
arose out of the empire, has been computed, by the
most accurate examiners, to be ten. Now, as the
prophet had seen among the ten horns of the beast
" another little horn, before whom were three of the
first horns plucked up," so it is explained to him,
that, after the ten kings had arisen out of the fourth
kingdom, /. e, after the Roman empire had been split
into ten kingdoms, " there shall arise another king,
diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three" of
the ten " kings." This, by the place which it holds
in the description, can be none other than the power
of the Pope, which grew through a course of ages,
so that from being a servant of the lowly Jesus, the
successor of his humble apostles, he became a tem-
poral prince, possessed of a large territory, and claim-
404 CHURCH OF ROME:.
ing to t)e the head of the whole Christian chureb.
He was " diverse from the first," because his was a
spiritual, as well as a civil power. The distinction
was not always accurately marked between those
claims which he advanced as the bishop of Rome,
and those which he advanced as a temporal prince ;
and the one assisted the other. Before the end of
the eighth century, the Popes had by different means
obtained three of the kingdoms into which the Ro-
man empire was split, as an emblem of which they
continue to this day to wear a triple crown. The lit-
tle horn did then '* subdue three kings." It is said
also, that he had " a look, more stout than his fel-
lows, a mouth that spake very great things, and that
he shall speak great words against the Most High."
This he did by calling himself infallible, interpreting
Scripture according to his pleasure, requiring instant
obedience to his decrees in opposition to the plain
sense of Scripture. It is said, " he shall make
war with the saints, and prevail against them, and
wear out the saints of the Most High." This he
did by the court of inquisition, by the wars which he
excited against Protestants, and by the various bloody
methods which he employed to oppress those who
resisted his usurpation. It is said " he shall think
to change times and laws." This he did by indul-
gences, by traditions, by new modes of worship, new
articles of faith, and new practices, as penances, fasts,
and pilgrimages. The prophecy concludes with fore-
telling the destruction of this strange power, and the
triumph of the saints of the Most High over their
oppressor ; and it even sets a season for that event.
In this passage of Daniel, then, and there are others
in his book of the same import, it is plainly foretold.
CHURCH OF ROME. 405
that there was to arise a power of a very singular
character in opposition to true religion ; that this
power was to arise in that part of the world which
was properly called the Roman empire, and that it
was to arise after the empire was divided into ten
kingdoms.
The other inspired person, who speaks of this pow-
er, is John the Divine. In his epistles the expres-
sions are general. 1 John ii. 18, " Ye have heard
that antichrist shall come ;" antichrist, L e, a person,
or a succession of persons, in opposition to Christ, to
his dignity, to his doctrine, and to the spirit of his
religion. '' Ye have heard it." It is one of the
traditions of the Christian church, proceeding from
the first preachers of Christianity, and diffused with
the knowledge of the Gospel through the whole world.
1 John iv. 3, " This is that spirit of antichrist
whereof ye have heard that it should come, and even
now already it is in the world." The spirit of this
opposition is already working, although the time of
its full manifestation is what you have been taught
to look for as yet future.
Both these passages are general, and only furnish
a name for that corrupt usurping power, which Daniel
had described. But John is most particular in his
book of prophecy. When he was in the spirit in the
isle of Patmos, he " saw the things which shall be
hereafter ;" and amongst other things there were
shown to him. Rev. xvii. the future corruptions of
religion, by the vision of a woman sitting upon a
portentous beast, " having seven heads and ten
horns." Here, as in Daniel, the vision is explained.
For when John " wondered with great admiration''
at what he saw, the angel told him " the mystery,''
406 CHURCH OF ROME.
i, e, the hidden import " of the woman and of the
beast. The seven heads are seven mountains on
which the woman sitteth. The woman is that great
city which reigneth over the kings of the earth.
And the ten horns are ten kings v/hich have receiv-
ed no kingdom as yet ; but receive power as kings
one hour with the beast. For God hath put it in
their heart to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give
their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God
shall be fulfilled.*' Here we are brought back to the
prophecy of Daniel ; for the city of seven hills which
reigned over the kings of the earth, is the character-
istical description of Rome. She was the mistress of
the world ; and the peculiarity of her situation, which
her own poets, and all travellers mark, is, that with-
in one wall she enclosed seven hills or eminences.
Septemque una sibi muro circumdahit arces. The
universal empire which she attained under the first
of her emperors was, in succeeding ages, split into
ten kingdoms, so that she is fitly marked by the
beast with seven heads and ten horns. In the cha-
racter which John draws of the woman, we recognise
the features of that king, diverse from all other kings,
who was represented in Daniel by the little horn.
She has a cup in her hand, with which she teaches
the nations to commit idolatry. She is " drunk with
the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the
martyrs of Jesus." She receives power from the ten
kings, and she rides them, i. e, directs them at her
pleasure. Here is an antichristian power, and the
time and the place of it are marked. It is to exist
along with the ten kings, receiving its kingdom from
them ; and, at length, when they are tired of its
usurpation, to be destroyed by them. It is the city
CHURCH OF ROME. 4.07
of Rome, described in words, which to any person
acquainted with history, can mark no other city in
the world, the capital of that empire, out of the di-
vision of which the strange power was to arise.
The later prophecy then, according to the practice
in the chain of prophecy upon ail other subjects, has
rendered the ancient more intelligible, and more
pointed ; and when we compare Daniel and John
together, we can entertain no doubt that the seat of
the antichristian power, which both agree in describ-
ing, was to be the city of Rome, after the division
of the Roman empire.
So far Daniel and John. Now here comes in the
Apostle Paul between the two, manifestly describing
the same antichristian power of which they speak ;
a power which " opposeth, and exalteth itself above
all that is called God, and showeth itself that it is
God." His description is, in some respects, not so
intelligible as theirs. We should not be able to learn
from him either the time or the place of the appear^
ance of this power. But we find him referring, for the
explication of the short expressions which are here
used, to what he had said when he was at Thessalo-
nica, and to the knowledge of the subject which was
generally diffused through the Christian church.
" Remember ye not that I have told you these things.
Ye know what withholdeth." We are warranted
then, we are obliged by the authority of the apostle
himself, to take in this general knowledge as the
commentary upon his words, i. e. we are obliged to
make the prophecy of Daniel, and the information
of which John says Christians were in possession,
and which his prophecy extended, to make them the
interpreters of Paul ; and when we do so, the mean^
jng of this apostle appears plain,
408 CHURCH OF ROx>IE.
Paul wrote to the Thessalonians when the Ro-
man empire existed in all its glory, during the reign
of some of the first emperors, and before any disas-
ter had befallen the state, or any inroad had been
made by the barbarians. But this flourishing con-
dition of the empire withheld the man of sin from
being revealed. He could not be revealed, while the
empire was one and undivided ; for the prophecy of
Daniel had expressly marked, that antichrist was to
arise after the dismemberment of the empire ; and
the prophecy of John says, that he was to exist with
the ten kings. It was many ages after the date of
this epistle, that independent kingdoms were esta-
blished in the empire ; and it was not till the fifth
century that Rome was taken, and the Roman em-
pire destroyed by the barbarians. Then " he who
letteth," 6 y.a7iyj:yj, " was taken out of the way." The
power and dignity of the emperor being abolished,
the bishop of Rome became the most conspicuous
person in the western world. Availing himself of
all the advantages which the weakness, the divisions,
and the continual wars of the barbarous princes af-
forded him, he silently reared his head, extended his
claims, enlarged his dominions ; and before the end
of the eighth century, was in possession of the ter-
ritory of three of the ten kings, was acknowledged
as a sovereign prince, and was submitted to as the
vicar of Christ.
This interpretation of the obscure expression of
Paul, which we derive easily from the words of the
two other prophets, contains a satisfying reason why
he wrote thus darkly. There would have been a
great impropriety in a dutiful subject of the empire,
as the apostle always professed to be, speaking open-
CHURCH OF ROME. 409
\y in a letter which was to be circulated through the
Christian world, of the dissolution of the empire,
and of events respecting the Christians, which were
to happen after that dissolution. Such a letter would
justly have been accounted treason against the state,
and might have exposed both the writer of it, and
those who held it in veneration, to civil punishment.
The apostle, therefore, darkly refers to what he had
said at Thessalonica, and by this cautious mode of
expressing himself avoids an unnecessary danger.
But although he does not here explain what he had
said, the knowledge of it was carried from Thessalo-
nica, or from other churches where he had given the
same instruction, through all the Christian world,
and as the intimation agreed exactly with the pre-
diction of Daniel, it came to be generally understood
by the Christians, that as soon as the Roman emr
pire was dismembered antichrist should appear.
" Therefore," says Tertullian in his apology, written
in the second century, " we Christians are under a
particular necessity of praying for the emperors, and
for the continued state of the empire, because we
know the dreadful power which hangs over the
whole world ; and the conclusion of the age, which
threatens the most horrible evils, is retarded by the
continuance of the time appointed for the Roman
empire. We pray, therefore, that this evil may be
deferred by the perpetuity of the state." Jerome,
who lived to see Rome taken by the Goths, exclaims,
*' He which letted is now taken away, and from
hence we understand that antichrist is near."
Although the revelation of the man of sin was in
this manner delayed, or letted, for ages after the
apostle wrote, yet the seeds of this corruption were
410 CHURCH OF ROME.
sown in the Christian church even during his days ;
for he says, to iJ^-jarmov rihri zvi^yurat ryjg avo(j.iag. Mystery is
the Scripture name for any thing that is secret, whose
nature is not perfectly discovered. The Gospel is
called " the mystery of godliness," because its divine
iand spiritual nature was unknown to the world at
the time of its publication ; and the corruptions of the
Gospel are called " the mystery of iniquity," be-
cause they long worked secretly, before their influence
in encouraging iniquity was manifest. We find many
traces of them in the apostolical writings; contentions
for pre-eminence ; the abuse of Christian liberty so as
to make it a pretext for vindicating rebellion and a
contempt of the higher powers ; false philosophy
perverting the simplicity of the truth ; the distinc-
tion of meats ; the w^orship of angels ; the observ-
ance of days and months, and other superstitious ce-
remonies ; voluntary humility ; affected mortifica-
tions ; abstinence from things, " which God hath
created to be received with thanksgiving ;" a respect
for the traditions and doctrines of men ; and an en-
deavour to substitute outward compliance with the
commandments, in place of that " righteousness,
peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost, which is the king-
dom of Christ." All this is popery. Under what-
ever name, or in whatever form it appears, it is the
spirit of the " man of sin." The apostles testify
against it in their epistles ; and by the very
strong censures with which they brand the first
fruits of this spirit, they teach Christians to hold
it in abhorrence wheresoever it makes itself mani-
fest. So long as the Roman emperors were hea-
then, and the Christians were exposed to persecution
luider their government, this spirit was repressed,,
and could not do much mischief But after the con-
CHUIICH OF ROME. 411
version of Constantine lent the aid of the civil ma-
gistrate to the decrees of the church, this spirit be-
came conspicuous in the articles of faith, which were
established by authority, and enforced upon the Chris-
tian world. The worship of saints and angels, many
superstitious customs, and much foolish abstinence,
became the law of the church ; and this law was es-
teemed as of equal authority with the word of God.
Still, however, the dignity and power of the Roman
emperor restrained the complete manifestation of the
""man of sin." But when a barbarous race invaded
the seat of the Romxan empire, levelled all that was
held venerable in the state, and spread ignorance and
anarchy over those lands which had been blessed
with science and equal government, then was the op-
portunity of the " man of sin," roj kocuro-o y.a/^oj, his oc-
casion, his favourable time ; when meeting with no
obstacle, and finding in the weakness, the divisions,
and the brutality of the barbarous princes, a subject
upon which his arts might be practised with success,
** he, as God, seated himself in the temple of God,
showing himself" to his deluded followers, " that he
is God." The power which had been occasionally exer-
cised by the general councils, under the protection of
the emperors, and with a prudent regard to circum-
stances, was then boldly asserted as the right of the
Bishop of Rome. By his own infallibility he de-
clared what should be the faith of Christians ; he
enacted the discipline and ceremonies of the church ;
and he separated from Christ, and persecuted with
the sword, those who refused to submit to his de-
crees. With strict propriety the apostle calls him,
in the 8th verse, 6 aw/zogy the lawless one ; since it is
said of him by those, who, in their public writings.
4h2 CHURCH OF ROME.
profess to give a true picture of the extent of his au-
thority, that he is subject to no law, that by the ple-
nitude of his power, he can make right wrong, and
wrong right, and that he may do all things above
law, without law, and against law. A time of anar-
chy was the season, zai^og, for the revelation of such
a man ; and the progress of just notions with regard
to the rights of sovereigns and the liberties of man-
kind must, in the nature of things, circumscribe such
extravagant claims.
But before we speak of his destruction, let us at-
tend to the intimation given in this prophecy of the
arts, by which this " mystery of iniquity" was to be
established. The apostle mentions two; false mira-
cles, or " all power, and signs, and lying wonders ;''
and what he calls " all deceivableness of unright-
eousness." One of the marks, by which the church
of Rome says it may be known that she is the true
church, is the power of working miracles. Accord-
ingly, the legends of the church are filled with won-
derful cures performed at the shrines of the saints,
or by their bones and relics ; and with stories more
marvellous and more ridiculous, than any of those
which we now read for amusement. In a supersti-
tious and ignorant age, when it was the interest of
the priests to deceive the people, and when it was
the wish of the people to be deceived, exploits which
appear to us palpable and gross forgeries were re-
ceived without examination as real and great mira-
cles. Indeed, in most of the instances, the forgery
was so gross, that it has been acknowledged by se-
veral writers in the Romish church ; and it does not
seem necessary to suppose that the power of any
evil spirit was exerted. But these lying wonders.
CHURCH OF ROME. 413
are here said to have been wrought xa/ in^yvav rou lar-
ava, because Satan is the Father of lies ; and their
influence upon the minds of men in preparing them
to receive and to retain the corruptions of the truth,
was an instrument in which he delighted, by which
he had held a part of the dominion which he exer-
cised over the heathen world, and by which, after
the appearance of Christianity, he kept many of the
followers of Christ in nearly the same darkness, ido-
latry, and slavery, v/hich formed the character of
those to whom the true God had never been preach*
ed. The other instrument of establishing the
usurped authority of the " man of sin" is styled
icmr^ a'^rarrj rrig abmac ; an expression which comprehends
all the false doctrines, and delusive promises, and
groundless fears, by which the church of Home rules
over the minds of its votaries; the forgeries of books ;
the perversion of Scripture ; the arts of captious reason-
ing ; the expectation of purgatory, that invisible fire
which may be rendered longer or shorter, more in*
tense or more gentle, according to the pleasure of the
Pope ; that reliance upon the intercession of the
saints, and upon the powers of indulgence and abso-
lution said to be vested in the church of Rome, by
which men are accommodated in the practice of in-
iquity, and relieved from the reproaches of con-
science.
The effectual preservative against the influence of
both these instruments is the " love of the truth." An
acquaintance with the nature and evidence of the
miracles of the Gospel exposes the falsehood of the
lying wonders of the church of Rome ; and " the
truth as it is in Jesus," detained in faith and love,
guards us against " all the deceivableness of un-
414i CHURCH OF ROME.
righteousness." But, if men will not exercise their
own understandings, they may be led into danger-
ous errors, and may, finally, fall into that condem-
nation from which the holding the truth would have
delivered them. The apostle, however, is not to be
understood as meaning, by the strong expressions
which he has subjoined to this prophecy, that all
who ever believed the errors of popery are certainly
damned. So uncharitable a sentiment forms no part
of the Protestant faith. We believe that many wor-
thy, pious men, by the prejudices of education and
custom, have been so confirmed in doctrines, which
we know to be erroneous, that they were unable to
extricate themselves. Yet they might be preserved
by the grace of God from that unrighteousness, to
which the same errors led many others ; and there
might be in their breasts a " love of the truth," al-
though the thickness of the surrounding cloud kept
them in darkness. The condemnation is pronounced
against those, who " received not the love of the
truth that they might be saved," who greedily em-
braced error, who cherished it because it encourag-
ed them in sin, and were led, by means of it, to a
security and an excess of transgression. Whether
such were the teachers or the hearers of this corrupt
form of Christianity, their condemnation is just ;
for although the guilt of those who lead others into
sin is most heinous, yet no man is entitled to plead
his being misled, as an excuse for the perversion of
his understanding, or the corruption of his life.
" For every man shall bear his own burden."
" The love of the truth" is the preservative against
the usurped dominion of the " man of sin," and the
diffusion of the knowledge of the truth will prove
CHURCH OF ROME. 415
the destruction of that dominion. For as the pro-
phecies of the great apostasy, in Daniel and John^
speak clearly of better times, when truth and right-
eousness shall flourish upon earth ; so the apostle
says, " Then shall that wicked be revealed, whom
the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth,
and shall destroy with the brightness of his com-
ing." " The spirit or breath of his mouth" is a com-
mon Scripture expression for the word of God. The
church of Rome forbade the people to read the Scrip-
tures ; and it was the ignorance produced hy this
prohibition that kept the world in bondage. But
when our forefathers presumed, at the time of the
Reformation, to open the Bible ; when it was trans-
lated into the languages of all countries, and was
everywhere read and explained, it shook the pillars
of the dominion of " the man of sin." Many parts
of the Christian world were soon emancipated from
subjection to him. The temporal power which he
had assumed over Christian princes and states was
almost everywhere resisted ; and even in those
countries which still acknowledge him as the head of
the Christian church, his spiritual pretensions are
abated, and he is no longer the object of servile dread*
And we are thus prepared for believing what the
apostle declares, that the Lord, by the brightness of
his coming, by some striking interposition of Provi-
dence, or by the instrumentality of men, shall refine
his church from this corruption, and leave no por-
tion of the dross. The times are in his hand. We
presume not to say, when it shall be, or what are the
steps by which it is to be accomplished. But we
wait with faith and hope for that clear explication
of the obscurest words of the prophecy, which the
416 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
event will give to some age of the Christian church ;
and we regard the diminution of both the temporal
and the spiritual authority of the Pope, the progress
of the Reformation, and the emancipation of many-
states which he once held in subjection, as pledges
that all the parts of the prophecy will, in their sea--
son, be accomplished.
Barrow. Mede. Warburton. Newton. Hurd. Halifax*
Bagot. Macknight^on the Epistles.^
SECTION L
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
The jurisdiction and supremacy of the Pope never
was acknowledged by what is called the Eastern
or Greek church, i. e. by large bodies of Christians
inhabiting the eastern part of Europe, and a great
part of Asia, or by those Christians that are found
in some districts of Africa ; and the era of the Re-
formation separated a considerable part of what had
been called the Latin or Western church from the
communion of the bishop of Rome. But the Pro-
testants, although they united in combating that de-
scription of church government, which is given
either by the Papists or by the Roman Catholics,
did not agree as to what was to be substituted in its
place. Minuter shades of difference in the external
polity and visible form of Protestant churches may
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 417
be overlooked. But there are two general systems
of church government that obtain amongst Protest-
ants, which are, in many respects, opposed to one
another. We are accustomed to express the points
of difference in one word, by calling some Protest^
ant churches Episcopal, and others Presbyterian ;
and these two systems form an interesting object in
Great Britain, because the one is established by laW
in England, the other in Scotland.
The Episcopal form of church government pro-^
fesses to find in the days of the apostles the model
upon which it is framed. While our Lord remain-
ed upon earth, he acted as the immediate governor
of his church. Having himself called the apostles,
he kept them constantly about his person, except at
one time, when he sent them forth upon a short
progress through the cities of Judea, and gave them
particular directions how they should conduct them-
selves. The seventy disciples, whom he sent forth
at another time, are never mentioned again in the
New Testament. But the apostles received from
him many intimations that their office was to con-
tinue after his departure ; and as one great object of
his ministry was to qualify them for the execution
of this office, so in the interval between his resurrec-
tion and his ascension, he explained to them the du-
ties of it, and he invested them with the authority"
which the discharge of those duties implied. " Go,'*"
said he, " make disciple& of all nations, baptizing
them, teaching them ; and lo, I am with you alway,
even unto the end of the world. As my father hath
sent me, even so send I you. Receive ye the Holy
Ghost." *
* Matt, xxviii. 19, 20. John xx. 21, 22.
VOL. Ill, 2 E
418 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
Soon after the ascension of Jesus, his apostles re-
ceived those extraordinary gifts of which his pro-
mise had given them assurance ; and immediately
they began to execute their commission, not only as
the witnesses of his resurrection, and the teachers of
his religion, but as the rulers of that society which
was gathered by their preaching. In Acts vi. we
find the apostles ordering the Christians at Jerusa-
lem to " look out seven men of honest report," v/ho
might take charge of the daily ministrations to the
poor, and to bring the men so chosen to them, that
" we," said the apostles, " may appoint them over
this business." The men accordingly were " set be-
fore the apostles ; and when they had prayed, they
laid their hands on them." Here are the apostles
ordaining deacons. Afterwards we find Paul, in liis
progress through Asia Minor, ordaining in every
church elders, ^^zcZ\jTiQ(j'o(; ; the name properly expres-
sive of age being transferred, after the practice of
the Jews, as a mark of respect to ecclesiastical rul-
ers.* The men thus ordained by Paul appear from
the book of Acts and the Epistles to have been
teachers, pastors, overseers of the flock of Christ ;
and to Timothy, who was a minister of the word,
Paul speaks of " the gift which is in thee by the
putting on of my hands." f Over the persons to
whom he thus conveyed the office of teaching he ex-
ercised jurisdiction ; for he sent to Ephesus, to the
elders of the church to meet him at Miletus, and
there in a long discpurse gave them a solemn charge ;i:
and to Timothy and Titus he wrote epistles in the
style of a superior.
* Acts xiv. 23. t 2 Tim. i. 6. % Acts xx. 17—35.
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 419
As Paul unquestionably conceived that there be-
longed to him as an apostle an authority over other
office-bearers of the church, so his Epistles contain
two examples of a delegation of that authority. He
not only directs Timothy, whom he had besought to
abide at Ephesus, how to behave himself in the house
of God as a minister, but he sets him over other
ministers. He empowers him to ordain men to
the work of the ministry. 2 Tim. ii. 2. " The
things that thou hast heard of me among many wit-
nesses, the same commit thou to faithful men, who
shall be able to teach others also." He gives him di-
rections about the ordination of bishops and deacons :
he places both these kinds of office-bearers in Ephe-
sus under his inspection, instructing him in what
manner to receive an accusation against an elder
who laboured in word and doctrine ; and he com-
mands him to charge some that they teach no other
doctrine, but the form of sound words. In like
manner, he says to Titus, i. 5, " For this cause left
I thee in Crete, that thou shouldest set in order the
things that were wanting, and ordain elders in every
city, as I had appointed thee." He describes to
Titus the qualifications of a bishop or elder, making
him the judge how far any person in Crete was pos-
sessed of these qualifications : he gives him authority
over all orders of Christians there, and he empowers
him to reject heretics.
Here, then, is that apostle, with whose actions we
are best acquainted, seemingly aware that there would
be continual occasion in the Christian church for the
exercise of that authority over pastors and teachers,
which the apostles had derived from the Lord Jesus ;
and by these two examples of a delegation «'iven
420 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
during his lifetime, preparing the world for behold-
ing that authority exercised by the successors af the
apostles in all ages.
Accordingly the earliest Christian writers tell us
that the apostles, to prevent contention, appointed
bishops and deacons ; giving orders too, that upon
their death, other approved men should succeed in
their ministry. We are told that the other apostles
constituted their first-fruits, /. e. their first disciples,
after they had proved them by the Spirit, bishops
and deacons of those who were to believe ; and that
the apostle John, who survived the rest, after return-
ing from Patmos, the place of his banishment, went
about the neighbouring nations, ordaining bishops,
establishing whole churches, and setting apart par-
ticular persons for the ministry, as they were point-
ed out to him by the Spirit. As bishops are men-
tioned in the earliest times, so ecclesiastical history
records the succession of bishops through many ages ;
and even during the first three centuries, before
Christianity was incorporated with the state, every
city, where the multitude of Christians required a
number of pastors to perform the stated offices, pre-
sents to us, as far as we can gather from contem-
porary writers, an appearance very much the same
with that of the church of Jerusalem in the days of
the apostles. The apostle James seems to have re-
sided in that city. But there is also mention of the
elders of the church, who, according to the Scripture
representation of elders, must have discharged the
ministerial office, but over whom the apostle James
presided. So in Carthage, where Cyprian was bishop,
and in every other Christian city of which we have
particular accounts, there was a college of presbyters ;
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 4^21
and there was one person who had not only prece-
dency, but jurisdiction and authority over the rest.
They were his council in matters relating to the
church, and they were qualified to preach, to baptize,
and to administer the Lord's supper; but they could
do nothing without his permission and authority.
It is a principle in Christian antiquity, hg imam'Trog, t^ia.
sTczXriatoc, The one bishop had the care of all the Christ-
ians, who, although they met in separate congrega-
tions, constituted one church ; and he had the inspec-
tion of the pastors, who, having received ordination
from the bishop, officiated in the separate congrega-
tions, performed the several parts of duty which he
prescribed to them, and were accountable to him for
their conduct.
In continuation of this primitive institution we
find episcopacy in all corners of the church of Christ.
Until the time of the Reformation there were in every
Christian state persons with the name, the rank, and
the authority of bishops ; and the existence of such
persons was not considered as an innovation, but as
an establishment, which, by means of catalogues pre-
served in ecclesiastical writers, may be traced back
to the days of the apostles.
Upon the principles which have now been stated
it is understood, according to the Episcopal form of
government, that there is in the church a superior
order of office-bearers, the successors of the apostles,
who possess in their own persons the right of ordi-
nation and jurisdiction, and who are called smgjco-Troi, as
being the overseers not only of the people, but also
of the clergy ; and an inferior order of ministers,
called presbyters, the literal translation of the word
'TgeffSyngw, which is rendered in our English Bibles
4^2 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
elders, persons who receive, from the ordination of
the bishop, power to preach and to administer the
sacraments, who are set over the people, but are
themselves under the government of the bishop, and
have no right to convey to others the sacred office,
which he gives them authority to exercise under him.
According to a phrase used by Charles I, who was
by no means an unlearned defender of that form of
government to which he was a martyr, the presbyters
are episcopi gregis ; but the bishops are episcopi gre-
gis et pastor um.
In what manner bishops of a province or nation
are associated amongst themselves, and what degree
of subordination subsists between them and their
metropolitans or archbishops, is generally understood
to be a matter of civil regulation, depending upon
mutual agreement, or upon national establishment.
But the authority of a bishop within his own diocese,
the word employed to denote the extent of territory
committed to his care, his jurisdiction over all the
Christians that live in it, and his superintendence of
the clergy that officiate there, is conceived to be a
right conveyed to him by succession from the apostles,
in the exercise of which he may be supported by the
civil magistrate, but which is itself founded upon the
word of God, and is agreeable to the ancient and un-
interrupted practice of the Christian church.
The Presbyterian form of church government pro-
fesses, like the Episcopal, to find, in the times of the
apostles, the model upon which it is framed.
In order to perceive how two opposite forms can
claim to be derived from the same origin, the point
at which they separate must be carefully marked.
Both Epifccopaiians and Presbyterians agree, that
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 4^3
amongst the various powers committed to the apos-
tles there was an authority vested in them, as the
governors of the church, to exercise the most ample
inspection and jurisdiction over those whom they
ordained, as well as over the Christian people : and
both agree that there are instances in Scripture of a
delegation of some part at least of this governing
power. But they differ as to the description of the
persons to whom the delegation was made. Timo-
thy and Titus, who, by the directions contained in
the Epistles addressed to them, were unquestionably
constituted Episcopi et pastor urn et gregis, are ac-
counted by the Episcopalians, the stated bishops of
Ephesus and Crete, office-bearers of the same order
with the succession of bishops in other ages.
According to the Presbyterians, Timothy and
Titus were extraordinary office-bearers suited to the
infant state of the Christian church, who are called
in the New Testament evangelists, and whose office
is thus described in the fourth century by Eusebius.
" They, laying only the foundation of the faith in
places which had not heard the Gospel, and appoint-
ing other pastors to whom they delivered the cultiva-
tion of these new plants, passed on themselves to other
countries and nations."
The proof that Timothy and Titus were of the
order of evangelists is of this kind. Timothy is
mentioned in the Acts and the Epistles as an attend-
ant of Paul in his different journeys. Paul saysy
1 Tim. i. 3, that he had besought him to abide still
at Ephesus, which implies that this was not his fixed
station, where a sense of duty called him to reside,
but a place, where the prospect of his doing some
special service rendered a temporary stay expedient.
4^4 EJPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
In ^ Tim. iv. 5, Timothy is called an evangelist,
e^yov 'ffoindov ivayyzTjcTox). Paul appoints him, 2 Tim. iv. 9,
21, to come to him at Rome, from whence the second
Epistle was written, and to come before winter; which
implies that he was not soon to return to Ephesus.
From these circumstances it appears probable, that,
although in the postscript of the second Epistle,
which, being no part of the canon of Scripture,
is of no authority, Timothy is styled the first Bi-
shop of the church of the Ephesians, and although
those who have made catalogues of bishops, begin
the succession at Ephesus with this respectable name,
jet Timothy was not a stated office-bearer in that
church ; but a person whom Paul, from intimate ac-
quaintance with his zeal and his talents, sent to Ephe-
sus, where he himself had resided two years, and
had ordained elders. This is rendered the more
probable by our being able to explain the circum-
stances, which made it proper to send such a person
as Timothy with an extraordinary character to Ephe-
sus. In the solemn charge which Paul addressed to
the elders of that church, when he summoned them
to meet him at Miletus, there are these words, Acts
XX. 29, 30 ; " For I know this, that after my de-
parting shall grievous wolves enter in among you,
not sparing the flock. Also of your ownselves shall
men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away
disciples after them. Therefore watch." As this
warning suggests that there might be much expedi-
ency in sending an extraordinary teacher to Ephe-
sus, so we are told by some ancient Christian writ-
ers, that Timothy was left at Ephesus in order to
oppose Judaizing teachers ; and many parts of the
Epistles show, that the arts of the false teachers at
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 4^5
Ephesus had seduced some, and that the nature of
their teaching implied such a display of learning,
and such a perversion of Christian doctrine, as re-
quired an able and skilful antagonist.
Titus is styled, in the postscript of the epistle ad-
dressed to him. Bishop of the church of the Cretians.
But the postscripts of the epistles are known to be
of no authority, being the additions of a later age ;
and it appears from two circumstances, that Titus
was an evangelist, and not, as the postscript bears.
Bishop of the church of the Cretians, or a stated
office-bearer in that church. 1. From the account
given of his being left there. Titus i. 5. " For this
cause left I thee in Crete, that thou shouldest set in
order the things that are wanting, and ordain elders
in every city ;" which, according to the description
that we find in Eusebius, is the very work of an
evangelist. 2. From a direction given him, Titus
iii. 12. " When I shall send Artemas unto thee, or
Tychicus, be diligent to come unto me to Nicopolis :
for I have determined there to winter." Nicopolis
was a town in Macedonia, or in Epirus. Which-
ever of the tw^o we understand it to be, Titus had to
sail from Crete the whole length of the 31are
Aegeum^ in those days a very difficult navigation,
before he could reach the apostle. The direction,
therefore, seems to imply that the work assigned him
in the first chapter was temporary. When it was
finished, he was to rejoin the apostle, that he might
be sent elsewhere ; and, accordingly, in the second
epistle to Timothy, which is generally understood to
be one of the last of Paul's epistles, and was cer-
tainly written after Titus had left Crete, it is said
'• Titus is departed unto Dalmatia."
4f2G EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
If these are arguments sufficient to prove that Ti-
mothy and Titus were extraordinary office-bearers,
suited to the infant state of the Christian church,
then these two instances, of a delegation of the apos-
tolical powers of inspection and government, are no
proof that such delegation to single persons ought to
be continued, or that the apostles intended it should
remain in the Christian church. But, if the support
which the episcopal form of government derives from
the powers committed to Timothy and Titus be
withdrawn, the Presbyterians contend, that the Scrip-
tures furnish no unec|uivocal instance of inspection
over pastors being exercised by any office-bearer in-
ferior to an apostle ; and they think they are able
to prove, that the distinction between bishops and
presbyters has no foundation in Scripture. Even
after they prove this point, they have still to combat
the arguments, which the Episcopalians derive from
the universal establishment of Episcopacy, and from
the succession of bishops since the days of the
apostles. These, however, are matters of secondary
consideration. The first thing incumbent upon
those, who contend that Episcopal government does
not come to us recommended by aj)ostolical authori-
ty, is to show, that presbyters are in the New Tes-
tament put upon a level with bishops, and are there
invested with those powers of ordination and juris-
diction, which, according to the Episcopal form of go-
vernment, belong exclusively to the higher order of
office-bearers. The amount of the reasoning of the
Presbyterians upon this fundamental point may be
thus stated.
They begin their argument with distinguishing
carefully betv/een those extraordinary powers, which
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 427
exalt the apostles of Jesus above all other office-
bearers in his church, and those ordinary functions
implied in their office as teachers, which are in all
ages necessary for the edification of the body of
Christ. The universal commission, which they re-
ceived from their Master, to make disciples of all na-
tions, could not be permanent as to the extent of it,
because it was their practice to ordain elders in
every city, and because the course of human affiiirs
required that, after Christianity was established,
the teachers of it should officiate in a particular
place. The infallible guidance of the Spirit, under
which the apostles acted in the execution of their
universal commission, v/as not promised, in the same
measure, to succeeding teachers. But being, in their
case, vouched by the power of working miracles, it
directed the Christians of their days to submit im-
plicitly to their injunctions and directions ; it placed
their words upon a footing with the words of their
Master ; and it warrants the Christian v/orld, in all
ages, to receive with entire confidence that system
of faith and morality, which they were authorised
to deliver in his name. But, as all Protestants hold
that this system was completed when the canon of
Scripture was closed, and that neither individuals,
nor any body of men, have authority to add any
new articles of faith, it is admitted by them that a
great part of the apostolical powers ceased with those
to whom Jesus first committed them : and, there-
fore, the Presbyterians cannot appear to contradict
the analogy of faith, when they rank amongst the
extraordinary powers, which were to cease after the
days of the apostles, that supreme right of inspec-
tion and government over Christian pastors, which
4^8 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
was implied in their universal commission, and in
their hands was not liable to abuse. Amongst the
ordinary functions belonging to their office as teach-
ers, which were to remain always in the Christian
church, are to be ranked, not only preaching the
word and dispensing the sacraments, but also that
rule and government over Christians as such, which
is implied in the idea of the church as a society ;
and the Presbyterians contend, that the right of ex-
ercising all these ordinary functions was conveyed
by the apostles to ^^sff^urs^o/, whom they ordained. In
order to prove that none of those ordinary functions
were reserved, as the distinguishing privilege of a
higher class of office-bearers, but that the Presby-
ters derived, from the ordination of the apostles, a
right to govern the church as well as to preach and
to dispense the sacraments, the Presbyterians are
accustomed to dwell upon this incontrovertible pro-
position, that the two names imTTtoiroi and 'r^2(7Cur£go/ are
used by the apostles promiscuously ; from whence
this inference seems clearly to follow, that a distinc-
tion between g^trxo^o/ and '^r^sa^vrs^oif as if they denoted
different classes of office-bearers, is a distinction un-
known to the New Testament. When the apostle
Paul sent for the elders of Ephesus to meet him at
Miletus, although they are called roug 'j^iaQurs^ovg rrjg
ixxXrjffiag, he thus addresses them. Acts xx. 28, '^r^offix^rs
wv lauToig, %a,i iravri rw '7roi(i>vitjj, iv u> vfiag ro 'n-vsvfMa to kym shro
smffKOTTovg, <7rMiMCcmtv ry\v iX'/Xi^diav to-j Gsov. Here the <7r^sa-QvTS^M
are called siriaxomi, and are addressed as having the
government of the church. Paul says to Titus, " I
left thee in Crete ha xara^Tridyig TiOLTo, iroXiv T^£(rQuTi^ovg" He
mentions some qualifications which ought to be re-
quired in them ; and he adds as a I'eason for requir-
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 4^9
ing such qualifications, hn ya^ tov zmcxo'Trov ccviyxXviTov sivai ;
intimating that the two names were convertible.
The epistle to the Philippians is addressed 'zua-t roi^
ayioig zv X^itftu) lyjoov, roig ovff/v ev ^iX/'TT'Troig, (fuv s'Tiffxo-Troig xa/ diajiovo/c, '
the natural interpretation of which is, that these
^TigTioroi resided at Philippi in connexion with the
Christians of that church ; and that as there is no
mention of 'TriicZu^s^t in the address, the same persons
whom the writers of the New Testament, in speak-
ing of other churches, call ^^sffCvre^oi, are here termed
i'TTiffKO'Troi. Lastly, as 'x^isQurt^oi are thus called s'7r/(j>ioTofy
so the apostles, the highest office-bearers in the
church, did not think it beneath them to take the
name '?r§ssCvrs^oi, John begins his second and third
epistles with the words 6 Tr^sffQursPog, — and Peter thus
writes to the Christians whom he addresses, 1 Pet-
V. 1 ; " The elders which are among you, I exhort,
who am also an elder. Feed the flock of God which
is among you, taking the oversight thereof. And
when the chief Shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive
a crown of glory." Here are powers of government
committed to T^sffCurs^o/. The apostle, by calling him-
self ffvfi'7r^s<!Qvrs^og, secms to intimate that they possessed
all the authority in the Christian church, which was
to remain after the death of the apostles ; and the
introduction of the a^;^/'7ro/,«,?jv appears inconsistent with
the idea of the T^g<y:ur£gft/ being accountable to any
individual teacher, after the apostles ceased to re-
present the authority of the chief Shepherd upon
earth.
The Presbyterians say further, that it may be
gathered from the 'New Testament, that T^s^urs^o/,
having received, by ordination from the apostles,
the right of governing the church, had also the right
3
430 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
of conveying to others, by ordination, all the powers
with which they had been invested. This appears,
in the first place, because they are not prohibited
from so doing. For since it was the intention of
Christ, that there should be a succession of office-
bearers having rule in his church, and since the na-
tural method of continuing this succession is through
those who have been themselves invested wath the
character, nothing less than an express inhibition
can satisfy us that the 'tt^zsQuts^o/, the first office-bear-
ers whom the apostles ordained, were restrained from
ordaining others. But there neither is any such in-
hibition, nor is it possible there can be ; because the
names scr/^xo'Tro; and '^r^sG^vn^oi being used in the New
Testament promiscuously, even although there were
any passages, as there are none, investing sr/cpio-ro/
with the right of ordination, still we could not be
sure that those, who in other places are called '^rocffQvrspo.',
were not included under this name. But, in the se-
cond place, that 'r^sirCursgo/ were not excluded from the
right of ordination, is made manifest by what the
apostle says of Timothy. For, as if to show that
the office of -r^sffCurs^o/ was not degraded by the tem-
porary authority, which w^e understand to have been
conveyed to this extraordinary officer, we are told
that they had a part in his ordination. The apostle
indeed speaks, 2 Tim. i. 6, of yjicK^iia tou ©sov, osffnv sv m
dta rrig tTikffiOjg rcov yji^oiv (mov. But he Spcaks, 1 Tim. iv.
14, of the same yjx^s<S[jja, 6 m&Tj co/ d/a 'rr^opTiniag, [/.zra i'Xih<iz(t)(;
rm %£/gwi' To\j 'TT^io-Q-ors^iou. So that the apostle, who had
ordained many elders before he met with Timothy,
appears to have called their assistance in the ordina-
tion of this person ; which may be regarded as an
apostolical acknowledgment of what we found to be
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 431
implied in the nature of their office, that they have
a right to ordain.
Although this train of reasoning, employed by the
Presbyterians, should be vmderstood to prove that
the distinction between the order of bishops and the
order of presbyters, which is the foundation of the
Episcopal form of government, is unknown to the
New Testament, yet if it could be shov/n that this
distinction has obtained in the Christian church ever
since the days of the apostles, it might appear to de-
rive, from this early and uniform practice, a sanc-
tion nearly equivalent to the express appointment of
Scripture. For it might be argued, that although
the apostles had not unequivocally declared this dis-
tinction in their writings, the fact unquestionably
proved that they had established it in the churches
which they planted, and that from those who had
the best opportunity of knowing their minds, there
was diffused an universal impression that they in-
tended it should be continual. In this manner, the
Episcopal form of government would seem to stand
nearly upon the same ground with the consecration of
the Lord's day. There is no commandment in the
New Testament appointing the change of the Sab-
bath, from the seventh day of the week to the first ;
and the instances of the apostles meeting for pub-
lic worship, upon the first day, recorded in the New
Testament, are not of themselves sufficient to prove
that they had laid aside the practice of attending public
worship, as our Lord did, on the seventh day; or that
they meant the first day to be always kept holy. But
when we conjoin with those instances, the primitive,
universal, and uninterrupted practice of the Christ-
ian world ; when we gather from the first Christian
43^2 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
writers, from heathens, and from every kind of au-
thentic evidence, that the disciples of Jesus eveiy-
where agreed in the observance of the Lord's day,
amidst their differences upon almost every other
point, we cannot doubt that the change was made
by an authority which all Christians recognised.
Episcopal writers are accustomed, in the course of
their argument, to refer to this as a parallel case ;
and affirmino: that there is the same evidence of an
apostolical appointment, in the distinction between
bishops and presbyters, as in the change of the Sab-
bath, they conclude that the alleged ambiguity in
those passages of Scripture, where they think this
distinction may be found, is completely removed,
when we interpret them in the legitimate manner,
by the practice of the Christian church ever since
those passages were written.
This mode of arguing is very plausible ; but when
thoroughly canvassed, it affords a more uncertain
support to the apostolical institution of Episcopacy
than it seems at first sight to give. — You will be
sensible of this, by attending to the three following-
circumstances.
1. There is no authentic catalogue of the names
of those who were bishops, for many of the ages im-
mediately following the days of the apostles. The
persecution to which the early Christians were ex-
posed, the smallness of their numbers in many of
the places where they assembled, and the secrecy
with which they were obliged to hold their meet-
ings, did not admit of records regularly kept, and
transmitted in a state of preservation to distant
ages. Of the succession in many churches, during
the first and second centuries, we know nothing :
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 433
and even with regard to those, which, either from
their being mentioned in Scriptm^e, or from the ce-
lebrity of the cities where they were planted, make
a conspicuous figure in ecclesiastical history, there is
the greatest intricacy, and contradiction, and doubt-
ful conjecture in the attempts to ascertain the suc-
cession of their teachers. These attempts could not
be conducted with much probability of success, till
after Christianity became the established religion of
the empire. We meet with an example in the eccle-
siastical history of Eusebius. He was bishop of Ce-
sarea, and a man of great influence at the court of
Constantine. Yet even with all his solicitude to
discover the truth, and all the means of information
which he had it in his power to command, he begins
his catalogue with declaring, that " it is not easy
to say who were the disciples of the apostles, that
were appointed to feed the churches which they
planted, excepting only those whom we may learn
from the writings of Paul."* It is manifest, that
an, argument founded upon the uninterrupted suc-
cession from the days of the apostles is very much
weakened, when, upon tracing back this succession,
we find an unavoidable, and an acknowledged un-
certainty, at the very time when it is of most im-
portance to the argument to know exactly what was
done.
2. This deficiency of catalogues cannot be suppli-
ed by the manner in which ancient writers speak of
what the apostles did. Although the names were
lost, there might be so clear a description of the
powers of the different offices, as would decide the
* Hist. Eccles. iii. 4,
VOL. III. 2 F
434 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
controversy. But this is far from being the case.
The same ambiguity in the meaning of the word
bishop, which we remark in Scriptui'e, pervades the
testimony which the earliest Christian writers bear
to the establishment of Episcopacy. Thus when
Clemens, one of the apostolical fathers, who wrote
in the first century an epistle to the Corinthians,
says in a passage already referred to, " the apostles
preached through cities and countries, appointing
their first disciples, after having proved them by the
fepirit, to be S'TTigKoirovg xat diu/tovovg rm {MiXkovTMv mcrsvuv^ aUu
left them directions that, after their death, other ap-
proved men should succeed in their ministry," here
is evidence of a succession of teachers, but no evi-
dence that any of those teachers possessed the powers
which are conceived to distinguish those, whom we
now call bishops, from presbyters.* For Clemens
uses a word which in Scripture is applied to all
Christian teachers ; and by the omission of -rosffCurs^w
in this early enumeration of office-bearers, he seems
to consider z-TTKfKO'xoi and w^fc^yre^o/ as equivalent. Other
ancient writers, too, in those very passages which
have been quoted as their testimony to the uninter-
rupted succession of bishops, are found, upon a cri-
tical attention to their words, to mean nothing more
than the succession of apostolical doctrine conveyed
through the men, whom the apostles appointed to
teach it, whether those men are called imcM'jrot or
3. Lastly, with regard to this point of apostolical
succession, it is to be considered that we have no
reason to presume, that in all the places where the
* Kino; on Prim. Churchy iv. 3.
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 435
apostles preached, they observed one fixed course of
settling church government. The book of Acts, af-
ter the conversion of the apostle Paul, is chiefly a
history of his journeyings ; and by comparing inci-
dental passages of that book, with the information
vrhich may be collected from his epistles, we are en-
abled to form a conception of the plan of govern-
ment which he established in some churches; or
rather different systems with regard to that plan
have been built upon his words. But we have no
means of following him in a great part of his progress;
and of what was done by the other apostles, who,^
in the execution of their universal commission, vi-
sited different quarters of the world, Scripture give^
little information, and ancient writers speak very
generally and uncertainly. Our knowledge, there-
fore, extends to only a part of the practice of one
apostle. But it is a conclusion which the premises
by no means warrant, that what was done by one
apostle in planting some churches, was done by every
other apostle in planting all churches. The pre-
sumption rather is, that the apostles would accom-
modate establishments to circumstances, to the num-
bers whom they had converted, or the numbers of
future converts whom the largeness of the city or
the situation of the country might lead them to ex-
pect ; and that they would leave many things to be
settled as the future occasions of the church might
require. This is so agreeable to the course of hu-
man affairs, to the shortness of the stay which the
apostles could afford to make in most places, and to
the general and prudential directions contained in
the Epistles of Paul, that although we had no par«
436 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
ticular authority for it, a candid inquirer would be
inclined to suppose it must have happened. But
the fact is, that some other writers say nearly the
same thing, and Epiphanius, a bishop of the fourth
century, gives precisely this account of the matter.
The apostles, he states, were not able to settle all
things at once. But according to the number of be-
lievers, and the qualifications for the different offices
which those whom they found appeared to possess,
they appointed in some places only a bishop and dea-
cons, in others, presbyters and deacons ; in others, a
bishop, presbyters, and deacons ; and this, says Epi-
phanius, accounts for the variety in the addresses
used by Paul in his Epistles, as he wrote according
to the present state of things before the church had
received all its offices.*
As far as the authority of Epiphanius is of any
weight, this statement contradicts the opinion of an
universal establishment of Episcopacy by the apos-
tles, and a continued succession of bishops from their
days. But it will occur to you, that he seems to re-
present the Episcopal form of government as the
completion of that plan which they began, and which
they would have completed themselves, if circum-
stances had permitted. Here, then, is a strong
ground to which the defenders of that form may be-
take themselves, after all that has been said. For
allowing, what they do not allow, that in Scripture
there is no evidence of an intention to establish a
permanent distinction between bishops and presby-
ters, and allowing that there is a chasm of many
* Ireniciim^ vi.
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 437
years after the days of the apostles, in which there
is no evidence of a succession of persons having those
peculiar powers which are ascribed to bishops, yet,
it is certain, that the history of the Christian church
presents to every observer that form of government
which is called Episcopal. There may have been,
from various local causes, instances of church go-
vernment being conducted for many years without
bishops ; and it may be true, that some nations, as
has been affirmed with regard to Scotland in early
times, had no Christian teachers bearing that name.
But these partial interruptions or irregularities are
overlooked by one who attends to the general ap-
pearance of Christendom. For, although in Scrip-
ture, and in the writings of the apostolical fathers,
bishops and presbyters may be confounded, yet, in
the second century, the name bishops appears to
have been appropriated to an order of men, who had
a priority in rank above other Christian teachers ;
and from the second century to the time of the Re-
formation, it is unquestionable that this order of
men continued to exist in almost all parts of the
Christian world, was acknowledged to possess the
right of exercising peculiar powers, and was look-
ed up to with respect, and a degree of submis-
sion, by both clergy and laity. Now, this general
consent of the Christian church seems to afford con-
vincing evidence, that the distinction between bishops
and presbyters^ if not founded in Scripture or apos-
tolical appointment, was a continuation of that esta-
blishmeut which the apostles began, and probably
the consequence of directions which they gave in
planting churches. At least, it appears to be incum-
bent upon those, who have departed from this early
4<38 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
and general practice, to give some other account,
equally rational and probable, of the manner in
which it was introduced.
The challenge is undoubtedly a fair one ; and the
strength of the Episcopal cause lies in the statement
which I have now given. Yet, notwithstanding
the presumption in favour of the apostolical appoint-
ment of Episcopacy, which certainly arises from its
having had possession of the Christian church for so
many ages, we think we are able to show that the
form of government, to which Presbyterians have
recurred, is not to be regarded as a novel invention.
From various circumstances formerly mentioned
it appears probable, that though the apostles did not
follow one uniform course, yet, in many of the prin-
cipal cities which they visited, they ordained a num-
ber of teachers, whom they called '^r^iffQvn^oi. In
Ephesus, Corinth, Jerusalem, and other places, the
number of believers, even during the life of the
apostles, was probably too great to assemble in one
house, so that in those places there might be a ne-
cessity for more than one teacher. But, indepen-
dently of this circumstance, the apostles, according
to an expression that occurred in the passage lately
quoted from Clemens, had a regard to the interests
ruv [LsWovrm cr/mus/v ; and when, being themselves upon
the spot, they could exercise that gift of " discern-
ing spirits," which was one of the extraordinary
powers conferred upon them by the Holy Ghost,
they chose to provide for the future increase of be-
lievers in different districts, by setting apart, " for
the work of the ministry," such as they found wor-
thy. This coetus presbyterorum attended to all the
spiritual concerns of the Christians in the city where
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 439
they resided, apportioning among themselves the dif-
ferent offices which might minister to their edifica-
tion and comfort ; and they were ready to embrace
every favourable opportunity of communicating to
the inhabitants of the adjoining region, those glad
tidings which had been unfolded in the city by the
apostles themselves. A body of presbyters, acting
in concert for these ends, would naturally hold fre-
quent meetings, that individuals might report their
success, and that all the members might consult
about the most prudent methods of promoting their
common object. In these meetings some person
would preside for the sake of order ; and whether
this precedency went by seniority, or by rotation,
or was a permanent ofiice conferred by election
upon one of the presbyters, it implied, in the per-
son who held it, a precedency, an efficiency, a <le-
gree of control over the rest, and a title to re-
spect To this person two names appear to have
been applied in very ancient times, iirisxo'xnc, and ayyiXoc.
There was a peculiar propriety in giving him the
name st/cxocto?, while the other members of the coetus
retained the name ^^strCyrs^o/, because, as these two
names are in Scripture equivalent, this appropria-
tion did not imply that he possessed any powers
different in kind from those of presbyters ; it only
intimated his being invested by office with a certain
inspection. The other name ayyzXog was probably
borrowed from the service of the Jewish synagogue,
where it was applied to the person who presided in
the worship, and exhorted the people. It is found
in the epistles sent by the apostle John, in the book
of the Revelation, to the seven churches of Asia,
every one of which is inscribed t'jj ayy^X'^. rm Epa/vr,;
440 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
sxxXjjtf/aj, ry}g sx'/tXyjffiag S/oougva/wi/, r7}g sv Tls^yafitfj exxX^jovaj,
&c. We know that at Epliesus, one of the seven
churches, there were several elders whom Paul had
ordained. But if one of this <^oetus presbyterorum
was president, it was natural for the apostle to in-
scribe the epistle to him ; and as the name r^ wyysXu)
TYjg ixxXrioiag Certainly leads us to think of one, and not
of many, we consider it as the name of the presi-
dent. While the joint employment of the pastors,
in caring for the spiritual interests of the Christians
in the city, thus gave occasion to the existence of a
person who stood forth distinguished from the rest,
their labours in converting the inhabitants of the
adjoining country tended to produce the same effect.
If these labours were crowned with any degree of
success, the congregations formed by them would
feel a connexion with the mother church, from which
they had received their pastors. The presbyters
settled in the country would probably wish to main-
tain a fellowship with the coetus 'presbijterorum to
which they had belonged ; or the care of all the
Christians, both in the city and in the country,
would be considered as belonging to the whole coetus^
who would assign tasks and departments to individual
members, as appeared to them most expedient. In
either case, this increase of the number of Christians
would multiply the occasions, upon which the per-
son who presided over the coetus would appear in
his character of president, and afford him various
opportunities of extending his claims, and enlarging
his pov/ers ; so that with no greater degree of saga-
city and attention to the succession of events than
is commonly displayed in the conduct of human af-
fairs, the president of the ccetus presbyterorum might
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 441
establish himself in such a pre-eminence over the
individual members, as corresponds to the descrip-
tion given in the second and third centuries of the
dignity of a bishop.
We cannot doubt that common prudence would
dictate that gradual extension of the powers of the
bishop, which might create the least possible alarm ;
and yet we are unable to tell all the steps, by which
the president of the college of presbyters rose to the
estimation of being an office-bearer exalted above
presbyters by special powers ; nor can we assign the
dates of the several extensions of his privileges.
But, if the most zealous friends of episcopacy are
obliged to plead the deficiency of all the ecclesiasti-
cal records of early times, as an apology for their
not producing authentic catalogues of that succes-
sion of bishops which they pretend to have existed,
we are equally entitled to plead the same deficiency,
in excuse of the want of particularity in our deline-
ation of that progress, by which we account for the
introduction of episcopacy. We hold that the pro-
gress is abundantly probable, by being agreeable to
the course of human affairs in other things ; and we
find this general probability very much confirmed
by two particular circumstances belonging to this
subject. One is, that, after the days of the apostles,
there did arise, by human institution, an imparity
among the bishops. For although every bishop
claims, in respect of his office, to be a successor of
the apostles, and although ancient writers agree that
a bishop of the poorest city has the same priesthood
as a bishop of the richest, and that, in the care of
his own diocese, he has full power to determine for
himself, and is subject to none but Christ, yet there
4f4f2 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
was introduced in the first four centuries, the gra-
dation of patriarchs, metropolitans, archbishops, and
bishops. There were the patriarchs of Rome, Con-
stantinople, Alexandria, and Antioch, whose juris-
diction extended over all the Christian church ; un-
der these were the metropolitans, who presided in
the several provinces ; and under them the arch-
bishops, each of whom had the inspection of several
bishops in a district. This gradation was probably-
introduced by those general councils, which, in the
second century, began to be held by Christians, and
in which it was considered as a piece of respect
due to the principal cities of the empire, that the
bishops of those cities should preside. Various cir-
cumstances led the Christians, even before their re-
ligion had the benefit of a public establishment, to
accommodate the government of the church to the
government of the state ; and when the empire be-
came Christian, Constantine judged it a matter of
policy to complete this accommodation. In con-
formity to the exarchates, provinces, and districts,
into which he divided the empire, he established a
hierarchy composed of different orders of bishops, who
were distinguished from one another, not only in
respect of rank, but also in respect of privileges and
power ; and so agreeable was this establishment to
the practice which the Christians themselves had
begun, and to their sentiments, that the council of
Nice, which met so early as A. D. 325, recognised the
prerogatives claimed by the bishops of Rome, An-
tioch, and Alexandria, as ra a^x^^ia sdri, and declared
that it would disown every bishop, who is ordain-
ed xcoPig yv^mi rou (I'^TPO'TtoXiTov. Now, if this limitation of
the powers of bishops, and this subjection of many
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 443
of them to those with whom they were originally
equal, had become so general during the first three
centuries, as to obtain, in 325, the highest eccle-
siastical sanction, we have no reason to be surpris-
ed, if, in the same time, a bishop should be exalt-
ed from being the first among equals chosen by
their suffrage, to be accounted an office-bearer of a
higher order than presbyters. The Episcopal writ-
ers say that the cases are by no means similar, be-
cause all bishops are by their office equal, whereas
bishops and presbyters are so essentially distinct,
that it never was accounted lawful for presbyters to
intermeddle in those actions which are appropriated
to a bishop. But, in answer to this, we bring for-
ward a second circumstance, that many expressions
in ancient writers correspond to this account of the
origin of Episcopacy, and that there are some pas-
sages in which the same account is given. There
are, it is true, books that assume a very early date,
which speak clearly and strongly of the superiority
of bishops above presbyters ; — such as the apostoli-
cal constitutions, and the larger epistles of Ignatius.
But it is now generally understood by learned men,
that these books are full of interpolations, the works
of a much later age, inserted for the very purpose of
magnifying the episcopal office. Those writers of
the second and third centuries, whose works are ad-
mitted to be genuine, abound with expressions
which represent tiie presbyters as partners with the
bishops, in the honours and duties of the episcopal
office. They call the presbyters, as well as the bi-
shops, the successors of the apostles ; and Cyprian, ,
bishop of Carthage, who is esteemed one of the most
zealous defenders of Episcopacy, declares, that it was
444 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
his invariable rule to do nothing without the advice
and concurrence of his compresbyters.* Jerome,
who lived about the end of the fourth century, gives
in different parts of his works, precisely the same
account of the origin of Episcopacy as we do. In
one place, where he quotes all the passages of the
New Testament, in which the names bishops and
presbyters appear to be synonymous, he says that,
before there were parties in religion, churches were
governed communi consilio preshyterorum. But
that afterwards, in order to pull up the roots of di-
vision, toto orhe decretiim est, i. e. it became an
universal practice founded upon experience of its
expediency, that one of the presbyters should be cho-
sen by the rest to be the head, and that the care of
governing the church should be committed to him.
Let presbyters, therefore, he says, know that they
are subject, by the custom of the church, to him
who presides over them ; and let bishops know that
they are greater than presbyters, rather by custom
than by the appointment of the Lord, and that still
the church ought to be governed in common.
So pointed a testimony against the apostolical in-
stitution of Episcopacy, proceeding from a writer so
respectable and so ancient as Jerome, whom Erasmus
calls without controversy the most learned of Christ-
ians, forms an authority which th€ Presbyterians
gladly lay hold of, and which their antagonists show
an extreme solicitude to invalidate. It is said that
Jerome was too late to know the truth ; that being
himself only a presbyter, he was willing to propa-
gate a system which might bring bishops nearer to
* King on the Prim. Church;, iv. 4 ; v. 6.
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 445
a level with himself, and that in this system he is
singular. We, on the other hand, are not disposed
to entertain any suspicion with regard to the motives
of his testimony, because he appears to us only to
assert, at a time when he had more opportunities of
information than we have, the same thing which we
gather from the words of Scripture, from the general
appearance of the primitive church, and from various
particular expressions of Christian writers. We do
not account his testimony singular, although no per-
son has said precisely the same thing. But when
we find Augustine, who was a bishop, writing to
Jerome, Secundum honorum vocahula quce jam eccle-
site US21S ohtinuit, episcopatus preshyferio major est ;*
when we find Isidore, bishop of Seville, 200 years
after, where he has stated the different offices in
which presbyters are partners with bishops, adding
these words, Sola propter auctoritatem summo sacer-
doti clericorum ordlnatio reservata est, ne a midtis
ecclesicB disciplina vindicata concordkim solveret: —
and when we find the second council of Seville, about
the same time, using these words, Quamvis cuvi
episcopis plurium preshyterls minlsterioriim commu-
nis sit dispensation qucedam noveUis et ecclesiasticis
regulis sibi prohihita noveri?it ;-f we cannot enter-
tain a doubt, that an opinion somewhat similar to
ours, concerning the introduction of Episcopacy as a
matter of order, and the gradual extension of the
claims and privileges of bishops, was very far from
being peculiar to Jerome. It is true that this opin-
ion, although corresponding with various incidental
expressions in numberless writers, was not, before
* Aug. Ep. xxix. f Irenicum, chap. vi.
446 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
the Reformation, generally brought forward in clear
words. But this we think may be accounted for,
by an apprehension that the dignity and authority
of the episcopal order, which was esteemed essential
to the honour and peace of the church, would be
weakened by recalling to the minds of the people
the manner in which it arose. The reformers, by
whom the Presbyterian church was settled, were re-
strained by no such delicacy. Considering the dis-
tinction between bishops and presbyters as having no
foundation in Scripture, and wishing to apply an ef-
fectual remedy to the abuses which had been intro-
duced in the progress of human ambition, by the
practice of investing bishops with powers superior
to presbyters, they did not consider the antiquity or
universality of the practice as any reason for its be-
ing continued ; and they resolved to provide for the
order of the Christian society, by recurring to what
appeared to them the primitive Scripture model.
The fundamental principle, therefore, of the govern-
ment which they established is this, that all minis-
ters of the Gospel are equal in rank and in power.
While certain parts of the apostolical office expired
Avith the persons to whom it was committed by the
Lord Jesus, the right of performing all the ministe-
rial functions, which were intended to be perpetual
in the Christian church, is conceived to be conveyed
by the act of ordination, so that every person who is
ordained is as much a successor of the apostles as
any teacher of religion can be. This essential equa-
lity of all the ministers of the Gospel is inconsistent
with the idea of prelacy, or any superiority of office
in the Christian church above that of presbyters ;
and it admits no other official preference, but that
EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY. 447
which is constituted by voluntary agreement for the
sake of order. Thus, if a number of those, who are
called in the New Testament indiscriminately 'z^za^un^oi
or i<ffKs%omii have the charge of a large city or a terri-
tory, it is necessary for the conduct of their deliber-
ations, and the execution of their sentences, that some
one should preside in their meetings ; and in the
mode of nominating the president, there may be con-
siderable variety. The members may succeed to the
office by seniority, or one may be elected for life, or
a new president may be chosen at stated times. In
some of those churches upon the Continent, which
acknowledge a parity of orders, there are superin-
tendents, prcepositi, or inspectores, who are appoint-
ed for life to preside in the council of presbyters,
and are invested with a kind of inspection over the
individual pastors. But, having no other superiori-
ty than that which is necessarily implied in the office
of president, and no claim to any powers or privi-
leges from which presbyters are necessarily exclud-
ed, they are only accounted jp/'i???/ inter pares. The
greater part of Presbyterian churches, from a jea-
lousy lest prelacy be introduced under the form of
superintendency, prefer the frequent election of a
new president or moderator, who, being the execu-
tive officer of the society in which he presides, acts
in their name, and appears at their head, but who,
when his term is expired, returns to a perfect equa-
lity with his brethren. *
* This is the fundamental principle of the Presbyterian go-
vernment, and a general account of the method of preserving
order, which is there substituted in place of Episcopacy. A more
particular delineation of the system erected upon this foundation.
448 EPISCOPACY AND PRESBYTERY.
together with some remarks suggested by the review which has
been taken of the Episcopal and Presbyterian forms of church
government, will be found in Section II. of A View of the Consti-
tution of the Church of Scotland, published by the author in 1817.
The question respecting the office of lay elders is there briefly
discussed, the heads of argument only being given. The argu-
ment might have been somewhat extended here from the author's
manuscripts ; but it did not seem material to swell the present
work, by enlarging on the subject.— Ed,
NATURE AND EXTENT OF, ikc. 449
CHAP. III.
NATURE AND EXTENT OF POWER IMPLIED IN
CHURCH GOVERNMENT.
I COME now to the second great division, into which
all the questions that have arisen upon the subject
of church government may be resolved, viz. the opi-
nions that have been maintained respecting the na-
ture and the degree of power implied in that go-
vernment.
There were times when these opinions held an
importance in the public estimation, and were de-
fended with a zeal and animosity, of which it is
difficult for us in our day to form a conception. I
am very far from wishing to revive any portion of
that bitterness ; nor do I think it necessary for you
to be intimately acquainted with all the tenets and
arguments which have been broached in this volum-
inous controversy. I shall be able sufficiently to ac-
complish the purpose of this part of my course, by
reducing all that may be said concerning the powers
implied in church government, under five general
positions. In illustrating these positions, I shall
introduce the chief opinions that have been held up-
on this subject ; and, by this manner of introducing
them, I shall state, in the order which it will be
easiest for you to follow and to retain, because it is
the most natural order, both the principles from
VOL. III. 2 G
450 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
which the several opinions flow, and the sources
from which the antagonists of each of them derived
what they accomited a sufficient confutation.
1. The first general position is this, that the power
implied in the exercise of church government is not
a power created by the state, or flowing entirely
from those regulations, which the supreme rulers of
the state may choose to make with regard to the
Christian society.
It is necessary to begin with opposing this funda-
mental position to an opinion, which, from its author,
is known by the name of Erastianism. In the
course of the sixteenth century there flourished
Erastus, a native of Switzerland, an acute philoso-
pher, and a learned physician. In opposition to the
judicial astrology which was then esteemed and
practised, he recommended and improved the study
of chemistry. Amongst other branches of the learn-
ing of the times which engaged his researches, he
did not neglect theology. He embraced the reform-
ed religion from conviction : but in consequence of
the exorbitant claims advanced both by the Pope
and by the rulers of some of the reformed churches,
he conceived it was his duty as a good protestant,
in the beginning of the Reformation, to resolve all
the powers exercised by church governors into the
will of the state. It was his opinion, that the of-
fice-bearers in the Christian church, as such, are
merely instructors, who fulfil their office by admon-
ishing and endeavouring to persuade Christians, but
who have no power, unless it is given them by the
state, to inflict penalties of any kind. Every thing,
therefore, which we are accustomed to call eccle-
siastical censure, was considered by him as a civil
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 451
punishment, which the state might employ the min-
isters of religion to inflict, but which, as to the oc-
casion, the manner and the effect of its being inflict-
ed, was as completely under the direction of the
civil power, as any branch of the criminal code.
We shall afterwards find, that the inconveniencies,
which this opinion was meant to remedy, may be
obviated in other ways. As to the opinion itself, it
discovers those partial views which the considera-
tion of inconveniencies often occasions ; and it seems
impossible for any person, whose mind comprehends
the whole subject, not to perceive that the opinion is
false. Even were the Christian society merely a volun-
tary association, into which men entered without being
obliged to it, still this society would possess the right
which is inherent in the nature of all societies, of
defending itself against intrusion and insult, and of
preserving the character which it chose to assume,
by refusing to admit those whom it judged unworthy
of being members, or by requiring them to depart.
But the Christian church is to be regarded in a much
higher light than as a voluntaiy association. It is
a society created by divine institution, founded in the
duty which Jesus requires of his disciples to " con-
fess him before men," and to unite for the purpose
of performing certain rites. The members of this
society, as his disciples, profess to believe certain
doctrines, and declare that they are bound to main-
tain a certain character. This profession and de-
claration, being the very terms which bind the so-
ciety together, are implied in the solemnities by
which every member is admitted, or expresses his
resolution to continue in the society. The adminis-
tration of these solemnities, therefore, while it pre-
45S NATURE AND EXTENT OF
vents those who do not comply with the terms from
being admitted, indicates a warrant from the found-
er of the society, to deprive of all its privileges those,
who, after having been admitted, depart from the
terms upon which their admission proceeded. It is
reasonable to think that the same persons, who are
appointed to administer the solemn rites by which
the society is distinguished from all others, will be
intrusted with the power of judging who are to be
admitted, and who may deserve to be excluded from
the society ; and it is obvious to every one who reads
the New Testament, that the names there given to
those persons are expressive of the degree of inspec-
tion and authority, which this act of judgment im-
plies. They are called riyou(i?voi, i'Tnc'/.o-Troi, -r^oso-rwrgj. They
are commanded not only d/datrxsiv, vovkniv, cra^axaXs/v, but
also ikzyxiiv, zmTi[j.auv. Our Saviour, in the days of his
ministry, before he had fully constituted his church,
spoke of a case in which it was the duty of Christ-
ians to consider a person, who had been a brother,
as having, by his own fault, forfeited that character,
so as to deserve to be looked upon as a heathen and
a publican. Matth. xviii. 17- After the church
was constituted, the apostle speaks of xySs^v^j^s/c, as
well as biba.c7iaXo\)g, being set in it by God. 1 Cor. xii.
28. He claims an sgo^^r/a as belonging to him. 2 Cor.
X. He exercises that i^oma, by commanding the Co-
rinthians gga/^s/i/ a wicked person who had been a
member of that church ; he exhorts Christians fj^ri
6mava(iiyvu6&ai zav r/j adsX(pog ovo(Ma^ofj^ivog Xoido^og^ yj fishffog, rj a^'^a^,
&c. ; he represents it as their duty K^m/v ou roug gjw, ax?.a
roug SUM ; and he assigns as a reason for their exercis-
ing this judicial power over those who were mem-
bers of the church, that the wicked person, by being
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 4<o3
thus separated, might be amended, or brought to a
better mind, and that the infection of his wickedness
might be prevented from spreading. 1 Cor. v. Now
these are general reasons arising from the nature
and purposes of the Christian society, and totally
independent of any authority which the church may
derive from the state ; and the church acted upon
these reasons, both in the days of the apostles, and
in the subsequent ages, when it derived no counte-
nance or support from the state, but suffered perse-
cution. Even then it exercised the power resulting
from its character, delegated to it by its author, and
implied in the designations given to its office-bearers,
by rebuking and censuring the faults of its members,
and by expelling those whom it judged unworthy
of its privileges.
These reasonings and facts seem to establish, with
incontrovertible evidence, that some kind of autho-
rity over the members belongs essentially to the go-
vernors of the Christian society ; that, as the church 7
did exist before it was united wath the state, it may
exist without any such union ; and that it will pos-
sess, in this state of separation, when it can derive
no aid from civil regulations, all the authority which
Christ meant to convey through his apostles to their
successors, and of the exercise of which the apostles
have left examples. The same reasoning arid facts
also prove, that when the church receives the pro-
tection and countenance of the civil power, she does
not, by this alliance, lose those rights and powers
which are implied in church government, as such.
But as the church may encroach upon the state, by 1
advancing claims which are not warranted by the f *
purposes of her institution, or the Avill of her found- J
^
4,54 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
er ; so, on the other hand, the state may violate the
immunities of the church, may intrench upon that
jurisdiction which is essential to her character, and
may forcibly subject the members of the Christian
society to civil regulations with regard to those parts
of their conduct, which, from their nature, fall un-
der the authority of the office-bearers of the church.
It requires a sound judgment, a mind which can
easily disembarrass itself from the false views sug-
gested by prejudice, passion, and interest, to make,
upon all occasions, the necessary discrimination be-
tween the rights of the church, and the rights of the
state ; and as the line of distinction is not always
obvious to an ordinary observer, those who keep on
one side of the line are very apt to bring the charge
of Erastianism against those who keep on the other.
In modern times, this charge is not understood to
imply that those, against whom it is brought, deny
the church any power except what she derives from
the state ; for few follow the principles of Erastian-
ism so far. The charge is meant to impute to the
members of an established church too great a de-
ference to the civil authority from which they derive
protection, and an unbecoming tameness in submit-
ting to invasions of those rights, which the church
ought to hold sacred. It is a charge very common-
ly brought by the dissenters of this country against
the church of Scotland ; and in both the established
churches of this island, there are members, whose
zeal, in defence of what they account the rights of
the church, leads them to accuse of lukewarmness
and Erastianism those who do not entertain the same
opinion concerning the nature of the rights, or con-
cerning the most prudent and effectual manner of
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 455
preserving them inviolate. It is often a matter of
intricate discussion, how far the accusation is just.
Many of the cases, to which it has been applied, will
occur in the progress of illustrating other general
positions respecting church government; and I will
not anticipate the mention of them. It is enough
that I have given notice of the modern meaning of
Erastianism ; and from that meaning it will be per-
ceived that my first general position may be consi-
dered as incontrovertible ; for almost all who are now
accused of Erastianism admit that the church has
powers independent of the state. They differ from
others as to the measure and extent of those powers,
or the prudence of exercising them : they may per-
haps regard the advantages w^hich the church de-
rives from an union with the state as more than a
compensation for any restrictions which are imposed
upon her ; but they consider the acquiescence in
these restrictions as a voluntary surrender, a com-
pact in which the church has gained, by giving up
what she had a right to retain. And thus the modern
system of Erastianism proceeds upon this principle,
that the power of the church is essential and intrinsic:
it admits of modifications of this intrinsic power
which to some appear exceptionable ; but it acknow-
ledges, that if the church, instead of deriving any be-
nefit from the state, were opposed and persecuted by
the civil magistrate, it would be not only proper, but
necessary, to put forth of herself those powers, which,
in more favourable circumstances, she chooses to ex-
ercise only in conjunction with the state.
2. My second general position is, that the power
inherent in the nature of the Christian society, which
it derives from divine institution, and not from civil
45() NATURE AND EXTENT OF
regulation, is merely a spiritual power; in other
words, it is concerned only with the consciences of
men, and gives no claim to any authority over their
persons or their properties.
It includes a right to administer instruction, ad-
monition, reproof, censure — all that may establish
those, who submit to it, in the practice of their duty,
may improve their character, or make them ashamed
of their faults. It includes also, we have seen, what
is commonly called the power of excommunication,
L e. a right, by a judicial sentence, to deprive of the
privileges and benefits of continuing members of the
Christian society those who are found unworthy.
But this is the utmost length to which it can go.
Whenever a person is excommunicated, or when he
says that he no longer submits to the authority of
church government, that authority ceases with re-
gard to him ; he is to the church " as a heathen man
and a publican ;" and excommunication, being the
severest infliction within the compass of the power
implied in church government, completely exhausts
that power, so as to leave nothing more which it can
warrantably do.
That the power of which we are speaking is mere-
ly a spiritual power, may easily be deduced from the
purposes for which the Christian society was insti-
tuted ; and this deduction is confirmed by explicit
declarations of the divine founder.
Human government is ordained of God, for the
purpose of securing the subjects in the possession
and enjoyment of their rights. The administration
of it, therefore, implies the exercise of a coercive
power, which may restrain those who are disposed
to invade the rights of others, or which, if the exe-
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 457
cution of their purpose is not prevented, may inflict
such a punishment upon the transgression, as shall
deter from a repetition of the like outrage. But the
kingdom of Christ, being founded in opposition, not
to human violence, but to the influence of an evil
spirit, was established for the purpose of delivering
men from this spiritual thraldom, by imparting to
them the knowledge of that truth which Christ re-
veals, by cherishing those graces which his Spirit
forms, and by leading them, in the obedience of his
precepts, and the imitation of his example, to that
future happiness of which his mediation encourages
them to entertain the hope. This kingdom was not
intended to secure men in the enjoyment of their
rights. For although the principles which it inspires
render its dutiful subjects incapable of doing injury
to others, and although the establishment and pro-
pagation of it have produced a salutary effect upon
the manners of mankind in general, still it supposes
that the evil passions of men will continue to oper-
ate ; it gives notice that wrong will be done ; it
teaches how wrong ought to be borne ; and it repre-
sents reproach, and injury, and persecution, as form-
ing part of that discipline, by which its subjects are
prepared for a higher state of being, where their suf-
ferings are to cease, and their patience is to be re-
warded. The administration of this kingdom, there-
fore, does not imply the exercise of force. Although
all power in heaven and in earth is committed to the
Lord of this kingdom, yet, in that branch of the ad-
ministration of his kingdom, which he has reserved
in his own hands, he does not employ his power to
place a guard round his faithful subjects. To that
protection, which they derive from the general course
458 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
of Providence, and from the means of defence fur-
nished by human government, he makes no other
addition, than the influence which his doctrine has
upon the minds of their neighbours, and the esteem
and good-will of which their own character, formed
by his doctrine, renders them the object. In like
manner, in that branch of the administration of the
kingdom of Christ, which we call church govern-
ment, he does not suppose that his office-bearers are
invested with civil power. The end of their appoint-
ment is, to bring to a better mind such of their
brethren as have erred and transgressed ; and in this
end they often succeed by the spiritual power which
is given them. But they are not allowed to employ
a method of cure inconsistent with the spirit of
the Christian religion ; and those who are obstinate
and incorrigible they are commanded to leave where
they found them.
There were three occasions in our Lord's life, up-
on which, agreeably to the deduction that has now
been made, he declared explicitly that the adminis-
tration of his kingdom upon earth implied a spirit-
ual, not a civil power. The first was his answer to
an application made to him by one of his hearers,
" Master, speak to my brother, that he divide the
inheritance with me." Luke xii, 13. Instead of
using his influence with either of the parties, or giv-
ing any decision upon the matter in dispute, he said,
" Man, who made me a judge or a divider over
you ?" And he proceeded to guard his hearers against
covetousness ; intimating, in the most significant
manner, that his religion tends to form that eleva-
tion of desire — that degree of detachment from the
paltry and unsatisfying goods of this world, which
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 459
will preserve his disciples from injuring one another ;
but that, if this tendency fails in any instance, the
party who considers himself aggrieved, must resort
to the laws of his country, and seek redress in the
ordinary course of justice.
The second occasion was a request from two of
his disciples, who, employing the fondness of a mo-
ther as a cover for their own ambition, asked of Je-
sus that, in his kingdom, which they then expected
to be a kingdom of pomp and triumph, they " might
sit the one on his right hand, and the other on his
left." After exposing their ignorance and folly, he
turned to the ten, who were moved with indignation
at these two for asking an honour to which each
thought himself equally entitled, and he said, Matt.
XX. 25, 26, " Ye know that the princes of the Gentiles
exercise dominion over them ; and they that are
great exercise authority upon them. But it shall
not be so among you ; but whosoever will be great
among you, let him be your minister." In human
governments, great men ^drazv^izuo-jct m/ TtaTiloucialpuai ;
words which do not imply the abuse of power by ty-
rannical rule, but merely the possession and the ex-
ercise of power, that degree of influence and autho-
rity which renders their offices an object of ambition.
** It shall not," says Jesus to his disciples, " be so
among you." Although there are persons distin-
guished by the station which they hold in my king-
dom, their office is a jninistry, not a dominion. They
are subservient to the improvement of their breth- ?
ren. They have the authority, and they are entit- ( "f^
led to the respect which their subserviency requires.^/
But they have none of the power and authority
4(i0 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
which is implied in the office of earthly rulers ; and
their station is not an object of ambition.
The third occasion was furnished by the examin-
ation of our Lord before Pilate. The astonishment
expressed by the Roman magistrate, at the mean ap-
pearance of a man who claimed to be king of the
Jews, drew from our Lord this declaration, John
xviii. 36, 37, " My kingdom is not of this world ; if
my kingdom were of this world, then would my ser-
vants fight, that I should not be delivered to the
Jews ; but now is my kingdom not from hence.
Pilate therefore said unto him. Art thou a king then?
Jesus answered. Thou sayest that I am a king. To
this end was I born, and for this cause came I into
the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth.
Every one that is of the truth heareth my voice."
These words require no commentary. Our Lord
disclaims the use of force ; represents the influence
of truth over the mind as the great instrument of
his dominion ; and characterises the power exercised
in his kingdom as a spiritual, not a civil power.
The conduct of our Lord was agreeable to these
declarations. He paid tribute ; he inculcated sub-
mission to the established government, saying,
" Render unto Csesar the things that are Caesar's ;"
and although his miracles appeared at different times
to have given him entire command of the multitude,
he studiously avoided that ostentation of popularity,
which might have disturbed the public peace. His
apostles, in like manner, with the utmost solicitude,
warned the first Christians against considering their
faith, as furnishing any pretext for resisting the
authority of civil government. " Submit yourselves
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 4Gl
to every ordinance of man for the Lord's sake."*
" Let every soul be subject to the higher powers." f
The weapons of the Christian warfare are said to be
" not carnal ;" ± and persecution for conscience sake,
however sinful in those from whose authority it pro-
ceeds, is not allowed by the apostles to justify resis-
tance. § The first establishment of the Christian
church required the frequent exercise of that apos-
tolical authority, which, upon all proper occasions,
is asserted with becoming dignity. But this autho-
rity is distinguished, both in the words and in the
practice of the apostles, from everything which can be
called a " lordship over God's heritage." In all the
ordinances which they issued, they kept sacredly
within the province which belongs to a spiritual
power ; and in the directions given to Timothy and
Titus, the most critical eye cannot discern the small-
est deviation from that pure standard of church go-
vernment, which the head of the church exhibited
in these words, " my kingdom is not of this
world."
Thus clear and superabundant is the proof, that
the power implied in church government is purely a
spiritual, not in any degree a civil power. The uses
which may be made of the position are not less im-
portant than the proof of it is clear.
It exposes, in the first place, the fallacy of the
great argument upon which the Erastian system rests.
There cannot, it is said, be any power in the state
which is not created by the state ; otherwise there
w^ould be, imperium in imperio, two separate autho-
* 1 Pet. ii. 13. t Rom. xiii. 1. i 2 Cor. x. 4.
§ 1 Pet. ii. 19, 20 ; iii. 14. Rom. xiii. 5.
462 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
rities and jurisdictions, which might require incon-
sistent services, and assert opposite claims, so as to
place the subjects in a situation in which it was im-
possible for them to obey both. This argument
would be unanswerable if the powers were of the
same order, if both disposed of the persons and pro-
perties of the subjects, and both employed force to
insure obedience to their commands. But if the
one is a civil and the other a spiritual power, they
may unite with the most perfect harmony ; and in-
stead of any inconvenience, the greatest advantages
may result to both from their union.
The advantages which the church imparts to the
state arise from the nature and the purpose of that
power which exists in every Christian society. This
power, addressing itself to the understanding, to
the conscience and the heart, may correct excesses
of the passions which human regulations cannot
reach, and, by furnishing refined and permanent
principles of good conduct, may minister most effec-
tually to the order and happiness of the community.
This is the genuine influence of the doctrine of
Christ. The power which is founded upon his doc-
trine ministers its part of this influence, so long as
it retains the character of being purely spiritual. It
is perverted when it is rendered the instrument of
disturbing the public tranquillity ; and it goes be-
yond the purpose of its institution, when its particu-
lar requisitions intrench upon that right over the
persons or properties of the subjects, which belongs
exclusively to the sovereign authority in the state.
Such abuses have, indeed, frequently taken place
in the Christian church. But they have always
arisenfrom confounding a spiritual and a civil power;
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 463
and the position which we have now ilhistrated, if
well understood and followed out through its conse-
quences, will always be sufficient to correct them.
The correction of such abuses is the second purpose
to which this position may be turned. This I shall
illustrate by applying the position to the extrava-
gant assertions of some of the sects which appeared
after the Reformation ; and also to the exemptions
and powers claimed by the church of Rome.
At the time of the Reformation, when the minds
of men, newly emancipated from spiritual tyranny,
were in a state of effervescence and commotion, such
as they had not before experienced, there arose va-
rious sects, who, although they differed in some
points, received, from their repetition of baptism,
the common name of Anabaptists, and who agreed
also in considering the church of Christ as a society
of saints, to which none could belong who were not
free from sin. In consequence of this principle,
they considered the office of magistracy, which is ap-
pointed for the punishment of evil-doers, as useless
amongst Christians. From talking of it as useless,
they came to revile it as sinful ; and men of violent
spirits, irritated by opposition, proceeded from words
to actions ; collected a great army in the year 1525,
and, to use the words of Mosheim, " declared war
against all laws, governments, and magistrates, of
every kind, under the chimerical pretext, that Christ
was now to take the reins of civil and ecclesiastical
government into his own hands, and to rule alone
over the nations." * That army w^as dispersed by
the princes of Germany ; but the principle upon
* Mosheim's Eccles. Cent. xvi. Art. Anabaptist^;.
464 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
which the army had acted was far from being eradi-
cated. It often broke forth in occasional tumults ;
it was fostered under a slight disguise in the creeds
of those sects, which derived their names from the
ancient Anabaptists ; it lifted its head in this coun-
try during the turbulence of the 17th century ;
and there is reason to believe that it still lurks in
some of those sects which exist upon the Continent.
It is a principle which requires to be corrected by
punishment, not by reasoning ; and every approach
to it, in the creed of any Christian society, ought to
be narrowly watched as formidable to the state. It
is unnecessary for me to prove that this horrid tenet
is contrary to Scripture. I shall only refer to our
Confession of Faith, chap. xx. xxiii. where passages
are adduced in support of the positions there laid
down, " that it is lawful for Christians to accept
and execute the office of a magistrate ; and that
they who, upon pretence of Christian liberty, shall
oppose any lawful power, or the lawful exercise of
it, whether it be civil or ecclesiastical, resist the or-
dinance of God, and may lawfully be called to ac-
count, and proceeded against by the censures of the
church, and by the power of the civil magistrate."
The second position may also be applied to the
exemptions and powers claimed by the church of
Rome.
It was one great object of the policy of the church
of Rome to render the clergy of every country a
distinct body in the state ; and thus, having no
close connexion with any community, and acknow-
ledging no other sovereign authority, they might,
throughout all Christendom, be kept entirely de-
pendent upon the Popes. For this purpose it was
2
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 465
asserted that, in virtue of the sacredness of the sa-
cerdotal character, the clergy were exempted from
the ordinary jurisdiction of the countries where they
resided, not only in spiritual, but also in civil mat-
ters ; that they were not bound to pay tribute ; and
that when they committed any crime, they were
amenable only to their ecclesiastical superiors, and
could not be punished by the civil magistrate. These
claims withdrew from obedience to the laws a nu-
merous order of men, who, in addition to their large
property, had more learning than any other order ;
and by instituting a gradation of ecclesiastical courts,
from which there lay an appeal in the last resort to
the court of Rome, rendered them subject to a fo-
reign power. Claims so dangerous to the peace
and order of society were advanced by slow degrees ;
were artfully accommodated to times and circum-
stances ; were always resisted by wise and able prin-
ces ; and, in Britain, were abridged by various sta-
tutes enacted in the times of Popery, and were finally
abolished at the Reformation. In England it was
declared by Parliament, and by the clergy, that to
" the king's majesty the chief government of all es-
tates of the realm, whether they be ecclesiastical or
civil, in all causes, doth appertain, and is not, nor
ought to be, subject to any foreign jurisdiction."*
In Scotland, too, all papal jurisdiction was at the
same period abolished ; and our Confession of Faith
declares, that " ecclesiastical persons are not exempt-
ed from the duty of the people to pray for magis-
trates, to honour their persons, to pay them tribute
and other dues, to obey their lawful commands, and
* Art. xxxvii.
VOL. III. 2 H
46() NATURE AND EXTENT OF
to be subject to their authority for conscience sake."*
Both in England and in Scotland, indeed, clergymen
are exempted from certain personal services, which
are conceived to be inconsistent with their sacred
function. Thej^ are not summoned as jurymen, and
they are not obliged to serve in war. But ^hese ex-
emptions are the result of positive statute, or of that
immemorial custom, wliich receives the name of
common lavv^ ; and they form part of that provision,
which the state judges it proper to make, for the
regular discharge of the duties incumbent upon the
ministers of religion. Such exemptions, being ac-
cepted as a civil privilege, and being limited by the
terms of the grant, are a recognition on the part of
the church, that it has no claim of right to any ex-
emption, but that, agreeably to the declarations of
Scripture, and the conduct of our Lord and his
apostles, " every soul is subject to the higher pow-
ers ;" in other words, that the authority of the state
extends over ecclesiastical, as well as other persons.
The church of Rome claimed not only exemptions,
but also powers. The sentences of the ecclesiasti-
cal courts often affected the most valuable civil rights
of Christians. The ministers of religion arrogated
a precedency of all civil magistrates, and a right to
control the exercise of all civil jurisdiction. The
popes granted the investiture of ecclesiastical bene-
fices in a kingdom, without the consent, often in op-
position to the declared pleasure of the sovereign.
They presumed to absolve subjects from all obliga-
tion to obey their civil rulers, when the conduct of
the rulers gave offence to the church. They often
deposed princes for heresy or contumacy ; and some
* Confession of Faith, xxiii. 4.
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 46?
popes proceeded to sucli extravagance, as to affirm
tliat Jesus Christ had given them power to dispose
of all the kingdoms of the earth. These claims, op-
posite as they are to the genius of Christianity, and
hostile to the peace of society, were for many ages
strenuously asserted, and often submitted to. Had
the church been able to support them as uniformly,
and to extend them as far as she wished, they would
have produced throughout Christendom a vile, op-
pressive, and rapacious despotism. The resistance,
which was naturally and nobly made to them, pro-
duced some of the most calamitous contests which
history records ; and the memory of this usurpation
should warn, not only rulers in Protestant countries
to restrain every attempt w^hich any sect may make
to engraft civil upon ecclesiastical power ; but also
the office-bearers in the church of Christ to follow
the directions and the example of their Master, by
keeping scrupulously within their own province.
In order to prevent misapprehension upon this
subject, it is necessary to observe, that in the pro-
gress of the connexion between . the church and
the state, it generally happens that some matters of
a civil nature are committed to the judgment and
decision of ecclesiastical courts. This delegated
jurisdiction is no usurpation on the part of the
church, because, like the legal immunities of the
clergy, it is the effect of statute ; and in the man-
ner of exercising the civil powers thus delegated to
the church, there is generally an acknowledgment
that they flow from the state.
In Scotland, the sentence of the church, admitting
and receiving a person minister of a parish, gives
him a legal right, which he would not otherwise
468 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
have, to draw the stipend and other emoluments
which belong to the minister ; and the sentence of
the church courts, deposing him from the sacred of-
fice of the ministry, deprives him, ipso facto, of all
right to the stipend and emoluments which he had
formerly drawn. These civil effects of the sentences
of our church courts are an essential branch of the
establishment of Presbytery in Scotland ; and there
is one kind of business connected with that establish-
ment, in which presbyteries are constituted by law
civil courts. The expense of the manses and glebes,
which the law allows to the ministers of the church
of Scotland, is defrayed by the landholders of the
parishes. They are assessed for this purpose by a
judgment of the presbytery, to whom application
must be made in the first instance, and who proceed,
like civil courts, in the examination of the necessary
witnesses. But as this is merely a regulation of
conveniency, in a matter concerning which it would
be very improper that the decision of a church court
should be final, the powers of the presbytery, in as-
signing manses and glebes, are limited ; and there
lies an appeal, in any stage of their proceedings, to
those courts, which usually determine questions that
respect the property of the subjects.
In England, besides those branches of jurisdiction
that belong to the institution and deprivation of the
ministers of the church, the law has submitted va-
rious other matters to the jurisdiction of the bishops.
In ancient times, all matters, as well spiritual as
temporal, were determined in the county court,
where the bishop and earl sat together. But Wil-
liam the Conqueror separated the ecclesiastical from
the temporal courts ; and, since his days, all the
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 469
causes called ecclesiastical or spiritual have been
tried, not in the civil courts of the realm, but in courts
held by authority of the bishops, and according to
the forms of proceeding peculiar to those courts.
The spiritual causes, which most nearly affect civil
rights, are questions respecting testaments or wills,
and questions respecting marriage and divorce. Both
these are in England subjected to the jurisdiction
of the bishop ; the first, because testaments are often
made in extremis^ when the clergy may be supposed
to be present ; the second, because marriage, which
is considered by the Roman Catholics as a sacrar
ment, is generally solemnized in churches. In or-
der to discuss the multiplicity of intricate business,
which may be expected to arise upon these ques-
tions in such a country as England, the bishops ap-
point, for hearing and judging in causes that occur
in their dioceses, officers under different names, ge-
nerally laymen, skilled in the law, who, in the name
of the bishop, but without his being present, and ge-
nerally without his knowledge, decide according to
established rules. With the name of one descrip-
tion of these officers we are acquainted in this coun-
try. For when the episcopal jurisdiction, which
had been exercised under the authority of the Pope
was abolished in Scotland at the Reformation, that
the course of justice might not be stopped, a com-
missary was named for every diocese ; and a com-
missariot court, with jurisdiction over all Scotland,
was established at Edinburgh. The commissaries
of Scotland, at least the commissariot court in Edin-
burgh, still retain the power of judging in questions
of marriage and divorce, and confirmation of testa-
ments, and thus afford us a specimen of those spiri-
470 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
tual courts in England, where one considerable
branch of the business of the nation is transacted.
Whether the constitution of these spiritual courts
be proper or not, is a question, concerning which,
those who live under a different religious establish-
ment ought to be very scrupulous in declaring any
opinion. But thus much is manifest, that all the ju-
risdiction which they exercise in civil matters is con-
ferred by the lavv^ of the land ; and they are perpe-
tually reminded and made to feel, in the exercise of
this jurisdiction, that they are under the control of
the law. The canon and civil laws, by which the
spiritual courts judge, have their force in England,
not from any original obligations to obey the re-
scripts of Emperors, or the decrees of Popes, but
purely because they have been received and allowed
of by statute law, or by custom ; and while the spi-
ritual courts are permitted to judge by those law^s,
the courts of common law have a superintendence
over them, explaining the laws which concern the
extent of their jurisdiction, keeping them within the
limits of that jurisdiction, and, if they exceed those
limits, issuing prohibitions to restrain them, or sum-
moning them to answer for their conduct in the civil
courts.
Although then the courts in England, which are
called spiritual, exercise jurisdiction in many ques-
tions totally distinct from those, which properly fall
under the cognizance of a power purely spiritual,
this is not to be regarded either as an usurpation on
the part of the church, or as an acknowledgment on
the part of the state, that the church has any inhe-
rent civil power, but merely as a part of the English
constitution ; a branch of the civil and religious esr
POWER IMPLIED IN CliURCH GOVERNMENT. 471
tablisliment of that couiitiy, by which questions of
a certain kind are rppointed by the state to be tried
and judged in a certain manner.
The last use which I shall make of the second po-
sition is to apply it to the effects of excommunica-
tion. We have seen that church government im-
plies a right to exclude from the privileges of the
Christian society those who are deemed unv/orthy ;
and that this is the utmost length to which that
power can go. We find, indeed, the apostle Paul
explaining that expression of our Lord, " let him
who will not hear the church be to thee as an hea-
then man and a publican," by exhorting the Christ-
ians to withdraw themselves from any that walked
disorderly, not to mingle freely vvdth a brother who
had been guilty of any scandalous sin ; not to keep
company with him, that he may be ashamed. *
The primitive Christians, too, a body of men who
were discouraged and persecuted by the state, felt
that it. would have brought disgrace upon the so-
ciety of the faithful, if any person who had commit-
ted a flagrant crime had been allowed to remain
amongst them, or to live upon terms of intimacy
with the members after he was excluded. In all
times, as circumstances may render excommunica-
tion necessary, it is natural for the office-bearers of
the church to warn the people against that familiar
intercourse with the excommunicated, which might
corrupt their own manners ; and if the people ap-
prove of the sentence, they will be inclined to sup-
port it, by behaving to the excommunicated with a
degree of distance and reserve, expressive of the sen,-
* 1 Cor. V. 2 Thcs. iii. 6—14.
472 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
timents with which they regard his condition. At
the same time, it follows clearly from the second po-
sition, that the civil effects of excommunication de-
pend entirely upon human laws. They vary with
times and circumstances ; and the church has no right
to say that a sentence, excluding a person from the
participation of the ordinances of religion, shall in
any manner affect his liberty, his property, or his
condition as a member of civil society. The time
indeed was, when, from the superstitious fears of ig-
norance, and the deep persevering policy of the
church of Rome, the excommunicated was consider-
ed as having forfeited not only the privileges of a
citizen, but the rights of a man ; when subjects were
absolved from their allegiance to an excommunicat-
ed prince, when all the connexions of human life were
understood to be dissolved by this sentence, and, ac-
cording to the system of the ancient druids, quihus ita
interdictum est, Us omnes decedunt, et aditum eorum
sermonemque defugiunt.^ These exertions of spiri-
tual tyranny are the tale of former times ; and how-
ever earnestly the office-bearers of the church may
warn the people against associating freely with the
excommunicated, and however much the people may
think it their duty and their wisdom to listen to this
warning, it is now clearly understood that excom-
munication has no civil effects independent of posi-
tive statute.
In England, where a great deal of civil business
is transacted through the medium of the spiritual
courts, excommunication being the sentence pro-
nounced upon those who are contumacious, and the
* Cses. de Bell. Gall. vi. IS.
POWER IMPLIED IN CHUIICH GOVERNMENT. 473
instrument by which the spiritual courts support
their authority, is made by statute to infer certain
legal disabilities ; and if the excommunicated does
not submit to the authority of the ecclesiastical
courts within forty days, the bishop, i. e. his dele-
gate, who exercises jurisdiction in his name within
his diocese, may apply to the civil courts for a writ,
de excommunicato capiendo. The civil courts are
thus constituted judges of the occasion upon which
the sentence was pronounced, and may either lend
their assistance to the spiritual courts, or refuse the
writ, as they see cause. The effect of the writ being
issued, is, that the excommunicated person is commit-
ted to prison, and remains there without bail till he
submits. In Scotland, where there is hardly any civil
business before the ecclesiastical courts, excommu-
nication, according to the original design of that
sentence, and the practice of the primitive church,
is pronounced only in the case of those offences,
which fall properly under the cognizance of a society
invested with spiritual power. The legal disabilities
which it inferred in ancient times were abolished
after the Revolution ; ajid it is in this country pure-
ly a spiritual censure.
It is not upon this account a nugatory sentence.
It may, indeed, be pronounced in so unadvised a
manner as to be contemptible ; and an ill-timed dis-
play of spiritual power may do more harm than good.
In this case the fault lies with the office-bearers of
the church. Even when it is just and well founded,
it may be despised by men who have no sense of re-
ligion, and no desire to maintain the appearances of
decency in the eyes of their neighbours. With them,
it only shares the contempt which they pour upon
474< NATURE AND EXTENT OF
all the institutions of the Gospel ; but every person,
who believes that Christ, a teacher sent from God,
established a visible society upon earth, and requir-
ed his disciples, as members of that society, to unite
in acts of worship, by which they testify their re-
verence for their common master, and promote the
edification of one another, must consider a sen-
tence by which he is justly excluded from that so-
ciety as placing him in a dreadful situation ; and al-
though it does not produce any consequences that
are immediately felt to be hurtful in the business and
common intercourse of life ; yet if, in this state of
separation, he retains the faith of the Gospel, his
mind will not be at ease, till he takes every proper
and competent method of being restored to the com-
munion of the church.
3. My third general position is, that the spiritual
power implied in church government, being derived
from the Lord Jesus, is subordinate to his sovereign
authority over the church.
The whole system of truth revealed in the Gospel
directs our attention to Jesus Christ, as the person
by whose generous interposition the human race was
redeemed ; and it is stated, that, in recompense of
the sufferings which he underwent in accomplishing
this object, " all things are put under his feet, and
God hath given him to be the head over all things
to the church."* As every doctrine is false, there-
fore, which derogates from any of the offices that be-
long to Jesus as the Saviour of the world, and which
pretends to substitute any thing else in place of his
interposition, so all authority in the church that is
^ Kphes. i. 22,
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 475
not derived from him must be an usurpation. Nei-
ther is it enough that those who exercise the autho-
rity use his name in acknowledgment of the origin
of their power ; for the sovereign authority of the
Lord Jesus requires, that what they profess to de-
rive from him, they uniformly exercise according to
his directions. Although he said to his apostles, " He
that heareth you, heareth me ; and he that despis-
eth you, despisethme;"* yet the commission which
he gave them was, " Go, make disciples of all na-
tions, teaching them to observe all things whatso-
ever I have commanded you."f That commission
implies, that the apostles were entitled to respect and
obedience from the Christian world, only while they
spoke agreeably to those words which their Master
had put into their mouth, and which his Spirit
brought to their remembrance. Accordingly, our
Lord condemned the Pharisees, the religious teach-
ers of his day, because, while they sat in Moses'
seat, they taught for doctrines the commandments of
men, and made the v/ord of God of none effect by
their traditions : and he warned his disciples against
that submission to those who taught in his name,
which the Jewish people paid to their teachers, say-
ing, " Be not ye called Rabbi ; for one is your Mas-
ter, even Christ, and all ye are brethren. And call
no man your father upon earth, for one is your Fa-
ther, which is in heaven. Neither be ye masters ;
for one is your Master, even Christ."; It is known,
indeed, that Jesus, having confined his own teaching
to the land of Judea, committed the propagation of
* Luko X. 1(). t Matt, xxviii. If), 20.
X Matt, xxiii. 8, 9, 10.
476 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
his religion in other countries to the labours of his
apostks, that he left it to them to make the neces-
sary provision for the continued instruction of Christ-
ians in all parts of the world, and that the Christian
church received its form, not from any thing that is
recorded to us as having been said by him, but from
the orders given by his apostles in their discourses
and their writings. It is in like manner conceivable
that the apostles, who did not even travel over all
the regions which have already received the Gospel,
who saw only the beginnings of the Christian so-
ciety, and who lived in times of persecution, might
leave it to the wisdom of succeeding teachers to accom-
modate the apostolical establishment to the more en-
larged and more peaceful state of the Christian
church. But as the apostles unquestionably followed
the spirit of those instructions, which they received
from Jesus when he spoke to them after his resur-
rection " of the things pertaining to the kingdom of
God," so every legitimate exercise of authority, in
succeeding ages, is regulated by the words of Jesus
and his apostles. As no body of men, acting in his
name, has a right to declare that to be a doctrine of
his which he did not teach, or that to be an institu-
tion of his which he did not appoint, so he is to be
considered, according to his promise, as " alway,
even unto the end of the world," with those who
bear office in his church, superintending the regula-
tions which they frame, and the acts which they per-
form in his name ; giving his sanction to those which
are agreeable to the spirit of his religion ; but bear-
ing his testimony against his ministers, when, for-
getting the subjection which is implied in the origin
of their power, they encroach upon the authority of
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 477
him who is the supreme Teacher, Lawgiver, and
Judge ; the Head of his body the church ; the King
of his own kingdom.
All Protestants hold that the infallibility, the do-
minion over the faith of Christians, the power of
dispensing with the laws of Christ, or of adding to
Scripture by tradition, and many of the other claims
advanced by the Bishop of Rome, and for many
ages submitted to by a great part of Christendom,
were a daring invasion of the sovereignty of Christ ;
and one of the great principles of Protestantism is a
rejection of all authority in the church that is not
subordinate to him. Some Protestant churches have
been accused of departing from this principle in their
practice, by making additions to the laws of Christ,
and by exercising, in his name, powers which he did
not delegate to his office-bearers. If the charge should
in some instances be true, it is only a proof that
churches, calling themselves Protestant, often retain
some of the corruptions of Popery. But when we
apply the general principles to particular cases, it
will probably appear that the charge arises merely
from a difference of opinion amongst Protestants,
with regard to the number and extent of those mat-
ters, which the Lord Jesus has left subject to human
regulations ; and that those who are accused of in-
vading his prerogative are as incapable as their bre-
thren of claiming any authority, Avhich they consider
as opposite to his authority, or even as co-ordinate
with it.
There was a phrase used in England by authori-
ty, at the beginning of the Reformation, which gave
great offence to the more zealous adversaries of the
church of Rome, and appeared to them inconsistent
478 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
with tills third position. It was said in the edition
of the thirty-nine articles, which was published in
the reign of Edward, '* The king of England is su-
preme head in earth, next under Christ, of the
churches of England and Ireland." This was con-
ceived to transfer to ihe king of England all that
usurped power, with regard to the churches in his
dominions, which the Pope had exercised with re-
gard to the church universal ; and it was said that
a title which the apostle seems to give exclusively to
Christ, when he calls him " the head of the church,"
was not fitly applied to any mortal. In order to re-
move these scruples, the phrase was omitted in the
edition of the thirty-nine articles, published in the
reign of Queen Elizabeth, v/hich is now the received
and authentic edition ; and the queen, by a solemn
declaration, explained the act of supremacy, which
was past upon the abolition of papal jurisdiction, to
mean no more than '• that under God she had the
sovereignty and rule over all manner of persons
born within her realm, either ecclesiastical or tem-
poral ; so as no other foreign power shall or ought
to have any superiority over them." The confession
of faith of the church of Scotland, having been com-
posed at a season, when the circumstances of the
times were understood to call for a testimony against
the revival of any claims, which might be abused as
an engine of spiritual tyranny, declares, chap. xxv.
that " there is no other head of the church but the
Lord Jesus Christ ; nor can the Pope of Rome, in
any sense, be head thereof." This clause in our
Confession of Faith leads us, upon solemn occasions,
to use a phrase, which, I believe, is seldom used in
England, " The Lord Jesus, the king and head of
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 479
Jiis church." But the use of this phrase does not
constitute any mark of difference in opinion between
the two churches, with regard to the third position.
For both acknowledge the sovereign authority of
the Lord Jesus, to which all other authority in the
church is subordinate ; and were we to apply this
general principle to particular cases, we should find
that the two churches diifer less in the application,
than superficial observers or hot disputants are will-
ing to allow.
4. The spiritual power implied in church govern-
ment is given " for edification and not for destruc-
tion." I employ this phrase, because it is used by
the apostle Paul, 2 Cor. x. 8, and xiii. 10, in rela-
tion to his authority, sig or/iodcij^riv, '/Mj ouz SIC %a&aic>i()i]i vfjjuv.
It is equally applicable to the authority of the of-
fice-bearers of the church in every age ; and it ex-
presses most significantly what I mean to include
under this fourth position.
Those who entertain just views of civil govern-
ment consider it as instituted by God for the good
of the subjects. It is not for the sake of one, or of
a few, to gratify their ambition, and to minister to
their pleasure, that others are made inferior to them
in rank, subject in many respects to their command,
and dependent upon their protection. But all the
privileges, and honours, and powers which distin-
guish individuals, are conferred upon them for the
sake of the multitude, that by these distinctions they
may be the more proper and successful instruments
of communicating to those who are undistinguished
the blessings of good government. The spirit of en-
larged benevolence, which forms the character of the
Gospel, gives us perfect assurance, that the church
480 NATURE AND EXTENT OF
government created by that religion has the like im-
partial destination. The great prophet, who " came
not to be ministered unto but to minister," " the
shepherd and bishop of souls," who came " to seek
and to save that which was lost," taught his apostles
to do as he had done ; and they, instructed by his
discourse, and guided by his example, spoke and
acted as the servants of those, over whom they ex-
ercised the authority that was committed to them.
" Not for that we have dominion over your faith,
but are helpers of your joy. We preach not our-
selves, but Christ Jesus the Lord, and ourselves
your servants for Jesus' sake." ^" " All things are
yours, whether Paul or Apollos, or Cephas. Who
is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom
ye believed, as the Lord gave to every man ?"f Paul
reminds the servant of the Lord, to whom was com-
mitted the care of the church, that " he must be
gentle unto all men, apt to teach, patient, in meek-
ness instructing those who oppose themselves, if
God peradventure will give them repentance to the
acknowledging of the truth ;" ± and Peter exhorts
the elders, who had the oversight of the flock, to be-
have " not as lords over God's heritage, but as en-
samples to the flock." II
It is manifest, then, that the government, which
Christ had established in his church, was not intend-
ed by him to create a separate interest in the Christ-
ian society, by aggrandizing a particular order of
men, and for their sake placing all others in a state
of humiliating subjection. It is one branch of the
* 2 Cor. j. 24 ; iv. 5. t 1 Cor. iii. 5, 21, 22.
t 2 Tim. ii. 24-, 2o. \\ 1 Peter v. 1, 2, 3.
POWER IMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 481
provision which is made in the Gospel for propagat-
ing and maintaining the truth, for restraining vice,
for assisting Christians in the discharge of their du-
ty, and for promoting the universal practice of vir-
tue ; and when ^^'e consider the power which church
government implies, as thus instrumental in carry-
ing forward the great cause for which Christ died,
we are taught to expect in the operation of this in-
strument the same regard to the reasonable nature
of man, and the same tender consideration of every
circumstance essential to his comfort, which appear
in the other institutions of the Gospel. The exer-
cise of a power which is purely spiritual cannot in-
deed affect the lives or the outward estate of Christ-
ians. But men have other rights as sacred as those
which respect their persons or their properties.
There is liberty of thought, the right which every
man has of exercising the powers of his mind upon
any subject, from which he hopes to derive pleasure
or improvement. There is the right of private
judgment, which necessarily results from liberty of
thought, the right which every man has of forming
his own opinions, and of determining for himself
what he ought to do. He may form the opinion
and the determination hastily or upon false grovmds ;
but he is not a rational agent, if he conceives it to
be his duty implicitly to allow another to form them
for them. There is liberty of conscience, that branch
of the right of private judgment which respects our
duty to God ; the right which every man has of
judging what God requires of him, and of resisting
any attempt to teach for doctrines the command-
ments of men, or to impose obedience to regulations
VOL. III. 2 I
48€ NATURE AND EXTENT OF
merely human, as a matter of conscience towards
God.
As these rights belong to the nature of a moral
and accountable creature, any power which could
claim the privilege of violating them would be given
not for edification, but for destruction. It would
destroy, not perhaps the person, but the character
of the being over whom it was exercised ; it would
degrade his mind ; and it is so diametrically oppo-
site to the general conduct of the Almighty towards
his reasonable creatures, to the style of argument
by which Jesus always called forth into exercise the
understandings of those who heard him, and to all
the other parts of the provision which he has made
for enlarging and improving the minds of his disci-
ples, that this cannot possibly be the description of
any power instituted by him.
It was not necessary to dwell long upon the proof
of the third and fourth positions ; because, after the
meaning of the terms is fairly stated, the truth of
them appears hardly controvertible. But it was
necessary to enumerate them thus distinctly, because
they are the foundation of my fifth general position,
which assumes the third and fourth as proven, and
applies them to a variety of subjects.
5. The power implied in church government is
limited by the sovereign authority of the Lord Jesus,
and the liberties of his disciples, both as to the ob-
jects which it embraces, and as to the manner in
which it is exercised.
It professes to maintain the credit of religion, by
preserving the truth uncorrupted, and by watching
over the conduct of Christians ; and it professes to
minister to the edification of individuals, by afford-
POWER IIMPLIED IN CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 488
ing them various assistance in following after right-
eousness, and by employing various means to re-
claim them from error and vice. These objects are
in themselves excellent ; but it is not competent for
church government to take every conceivable method
of accomplishing them, because a spiritual power
subordinate to the Lord Jesus, and not given for
destruction, is restrained by these characters from
doing many things, which, at particular times, may
appear expedient. No exercise of any power can
be legitimate, which is in direct opposition to the
nature of that power ; and the evils arising from
admitting a contradiction between the general cha-
racter of the power, and a particular exertion of it,
will, in the result, infinitely overbalance any local
or temporary advantage, which might be purchased
by an exercise of the pov/er that is illegitimate.
In applying the limits suggested by the third and
fourth positions, to the power implied in church go-
vernment, the easiest and safest method is to follow
an established distribution. The subject has been
so fully canvassed since the Reformation, that w^e
may be assured none of the objects which require to
be considered under the fifth position were omitted
by the many able men, who, with much zeal, parti-
cularly in the course of the 17th century, combated
one another upon the various questions to which it
has given birth. Taking, therefore, the distribution
which is found in the ordinary systems, I shall di-
vide church power into three parts, which, for the
sake of memory, are expressed by three single words ;
the jyotestas hoyiManxn, biara-/.rr/.Yi^ and diax^iriKrj. The first
respects doyfiarc/., doctrines or articles of faith ; the
484 NATURE AND EXTENT OF, &C.
second respects diara^sig, ecclesiastical canons or con-
stitutions ; the third respects discipline, or the exer-
cise of judgment in inflicting or removing censures.
To each of these three I shall apply the limits
and regulations suggested by the third and fourth
positions.
rOTESTAS Aoy//am?j. 485
CHAP. IV,
POTESTAS Aoy^aTinr,^
1. The potestas boy (xanxn is limited and regulated by
the sovereign authority of the Lord Jesus, and the
liberties of his disciples.
The church of Rome, in the progress of that in-
fluence which she acquired over the Christian world,
laid down the following positions, which were receiv-
ed as true by the members of her communion : — That
the authority of Scripture, its right to the faith and
obedience of Christians, depends entirely upon the tes-
timony of the church : that besides the written word,
consisting of the books which Christians receive in
consequence of the judgment of the church, there is
also an unwritten word, of which the church are the
keepers : that it does not appear to have been intend-
ed that the Scriptures should contain a complete rule
of faith and manners ; but that this defect, which
arose imavoidably from their having been written
by different authors upon particular occasions, is
fully remedied by those traditions, which, although
not written in any apostolical book, have been safely
conveyed down through the church from the days of
the apostles : that these traditions, pertaining either
to faith or to morals, are to be received with the
same piety and reverence as the Scriptures : and
486 POTESTAS ^oyiJMTiKn.
that the church, by being in possession of this un-
written word, is qualified in its teaching to supply
the imperfection of the written word : that the
Scriptures, being in many places obscure, it is im-
possible for the people, by the exercise of their own
faculties, to derive from thence the knowledge of all
things necessary to salvation ; and that their attempt-
ing to form opinions for themselves out of the Scrip-
tures, while it cannot lead them certainly to the
truth, may produce a multiplicity of dangerous er-
rors, and much bitter contention : that, to avoid these
evils, it is, in general, expedient to debar the people
from the free use of the Scriptures, or to grant it
only to those whom their teachers judge the least
likely to abuse that privilege : that the church, being
assisted by the Spirit of God in the search of the
Scriptures, having the promise of the presence of
Jesus to the end of the world, and having possession
of the unwritten word as a commentary upon the
written, is the only safe interpreter of Scripture, and
the supreme judge, by whose definitive sentence all
controversies with regard to the meaning of partis-
cular passages, or the general doctrine of Scrip-
ture, must be determined : that it is the duty of
Christians to acquiesce in this infallible deter-
mination ; and that, although they do not un-
derstand the grounds upon which it rests, or al-
though other doctrines than those which the church
declares to he true appear to their minds agreeable
to Scripture, it is presumption and impiety, a breach
of that reverence which they owe to the institution
of Christ, and a sin for which they deserve everlast-
ing punishment, to oppose their own private judg-
ment, which cannot of itself attain the truth, and
POTESTAS AoyiiariKn. 48?
which may depart very far from it, to the decision
of the church which cannot err : that the faith which
becomes the dutiful subjects of the kingdom of Christ,
and by which they are saved, is an entire submis-
sion of the understanding to the decisions of the
church ; a faith which does not include a knowledge
of the things believed, which is more fitly defined
by ignorance, and which supposes nothing more than
an implicit and cordial acquiescence in all that is
taught by the church.
The foregoing positions, or doctrines of the church
of Rome, are combated in different parts of the or-
dinary systems. I have brought them together in
one view, in order to give a full account of the ex-
tent of the potesfas doyf/^un-KYi, as claimed by that church.
And I need not stop to expose the monstrous nature
of a claim, which constitutes the great body of
Christians mere machines ; which invades the pre-
rogative, and usurps the office and the honours of
the great Prophet, whom it is the duty of Christians
to hear ; and which, by ascribing to the church an
infallibility which is nowhere promised, and which
is inconsistent with the weakness of humanity, has
produced in that church errors, contradictions, and
absurdities, which appear to every rational inquirer
most disgraceful and pernicious to those by whom
they are held.
To so monstrous a claim all Protestants agree in
opposing this principle, that the Scriptures are the
only rule of faith. This principle they understand
to include the following positions ; — The authority
of the books of the New Testament does not depend
upon the judgment of the church. The history of
what we call the canon of the New Testament may
188 PO TEST AS £^oy[j.aTr/.n.
be thus stated. While many books, which claimed
to be written by divine inspiration, were rejected in
early times, those Avhich we now receive were de-
clared to be canonical, because they had been con-
veyed down from the days of the apostles, with sa-
tisfying evidence of their authority. This evidence,
as laid before those who fixed the canon of the New
Testament, consisted of internal marks of authenti-
city, of which a scholar in every age is equally qua-
lified to judge, of the consent of the Christian world,
of the testimony of adversaries to the Christian faith,
and of many collateral circumstances, which must
liave been better known to them than to us, who live
at such a distance from the date of the books. But
had any early council presumed to contradict the
amount of this evidence, by rejecting a book which
was authentic, or admitting one which was spurious,
the voice of the Christian world would have risen
against so daring a decision ; and the remains of
Christian antiquity which have reached our days,
would have enabled us to disregard it. In judging
then, of the authenticity of the books of the New
Testament, we pay no further regard to the decision
of the church, than as it constitutes a part of that
tradition which must be the voucher of every book
written in a remote age ; and having satisfied our-
selves in the only rational manner' — in the same
manner as we do with regard to all other ancient
books — that the books of the New Testament were
written by the persons whose names they bear, we
learn from the evidence of the divine mission of
Jesus, and from the nature of the commission given
to his apostles, of both which we are qualified to
rOTESTAS ^oyiJ.rjL7iy.r,. 489
judge, the entire respect and credit which are due
to every thing contained in the books.
Now, this credit which is due to the books, not
upon account of the testimony of the church, but
upon their own account, includes a belief of their
sufficiency and their perfection. It does not admit
of what the church of Rome calls tradition, or an
vm written word, being put upon a level with them.
It implies, that all things necessary to salvation are
contained in the books themselves ; that the attain-
ment of the knowledge of these things is not attend-
ed with difficulties, so insuperable to an individual
as to render the judgment of the church indispensa-
bly necessary ; that every person who has the use
of reason may, by a proper exercise of his rational
powers, and by availing himself of the opportunities
within his reach, satisfy his mind what is the doc-
trine of Scripture, and understand that doctrine as
far as it is necessary he should understand it ; and
consequently, that no individual Christian is requir-
ed to exercise an implicit faith, of which he can give
no other account than that it ixsts upon the autho-
rity of the church ; but that as it is contrary to the
laws of his nature to believe what appears to him
absurd, so it is a duty, required of him by his di-
vine teacher, to " search the Scriptures," so as to
judge for himself, that what he professes to believe
is therein contained, and thus to be able to give a
reason of his faith and hope.
By stating the foregoing positions, I have endea-
voured to unfold that principle, which, being cha-
racteristical of Protestantism, is avowed by all who
have departed from the errors of the church of Rome.
But it is held under different modifications ; and
490 POTEST AS AoyiJLOLTuri.
those who agree in receiving the Scriptures as a suf-
ficient rule of faith, and as the only authoritative
rule, do not agree concerning the power reserved to
the church as to the doctrines of religion.
TJie followers of Socinus, who were among the
earliest Reformers, were led, by the general princi-
ples of their system, to an extreme solicitude in guard-
ing against the abuses of ecclesiastical authority ;
and having, upon many points, departed very far
from the received opinions of Christians, they were
obliged, in self defence, to lay down such a plan of
church government, as did not admit that the church
at any time possessed the right of intermeddling in
articles of faith. The Socinians hold, that as the
Scriptures are the rule of faith, the essential articles
of faith are so few, so simple, and so easily gather-
ed out of clear explicit passages, that it is impossi-
ble for any man who has the exercise of his reason
to miss them ; that all the mistakes and differences
of opinion amongst those who search the Scriptures
respect points which are not essential, and concern-
ing which it is both vain and hurtful to try to esta-
blish an uniformity of opinion ; that it is in all cases
a sufficient declaration of Christian faith to say that
we believe the Scriptures ; that no harm can arise
from allowing every man to interpret Scripture as
he pleases ; and that, as Scripture may be sufficient-
ly understood for the purposes of salvation, without
any foreign assistance, all creeds and confessions of
faith, composed and prescribed by human authority,
are an encroachment upon the prerogative of the su-
preme teacher, an invasion of the right of private
judgment, and a pernicious attempt to substitute the
commandments of men in place of the doctrine of God.
rOTESTAS Ao^/xar/x):. 41jl
According to this plan, there is left to the church
and its ministers, in their teaching, merely the office
of exhortation. Over the doctrines, which are the
principles upon which the exhortation proceeds, it is
conceived to be incompetent that they should have
any control ; and both the proceedings of ecclesias-
tical assemblies, and the ministrations of private
teachers, are understood to depart from their proper
sphere, and to be very much misemployed, when,
instead of confining. themselves to recommendations
of the practice of virtue, they intermeddle with
points of doctrine, all of which are either so plain,
that they cannot be illustrated, or so unimportant,
that every one may be allowed, according to an an-
cient phrase which is often used, to abound in his
own sense.
To most Protestant churches this plan appears
very defective ; and when I state the following
views, you will perceive how far it falls short of the
purposes, 'for which a church seems to have been es-
tablished by Christ.
The books of the New Testament are written in
a language which is now understood only by the
learned. Yet, in that language, it was intended they
should be sent over the world to be the rule of faith
to all Christians. However plain, therefore, these
books might be to the nations who spoke that lan-
guage, the great body of the people in all other coun-
tries stand in need of an interpreter. They are
ignorant of the meaning of single words and phrases.
If different translations are offered, they do not know
which is most correct ; and consequently they must
remain in doubt and suspense, unless there is some
human authority upon which they can rest.
49'2 POTESTAS ^^yiharar,.
But further, after the meaning of single words
and phrases is analysed, there still remain in all an-
cient books many passages which cannot be under-
stood without a knowledge of local customs ; of
points in chronology, geography, and history; of
figures of speech ; and of that peculiar character
which every language derives from the manners and
the science of those by whom it is spoken. It is
impossible that the great body of the people in any
country can make the necessary progress in so large
and multifarious a branch of study ; so that here
also, as well as in the meaning of single words and
phrases, they must rest upon the authority of others.
Our Lord has not left these wants of his disciples to
be supplied in a casual m.anner, by any person more
learned than themselves whom they chance to meet.
But having provided, in the constitution of his reli-
gion, a standing method of instruction, he directs all,
who in searching the Scriptures feel their own de-
ficiencies, to have recourse to the persons who are
set over them in the Lord. When the apostles went
forth to make disciples of all nations, they were en-
abled, by the gift of tongues, to speak so as to be
understood by all who heard them. Now that the
written word of the apostles is transmitted to future
ages in a particular language, the learning of the
Christian teachers may render that written word as
intelligible to the people, as if they themselves un-
derstood the original language ; and since the Christ-
ian teachers appeared to us formerly, as intended by
Christ to constitute a society co-operating for the
same great purpose, it is natural to expect that, in-
stead of a private rendering of the Scriptures by
every individual teacher, all who minister to persons
POTESTAS AoyimrrAYi. 493
speaking the same language, will join in preparing
or adopting a common translation. This translation,
recommended by the concurrent authority of the body
of teachers, will give the people all the assurance which
the nature of the case admits, or which it requires,
that the book which they read is the same in sense
with that which was written by the apostles ; and
this book, receiving in the ministrations of the indi-
vidual teachers those elucidations, which their know-
ledge of antiquity, and the fruit of their various
studies qualify them to give, will be " profitable" to
all " for instruction in righteousness."
It appears, then, to be unquestionable, that the
succession of teachers in the Christian church were
intended to be interpreters and expounders of the sa-
cred books ; and that one part of the office assigned
them is, to afford the disciples of Christ that assistance
in learning the truth therein contained, of which, from
the nature of the books, the language in which they
were written, and the customs of the persons addressed
in them, the great body of the people in every country
stand much in need. But there is a farther part of
their office, in relation to the doctrines of religion,
which a due attention to the subject does not suffer
us to omit. When we recollect the language and
the spirit of the directions given to Timothy and
Titus, and when we hear Paul saying to Timothy,
ii. 2, " The things that thou hast heard of me, the
same commit thou to faithful men, who shall be able
to teach others also," we are led to consider the suc-
cession of Christian teachers as intended to be the
guardians of that truth which may be learned from
the Scriptures ; and the church, the great society com-
posed of those teachers, is presented to om* view un- ,
494 POTESTAS \(>y<jM7iY.ri.
der the idea of the keepers of a sacred deposit, over
which they are appointed to Watch. It is by the il-
lustration of this idea that we show the imperfection
of what I stated as the Socinian plan.
The foundation of the character of a disciple of
Christ is laid in the acknowledgment of a system of
divine truth. That system may be learned by search-
ing the Scriptures. But our Lord and his apostles
do not lead us to suppose, that it is learned by every
person into whose hands the Scriptures are put, or
who professes to expound them. Our Lord gives
notice of false prophets, who should come to his dis-
ciples in sheep's clothing, while inwardly they were
ravening wolves.* The apostles saw the fulfilment
of this prediction ; and their Epistles abound with
complaints of false teachers, men " who corrupted
the word of God ; who had erred concerning the
truth ; who subverted whole houses, teaching things
which they ought not ; who brought in damnable
heresies ; who were moved not by the spirit of truths
but by the spirit of error ; men unlearned and un-
stable, who wrested the Scriptures to their own de-
struction."! The apostles mention many particular
errors which had arisen in their days ; they combat
them with zeal ; they call upon Christians to " con-
tend earnestly for the faith which was once deliver-
ed to the saints," and to " beware lest any man
spoil them through philosophy and vain deceit, after
the tradition of men ;" a!id they represent it as one
of the purposes for which Christ gave prophets, and
apostles, and evangelists, ?', e. for which he establish-
* Matt. vii. 15.
t 2 Cor. ii. 17 ; 2 Tim. ii. 18; Titus i. 11 ; 2 Pet. ii. 1 ;
iii. iC ; 1 John iv. 6.
POTESTAS A(jy(m7iy.ri. 495
ed a church, Eph. iv. 13, that Christians might " be
no more children tossed to and fro, and carried about
-ram aviiMw ttj; dtdotax-aX/ag, with every wind of doctrine, by
the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby
they lie in wait to deceive." In like manner the
apostle thus writes to the Hebrews, xiii. 7, 8, 9,
" Remember them which have the rule over you,
who have spoken to you the v/ord of God ; whose
fait?i follow, considering the end of their conversa-
tion, Jesus Christ, the same yesterday, to-day, and
for ever. Be not carried about with divers and
strange doctrines." These verses, Vv^hen taken in
connexion, present this whole sense, that as the
doctrine of Christ, like himself, is unchangeable, his
disciples, instead of hastily adopting the various
opinions which may happen to be in circulation^
should continue in the truth which they receive from
the spiritual teachers, who are set over them in the
Lord, imitating their faith. In order to qualify the
Christian teachers to perform the important service
implied in these passages, the apostle exhorts Timo-
thy, and through him, every succeeding minister of
the Gospel, to " hold fast the form of sound words."
He excites him to the assiduous exercise of his ta-
lents in counteracting the restless and insidious at-
tempts of seducers ; and he introduces the following
words, Titus i. 9, 10, 11, into the description of what
a bishop or minister ought to be, " Holding fast the
faithful word, as he hath been taught, that he may
be able by sound doctrine both to exhort and to
convince the gainsayers. For there are many un-
ruly and vain talkers and deceivers, whose mouths
must be stopped." These directions of the apostle
apply by parity of reason to the heresies, which he
496 POTESTAS L(,yiJM7t)iYi'
gives notice were to arise in latter times, as well as
to those which he himself combated. They impose
a duty upon the ministers of religion, and conse-
quently they create a corresponding duty in the
people to whom they minister ; in other words,
while they invest the ministers of religion with
some kind of authority in relation to its doctrines,
they require a degree of reverence for every lawful
exercise of that authority. They teach clearly that
an acknowledgment of the truth of Scripture is not
a sufficient security for soundness of faith, because
they state a perversion of Scripture by those who
have received it, as not only a possible case, but as a
case Avhich then actually existed ; and consequently
they imply that it is lawful for the ministers of reli-
gion to employ some additional guard to that " form
of sound words," which they are required to hold
fast and to defend.
Two striking instances of a perversion of Scrip-
ture in the days of the apostles are mentioned, the
one by Paul, the other by John. In his Epistles to
Timothy, Paul speaks of Hymeneus and Philetus,
who " concerning the truth had erred, saying that
the resurrection is past already, and overthrew the
faith of some ;" i, e, they did not deny that the
Scriptures speak of a resurrection, but by an allego-
rical interpretation, they resolved all the declarations
of the future resurrection of the body into a figura-
tive expression of the present renovation of the heart
and life, which is produced in Christians by the
grace of the Gospel. John, in his first and second
Epistles, speaks of deceivers, whom he calls anti-
christ, persons moved by a spirit in opposition to
Christ, " v/ho confessed not that Jesus Christ is
POTESTAS ^uyixari'ArYi. 497
dome ill the flesh." They did not deny that the
Scriptures speak of his manifestation, but they
thought that the most rational interpretation of the
words of Scripture is found by considering the body
of Christ as a phantasm, which answered the pur-
pose of his holding communication with men, with-
out subjecting the Son of God to that degradation,
and his religion to the many difficulties, which ap-
peared to them to arise from his being allied with a
material substance. Now both these kinds of de-
ceivers, because they did not hold the truth of Scrip-
ture, although they spoke the words of Scripture,
were opposed by the apostles, who earnestly warned
the Christians to beware of their doctrine. In like
manner, therefore, when in future ages some arose
who said that Jesus is the Son of God, but who gave
such an interpretation of that phrase, as rendered it
consistent with the opinion which they avowed, that
Jesus was a mere man ; Avhen others spoke in the
language of Scripture concerning the Spirit, but con-
sidering that language as meaning nothing more than
the influence of God, published as a part of their
creed that the Holy Ghost is not a divine person ;
when others interpreted all the variety of expres-
s-ions, in which Jesus is said to have died for sin, as
meaning only that our sin was the occasion of his
death, and that his death tended to take away sin,
but not as conveying any idea of atonement ; when
such opinions arose, and were held, and defended,
and propagated by men who professed to venerate
the Scriptures, those Christian teachers who consi-
dered the divinity of our Saviour, the personality of
the Spirit, and the doctrine of atonement, to be im-
portant branches of the truth as it is in Christ Jesus,
VOL. III. 2 K
498 POTESTAS Ao^aar/x'/j.
were not only ^va^ranted, but v/ere called to combat
these opinions, to guard " the form of sound words'*
from corruption, and to warn the Christians com-
mitted to their charge against being led aside by
these perversions of Scripture. It was not enough
to exhort Christians to believe what the Scriptures
declared upon these points ; for those who were ac-
cused of perverting the Scriptures, professed this be-
lief. It was not possible to have recourse to any
such infallible authority as that which the apostles
exerted, when they branded, as fundamental errors,
the doctrines of Hymeneus and other deceivers, who
arose in their days. There is clear evidence that
Jesus did not intend any such infallible authority
should continue to exist in his church ; yet in all
ages the Scriptures have been liable to perversion ;
in all ages it appears to have been part of the charge
committed to the Christian teachers to maintain and
defend the truth ; and it is left to them to devise
the most prudent and effectual methods of fulfilling
that duty.
The mode of fulfilling this duty, to which the
Christian teachers very early had recourse, was of
the following kind. When they apprehended a dan-
ger of the propagation of false opinions concerning
an important article of Christian faith, they assem-
bled in larger or smaller numbers, from more or
fewer districts, according to circumstances. In these
assemblies, which are known by the name of coun-
cils, and which gradually assumed the forms essen-
tial to the orderly transaction of business in a great
meeting, the controverted points were canvassed;
and the opinion, which appeared to the council agree-
able to Scripture, was declared in words so contriv-
P0TE8TAS AoyiMaTixn- 499
eel, as to form their explicit testimony against the
opinions which they accounted erroneous. It is not
impossible that this method of deciding controver-
sies was suggested to the early Christians by the
practice of the States of ancient Greece, who held
councils upon important occasions. But it is of
more importance to observe that the method appears
to be agreeable both to the nature of the case and
to Scripture. It is agreeable to the nature of the
case. For the consent of a number of teachers in
any doctrine was the best security of their having
attained the truth, which their fallibility admitted ;
and the unequivocal declaration of that consent was
the most likely way of conciliating respect for their
opinion, and of giving it that authority v/ith the
people, which might render it a preservative against
error. This method, in itself natural and expedient,
may be said to be agreeable to Scripture, and even
to have received a sanction from the practice of the
apostles. One of the earliest disputes in the Christ-
ian church respected the necessity of circumcision.
Paul and Barnabas, after having had no small dis-
putation in the regions where they laboured, went
up to Jerusalem to consult the apostles and elders
about this question. The apostles and elders, hav-
ing met to consider the matter, and canvassed it at
length, came to a definitive sentence, which they
published in an epistle to the churches ; and Paul^
upon his return to the region which he had left, as
he went through the cities. Acts xvi. 4, 5, " deliver-
ed them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained
of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusalem ;
and so were the churches established in the faith."
It was most natural for the Christian teachers in
future ages to consider this apostolical council, as a
500 POTESTAS Ao7,v.aT/x>j.
direction and a warrant with regard to the most ex-
pedient method of terminating the controversies
which arose in their time. Accordingly, when the
Arian opinions were propagated with zeal and suc-
cess in the beginning of the fourth century, a coun-
cil, which is known by the name of the first general
council, was held at Nice under the authority of the
Roman Emperor, then become a Christian, and de-
clared in the creed, called the Nicene creed, the di-
vinity and consubstantiality of the Son. A second
council, held at Constantinople in the end of that
century, declared, in opposition to the errors of Ma-
cedonius, the divinity and personality of the Holy
Ghost ; and two councils, held, the one at Ephesus
and the other at Chalcedon, about the middle of the
fifth century, testified their disapprobation of the
systems taught by Nestorius and Eutyches, and de-
clared what continues to be the received opinion in
most Christian churches, concerning the union of the
divine and human nature of our Saviour.
These four general councils are mentioned with
honour in ecclesiastical history, and are spoken of by
most Christian writers as entitled to a degree of re-
spect, which is not due to any succeeding council.
Not that they were, according to the literal sense of
the word, general councils, L e. assemblies consisting
of deputies from all parts of Christendom. The
difficulties which must occur to every person, who
considers what such a meeting requires, are of such
a kind, that it has never taken place in fact ; and-
were it practicable, it would not derive from the
number or the universality of the representation an
infallible security against error. Neither is the pe-
culiar respect paid to these councils founded on a be-
POTEST AS AoyiJi.a^r/Krt. 501
lief, that every part of their proceedings was con-
ducted in an unexceptionable manner. There might
be much faction and altercation, weakness in some
of the members, and political views in others. But
they are respected, because the opinions which they
declared appear to the great part of the Christian
world to be founded in Scripture. We receive the
opinions not for the sake of the declaration of the
councils ; but we honour the councils for declaring
opinions which we believe to be true ; and we testi-
fy this honour by adopting, in our profession of those
opinions, the significant phrases by which these early
councils discriminated the truth from the errors
with which it had been blended. Many of the suc-
ceeding councils declared what we believe to be false;
and the council of Trent, held in the thirteenth cen-
tury, which the Christian world had loudly demand-
ed as the most effectual method of reforming the
errors of the church of Rome, was so managed by
the influence and artifice of the Pope, that it lent its
authority to the establishment of those very errors.
When the Protestants of Germany judged it ne-
cessary for them to leave a church, w^hose corruptions
they could find no method of correcting, they deli-
vered to the diet of the empire as their apology, what
is called the confession of Augsburg ; Confessio An-
gus tana ; and in every kingdom and state, which af-
terwards left the communion of the church of Rome,
an assembly of the teachers, held generally by the
authority and direction of the state, compiled a con-
fession of their faith, or a declaration of the truths
which they believed to be contained in Scripture.
These confessions, which differed from one another
in some points, were, in general, so framed as tq
50^2 POTESTAS AoyfMarrAr,.
form a testimony against the errors of the church of
Rome, without renouncing any of the truths which
that church held ; the Protestants wishing to hold
themselves forth to the world as Christians, who re-»
tained the great doctrines of the Gospel unadulterat-
ed by any of the heresies which had arisen, and who
forsook only those corruptions in doctrine and prac-
tice which a particular church had introduced. From,
these early confessions arose, in process of time, with
some variations, what are called the Thirty-nine
Articles of the church of England, what we call the
Confession of Faith of the church of Scotland, and
the Symbols, Formularies, and Catechisms of other
Protestant churches.
When the opinions of Arminius were spreading in
Holland about the beginning of the seventeenth cen-^
tury, a council or synod was summoned at Dort by
the authority of the States-General ; and deputies
were invited to attend from the neighbouring prin-
cipalities, and from the two churches of Great Bri-
tain. This council, which is known by the name of
Synodus Dordracena, after sitting many months, con-
demned the tenets of Arminius, and published a de-
claration of the Christian faith upon the controvert-
ed points, for which some Protestant churches en-
tertain a high respect, as it is agreeable to their opi^
nions, and which others regard with indifference, or
hold in contemxpt. The result of the synod of Dort
is a lesson to the Protestant church, that the expe-
diency of general councils expired with the division
of the Roman Empire ; that in the present situation
of Christendom it is chimerical to think of obtain-
ing by this method any greater uniformity of doc-
trine, than already subsists amongst those who have
POTEST AS Aoy/^ar/xr). 503
left the communion of the church of Rome ; and that
in every independent kingdom or state, the Christian
teachers, supported by the civil authority, in the man-
ner that is agreed upon, are fully competent, without
waiting for the judgment of Christians in other coun-
tries, to prepare such a general declaration of the
Christian Faith, and such occasional preservatives
against error, as may answer the purposes for which
the church was invested with what we have called
the potestas ^oy/xartKr}.
The objection commonly made to confessions of
faith is, that they are too particular; that a decla-
ration of faith, which is meant to unite Christians,
should comprehend only the fundamental doctrines
of Christianity, without descending to those contro-
verted points, and those niceties of doctrine, upon
which men have differed ; and that it would in ge-
neral be better that these confessions were express-
ed in the language of Scripture, than in the terms of
human science.
The persons most ready to bring forward this ob-
jection are those whose system excludes some of the
doctrines which the great body of Protestants agree
in receiving. In their manner of stating the objec-
tion, they are careful toconceal their disbelief of j)ar-
ticular doctrines, under a zeal for liberty of con-
science, and the right of private judgment ; and in-
stead of affirming that a confession declares what is
false, they choose rather to say, that by the particu-
larity with which it states the received opinion, it
abridges and invades that freedom in every thing
that concerns religion, which Christians derive fx'om
the spirit of the Gospel.
The subject has, of lale, received much discussion
504f POTESTAS Ao/.oiamjj.
in England. The objection is stated with ability
and eloquence in a book entitled the Confessional ;
and when you turn your attention to this matter,
you will easily become acquainted with the answers
and replies that have been published. I do not mean
to enter into any detail, but simply to lead your
thoughts to that answer to the objection, which may
be deduced from the principles that have been stated.
It is easy to ask that only fundamental articles
should be introduced into confessions ; but it is not
easy to say what articles are fundamental. There
is no enumeration of them in Scripture ; and no at-
tempt that has ever been made to enumerate them
has given universal satisfaction. The very point
upon which different sects divide is, that some ac-
count articles fundamental, which to others appear
unimportant ; and that even things, which all admit
to be fundamental, are held by some with such limi-
tations, as appear to others very much to enervate
their meaning. It is certainly not desirable that
confessions should descend to minute controversies ;
and perhaps all of them might be abridged. But the
very purpose for which they are composed, being to
guard against error, it is plain that they become nu-
gatory, if they deliver the truths of religion in those
words of Scripture which had been perverted, or in
terms so general as to include both the error and the
truth.
In judging how far the particularity of confessions
invades^ the right of private judgment, it is necessary
to attend to an essential distinction between the con-
dition of teachers and that of the people. The con-
fession, in which any number of teachers unite, is
that " form of sound words," which they think they.
POTESTAS AoyfiarrAri' ^05
find in Scripture, and winch they consider it as their
duty to *' hold fast." Every teacher, who belongs
to the community, is of course supposed to assent to
the truths contained in their confession ; and the
community of teachers ought not to admit any per-
son to take part of their ministry, unless by his sub-
scribing the confession, or declaring his sentiments
in some other vv'-ay, they know that he entertains the
opinions which are there published. Without some
such I'equisition, the confession of the community,
and the ministrations of the individual teachers,
might be in opposition to one another. Many of
them, holding opinions that were condemned in the
confession, and animated with zeal for the propaga-
tion of those opinions, might instil into the minds
of the people the very errors against which it was
the purpose of the confession to guard them ; and
thus the negligence of the community would become
the instrument of exposing the people to be " carried
about with divers and strange doctrines," of inflam-
ing their breasts with that animosity which gene-
rally attends religious disputes, and of bringing up-
on them those evils from which they would have
been preserved, if there had been an uniformity
in the doctrine of their teachers. If, then, the
church in general, and any division of the church,
consisting of the office-bearers of a particular dis-
trict, united in a society, have a right to declare
their opinion concerning controverted points, and if
it is part of the duty of their office by a declaration
of this opinion to oppose the propagation of error,
it follows, by consequence, from this right and this
duty, that they are entitled to require from every
person, to whom they convey the powers implied in
506 POTESTAS Aoyimnn'/i^
ordination, a declaration of his assent to their opin-
ions. This is merely prescribing the terms of ad-
mission to a particular office ; it is employing the
nature of the office to regulate the qualifications ;
and it is no infringement of the right of private
judgment, because if any person does not possess
the qualifications, or does not choose to comply with
the terms, he has only to turn his attention to some
other office. For if, instead of becoming a teacher,
he prefers to continue one of the people in the Christ-
ian society, he is under no obligation to declare his
assent to the confession, which has been published
by the teachers as the declaration of their faith, and
the directory of their teaching. How far heretics
are liable to censure, will be considered, when we
speak of the judicial power of the church. What I
am now stating is this essential distinction between
the teachers and the people in a Christian society,
that the judgment of the body of the people is not
necessarily concluded under the judgment of the of-
fice-bearers ; in other words, that the i^otestas boyiMa.
rtzYi, which we conceive to be inherent in the nature
of the church, does not imply a right of imposing
upon the consciences of Christians the belief of that
which the church has determined to be true.
From this account of the potestas boyiMrmri, as ex-
ercised by Protestants, it appears to be neither in-
consistent with the supremacy of Christ, nor destruc-
tive of the liberties of Christians. It is not inconsist-
ent with the supremacy of Christ ; because it is
purely ministerial, professing to interpret the words
of Christ and his apostles ; proving out of them all
the assertions which it publishes ; directing to them
as the infallible standard of truth ; and warning
Christians against listening to any other doctrine
than that which Christ commanded to be taught.
The confessions of Protest^mt churches claim to be
true, not in respect of the authority by which they
are composed, but in respect of their conformity to
the words of Scripture ; and therefore, instead of in-
vading, they assert the prerogative of the Supreme
Teacher. Nor is it inconsistent with the liberties
of Christians. When Christian teachers either give
a general declaration of the faith, or bear testimony
occasionally against particular errors, a respect is
certainly due to the judgment of men invested with
an office in the church, and exercising this office for
a purpose which is declared in Scripture to be im-
portant. But this respect does not imply a sub-
mission of the understanding. It is acknowledged
that the decision, proceeding from fallible men, may
be erroneous ; and that it is the duty of Christians
to " judge of themselves what is right, to search the
Scriptures whether the things are so, to try the spi-»
rits, whether they be of God." This exercise of the
potestas hayiLarixYi may give warning of error ; may
detect the sophistry upon which the error rests, and
may collect the proofs of the sound doctrine. All
these are helps, which private Christians derive
from that order of men instituted by Christ for the
edification of his body, the church. But the under-
standing is not overruled, because it is assisted ; with
these helps Christians are only better able to exer-
cise their understanding, upon subjects less familiar
to them than to their teachers ; and if, after making
the proper use of this assistance, they are satisfied
that the decision of the church is not well founded,
and that what the church brands as an error is
508 POTESTAS ^oyiicirm-
agreeable to the word of God, they are perfectly ac-
quitted in the judgment of their own consciences,
and in the sight of God, for refusing to adhere to
what appears to them an erroneous decision ; and it
is as much their duty to hold what they account
true, although contrary to the judgment of the
church, as it was the duty of the church to warn
them against what she accounted an error.
And thus, by the potestas loyiLari%y\i as claimed by
Protestants, the church, according to the true mean-
ing of that expression of Paul, 1 Tim. iii. 15, is
** the pillar and ground of the truth," GrS^-.og xai £(5^a/w/^a
rm akn^iiag ; not as it is interpreted in the church of
Rome, the foundation upon which the truth rests,
but the publisher and defender of the truth. In an-
cient times, edicts and other writings intended for
the information of the people were affixed to pil-
lars ; and this was the legal method of promulgation.
So the church declares, holds up to public view, the
truth recorded in Scripture ; and when the truth is
attacked, the church by its decisions supports the
truth, stating fairly what had been perverted, and
exhibiting the proofs of what had been denied. It
remains with those, to whom the church ministers,
to compare what is inscribed upon the pillar with
the original record, from which it professes to be
taken, and to examine the statement and the proofs
which are submitted to their consideration. The
church discharges its office by warning them against
error ; they do their duty, when they listen with at-
tention to the warning, and yet are careful not to be
misled by those who are appointed to assist their en-
deavours in searching after the truth. If, in conse-
quence of fulfilling this duty, they sometimes rejeci
POTESTAS Aoyfity-rayi. 509
tlie truth which is proposed to them, and adopt er-
roneous tenets, this is only a proof, that, in the pre-
sent imperfect state, uniformity of opinion is not
consistent with the free exercise of the human un-
derstanding ; and it is unquestionably better that
men should sometimes err, than that they should be
compelled to the acknowledgment of any system, by
an authority which is not competent to fallible mor-
tals, and which destroys the reasonable nature of
those over whom it is exerted.
I conclude this subject with stating, that the view
which I have given of the potestas doyfjt^uTun is agree-
able to the declared sentiments of both the churches
in this island. In the 20th article of the church of
England, are these words : " The church hath au-
thority in matters of faith. And yet it is not law-
ful for the church to ordain any thing that is con-
trary to God's word written ; neither may it so ex-
pound one place of Scripture, that it be contrary ta
another. Wherefore, although the church be a wit-
ness and keeper of holy writ, yet besides the same,
ought it not to enforce any thing to be believed for
necessity of salvation." In the 21st Article, it is
said, " General councils, forasmuch as they be an
assembly of men whereof all be not governed with
the spirit and word of God, may err, and sometimes
have erred even in things pertaining unto God.
Wherefore things ordained by them as necessary to
salvation have neither strength nor authority, unless
it may be declared that they are taken out of the
holy Scriptures." The whole first chapter of our
Confession of Faith, concerning the holy Scriptures,
is a testimony against the potestas hoyiLOLnxr^ claimed
by the church of Rome. In the 31st chapter, it is
510 POTESTAS ^(^yixarm,.
said, " It belongetli to synods and councils minis-
terially to determine controversies of faith ; and
their determinations, if consonant to the word of God,
are to be received with reverence and submission,
not only for their agreement with the word, but also
for the power whereby they are made, as being an
ordinance of God, appointed thereunto in his word.
All synods and councils, since the apostles, whether
general or particular, may err, and many have erred ;
therefore they are not to be made the rule of faith
or practice, but to be used as an help in both."
POTEST AS ^larazriKYi' <511
CHAP. V.
POTESTAS Atara%Ti%n*
The potestas BiaTa-AT^xri, that which respects ecclesias-
tical canons or constitutions, is limited and regulat-
ed by the sovereign authority of the Lord Jesus,
and the liberties of his disciples.
The church of Rome, professing to be the keepers
of an unwritten word, out of which they can supply
at their pleasure the deficiencies of Scripture, and
claiming an authority to which Christians owe im-
plicit subjection, conceive that they have a right to
enact laws which bind the conscience, and which
cannot be transgressed without incurring the same
penalties, which are annexed to every breach of the
divine law. They have, in virtue of this claim,
made numberless additions to the essential parts of
the worship of God, which, although not enjoined
in Scripture, they represent as indispensably neces-
sary, in order to the acceptance of the worshipper.
They impose restraints in the enjoyment of the com-
forts of life, in the formation of different connexions,
and in the conduct of the business of society ; re-
straints which, although not founded upon the word
of God, cannot be broken through without incurring,
in the judgment of the church, the guilt of a deadly
sin. They not only command, upon pain of eternal
damnation, many performances, as fasts, and pen an-
512 POTESTAS A/«rax.r;7f'/:.
ces, and pilgrimages, which the Scriptures clo not
require ; but they even enjoin by their authority,
as in the case of the worship of images, and other
services which appear to us idolatrous, what the
Scriptures seem to have forbidden ; and they abridge
the liberty of Christians by a multitude of frivolous
institutions, a compliance with which is not left to
be regulated by the discretion and circumstances of
individuals, but is bound rigorously upon all, unless
the church chooses to give a dispensation from the
duty, which her authority had created.
All this constitutes one large branch of what Pro-
testants account the usurpation and tyranny of the
church of Rome. It appears to them to be an en-
croachment upon the prerogative of the " one Law-
giver, who is able to save and to destroy," who,
having delivered in his word the laws of his king-
dom, has not committed to any the power of alter-
ing, repealing, or multiplying these laws, but has
left his disciples to learn, from his own discourses,
and the writings of his apostles, " all things what-
soever he has commanded them to observe." By
this encroachment upon the prerogative of the one
Lawgiver, the rights of Christians too are invaded ;
because, instead of having to walk by a precise rule
delivered in Scripture, which all may know, their
consciences are subjected to regulations indefinite in
number, which, depending upon the views and the
pleasure of particular men, may not only become op-
pressive, but may involve them in the most distress-
ing embarrassment, by requiring them, as a condi-
tion of salvation, to do that which to their own
judgment appears sinful.
Against this usurpation and tyranny, all Protest-
POTEST AS A/ar«y.r/x.?;. 51 S
ants have revolted ; and in opposition to it they
hold that the church has no power to prescribe any
new terms of acceptance with God, or any other con-
ditions of salvation than those which are declared in
Scripture ; that every person who worships God ac-
cording to the directions v/hich he himself has given
may hope, through the merits of Jesus, to please
him ; that the law of God is fulfilled by abstaining
from what he has forbidden, and by doing what he
has commanded ; and that God alone being the Lord
of conscience, no ecclesiastical regulation can justify
us in doing what we account sinful, or in abstaining
from what we think commanded ; or can so far alter
the nature of things as to convert an action, con-
cerning which the word of God has not left any di-
rection, into a necessary indispensable duty, which
we may in no situation omit without incurring the
divine displeasure.
Notwithstanding these limitations, which the su-
preme authority of Christ and the rights of his sub-
jects obviously require, there remains a large field
for the pofestas diara-/.rr/.ri, and many questions have
arisen amongst Christians concerning the proper
and lawful exercise of it within that field.
There is one branch indeed of the exercise of the
potestas diaraxTJxrj, v/hich admits of no dispute. It
may be employed in enforcing the laws of Christ ;
not that the authority of these laws derives any ac-
cession from that of the church. But as the church
is the publisher and defender of the rule of faith
contained in the Scriptures, so she is also the pub-
lisher and defender of the rule of practice there de-
livered. The ministers of religion, in their indivi-
dual capacity, exhort and persuade Christians to ob-
VOL. 111. 2 L
514 POTESTAS AiaruTtrr/.r,.
serve this rule. When the rule is generally violat-
ed, or when it is perverted by gross misinterpreta-
tions which are likely to spread, the teachers of any
district united in a society, forming what we call
the church of that district, may address an admoni-
tion or explanation to all who are of their commun-
ion. The interposition of this visible authority may
awaken the minds of the people to a recollection of
that superior authority which is not an object of
sense ; and the infliction of those censures, which
are within the power of the church, may serve as a
warning of those judgments which the Almighty has
reserved in his own power. In all churches there
are standing laws of the church enjoining the great
branches of morality. There are also occasional in-
junctions and ordinances prohibiting those transgres-
sions which are most flagrant ; reproofs and warn-
ings against sins, which at any time particularly
abound in a district. As no person who attends to
the manners of the world will say that such laws,
and injunctions, and reproofs, are unnecessary, so
experience does not justify any person in saying
that they are wholly ineffectual. While civil govern-
ment prohibits many immoralities under this view,
that they are hurtful to the peace of society, church
government extends its prohibitions to other immor-
alities also, which do not fall under this description ;
and when the two conspire, as, if both are legiti-
mately exercised, will never fail to be the case, they
are of considerable use in restraining enormity of
transgression, and in preserving that decency of
outward conduct, which is a great public benefit,
and which, with many, might not proceed from the
unassisted influence of religion.
POTESTAS AiaraxTmr,. 515
It is unnecessary to dwell longer upon this undis-
puted exercise of the authority of the church in
commanding what Christ has commanded, and for-
bidding what he has forbidden. The discussions,
which the potestas hoLTanrmi requires, respect those
numberless occasions upon which the church is call-
ed to make enactments by her own authority. To
these enactments there was applied, in early times,
the name canons, which is derived from the Greek
word xamv, regitla, and which means to convey that
these enactments are not put upon a footing with
the laws of Christ ; but, being subordinate to them,
are merely regulations applying general laws to par-
ticular cases.
The first object of these regulations is what we
may call matters of order. The church being a so-
ciety, in which a number of persons are united, and
are supposed frequently to assemble, there must be
regulations enacted to give the outward polity of the
society its form, to ascertain the terms upon which
persons are admitted to bear office in the society,
and to direct the time and place of assembling for
all the members. It is manifest that such matters
of order cannot be left to the discretion of indivi-
duals, because the variety of their determinations
would produce confusion. It may be supposed that
with regard to all such matters, individuals are ready
to follow that authority which they unite in recog-
nising ; and if the Christian society is not necessa-
rily dependent upon any human society, but may
exist by itself, and has within itself the powers ne-
cessary for its own preservation, this authority of
order must be lodged in the office-bearers of the so-
ciety.
One of the most important circumstances of order
516 POTESTAS A/arr/xw//^.
in the Christian society is the time of holding the
assemblies. I do not mean the hours, but the days,
of meeting ; a circumstance with regard to which
an uniformity may naturally be expected in a so-
ciety united by the same faith. It has been com-
mon for men in all ages to connect the remembrance
of interesting events with the solemnization of the
days, upon which such events originally happened :
and the first teachers of the Gospel appear to have
given their sanction to this natural propensity, by
changing the weekly rest, from the seventh day to
the day upon which Christ rose from the dead.
From emotions of respect and gratitude, and from
the authority of this example, there was early intro-
duced in the Christian church the annual solemniza-
tion of Christmas as the day upon which Christ was
born ; of Easter as the day upon which he rose ;
and of Whitsunday as the day upon which the Holy
Ghost was poured forth. Although these anniver-
sary solemnities were very early observed, there was
not an uniform tradition in the church with regard
to the precise day of the year, upon which each of
the three events had happened. Even in the second
century, there were violent disputes between the
Asiatic and the western Christians, whether Easter
should be kept always upon a Sunday, or whether,
without regard to the day of the week, it should be
kept on the third day after the day of the Jewish
passover, which was considered as a type of the
death of Christ, and which happened invariably up-
on the fourteenth day of the first Jewish month.
This controversy, insignificant as it appears in our
times, agitated the whole Christian world for many
years, and was not decided till the council of Nice,
giving their sanction to the practice of the western
rOTESTAS A/ara^r/X'/j. 517
Christians, established throughout Christendom the
observance of the day called Good Friday, in re-
membrance of Christ's death, and of the succeeding
Sunday, in remembrance of his resurrection.
In the progress of the superstitions of the church
of Rome, a multitude of days were consecrated to
the memory of saints ; and it was impressed upon
the minds of the people, that the scrupulous observ-
ance of all the fasts and feasts, which the church
chose to ordain, was an essential part of religion.
The spirit of the Reformation led men to throw off
a bondage, most hurtful to the interests of society,
and most inconsistent with the whole character of
the Christian religion, which ranks the distinction
of days amongst the rudiments of the law, and de-
clares by the mouth of Paul, that " he that regard-
eth the day, regardeth it unto the Lord, and he that
regardeth not the day, to the Lord he doth not re-
gard it."* Upon the principle implied in this decla-
ration, such of the reformers, as wished to depart
very far from the corruptions of the church of Rome,
abolished those days which from early times had
been kept sacred in honour of Christ, as well as
those Avhich had been dedicated to the saints ; and,
as is the case in Scotland, where no day in the year,
except the Lord's day, is statedly appropriated to re-
ligious service, they retained only the Sabbath, which
they considered as of divine institution. It was un-
derstood, however, that the church has a power of
appointing days occasionally, according to circum-
stances, for the solemn services of religion, although
the annual return of festivals appeared to them to
•* Romans xiv. 6.
518 rOTESTAS AiaraKriyiT,.
lead to abuse. Such of the reformers, again, as
judged it expedient to conform, as far as could be
done with safety, to the ancient practice of the
church, retained the names of the days sacred to the
memory of the apostles, and distinguished with pe-
culiar honour the three great festivals in which the
Christian world had long agreed, Christmas, Easter,
and Whitsunday. In the church of England, these
days are statedly and solemnly observed. Some of
the more zealous assertors of the authority which
appointed those days attempted, in the seventeenth
century, to conciliate greater reverence for the ap-
pointment, by placing them upon a level with the
Lord's day. They maintained that the change from
the seventh to the first day of the week was made,
not by divine, but by ecclesiastical authority ; they
denied the morality of the Sabbath ; and they gave
the countenance of law to those sports and recrea-
tions, after the time of divine service upon that day,
Avhich had been usual upon the multiplicity of festi-
vals in the times of Popery.
The controversy concerning the morality of the
Sabbath, in which the Puritans and the violent Epis-
copalians of the seventeenth century eagerly opposed
one another, has long since terminated in those ra-
tional views v/liich are now generally entertained.
That a seventh part of our time should be kept holy
to God, appears to be an express positive appoint-
ment of our Creator. On what day of the week
that seventh part should fall, is a matter of indiffer-
ence. But the consent of the Christian world, and
many other circumstances, conspire in showing that
the change from the last to the first day of the week
was made by apostolical authority ; and in this re-
POTEST AS A/araxT/x'/j. 519
spect the Sabbath is clearly distinguished from all
the days, which the laws of the church may either
statedly or occasionally set apart for the exercises of
religion. As to the manner of keeping the Sabbath
holy, that significant expression of our Lord, " The
Sabbath was made for man,"* and the general prin-
ciples which he unfolded, as he occasionally touched
upon the subject, may preserve his disciples at once
from Jewish or Puritanical strictness, and from those
levities which party spirit in the seventeenth century
enacted by a law. The same principles apply to
those days, upon which ecclesiastical authority en-
joins the performance of particular services. There
may be much expediency and edification in such
appointments : they are matters of order, which
must be regulated by the powers that are ; and any
person who wantonly pours contempt upon them,
or who obstinately refuses to observe them, knows
very little of the spirit of the Gospel, and has much
need to examine his own heart.
But the principles, upon which obedience to the
potestas hara.Y.rin'n ought to proceed, will be more ful-
ly unfolded in considering the second object of ec-
clesiastical canons or regulations.
The Christian society having been founded for
this purpose, amongst others, that the members may
join in worshipping one God and Father of all,
through one Lord Jesus Christ, many of the regu-
lations enacted by the church respect the conduct of
divine worship. The Father, indeed, requires from
all a worship in spirit and in truth. It were impi-
ous to raise up new objects of worship ; and Christ-
* Mark ii. 27.
520 POTESTAS AiaraKUKY,.
ians are not warranted to make any alteration upon
the substance of the two sacraments, or to place any
human institution upon a level with them. This
would be what the apostle, Col. ii. 23, calls ikXo&or^Gy.na,
will-worship, that is, worship of our own framing,
which all Protestants agree in disclaiming. Still, in
the manner of performing that worship, which is the
most strictly agreeable to the genius and character
of the Gospel, there are circumstances which the wis-
dom of God has left to be regulated by human au-
thority. These circumstances respect the decency
and solemnity which ought to be maintained in pub-
lic worship, both for the credit of religion in the eyes
of strangers, and also for the purpose of cherishing
and preserving a becoming reverence in the minds of
the worshippers. There is no man whose conceptions
of spiritual objects are at all times so refined, as to
be wholly independent of that which is external ;
and with regard to the generality, there is much
danger that if the different parts of the worship pre-
scribed by the Gospel were to be performed in a
slovenly and irreverent manner, no small portion of
the contempt incident to the outward action would
be transferred to religion itself.
All these circumstances, which do not make any
essential addition to the worship of God, which re-
spect merely the manner of its being conducted, and
which are intended to maintain the credit of religion,
and to excite the devotion of the worshippers by the
solemnity of the outward action, are known by the
name of rites and ceremonies ; and it is understood
by all Protestant churches, with the exception only
of a iew sects, that rites and ceremonies fall under
the JJOlestas' diurazr/Kr^.
POTESTAS ^laTOLy.rr/.n. 521
If the apostles of Jesus had established, by their
authority, a precise formulary of rites and ceremonies
binding upon Christians in all ages, it would follow-
that succeeding office-bearers had no occasion and no
warrant to exercise this branch of the potestas
hara%ri%v\ ; and that it was incumbent upon Christians
to follow, without alteration, the rule prescribed to
them. Such a formulary might perhaps be extract-
ed out of a book entitled, The Apostolical Constitu-
tions, in which the names of the apostles are prefix-
ed to very particular rules and directions about
Christian worship. But the most learned inquirers
into Christian antiquity are decidedly of opinion, that
this is one of the many spurious books which igno-
rance and zeal produced in the very first ages of the
church ; " the work," as Mosheim says, ** of some
austere and melancholy author, who, having taken it
into his head to reform the Christian worship, made
no scruple to prefix to his rules the names of the
apostles, that thus they might be more speedily and
favourably received."* The only regulations, there-
fore, concerning rites and ceremonies, which we have
any reason to ascribe to the apostles, are those which
we find in their epistles : and the following observa-
tions cannot fail to occur to any person who consi-
ders them. Some of the directions, which Paul
gives to the Corinthians concerning the worship of
God in their assemblies, have a manifest reference to
the abundance with which extraordinary gifts of the
Spirit were then poured forth, and to the abuses
which that abundance occasioned ; and they apply
only by analogy to other states of the church. Other
* Mosh. Eccl, Hist. Cent. 1. Part II. chap. ii.
d^^ POTESTAS AiarazTizri.
directions of his were dictated by the manners of
those times, which have now given place to very
different manners. He intimates that some of the
regulations which he prescribes did not proceed from
the Spirit of God, but were his own judgment, given
by him " as one that had obtained mercy of the
Lord to be faithful." He concludes the particular
directions which occupy 1 Cor. xiv. with these words,
'* Let all things be done decently, and in order ;" and
he writes to Titus, " For this cause left I thee in
Crete, that thou shouldest set in order the things that
are wanting." Laying all these things together, we
thus reason. As the apostle, from his own judgment,
gave such directions in external matters as the cir-
cumstances of his times seemed to him to require ; as
he committed to the church at Corinth a discretion-
ary power with regard to such matters, by desiring
them to " do all things decently, and in order ;" and
as he charged one minister whom he ordained, to
supply what he had left deficient, it is a part of the
duty of the office-bearers of the church in succeeding
ages — a duty which does not require inspiration,
which is included in their ordinary commission, and
to which they are fully competent — to make such
regulations with regard to the like matters, as to
them appears expedient.
This inference, which the writings of the apostles
seem fairly to warrant, is agreeable to the whole ge-
nius of the Gospel. It requires what is, in the high-
est sense of that phrase, " a reasonable service." It
does not, with regard to any branch of morality, pre-
scribe what is called " bodily exercise;" but, inspir-
ing those generous sentiments which are in every
possible situation the principles of good conduct, it
POTESTAS AiUTaKTiKr,. 523
leaves a Christian, in the expression of these senti-
ments, the full liberty that belongs to an accountable
agent. We hold that no particular form of church
government is so precisely marked down in Scrip-
ture, as to render any other unlawful. There are
general rules to which all that bear office in the church
of Christ are required to conform, whatever be their
names or their distinctions of rank. But these rules
admit of that variety in the forms of church govern-
ment, by which the religion of Jesus is qualified to
receive the countenance and protection of all the pos-
sible forms which civil government can assume. In
like manner we assert that that liberty with regard
to rites, which we have inferred from the writings of
the apostles, is most agreeable to the character of our
universal religion ; for the ideas and usages of men
differ widely in different countries, and in different
states of society. Immersion at baptism, which was
commonly practised where Christianity was first
published, would, in our northern climates, be incon-
venient or dangerous. The posture of reclining on
couches, in which the apostles received the bread and
wine from Jesus at the institution of the Lord's sup-
per, not being used by Europeans upon ordinary oc-
casions, is laid aside at that solemn service. The
vestures of the ministers of religion, which in one
country are thought decent, might, upon many ac-
counts, appear unsuitable in another ; and ceremo-
nies, which at their first appointment had a salutary
effect, may by accident, abuse, or change of manners,
require to be altered or repealed.
It corresponds then with that wisdom which per-
vades the whole dispensation of the Gospel, and with
the character of a religion fitted for all ages and for
5^H POTESTAS AiUTaKT/zr,,
all climates, that there should be in the church an
authority to regulate, that is, to accommodate to cir-
cumstances, so as may best promote the purposes of
edification, those ceremonies and rites which from
their nature are changeable. Such an authority is
not inconsistent with the sovereign authority of the
Lord Jesus ; because it does not presume to alter any
thing which he appointed. It admits that reading
the Scriptures, prayer, and praise, are unchangeable
parts of Christian worship ; that the administration
of the sacraments ought to be agreeable to the in-
stitution of Christ ; and that no authority commit-
ted to the church can either omit or add any thing
essential. It professes only to regulate those things
which may be varied, without touching what is
substantial ; and in the canons enacted for this jnir-
pose, far from invading the prerogative of Christ, it
professes to follow out directions which he left by
his apostles, and to exercise the authority created by
these directions in the manner which is most agree-
able to him, because most conducive to the ends for
which the directions are given. — Neither is this au-
thority inconsistent with the liberties of Christians ;
because, being exercised purely for the sake of de-
cency and order, it does not profess to alter the na-
ture of those objects about which it is conversant, so
as to fetter the conscience. The ceremonies are
chosen, because they appear fit for the purpose ; and
the authority by which they are ordained creates an
obligation to observe them ; but no such holiness or
worthiness is annexed to them, as to render them in-
dispensable to the worship of God. If a person is
placed in such a situatiou, that it is physically im-
possible for him to obey the ecclesiastical canons
POTEST AS Air/raT'.riy.n- ^^^^
which ordain the ceremonies, or that lie cannot yield
this obedience without much inconvenience and the
neglect of some higher duty, he will be accepted by
offering that worship " in spirit and in truth,'* which
his Lord prescribes. If he accounts the ceremonies
sinful, this judgment, however erroneous it may be,
yet if it is deliberately formed after the best consi-
deration which he can bestow, Avill justify him for
neglecting the ceremonies, and will render it his duty
to abstain from them. Even while in obedience to
the authority by which they are ordained he uni-
formly observes them " for conscience sake ;" if his
mind be well informed, he will continue to regard
them as in their own nature indifferent, /. e. as mat-
ters which the law of God has not determined to be
either good or evil, which, from views of expediency,
have been made the subject of human regulations,
but which, from the same views, may be laid aside.
In order to perceive how that authority of enact-
ing ceremonies with which the church is invested,
and the correspondent duty of observing them are
consistent with the liberties of Christians, it is ne-
cessary to form a distinct idea of what is called li-
berty of conscience. Liberty of conscience, as the
word implies, has its seat in the mind. Its essence
consists in freedom of judgment, not in freedom of
practice. If Christians are required to believe, as
doctrines of God, any propositions which his word
has not taught, or to receive as commandments of
God what his word has not prescribed, their liberty
of conscience is invaded. But if their judgment is
left free, their practice may, without any sacrifice of
their liberty, be restrained by different considera-
tions. The writings of Paul furnish several exam-
526 POTESTAS A/ara?cr/x?5.
pies of the restraint of Christian practice without
any invasion of Christian liberty ; and the best way
in which I can illustrate the distinction is by direct-
ing your attention to these examples.
Paul teaches that no kind of meat is of itself un-
clean, and that the distinction of meats, known un-
der the law of Moses, is abolished by the Gospel.*
And he mentions it as one branch of that corruption
of the Gospel, which was to arise in the latter days,
that men should command " to abstain from meats,
which God hath created to be received with thanks-
giving of them who believe and know the truth.f "
Yet because many Christians converted from Ju-
daism retained those prejudices as to the distinction
of meats, which they had learned from the law ;
because it would have been sinful in them to eat the
kind of meat which they thought unlawful ; and be-
cause they would have been offended, and might
have been led into sin, by imitating their Christian
brethren in eating that meat, the apostle declares his
resolution to abstain from what, in his own judg-
ment, was lawful, and he exhorts Christians to fol-
low him. " It is good neither to eat flesh, nor to
drink wine, nor any thing whereby thy brother
stumbleth, or is offended, or is made weak. Let us
follow after the things which make for peace, and
things wherewith one may edify another." Here is
liberty of conscience remaining entire ; yet practice
restrained by Christian charity. Another example,
furnished by the writings of Paul, has relation to
Christians converted from heathenism. In the hea-
then sacrifices, a part of the animal being offered up-
on the altar of a god, the remainder was consumed
* Rom. xiv. 14—2]. t 1 Tim. iv. ], 3.
POTESTAS AiaroLxrmri. 5^7
by the worshippers at a feast in honour of that god,
where he was supposed to be present, and where the
worshippers conceived themselves to be partakers
with him. Hence a doubt arose among the Christ-
ian converts, whether, if they were invited to a feast,
and the meat set before them was that which had
been offered to an idol, they might lawfully eat of
it ; or whether the partaking of this meat did not
imply upon their part, as it did upon the part of
the heathen worshippers, an acknowledgment of the
idol, and a testimony of reverence. The apostle de-
cides the matter in respect of the conscience of Christ-
ians, by saying, " we know that an idol is nothing
in the world," and consequently that meat is neither
the better nor the worse for having been offered to
an idol.* But, in respect of the practice of Christ-
ians, he says, that as every man had not that know-
ledge, as some still believed that an idol is some-
thing, and notwithstanding that belief might be em-
boldened to eat by the liberty of him who had know-
ledge. Christians, for the sake of the consciences of
others, ought to refrain from doing what their own
conscience would permit them to do. " All things
are lawful for me, but all things are not expedient ;
all things edify not." f The New Testament, more-
over, furnishes an instance in which the liberty of
practice with regard to the distinction of meats, and
the eating of things offered to idols, which, in cer-
tain circumstances, should have been restrained by
Christian charity, was also restrained by authority.
The council of apostles and elders mentioned in Acts
XV. sent this mandate to the uncircumcised Christ-
* 1 Cor. viii. 4—13. t 1 Cor. x. 23.
5^8 ' POTEST AS AiUTaznxr^.
tians in Antioch, Syria, and Cilicia, " That ye ab-
stain from meats offered to idols, and from blood."
Paul was one of the bearers of this mandate, and we
are told, that in passing through these countries, he
delivered it to the churches to keep. Yet at that very
time he was arguing in his epistles, that in respect
of conscience. Christians are at liberty to eat every
kind of meat. His doctrine asserted that freedom
of judgment in which liberty of conscience consists :
the decree in which he concurred, and of which he
was the bearer, enjoined that restraint ujDon prac-
tice, which circumstances rendered expedient, in
those very things which to the judgment appeared
free. Nay, liberty of conscience is asserted in the
same decree, which restrained the practice of Christ-
ians in matters indifferent. For the decree declares
that the apostles had given no commandment to
those teachers, who said to Christians, Ye must be
circumcised. Here then is apostolical authority, is-
suing by the same decree, a declaration of liberty of
conscience, and an injunction as to practice ; and we
find the conduct of the apostle Paul corresponding
most accurately to the spirit, both of the declaration
and of the injunction. At the very time that he
was carrying the decree to the churches, he circum-
cised Timothy, whose father was a Greek, and whose
mother was a Jewess.* He did it because of the
Jews who dwelt in those parts ; considering that
Timothy would be a more useful minister of the
Gospel amongst them, and more likely to overcome
their antipathy to the faith of Christ, when it ap-
peared that neither he nor the apostle, from whom
* Acts xvi. ], 3.
POTESTAS A/araxr/x>j. 5^9
he had received the knowledge of the Gospel, had any
objection to his acknowledging his hereditary con-
nexion with the Mosaic dispensation. But when
certain Judaizing teachers, who wished to bring
Christians into bondage to the ceremonies of the
law, would have compelled Paul to circumcise Titus,
who was a Greek, he did not yield subjection to
them, " no, not for an hour." * In a matter of in-
difference, he had voluntarily accommodated himself
to the prejudices of the Jews : but when an attempt
was made to impose that matter of indifference as a
matter of conscience, he asserted the liberty of
Christians ; and thus by these two parts of his con-
duct, considered as a commentary upon the aposto-
lical decree, he has set an example to the Christian
world of the distinction which ought always to be
maintained, between liberty of judgment and liber-
ty of practice.
The principles, which may be educed out of the
Scripture instances which I have mentioned, apply
to all that has ever been known in the Christian
church under the name of rites and ceremonies.
While they vindicate the lawfulness of this branch
of the potestas biarav.rt%ri, they serve also, when fully
considered, to establish the rules which ought to be
observed in the exercise of it ; and they illustrate
the foundation and the measure of that obedience
which is due to the enactments.
The rites and ceremonies of the Christian church,
agreeably to the general rules of Scripture, ought to
be of such a kind as to promote the order, the decen-
cy, and the solemnity of public worship. At the
* Gal. ii. S, 4, 5.
VOL. Iir. 2 M
SSO POTESTAS A/araxr/x?;.
same time, they ought not to be numerous, but
should preserve that character of simplicity which
is inseparable from true dignity, and which accords
especially with the spiritual character of the religion
of Christ. The apostles often remind Christians,
that they are delivered from the ceremonies of the
law, which are styled by Peter " a yoke which nei-
ther they nor their fathers were able to bear." * The
whole tenor of our Lord's discourses, and of the
writings of his apostles, elevates the mind above those
superstitious observances in which the Pharisees
placed the substance of religion ; and, according to
the divine saying of Paul, " the kingdom of God is
not meat and drink, but righteousness, and peace,
and joy in the Holy Ghost.f " The nature of this
kingdom is forgotten, when frivolous observances
are multiplied by human authority ; and the compli-
cated expensive pageantry of Roman Catholic wor-
ship, together with the still more childish ceremo-
nies which abound in the Eastern or Greek church,
appear to deserve the application of that censure
which the apostle pronounced, when he represented
the attempts made in his days to revive the Mosaic
ritual, as a " turning again to weak and beggarly
elements." :|: The multiplicity of external observ-
ances is not only an unnecessary burden, to which
Jesus did not mean to subject his followers, but it
has a tendency to substitute " the rudiments of the
world," in place of a worship " in spirit and in truth."
While it professes to render the services of religion
venerable, and to cherish devotion, it in reality fa-
tigues and absorbs the mind ; and it requires such
* Acts XV. 10. t Rom. xiv. 17- t Gal. iv. 9.
POTEST AS ii/araxT/X7j. 531
an expense of time and of money, that, like the hea-
then amidst the pomp of their sacrifices, Christians
are in danger of thinking they have fulfilled their
duty to God by performing that work, which the
ordinance of man had prescribed, and of losing all
solicitude to present to the Father of Spirits that
homage of the heart, which is the only offering truly
valuable in his sight. Further, all the Scripture
rules and examples suggest, that in enacting cere-
monies, regard should be had to the opinions, the
manners, and prejudices of those to whom they are
prescribed ; that care should be taken never wanton-
ly to give offence ; and that those who entertain
more enlightened views upon the subject should not
despise their weak brethren. Upon the same prin-
ciple, it is obvious, that ceremonies ought not to be
lightly changed. In the eyes of most people, those
practices appear venerable which have been handed
down from remote antiquity. To many, the want
of those helps, to which they had been accustomed
in the exercises of devotion, might prove very hurt-
ful ; and frequent changes in the external parts of
worship might shake the steadfastness of their faith.
The last rule deducible from the Scripture examples
is this, that the authority which enacts the ceremo-
nies should clearly explain the light in which they
are to be considered, should never employ any ex-
pressions, or any means of enforcing them which
tend to convey to the people that they are account-
ed necessary to salvation, and should beware of
seeming to teach that the most punctual observance
of things in themselves indifferent is of equal im-
portance with judgment, mercy, and the love of
God.
532 POTESTAS A/araxr/X'/j.
If there is an authority in the church to enact
rites and ceremonies, there must be a correspondent
obligation upon Christians to respect that authority ;
and the same considerations of order, decency, and
edification, which establish the existence of the au-
thority, require the obedience of Christians. The
more nearly that the manner of exercising this au-
thority approaches to the rules which we have educed
out of Scripture, it will the better answer the pur-
pose of the institution, and will be entitled to the
more willing obedience. But it must be carefully
marked, that the rules, which those who exercise
the authority ought to prescribe to themselves, are
not the measures of obedience. There is no autho-
rity vested in the hands of fallible men, which is,
upon all occasions, exercised in the best possible
manner. Yet we do not conceive that the subjects
of civil government are absolved from their allegi-
ance, merely because they think that the laws pre-
scribed to them might have been enacted with more
wisdom. From the peculiar nature of the potestas
biaTa-A,Ti7iri^ there is hardly a possibility of its being ex-
ercised in such a manner as to give entire satisfac-
tion to every understanding. Between the unneces-
sary multiplication and parade of ceremonies upon
one hand, and a hurtful deficiency upon the other, —
between the regard which antiquity claims upon one
hand, and the consideration due to occasional offence
upon the other, the shades are numberless ; and were
tlie precise medium always attained by those who
have authority, it might, for opposite reasons, be
condemned by persons of different habits and views.
The rule of peace and order, therefore, with regard
to the members of the Christian society, is compli-
2
POTESTAS ^taray.rr/.n. 533
ance with the ceremonies which are established by
authority, unless they appear to them unlawful. In
particular circumstances, they may find it necessary
tor protest against a multitude of ceremonies which
they consider as burdensome, or against any at-
tempt to impose things indifferent as a matter of
conscience. But if there is nothing unlawful in the
ceremonies that are appointed, they have need to de-
liberate well whether it is justifiable for such a cause
to disturb the peace of society, or whether it is not
more agreeable to the quiet, condescending, and ac-
commodating spirit of the Gospel, while, by judging
that the things are indifferent, they keep their minds
free from bondage, to maintain that conduct which
" gives none offence to the church of God."
This last was not the judgment of that descrip-
tion of men known by the name of Puritans, whose
opposition to this branch of the potestas biaray.ri%n
forms a large portion of the ecclesiastical history of
Britain for above a century, and produced very im-
portant effects upon its civil government. Early
after the Reformation, in the reign of Queen Eliza-
beth, the Puritans objected in general to the lawful-
ness of imposing ceremonies by authority, as an
abridgment of the liberty of Christians in matters
not commanded by the word of God : and they ob-
jected, in particular, to the vestments appointed to
be worn by the clergy in their public ministrations,
because, having been worn in times of Popery, the}
had then been abused to superstition and idolatry.
They objected also to the lawfulness of using the sigii
of the cross in baptism, of kneeling at the Lord's
supper, and of other observances of the like kind.
The objections were answered by asserting the power
534 POTESTAS Aiaranrr/.r,.
of the church in regulating matters indifferent, by
stating the prudential considerations which led the
church of England to retain some of the popish ce-
remonies, in the hopes of keeping the Papists with-
in the church ; and by declaring, as is done in the
preface to the Common Prayer Books, " That no
holiness or worthiness was annexed to the garments
of the priests ; and that while the excessive multi-
tude of ceremonies used in times of Popery was laid
aside, some were received for a decent order in the
church for which they were first devised, and be-
cause they pertained to edification, whereunto all
things done in the church ought to be referred."
These answers did not remove the objections of the
Puritans. The controversy was agitated with much
violence during a great part of the seventeenth cen-
tury. It was the subject of numberless publica-
tions, of debates in parliament, and of judicial dis-
cussion. The Puritans, not content with argument
and petition, employed various methods of inflam-
ing the minds of the people, and made many at-
tempts to obtain their object by faction and commo-
tion. The church, irritated by opposition to her
authority, was little disposed to condescend to weak
consciences, in points which might have been yield-
ed, and often employed severity to bend those whom
she could not convince. It is not my province to
enter into a detail of these proceedings, or to com-
pare the conduct of the different parties. I mention
them only as furnishing the most interesting occasion,
upon which this branch of the potestas harayiTixri was
thoroughly canvassed. There probably were faults
on both sides ; and the reflection, which the whole
history of that period suggests to us, is this, that we
POTESTAS A/araxT/XTj. 5S5
have much reason to congratulate ourselves upon
living in times, when a knowledge of the nature and
the measure of church authority is conjoined with a
respect for those principles of toleration and conde-
scension, which, although most congenial to the spirit
of the Gospel, were, for many ages, little understood
by the disciples of Christ. The application of these
principles, and the manner in which they may be re-
conciled with the legitimate exercise of church power,
will be illustrated after we have considered the last
branch of that power, which we distinguished by the
name oi potestas d/ax^ir/xt}.
536
POTESTAS ^iux^^nzrj.
CHAP. VI,
POTESTAS A/axf/r/x;j.
The potestas diax^mxT^, that which respects discipline^
or the exercise of judgment in inflicting and remov-
ing censures, is, like the other two branches, limited
and regulated by the sovereign authority of the Lord
Jesus, and the liberties of his disciples.
We found formerly that this branch of power be-
longs to the church. Even a voluntary association
has an inherent right of removing those who are
judged unworthy of remaining ; and the church, that
society constituted by Jesus Christ, into which it is
the duty of his disciples to enter, is invested by its
Divine Founder with the right of exercising, by its
ministers, the office of admonishing, reproving, sus-
pending, or excluding from the privileges of the so-
ciety, according to the conduct of the members. In
order, however, to perceive in what manner the ex-
ercise of the power implied in this office is regulated
and limited by the sovereign authority of Christ, and
the liberties of his disciples, it is necessary to recol-
lect particularly the words in which the power is
conveyed or expressed, and the claims which have
been founded upon the interpretation of them.
When our Lord said to Peter, " I will give unto
POTESTAS ^ia'm7i%%. 53'^
thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven,"* he seems
to have intended to explain this figurative expres-
sion, by adding, in the words then addressed to Peter,
but afterwards addressed to all the apostles, " What-
soever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in
heaven ; and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth
shall be loosed in heaven."f After his resurrection,
our Lord " breathed on the apostles, and said unto
them. Receive ye the Holy Ghost. Whose soever
sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them ; and
whose soever sins ye retain, they are retained.":j:
The apostle Paul, in the exercise of that authority
thus given to the apostles, judged that the incestu-
ous person at Corinth should be " delivered unto
Satan ;"§ and he says of Hymeneus and Alexander,
who " concerning faith had made shipwreck, I have
delivered them unto Satan, that they may learn not
to blaspheme." II
The expressions used in these passages of Scrip-
ture occur in the earliest accounts of the discipline
exercised by the Christian church : and the practice
of the church in primitive times explains the sense
in which these expressions were understood. When
disciples of Christ, who had dishonoured his religion
by committing any gross immorality, or by relaps-
ing into idolatry, were cut off from the church by the
sentence of excommunication, they were kept, often
for years, in a state of penance, however desirous to
be readmitted. They made a public confession of
their faith, accompanied with the most humiliating
* Matt. xvi. 19. t Matt, xviii. 18.
+ John XX. 22, 23. § 1 Cor. v. 3, 4, 5.
II 1 Tim. i. 19, 20.
538 POTESTAS Ataz^/rtxy}.
expressions of grief. For some time they stood with-
out the doors, while the Christians were employed
in worship. Afterwards they were allowed to enter ;
then to stand during a part of the service ; then to
remain during the whole : but they were not per-
mitted to partake of the Lord's supper, till a formal
absolution was pronounced by the church. The
time of the penance was sometimes shortened, when
the anguish of their mind, or any occasional distress
of body, threatened the danger of their dying in that
condition, or when those who were then suffering
persecution, or other deserving members of the church,
interceded for them, and became by this intercession,
in some measure, sureties for their future good be-
haviour. The duration of the penance, the acts re-
quired while it continued, and the manner of the ab-
solution, varied at different times. The matter was,
from its nature, subject to much abuse ; it was often
taken under the cognizance of ancient councils ; and
a great part of their canons was employed in regu-
lating the exercise of discipline.
From a perversion of several parts of the primi-
tive practice, and from a false interpretation of the
passages which have been quoted from Scripture,
there arose gradually that gross corruption of the
potestas diax^iTinri, Avliicli prevailed in the church of
Rome. It came to be understood that the sentence
of excommunication, by its own intrinsic authority,
condemned to external punishment ; that the excom-
municated person could not be delivered from this
condemnation, unless the church gave him absolu-
tion ; and that the church had the power of absolv-
ing him upon the private confession of his fault,
either by prescribing to him certain acts of penance,
POTESTAS A/ax^/r/z>j. 539
and works of charity, the performance of which was
considered as a satisfaction for the sin which he had
committed, or by applying to him the merits of some
other person. And as, in the progress of corruption,
the whole power of the church was supposed to be
lodged in the Pope, there flowed from him, at his
pleasure, indulgences or remissions of some parts of
the penance, absolutions, and pardons, the possession
of which was represented to Christians as essential
to salvation, and the sale of which formed a most
gainful traffic.
It is unnecessary to state how opposite this system
of the potestas hia%^irr/.Yt- is, both to the sovereign au-
thority of the Lord Jesus, and to the rights of his
disciples. Instead of holding them accountable to
their Master in heaven, who alone " is able to save
and to destroy," it teaches them to depend for salva-
tion upon conforming to the caprice, and gratifying
the avarice of men, equally subject to him, and often
more corrupt than themselves.
To avoid any approach to this system, one funda-
mental principle must never be forgotten, that the
future and eternal punishment of sin is in the power
of God ; that none can forgive sins, so as to deliver
from that punishment, but God alone ; and there-
fore, that the judgments pronounced by the church
can respect only those external censures and penal-
ties of sin, which it has the power of inflicting, and
which, consequently, it has the power of removing.
Holding this principle, of which the whole system of
religion affords unquestionable assurance, we cannot
give a proper interpretation of the passages which I
quoted from Scripture, without making a distinction
between that branch of the judicial power of the
540 POTESTAS Ataxoi7r/.Yi.
church which is merely declarative, and that which
is authoritative. We are taught in Scripture, that
sin deserves the wrath of God, both in this life and
in that which is to come ; that every obstinate and
impenitent sinner shall certainly endure the everlast-
ing effects of this wrath, but that all who repent and
believe in Christ have " redemption through his
blood, the forgiveness of sins ;" and thus by faith in
him are delivered from the power of Satan, and
translated into the kingdom of God. This is the
great doctrine of the Gospel, which the church is
appointed to publish by the ministry of the word,
and which her ministers apply, according to circum-
stances, to those over whom their office gives them
inspection. When, by virtue of that inspection, they
are called to attend to the transgressions of a parti-
cular person, the general doctrine is applied to warn
him of the danger of sin ; and when he becomes
ashamed of his conduct, it is applied to compose his
mind with the hope of forgiveness. This application
may be accommodated to his temper and situation,
with a prudence that renders it more useful to him
than any general discourse ; and it claims his atten-
tion, because it proceeds, not from an individual, but
from those who are set over him in the Lord, and
who speak in the name of their Master, from whom
they derive a commission to make this application.
They may be mistaken in judging of the sincerity
of his repentance ; for although it is possible that
the gift of discerning spirits, with which the apos-
tles were endowed, might enable them to know
whether a person, who had sinned, was qualified by
the state of his mind to receive forgiveness from God,
and so might direct them infallibly in retaining and
POTEST AS Aia,7i^iT/xri. ' 541
remitting sins, yet, as no such gift now exists in the
church, succeeding office-bearers may often retain
the sins which God is ready to forgive, and remit
those which he sees cause to condemn. But as the
office of the church, in regard to the future and eter-
nal consequences of sin, is merely declarative, no
evil can arise from the fallibility of those by whom
that office is exercised. They only publish a general
truth : they call the person to whom the publication
is specially addressed, to examine himself how far
he is concerned in that truth ; and they leave the
determination of his final condition to God, who
knows his heart.
But there is another branch of the judicial power
of the church which is authoritative, in which those,
by whom the power is exercised, act, strictly speak-
ing, as judges, pronouncing a sentence, the effects of
which operate in virtue of their right to judge. To
understand the manner in which our Lord has ex-
pressed this authoritative power, you will observe,
that " the kingdom of heaven," the keys of which
he gave to Peter, and, as Protestants believe, to the
other apostles also, does not in the passage referred
to, mean that state of glory for which Christians
are prepared by the discipline of this life ; but, ac-
cording to a phraseology often used by our Lord, it
denotes the dispensation of the Gospel, that spirit-
ual economy which he has established, his church,
the great society of which he is the head. You will
find " the keys of the kingdom of heaven" common-
ly divided in theological books into two, the key of
doctrine and the key of discipline. This is the very
distinction which I am now making, between the
declarative and the authoritative power of the church.
54^ POTESTAS Aiax^mxfi.
By the key of doctrine, the office-bearers interpret,
declare, and apply the truth ; by the key of disci-
pline, they have the power of admitting into the
church and excluding from it. In reference to this
figure of the keys, there is added by our Lord, in
explication, the other figurative expression of " bind-
ing and loosing." For, as he who has the keys of
a prison is invested with the office of imprisoning or
releasing from prison, so those who have '' the keys
of the kingdom of heaven," /. e, the power of admit-
ting into the church and excluding from it, are in-
vested with a judicial office, in the exercise of which
their sentences bind upon men their sins, so that
they are prevented from entering into the church,
or loose them from their sins, so that they find ad-
mission. The bodily act of binding is put for that
sentence of condemning, which, after his resurrec-
tion, our Lord expressed by *' retaining sin ;" the
bodily act of loosing for that sentence of absolving,
which he then expressed by " remitting sins." The
phrase, " delivering unto Satan," has, in like man-
ner, a reference to admission into the church. For
the Gospel represents the existence of two opposite
kingdoms ; one in which Christ is king ; the other
in which Satan reigns. Persons at their baptism
renounced Satan; there was a-xoTa^ig Sarava; euvTa^ig X^iaruj.
When they were excluded from the church, they re-
turned, were sent back to that kingdom of Satan,
out of which at their baptism they had been trans-
lated.
The administration of baptism to grown persons
supposes, on their part, previous instruction, and
submits the judgment of their qualifications to those
by whom they are baptized. Infant baptism is in-
POTESTAS A/axg/r/X7j. 543
deed administered indiscriminately ; but there is a
subsequent act, either confirmation, as in the church
of England, or, as with us, admission for the first
time to the Lord's supper, by which those who had
been baptized are, at the age of discretion, formally
received into the church, so that their qualifications
also are submitted to the judgment of the office-
bearers. We saw formerly, that the same persons,
who are invested with the office of admitting into
the church, are also invested with the office of ex-
cluding from it. The two offices, which we natu-
rally expect to be conjoined, make up what is meant
by the key of discipline or jurisdiction ; and as Je-
sus says, " I give this key," the two offices are a
legitimate part of the constitution of his church, the
exercise of which, far from being any invasion of his
sovereignty, is an act of obedience to him, and a
fulfilment of his purposes. He has left directions
to the persons employed in those offices, for the due
observance of which they are accountable to him ;
and when they conform to his directions, the acts
performed by them in the exercise of these offices
are his acts, which, being done in his name, and by
his authority, will receive his sanction. But there
is no promise of infallibility to those to whom the
offices are committed. They are called to exercise
their own judgment in applying general directions
to particular cases. They may wilfully, or from
some corrupt motive, pronounce an unjust sentence;
or, with the best intentions, they may be mistaken.
It is impossible that Jesus can give his sanction to
any sentence pronounced in opposition to his own
directions ; and, therefore, with respect to him, such
a sentence is the same as if it had not been pronoun-
544 POTESTAS AiuK^tTJKrj.
ced. His subjects may, indeed, suffer by sentences,
excluding those who ought to be admitted, or ad-
mitting those who ought to be excluded. But this
is an inconvenience of the same kind with those,
which always must result from power being lodged
in the hands of fallible men. It does not affect the
final salvation of any, because that depends entirely
upon the judgment of God ; and even with regard
to those external privileges which may be unjustly
withheld, or improperly communicated, the incon-
venience is not altogether without remedy. For,
as Jesus can compensate by his grace for the want
of those external privileges, which are only the
means of conveying grace, so there are cases of ne-
cessity, in which Christians are justified in depart-
ing from the established order of the church, and
in resorting to an extraordinary method of enjoying
that comfort and edification, of which they are de-
prived by the tyranny or gross abuse of its office-
bearers.
Having thus seen that the potestas diaK^m^ri, when
rightly understood, is not inconsistent either with
the sovereign authority of Christ or with the liber-
ties of his disciples, it may be observed, in general,
that it must be of equal extent with the other two
branches of the power of the church ; that is, that
the censures and penalties must somehow be appli-
cable in all the cases which come under the potestas
Uyiho^rmn and the potestas diaranrtKyi- For, if any one
case were totally withdrawn from the potestas dia-
x^/T/x'/j, the power of the church would in that case be
nugatory ; because being left without defence, it
might be despised with impunity. Yet the nature
of things may require a very great difference in the
POTESTAS A/ax^/r/x'/;. 545
mode of exercising the potestas bia%^mKn upon differ-
ent occasions ; and there may arise, from principles
ah'eady explained, limitations and regulations of
that power which all Christians, who " know Avhat
manner of spirit they are of," will not fail to ob-
serve. *
* For the application of the principles mentioned above, to the
different objects about which the potestas dtecK^triKn is conversant,
and for the account of our national church, which the plan of the
Lectures embraces, the reader is referred either to the author's
View of the Constitution of the Church of Scotland, or to his
Theological Institutes. The last work also contains the conclu-
sion of the Lectures, viz. Observations on the different parts of
the Office of a Parish Minister, and Counsels respecting the man-
ner of performing them properly. Ed.
FINIS.
VOL. IlL 2 N
PRINTED BY A. BALFOUR AND CO.
.^^m